Skip to main content

Full text of "A voyage up the River Amazon : including a residence at Pará"

See other formats


* 


NX 


y 


? 


A  VOYAGE 


UP 


THE    RIVER    AMAZON, 


INCLUDING 


A  RESIDENCE  AT  PARA. 


BY  WILLIAM   H.   EDWARDS. 


LONDON: 
JOHN    MURRAY,    ALBEMARLE    STREET. 

1861. 


PRESERVATION 
COPY  ADDED 
ORIGINAL  TO  BE 
RETAINED 

OCT  1  2  1992 


!  -:]NTr.D     EV    W.    CLOWES    AND    SOXS,    STAHFORP    -TIIEET 
AND    CHABIN'G    CROSS. 


R  E  F  A  C  E. 


V) 


IN  these  stirring  times,   when  all  Anglo-Saxondom  is  on  the 

qui-vive   for  novelty,  and   the  discovery  of  a   new   watering- 

^    place  is  hailed  with  more  enthusiasm  than  the  discovery  of  a 

Js^new   planet,  —  when    the    "universal   Yankee  nation"   has  so 

F\  nearly  exhausted   all  the  whereabouts  which  modern  facilities 

^     for  locomotion  have  brought  so  conveniently  within  its  reach, 

—  when    the   Old   World   has  become   also   an  old  story,   and 

•^summer  excursions  to  St.  Petersburg  and  Tornea,  and  winter 

v,  sojourns  in   Australia  and  Typee,   have   afforded   amusement, 

not  only  to  travellers  themselves,  but  to  those  who,  at  their 

own  fire  sides,  like  equally  well  to  take  a  trip  to  the  ends  of 

the  earth  in  their  comfortable  arm-chairs  ;  it  has  been  a  matter 

of  surprise  to  me,  that  those  who  live  upon  the  excitement  of 

seeing  and  telling  some  new  thing  have  so  seldom  betaken  them- 

selves to  our  Southern  continent. 

Promising  indeed  to  lovers  of  the  marvellous  is  that  land, 
where  the  highest  of  Earth's  mountains  seek  her  brightest 
skies,  as  though  their  tall  peaks  sought  a  nearer  acquaintance 
with  the  most  glorious  of  stars  ;  where  the  mightiest  of  rivers 
roll  majestically  through  primeval  forests  of  boundless  extent, 
concealing,  yet  bringing  forth,  the  most  beautiful  and  varied 
forms  of  animal  and  vegetable  existence  ;  where  Peruvian 
gold  has  tempted,  and  Amazonian  women  have  repulsed,  the 
unprincipled  adventurer  ;  and  where  Jesuit  missionaries,  and 
luckless  traders,  have  fallen  victims  to  cannibal  Indians  and 
epicurean  anacondas. 

With  a  curiosity  excited  by  such  wonders,  and  heightened 

«2 


i-  PREFACE. 

by  the  graphic  illustrations  in  school  Geographies,  where  men 
riding  rebellious  alligators  form  a  foreground  to  tigers  bound- 
ing over  tall  canes,  and  huge  snakes  embrace  whole  boats' 
crews  in  their  ample  folds,  the  writer  of  this  unpretending 
volume,  in  company  with  his  relative,  Aniory  Edwards,  Esq., 
late  U.  S.  Consul  at  Buenos  Ayres,  visited  Northern  Brazil, 
and  ascended  the  Amazon  to  a  higher  point  than,  to  his  know- 
ledge, any  American  had  ever  before  gone. 

As  an  amusement,  and  by  way  of  compensation  to  himself 
for  the  absence  of  some  of  the  monsters  which  did  not  meet 
his  curious  eye,  he  collected  as  many  specimens  in  different 
departments  of  natural  history  as  were  in  his  power,  at  the 
same  time  chronicling  the  result  of  his  observations,  in  the  hope 
that  they  might  not  be  unacceptable  to  the  naturalist  or  to  the 
•reneral  reader. 

To  the  science  of  a  naturalist  he  makes  no  pretensions,  but, 
as  a  lover  and  devout  worshipper  of  Nature,  he  has  sought 
her  in  some  of  her  most  secret  hiding-places,  and  from  these 
comparatively  unexplored  retreats  has  brought  the  little  which 
she  deigned  to  reveal  to  him. 

The  country  of  the  Amazon  is  the  garden  of  the  world, 
possessing  every  requisite  for  a  vast  population  and  an  ex- 
tended commerce.  It  is,  also,  one  of  the  healthiest  of  regions ; 
and  thousands  who  annually  die  of  diseases  incident  to  the 
climates  of  the  North  might  here  find  health  and  long  life. 

If  this  little  book  shall  contribute  to  a  more  general  know- 
ledge of  the  advantages  of  such  a  country,  the  labour  of  its 
preparation  will  be  amply  repaid. 

AVic  For*,  May,  1847. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

Leave  New- York  for  Para — Sunset — Curiosities  of  the  sea — Luminous  water 
— Approach  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon — Salinas — Entrance  of  the  river — 
Scenery — Arrival  at  Para Page  1 

CHAPTER  II. 

Horning  view  of  the  harbour  and  city — Visit — Land  at  the  Punto  de  Pedras 
— Novel  scene — Reception  at  Mr.  Norris's — Garden  and  plants — Elec- 
trical eel — Anaconda — Religious  procession  .....  4 

CHAPTER  III. 

Founding  of  Para — Late  disturbances — Site  and  vicinity — Form  of  the  city 
— Rosinhas — Houses — Largo  da  Palacio,  da  Polvora,  da  Quartel — Public 
buildings — Churches — Palaces — Theatre — Cathedral — Rua  da  Mangabei- 
ras — Nazar6 — Mr.  Henderson's  plantation — Rosinha  of  Mr.  Smith,  and 
fruit-trees — Coffee — Pine-apples  —  Oranges — Limes  —  Mangoes — Inga — 
Alligator  pears — Custard-apple — Flowers 9 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Licence  of  residence — Officials — Provincial  government — Church  establish- 
ment— Troops — Enrolment  of  Indians — Drilling  recruits — Absence  of  inns 
— Foreigners — Citizens — Manner  of  living — Public  ball — Mechanics — 
Obstructions  to  labour — Apprentices  and  school — Carrying  burdens — 
Water-jars — Rearing  of  children — Food  of  lower  classes — Mandioca  and 
preparation  of  farinha  —  Tapioca —  Fish  —  Beef — Vegetables — Fruits — 
Pacovas — Cocoa-nuts — Assai-palms  ...  ...  18 

CHAPTER  V. 

Leave  Para  for  the  rice-mills — Boatmen — Night  scene  upon  the  water — Ar- 
rival— Vicinity  of  the  mills — A  Brazilian  forest — Sporting — Toucans — 
Chatterers — Motmots — Manikins — Humming-birds — Snake  stories — Ab- 
sence of  flies — Ants — Saiibas — Cupims — Little  ant-eater — Lakes — Nests 
of  troopials — Sloth — Armadillo — Beetles — Puma — Monkeys — Indian  boy 
— Description  of  the  mills — Blacks — Sleeping  in  hammocks — Vampire  bats 
— Wasps'  nests — Visit  Corentiores — Sporting  there — Reception — Bread- 
fruit —  Larangeira  —  Cotton-tree  —  Maseranduba  or  cow-tree  —  Walk 
through  the  forest  to  the  city — Spider — Flowers  ....  26 


vi  CONTEXTS. 

CHAPTER  VI. 

Start  forCaripe — Island  scene — Arrival — Vicinity — Tomb  of  Mr.  Graham — 
Dinner— Shelling  in  the  bay — Varieties  of  shells — Martins — Terns — Xuts 
and  fruits — Mode  of  fishing — Four-eyed  fish — Ant-tracks — Moqueens — 
Forest — Creeping-plantb —  Wild  hogs,  or  peccaries — Traps — Agoutis — 
Pacas — Squirrels — Birds — Chapel  and  singing  of  the  blacks — Andiroba 
oil Page  45 

CHAPTER  Vn. 

Leave  for  Taiiaii — Indians — Arrival  at  midnight — Morning  view — The  es- 
tate— Tilaria  or  pottery — Lime-kiln — Slaves — Castanha-tree— Cuya  or 
gourd-tree — Ant-hills — An  ant  battle — Forest — Macaws — Doves — Other 
birds — Sloth — Coati— Macura — Butterflies — Return  to  the  city — Festival 
of  Judas — Visit  Senhor  Angelico,  upon  the  Guama — Brazilian  country- 
house — Curious  air-plant — Seringa,  or  rubber-trees — Harpy  eagle — Mon- 
keys   52 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

Leave  Para  for  Vigia — Boatmen — Inland  passage — Egrets  and  herons — 
Stop  at  sugar-plantation — Cupuassu — Mangroves — Insolence  of  pilot — 
Vigia — Arrival  at  Senhor  Godinho's — Reception — The  Campinha  and  its 
scenery — Sporting — Parrots  —  Employes  —  Sun-bird — Boat-bill — Tinami 
— Iguana  lizard — Sugar-cane — Mill — Slaves — Leave  the  Campinha — King- 
fishers— Go  below  for  ibises — Sand-flies — Return  to  Para — A  pet  ani- 
mal   63 

CHAPTER  IX. 

First  discovery  of  the  Amazon  by  Pinzon — Expedition  of  Gonzalo  Pizarro 
— Descent  of  Orellana — Settlement  of  Para — Second  descent — Ascent  of 
Teixera  and  arrival  at  Quito — He  descends  with  Acuna — Indian  tribes — 
Rivers,  &c. — Their  report  of  the  country — Number  of  tribes — Indian  cus- 
toms— Languages — Lingoa  Geral — Cannibals — System  of  the  Jesuits — 
Their  banishment — Present  system  and  condition  of  the  Indians — Their 
Government — Compulsory  labour 74 

CHAPTER  X. 

Preparations  for  ascending  the  Amazon — Our  companions — The  galliota — 
Indians — Provisions — Difficulties  at  starting — Detained  at  Senhor  Lima's 
— Incident — An  afternoon  upon  the  beach — Another  sitio — Marajo — The 
Tocantins — Islands — Ciganas  and  other  birds — Wood  scene — Habits  of 
our  Indians — Arrive  at  Braves — Pottery  painting — "Water-jars — Filing 
the  teeth — Funeral  of  a  child — A  palm-swamp — Seringa-trees  and  gum- 
collectors — Sloth — Howling  monkeys — An  adventure — Enter  the  Amazon 
— A  macaw  hunt  .....  ....  81 

CHAPTER  XL 

Arrive  at  Gurupa — Situation  of  the  town — Reception  by  the  Commandante 
— An  egg  hunt — Storm — Cross  the  Xingu — Carapanas — Cedar-logs — 
Harpy  eagle — Birds — Mountains — Indian  cooking — Forest-trees — Snake- 


CONTENTS. 


birds—  A  toucan's  nest — Mutucas — Indian  improvidence — Grass-fields — 
Enter  an  igaripe — Hyacinthine  macaws — Passion-flowers — Pass  Pryinha — 
Monte  Alegre — Arrive  at  sitios — Thrush — Campo — Incident — Enter  the 
Tapajos — White  herons — Flowering  trees — Arrival  at  Santarem — Captain 
Hislop— Morning  calls— Beef-River  Tapajos— Feather  dresses— Embalmed 
heads— Description  of  Santarem— Departure — A  slight  difficulty  Page  92 

CHAPTER  XII. 

The  Amazon  thus  far — A  cacao  sitio — Politeness — Runaways — Growing  of 
cacao — An  alligator — High  bank — Deserted  sitio — Kingfishers — Roman- 
£as — Water-birds — Arrive  at  Obidos — Rio  desTrombetas — Incidents  upon 
leaving — Manner  of  ascending  the  river — Shells — Stop  at  a  sitio — High 
bluff — Water-plants — Capitan  des  Trabalhadores — Arrive  at  Villa  Nova 
— Festa  of  St.  Juan — Water  scene — A  Villa  Nova  house — Turtles — Stroll 
in  the  woods — Lakes  .........  104 

CHAPTER  Xm. 

Leave  Villa  Nova — Our  manner  of  living — Shells — Jacamars — Paroquets — 
Monkeys — Scorpion — Enter  an  igaripe — A  deserted  sitio — Wild  duck — 
Scarlet  tanagers — -A  deserted  sitio — Tobacco — Shells — A  colony  of 
monkeys — A  turtle's  revenge — Immense  trees — Albino  monkey — A  self- 
caught  fish — Porpoises — Curassows  and  nests — A  turtle-feast — Squirrel — 
Wild  Indians — White  herons — Shells — Umbrella  chatterer — Cross  to  the 
northern  shore — Periecu  and  tambaki — Arrive  at  Serpa — Senhor 
Manoel  Jochin — An  Indian  dance  .  .  .  .  .  .  .116 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

Fourth  of  July  at  Serpa — Lake  Saraca— An  accession — Pic-nic — An  opossum 
— Narrow  passage — Swallow-tailed  hawks — Sitio  of  the  Delegarde — River 
Madeira — Village  of  our  Tau9ha — Appearance  of  his  party  on  arriving  at 
home — The  old  rascal — Bell-bird — Stop  at  a  sitio,  and  reception — Orioles 
— A  cattle  sitio — Swift  current — Enter  the  Rio  Negro— Arrive  at 
Barra 128 

CHAPTER  XV. 

Rio  Negro  at  Barra — The  town — Old  fort — Senhor  Henriquez  and  family — 
Manner  of  living — Venezuelans — Piassaba  rope — Grass  hammocks — 
Feather-work — Descent  of  the  Negro — Gallos  de  Serra — Chili  hats — 
Woods  in  the  vicinity — Trogons — Chatterers — Curassows — Guans — 
Parrots  and  toucans — Humming-birds — Tiger-cats — Squirrels — A  Tiger 
story — The  casue'ris — A  Yankee  saw-mill — Mode  of  obtaining  logs — A 
pic-nic — Cross  the  river  to  a  campo — Cattle  and  horses — A  select  ball  137 

CHAPTER  XVI. 

A  new  river — Rio  Branco — Turtle-wood — Unexplored  region — Traditions 
—  Peixe  boi  or  cow-fish  —  Turtles — Influences  at  Barra  —  Indians  — 
Foreigners — Indian  articles — Poison  used  upon  arrows — Traffic — Balsam 
Copaivi  —  Salsa  —  Quinia  — Vanilla  — Tonga  beans — Indigo — Guarana — 
Pixiri  or  nutmeg — Seringa — Wild  cotton — Rock  salt — The  Amazon  above 
the  Rio  Negro — The  Rio  Negro 148 


Yiii  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  XVIL 

Prepare  to  leave  Barra — Difficulty  in  obtaining  men — The  mail — Kindness 

of  our  friends — Re-enter  the  Amazon — Arrive  at  Serpa — A  desertion 

Working  one's  passage— Disorderly  birds — Pass  Tabocal — Snake-bird 

Marakong  geese — Breeding-place  of  herons — Arrive  at  Villa  Nova The 

commandante — Visit  to  the  lake — Boat-building — Military  authorities 

School — King  of  the  vultures — Parting  with  Senhor  Bentos — Pass  Obidos 
— Caracara  eagle — Our  crew — Indian  name  of  the  Amazon      .    Page  160 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 

Arrive  at  Santarem — Negro  stealing — Pass  Monte  Alegre — Strong  winds — 
Usefulness  of  the  sun-bird — Family  government — Reformation  in  the 
Paroquets — Low  shore — A  Congress — Otters — Enter  the  Xingu — Gurupa 
— Leave  the  Amazon — Assai-palms — A  friend  lost  and  a  friend  gained — 
Braves — Our  water-jars — Crossing  the  bay  of  Limoeiro — Seringa-trees — 
A  lost  day — Town  of  Santa  Anna — Igaripe  Merim— Enter  the  Mojti — 
Manufacture  of  rubber  shoes — Anatto — Arrival  at  Para  .  .  .170 

CHAPTER  XIX. 

Our  Lady  of  Nazareth — Nazare  legend — Procession — Commencement  of 
the  festa — A  walk  to  Nazare  —  Gambling — Services  in  the  chapel — 
An  interesting  incident  .........  181 

CHAPTER  XX. 

Leave  Para  for  Marajo — Voyage — Cape  Magoary — Islands — A  morning 
scene — Arrive  at  Jungcal — A  breakfast — Birds — Vicinity  of  Jungcal  186 

CHAPTER  XXT 

Description  of  Marajo — Cattle — Tigers — Alligators — Snakes — Aiitas — Wild 
ducks — Scarlet  ibises — Roseate  spoonbills — Wood  ibises — Other  birds — 
Island  of  Mixiana — Indian  burial-places — Caviana — Macapa — Bore  or 
Pororoca — Leave  Jungcal  for  the  rookery — A  sail  among  the  trees — Alli- 
gators— The  rookery — Return — An  alligator's  nest — Adieu  to  Jungcal — 
Violence  of  the  tide — Loading  cattle — Voyage  to  Para  .  .  .190 

CHAPTER  XXIL 

Want  of  emigrants  and  labourers — Inducements  to  settlers,  and  disadvantages 
— Citizenship — Import  and  export  duties  and  taxes — Want  of  circulating 
medium — Embarrassments  of  government — Capabilities  of  the  province 
— Effect  of  climate  on  the  whites — The  blacks — Inducements  to  the 
formation  of  a  steamboat  company— Seasons — Temperature — Health — 
Superior  advantages  to  invalids — Farewell  to  Para — Voyage  home  200 


VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON. 


CHAPTER  I. 

IT  was  a  cold  morning,  the  9th  of  February,  1846,  that  we  left 
New  York,  in  the  bark  Undine,  Capt.  Appleton,  for  Para.  Our 
fellow-passengers  were  Mr.  Smith,  the  U.  S.  Consul  of  that 
port,  his  lady,  and  two  young  gentlemen,  in  quest,  like  ourselves, 
of  adventures.  Scarcely  out  of  sight  of  Sandy  Hook,  a  furious 
north-wester  burst  upon  us,  and  for  a  week  we  dashed  on  before 
it,  at  a  rate  to  startle  a  landsman,  had  not  the  accompanying- 
motion  speedily  induced  that  peculiar  state  in  which  one  would 
as  lief  not  be  as  be,  and  inclined  to  consider  a  bed  beneath  the 
waters  as  preferable  to  present  torture.  But  the  golden-haired 
spirit  at  the  prow  always  smiled  hopefully,  and  gallantly  the 
noble  bark  sped  onward  to  calmer  waters  and  warmer  skies. 
Here  the  sea  was  all  loveliness,  and,  night  by  night,  the  scantily 
apparelled  sky  of  the  north  was  disappearing  before  the  as  steadily 
advancing  brilliance  of  the  tropics.  We  watched  the  gradual 
descending  of  the  north  star  ;  and  when  at  last  it  sank  below  the 
horizon,  it  seemed  as  though  an  old  and  familiar  friend  had  de- 
serted us, — one  whose  place  was  not  to  be  supplied  even  by  the 
splendour  of  the  southern  cross. 

By  the  twentieth  day  we  were  near  land,  to  the  eastward  of 
Salinas,  having  seen  and  enjoyed  the  usual  sea-sights.  Most 
memorable  of  these  was  a  sunset,  as  we  lay  becalmed.  The  few 
snow-piled  clouds  that  rested  upon  the  water  gradually  became 
suffused  with  flame,  and  the  sea's  surface  was  a  sheen  of  green 
and  gold,  varying  from  one  colour  to  the  other  as  the  rolling  of 
the  vessel  changed  our  angle  of  view.  A  vapour  fringe  of  rain- 
bow hues  circled  the  horizon,  more  lovely  because  rapidly  chang- 


2  A  VOYAGE  DP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.          [CHAP.  i. 

ing,  and  beheld,  as  it  were,  through  an  atmosphere  of  floating 
golden  particles.  One  by  one  the  stars  peeped  out,  and  we 
fancied  that  we  could  detect  a  shade  of  sadness  over  their  beauti- 
ful faces  at  having  come  too  late. 

"We  had  seen  sharks  and  brilliant-robed  dolphins.  A  grampus 
had  risen  under  the  bow,  and  flying-fish  had  repeatedly  flown  on 
board.  Many  an  hour  we  had  whiled  in  fishing  up  gulf-weed, 
and  in  observing  the  different  species  of  animals  with  which  it 
was  filled. 

As  we  neared  the  equator,  the  water  became  luminous ;  the 
waves  were  crested  with  fire ;  the  vessel's  path  was  one  broad 
track  of  light,  and,  as  we  took  our  shower-bath  under  the  pump, 
liquid  flames  dashed  over  us,  and  even-  drop  was  a  splendour.  To 
heighten  our  interest  in  the  phenomenon,  a  score  of  porpoises 
were  playing  about  in  every  direction,  their  tracks  a  living  flame, 
contorted,  zigzag,  like  fiery  serpents.  Now  they  would  shoot 
out,  rocket-like,  leaving  trains  of  thirty  feet ;  now,  darting  back, 
pursue  each  other  round  and  round,  till  their  path  appeared  a 
tangled  skein  of  light. 

The  blue  had  changed  to  green ;  and  long  before  land  was 
visible  the  green  had  lost  itself  in  the  muddy  brown  of  the 
Amazon.  Everywhere  were  discernible  currents,  known  from 
afar,  by  their  different  hues,  and  by  the  furious  boiling  of  their 
surfaces.  Old  Ocean  was  battling  with  the  King  of  Rivers. 
Tossed  about  in  the  commotion  were  vast  quantities  of  drift 
wood,  fruits,  and  plants.  Huge  fish-hawks  were  lazily  flapping 
along.  Gulls  and  terns  were  screaming. 

In  the  night,  a  number  of  beautifully  marked  moths,  attracted 
by  our  lights,  visited  us,  and  soon  after  daybreak  an  inquisitive 
humming-bird  came  for  a  peep  at  the  strangers,  flitted  about  us 
a  little  time,  then  darted  away  to  his  home. 

Salinas  is  an  island  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  conspicuous 
from  a  distance,  owing  to  its  broad,  white  beach.  It  is  princi- 
pally inhabited  by  fishermen.  We  observed  a  few  red-tiled 
houses,  and  an  ancient  white  church.  Here,  vessels  bound  to 
Para  usually  take  a  pilot ;  but,  owing  to  the  vexatious  delays 
often  experienced,  American  captains  prefer  trusting  to  their  own 
skill.  Directly  at  the  entrance  of  the  river  are  two  banks,  Bra- 
ganza  and  Tigoca,  dreaded  by  sailors  ;  beyond  these  the  naviga- 
tion is  easy.  Para  is  situated  about  eighty  miles  above ;  but 


CHAP.  I.]  ENTRANCE  OF  THE  RIVER.  3 

such  is  the  force  of  the  descending  tide  and  current,  that  from 
twenty-four  to  thirty  hours  are  frequently  required  to  overcome 
the  short  distance. 

It  was  delightful  to  find  ourselves  once  more  in  quiet  water, 
and  a  luxury  only  appreciable  by  those  who  have  been  rolled 
and  pitched  about,  until  every  bone  seems  rheumatic,  and  every 
muscle  jelly-like,  to  sleep  as  stilly  as  on  land.  We  had  anchored 
inside  the  banks :  before  daybreak  we  were  again  advancing ; 
and,  that  morning,  every  passenger  was  early  upon  the  look-out. 
The  speedy  termination  of  the  voyage  put  us  all  in  high  spirits, 
and  impatiently  we  snuffed  the  perfumed  air  that  came  wafted 
from  the  yet  scarce  visible  shore.  The  island  of  Mara  jo  gradually 
became  distinguishable  on  the  right,  its  tree-tops  but  just  fringing 
the  water.  To  the  left,  long,  low  islands  extended  to  within  a 
few  miles  of  the  city.  All  day  our  course  was  near  these,  and  to 
one  never  before  conusant  of  tropical  luxuriance,  and  a  truant 
from  the  wintry  skies  of  the  north,  everything  was  enchanting. 

Impervious  as  a  hedge,  tall  trees  shot  up  their  arrow-like 
stems ;  broad  palm-leaves  undulated  with  every  breath.  A 
thousand  shades  of  green  were  enamelled  with  flowers,  in  red, 
and  white,  and  gold.  The  loud  notes  of  the  toucans,  the  shrill 
cries  of  parrots,  greeted  our  welcome ;  and  about  the  vessel  twit- 
tered delightedly  numbers  of  martins,  the  same  old  friends  who 
used,  at  home,  to  disturb  us  in  the  early  morning.  Here  and 
there,  little  patches  of  clearing,  and  haystack-shaped  huts,  indi- 
cated the  home  of  some  ease-loving  Indian.  Some  of  these  huts 
consisted  merely  of  a  few  poles,  covered  with  palm  thatch,  but, 
occasionally,  a  delicious  little  retreat  would  peep  at  us  through 
the  almost  concealing  shrubbery,  surrounded  by  a  grass-plot,  and 
overshadowed  by  the  huge  leaves  of  the  banana  or  the  feathery 
tufts  of  the  cocoa-tree.  In  front  of  one  hut,  upon  a  grassy  knoll 
facing  the  river,  stood  a  large  cross,  designed  to  warn  away  any 
evil  spirit  that  should  venture  there.  Happy  ones !  none  but 
fairies  and  good  angels  should  be  welcome  to  such  a  paradise. 

Often  we  saw  men  and  women  walking  upon  the  beach,  or 
variously  employed,  and  it  was  amusing  to  observe  their  panto- 
mimic movements.  Huge  canoes,  hollowed  from  single  trees, 
and  with  mat  sails,  crept  alongshore  ;  and  the  first  strange  voice 
that  we  had  heard  since  leaving  New  York  hailed  us  from  one  of 
these  with  the  friendly  "  0  Amigo." 


4  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP.  n. 

Twenty  miles  below  the  city,  a  number  of  islands  are  sprin- 
kled about  the  channel,  one  of  which  was  pointed  out  as  the  last 
resort  of  the  inhabitants  of  Para,  when  the  city  was  sacked  by 
the  rebel  Indians  a  few  years  since.  Upon  that  lovely  spot  of 
green  five  thousand  persons  died  of  exposure  and  starvation. 

Para  is  situated  upon  a  little  bay,  forming  a  safe  anchorage, 
and  is  visible,  from  below,  a  little  more  than  ten  miles.  At 
about  that  distance  is  the  Quarantine,  not  now  a  terror  to  tra- 
vellers. Here,  a  little  boat,  rigged  with  two  antique  triangular 
sails,  and  manned  by  negroes  bare  to  the  waist,  pulled  alongside, 
and  left  with  us  a  custom-house  guard,  who  was  to  prevent  inter- 
course with  the  shore. 

Night  was  coming  on,  but  still  there  was  light  enough  to  dis- 
play to  our  eager  eyes  the  position  of  the  city,  nestled  in  its  bed 
of  green,  and  smiled  upon  by  an  archipelago  of  islands.  Eain 
commenced  pouring,  and  we  were  fain  to  go  below.  The  guard 
at  the  fort  bid  us  pass  on,  and  by  eight  we  were  anchored  off 
the  custom-house.  It  was  too  late  for  a  visit,  and  we  turned  in, 
mpatient  for  the  morning.  All  night  long  church-bells  were 
ringing  and  clocks  striking,  and,  at  intervals,  we  could  distin- 
guish the  notes  of  a  bugle  or  the  loud  cry  of  the  patrol ;  all 
doubly  cheerful,  after  the  mournful  wailing  of  the  wind  through 
the  rigging,  and  the  monotonous  dashing  of  the  sea,  which  had 
been  our  melancholy  lullaby  for  so  many  weeks. 


CHAPTER  II. 

WE  had  arrived  in  the  midst  of  the  wet  season,  and  all  night 
the  rain  poured  incessantly.  But  as  the  sun  rose  the  clouds 
broke  away,  and  our  first  view  was  rendered  still  more  agreeable 
by  the  roseate  mist  that  draped  the  tree-tops  and  lingered  over 
the  city.  Anchored  about  us  were  vessels  of  various  nations 
and  strange-looking  river  craft,  under  whose  thatched  roofs -whole 
families  seemed  to  be  living,  and  upon  which  green  parrots  and 
macaws  were  clambering  and  screaming. 

Canoes,  bound  to  the  market,  were  constantly  passing,  loaded 
with  all  kinds  of  produce.     Fine-looking  buildings,  of  three  and 


CHAP,  n.]         PUNTO  DE  PEDE AS— NOVEL  SCENE.  5 

four  stories'  height,  faced  the  water,  all  yellow  in  colour,  and 
roofed  with  red  tiles.  Vast  cathedrals  and  churches,  covered 
with  the  mould  of  age,  shot  up  their  tall  spires,  their  walls  and 
roofs  affording  sustenance  and  support  to  venerable  mosses  and 
shrubs  of  goodly  size.  Garden  walls  were  overhung  with  creeping 
vines,  like  ancient  ruins.  Vultures  were  leisurely  wheeling  over 
the  city,  or  in  clusters  upon  the  house  tops,  spreading  their  wings 
to  the  sun.  Mid  the  ringing  of  bells  and  the  discharge  of  rockets, 
a  long  procession  was  issuing  from  the  church  of  San  Antonio ; 
and  a  Babel  of  sounds  from  dogs  and  parrots,  and  strange  tongues, 
came  over  the  water. 

At  about  nine  o'clock  the  doctor  of  the  port  visited  us ;  and 
soon  after  an  official  of  the  custom-house  examined  our  pass- 
ports, and  left  with  each  of  us  a  notification  to  present  ourselves, 
within  three  days,  to  the  chief  of  police,  and  to  obtain  from  him 
a  licence  of  residence.  We  were  then  pronounced  at  liberty  to 
go  on  shore. 

It  was  low  tide,  and,  as  no  wharves  run  out  for  the  convenience 
of  vessels,  we  were  obliged  to  land  at  the  market-place,  the 
Punto  de  Pedras,  a  long  narrow  pier.  It  would  be  impossible 
to  conceive  a  more  utterly  novel  tableau  than  here  broke  upon 
us.  It  was  an  introduction,  at  once,  to  half  that  was  curious  in 
the  city.  Files  of  canoes  skirt  the  whole  length  of  the  pier,  high 
and  dry  above  the  water.  The  more  fortunate  occupants  who  have 
sold  their  wares  are  variously  engaged :  some  sleeping ;  others 
preparing  their  morning  meal ;  others  combing  and  arranging 
their  luxuriant  tresses — for  even  an  Indian  woman  has  a  little 
vanity  ;  and  others,  the  most  of  all,  chattering  with  their  neigh- 
bours, or  screaming  in  shrill  tones  to  friends  on  shore.  Here 
are  negroes  of  every  shade  of  colour,  from  the  pure  Congo  to  the 
almost  pure  white ;  some  buying,  some  selling.  There  stands 
one,  with  his  basket  of  coarse  cotton-cloth  and  his  yard  stick  ; 
and  close  by  an  old  wench  is  squatted  by  a  pot  of  yellow  soup, 
the  extract  of  some  palm-nut.  Here  are  strings  of  inviting  fish, 
and  piles  of  less  captivating  terrapins ;  coarse  baskets,  filled  with 
Vigia  crabs,  the  best  in  the  world ;  and  others  of  palm-leaves, 
fashioned  like  a  straw  reticule,  are  swelled  out  with  the  delicious 
snails.  Monkeys,  fastened  to  clogs,  entice  you  to  purchase  them 
by  their  antics;  and  white  herons,  and  various  other  wild  birds, 


.  ::. 


•1 


firntrprohfie  dove  are  jonxk 

mwite  a  pnrehaser  j  and  now,  tot 
ofthi 


holiday.     Oddly  drennd  soldk 


in  the  karbov,  acre  const 


city  are  dowii  for  thcii  •unm 


r.  Norm,  the 
•  via  fe:i  Ac 

•d    I  :•:•:.    I :.  r 
^    :  . .  r. :  r  :  :  r 


s;  aid  here  grew 
Ae  %,  tfce  liMiiM,  t 
aad  ower  the  fioKe,  OB  the  sofl  of 


that  m  the  aordb  rt 
gnnt  shrdb  threw  oat 

Om  ••• 


CHAP,  ii.]  ELECTRICAL  EEL— ANACONDA.  7 

Amid  this  profusion,  there  was  nothing  to  remind  us  of  the 
home  that  we  had  left ;  but  afar  off',  in  one  lone  corner,  stood  a 
solitary  stalk  of  Indian  corn,  lank  and  lean,  an  eight-feet  spindling, 
clasped  nervously  by  one  sorry  ear.  Poor  thing,  it  spoke  touch- 
ingly  of  exile. 

Passing  out  of  the  garden,  our  next  visit  was  complimentary 
to  an  eel :  not  one  of  the  unhallowed  denizens  of  muddy  ponds  or 
stagnant  waters,  but  an  electrical  eel,  large  and  handsome,  swim- 
ming about  in  his  tub  of  clear  rain  water  with  the  grace  of  a 
water  king.  This  fellow  was  about  four  feet  in  length,  and  along 
his  whole  lower  part  extended  a  wide  fin,  by  whose  curvings  he 
appeared  to  propel  himself.  We  often  afterwards  amused  our 
leisure  in  observing  this  eel,  and  in  experimenting  upon  his  elec- 
trical power.  This  did  not  seem  to  be  concentrated  in  any  par- 
ticu.ar  part  or  organ,  for,  touch  him  where  we  would,  the  violence 
of  the  shock  seemed  fhe  same,  and  equalled  an  ordinary  shock 
from  a  machine.  When  very  hungry,  or  particularly  spiteful, 
he  would  transmit  his  power  through  the  water  to  a  considerable 
distance.  His  usual  food  was  crabs,  and,  when  these  were  thrown 
in  to  him,  he  swam  towards  them,  stunned  them  by  a  touch  of  his 
head,  and  either  caught  them  immediately,  or  allowed  them  to  fall 
to  the  bottom  of  the  tub  to  be  devoured  at  leisure. 

These  eels  are  common  in  the  small  streams  about  Para,  and, 
indeed,  throughout  the  whole  northern  part  of  the  continent,  and 
they  often  attain  great  size.  One  that  we  afterwards  saw  at 
Senhor  Pombo's  was  about  six  feet  long,  and  five  or  six  inches  in 
diameter.  We  heard  frequent  accounts  of  their  power  over  large 
animals  in  the  water.  The  negroes  catch  them  by  first  teazing 
them,  until  they  have  exhausted  the  electrical  power.  We  ate 
of  them  at  different  times,  but  they  were  too  fishy  in  taste  to  be 
agreeable  without  strong  correctives. 

Near  by  was  disclosed  to  us  a  young  anaconda,  nicely  coiled 
up  in  the  bottom  of  a  barrel,  and  looking  as  innocent  as  a  dove. 
This  fellow  was  pointed  out  as  something  rather  diminutive,  but 
to  our  unfamiliar  eyes  a  snake  of  ten  feet  length  seemed  very 
like  a  monster.  His  customary  food  was  rats.  These  snakes 
are  kept  about  many  houses  in  Pard  for  protection  against  rats, 
and  two  which  had  escaped  from  Mr.  N  orris's  barrels  now  prowled 
at  large,  and  effectually  cleared  the  premises  of  these  vermin. 


8  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  n. 

They  are  perfectly  harmless,  and  never  molest  domestic  fowls  or 
animals  upon  the  premises,  excepting  now  and  then  a  young 
chicken. 

This  day  was  a  festival.  The  saint  was  popular,  business  was 
suspended,  public  offices  were  closed,  and  the  whole  city  was 
preparing  to  do  him  honour.  Such  days  in  Para  always  end  in 
processions,  and  when,  late  in  the  afternoon,  the  crackling  of 
rockets  and  the  sounds  of  martial  music  proclaimed  the  pro- 
cession already  formed,  we  walked  to  the  Rua  da  Cadeira,  the 
Broadway  of  Para,  and  took  our  stand  amona:  crowds  of  citizens, 
all  apparently  as  much  interested  as  ourselves  in  the  coming 
events.  The  balconies  above  were  filled  with  gaily  dressed  ladies, 
and  bright  eyes  were  impatient  to  pay  their  homage  to  the  be- 
nignant saint,  or  to  exact  a  homage,  more  sincere,  perhaps,  from 
their  own  admirers  below. 

Immediately  succeeding  a  fine  military  band  walked  a  number 
of  penitents,  wearing  crowns  of  thorns,  and  almost  enshrouded  in 
long  black  veils.  It  was  evident  enough  that  peccadilloes  were  not 
all  confined  to  the  whites,  for,  below  the  veils,  bared  feet  displayed 
as  many  hues  as  we  had  seen  in  the  market-place.  These  penitents 
surrounded  a  tall  banner,  borne  by  one  of  their  number,  who  stag- 
gered beneath  its  weight ;  a  fair  penance  for  many  a  hearty  sin. 

Friars,  with  corded  waists  and  shaven  crowns,  and  priests  in 
long  black  robes,  came  next.  Little  angels  followed,  bright, 
happy  things,  and  beautiful,  as  though  they  had  come  down  to 
cheer  the  present  sufferings  of  the  weary  one  who  bore  his 
cross  behind.  Each  wore  upon  her  head  a  crown  of  flowers, 
and  exquisite  devices  decked  her  white  gauze  dress,  "\\~injrs 
of  a  butterfly,  or  some  shorn  Cupid,  told  how  she  came;  she 
bore  a  wine-cup  in  her  hand,  and,  as  she  stepped,  tiny  bells 
sent  out  low  music.  She  was  unaccustomed  to  our  rough  walks 
here,  and,  at  her  side,  a  seraph  boy  guided  her  faltering  steps. 

Then  came  the  Christ,  bending  beneath  the  heavy  cross.  The 
crowd  was  stilled,  the  Host  passed  by,  and  respect  or  adoration 
was  testified  by  raised  hat  or  bended  knee. 

A  number  of  other  figures  succeeded,  and  the  line  was  closed 
by  the  troops.  A  few  whites  followed,  curious  as  ourselves  ;  but 
the  whole  negro  and  Indian  population  were  drawn  along,  as  a 
matter  of  course.  Nearly  all  the  negro  women  were  profusely 


CHAP,  m.]  FOUNDING  OF  PARA.  9 

ornamented  with  gold,  partly  the  fruit  of  their  own  savings,  and 
often  the  riches  of  their  lady  mistresses,  who  lend  them  willingly 
upon  such  occasions.  Some  wore  chains  of  gold  beads,  passing 
several  times  about  the  neck,  and  sustaining  a  heavy  golden 
cross.  All  wore  ear-rings,  and  the  elder  women,  both  black  and 
Indian,  overtopped  their  heads  by  huge  tortoiseshell  combs.  The 
Indian  girls,  who  were  in  large  numbers,  were  almost  always 
beautiful,  with  regular  features,  fine  forms,  black  lustrous  eyes, 
and  luxuriant  locks  that  fell  over  their  shoulders.  Many  women 
carried  upon  their  heads  trays,  covered  with  a  neat  towel,  and 
well  provided  with  temptations  to  errant  coin. 

At  intervals  along  the  street  were  little  buildings,  in  which 
temporary  altars  were  fitted  up  in  all  the  glare  and  gaudiness  of 
wax  candles  and  tinsel.  Every  one  raised  his  hat  upon  passing 
these,  and  the  more  devout  knelt  before  them,  depositing  some 
coin  at  their  departure. 

In  the  evening  the  churches  were  brilliantly  lighted,  and  in 
the  alcoves,  before  the  images  of  the  saint,  knelt  crowds  of  ladies, 
the  elite  of  Para.  At  each  altar  priests  officiated,  their  attention 
much  distracted  between  the  fair  penitents  at  their  side  and  the 
dulcet  tones  in  the  money-plate  before  them. 

Another  procession,  by  torch-light,  closed  the  exercises,  and 
at  last,  wearied  with  sight-seeing,  we  wended  our  way  home- 
ward, to  the  embrace  of  luxurious  hammocks,  that  gently  re- 
ceived us  without  the  usual  misadventure  of  the  uninitiated  and 
uncautioned. 


CHAPTER  III. 

THE  popular  name  of  this  city,  Para,  is  derived  from  the  river, 
its  proper  designation  being  Belem,  or  Bethlehem.  Caldeira,  in 
1615,  entered  what  he  supposed  to  be  the  main  Amazon,  and 
learning  from  the  natives  that  this  was,  in  their  language,  the 
King  of  Waters,  called  it,  appropriately,  Para ;  or  rather,  to 
hallow  it  by  a  Christian  baptism,  the  Gram  Para.  Continuing  up 
the  river,  this  adventurer  at  last  fixed  upon  a  site,  near  the 
junction  of  several  streams,  now  known  as  the  Guama,  the 
Acard,  and  the  Mojii,  for  a  city  that  should  thereafter  be  a 


10  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  ra. 

glory  to  our  Lady  of  Belem.  Our  Lady  is  still  the  patron  saint, 
but  the  name  of  her  city  is  almost  entirely  forgotten  in  that  of  Para, 

We  will  not  recount  the  long  series  of  events  that  have  trans- 
pired since  Caldeira  here  first  planted  the  cross.  They  would  be 
of  little  interest  to  the  general  reader,  and  we  prefer  to  look  at 
the  city  as  it  now  is,  merely  making  such  allusions  to  the  past 
as  shall  serve  to  render  description  more  intelligible. 

The  only  event  that  requires  particular  mention  is  the  Re- 
volution of  1835  and  the  following  year.  The  President  of  the 
•jrovince  was  assassinated,  as  were  very  many  private  individuals 
of  respectability,  and  the  city  was  in  possession  of  the  insurgent 
troops,  assisted  by  designing  whites  and  Indians.  All  the  citi- 
zens who  could  fled  for  their  lives  ;  many  to  Portugal,  and  many 
to  the  United  States  and  England.  The  whole  province,  with 
the  exception  of  the  town  of  Cameta,  upon  the  Tocantins,  fell 
into  the  hands  of  the  rebels,  and  everywhere  the  towns  were 
sacked,  cities  despoiled,  cattle  destroyed,  and  slaves  carried 
away.  The  rebels  were  constantly  quarrelling  among  them- 
selves, and  several  presidents  succeeded  each  other.  At  last, 
after  this  state  of  anarchy  had  continued  nearly  eighteen  months, 
President  Andrea  arrived  from  Rio  Janeiro  with  a  sufficient 
force,  and  succeeded,  without  much  difficulty,  in  recovering  pos- 
session of  the  city.  One  by  one  the  inland  towns  returned  to 
their  allegiance.  The  disastrous  effect  of  these  disturbances  is 
still  felt,  and  a  feeling  of  present  insecurity  is  very  general,  but 
still  Para  has  fully  recovered  her  former  position,  and  may  retain 
it  if  the  provincial  government  guides  itself  with  sufficient 
discretion. 

The  whole  Amazonian  region  is  low,  and  the  site  of  the  city 
boasts  no  advantage  in  this  respect,  being  at  most  but  a  few  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  river  at  flood-tide.  Everywhere  nature 
displays  the  most  exuberant  fertility,  and  this,  which,  in  most 
countries  between  the  tropics,  is  a  prolific  source  of  pestilence 
and  death,  is  here  so  modified  by  other  elements  as  to  be  a  bless- 
ing. During  the  rainy  season,  when,  for  several  months,  rain 
falls  daily,  and  for  several  weeks  almost  incessantly,  the  surface 
of  the  ground  is  never  long  covered  with  water  ;  for,  so  sandy 
is  the  soil,  that  no  sooner  have  the  clouds  broken  away  than  the 
waters  have  disappeared,  and,  excepting  the  bright  jewels  that 


CHAP,  in.]  CLIMATE— FORM  OF  THE  CITY.  11 

sparkle  profusely  upon  every  leaf,  little  else  remains  to  tell  of 
the  furious  outpourings  of  the  previous  hour.  During  what  is 
termed  the  dry  season,  from  June  to  December,  more  or  less 
rain  falls  weekly,  and  vegetation  is  never  disrobed  of  her  peren- 
nial green.  The  steady  trade-winds  from  the  East  come  fraught 
with  invigorating  sea-air  tempering  the  fierce  sun- heat,  making 
the  nights  of  a  delightful  coolness,  and  preventing  that  languor 
of  feeling  so  inseparable  from  the  equatorial  climes  of  the  East. 

Old  traditions,  handed  down  as  applicable  to  modern  times  by 
all-knowing  Encyclopedists,  represent  the  climate  of  Para  as 
having  been  unhealthy,  but  in  some  respects  improved  of  late 
years.  These  reports  probably  arose  from  the  injudicious  method 
of  living  introduced  by  the  earlier  colonists,  and  persevered  in 
until  experience  taught  them  to  accommodate  their  habits  to  the 
clime.  But  of  late  years  they  have  been  studiously  detailed  and 
exaggerated  by  monopolizing  mercantile  houses;  and  when  we 
desired  to  venture  to  the  country  of  the  Amazon,  it  was  next  to 
impossible  to  obtain  any  sort  of  information  relative  to  Para 
except  a  general  report  of  heat  and  unhealthiness.  I  shall  speak 
more  of  this  hereafter,  with  reference  to  the  singularly  superior 
advantages  which  Para  presents  to  invalids. 

The  whole  city  is  laid  out  in  squares,  and,  from  the  peculiar 
manner  in  which  it  is  built,  covers  a  much  larger  area  than, 
from  its  population  of  fifteen  thousand,  one  would  suppose: 
Near  the  river,  and  in  the  part  more  especially  devoted  to  busi- 
ness, the  houses  adjoin  upon  streets  of  convenient  width ;  but 
elsewhere,  each  square  is  usually  the  residence  of  but  one  pro- 
prietor, who  here  enjoys  all  the  advantages  of  both  city  and 
country.  These  residences  are  termed  rosinhas.  Fruit-trees,  of 
every  variety  common  to  the  clime,  mingle  with  beautiful 
flowers,  and  it  requires  but  little  taste  in  the  master  or  ladies  of 
the  mansion  to  embower  themselves  in  a  paradise.  Most  of 
these  houses  are  but  of  one  story,  built  upon  two  or  three  sides 
of  a  square,  covering  a  great  area,  and  containing  numerous 
lofty  and  well-ventilated  rooms.  Very  often,  the  entire  flooring 
is  of  neat  square  tiles.  A  broad  verandah  offers  both  shelter 
and  shade,  and  here,  in  delicious  coolness,  the  meals  of  the  day 
are  enjoyed. 

The  city  proper  consists*  of  houses  of  every  height,  from  one  to 


12  A  VOYAGE  UP  TttE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP.  in. 

four  stories,  strongly  resembling  each  other  in  external  appear- 
ance. All  are  yellow-washed  or  white-washed,  and  ornamented 
by  mouldings  about  doors  and  windows.  The  building  materials 
are  small  stones  cemented  in  mortar  ;  and  such  is  the  durability 
of  construction,  that  unfinished  walls  in  different  parts  of  the 
city,  exposed  for  years  to  the  action  of  the  elements,  show  no 
sign  of  crumbling  or  decay.  Of  course  coolness  is  the  great  ob- 
ject aimed  at,  and  therefore  in  the  centre  of  the  house  is  usually 
an  open  square  from  top  to  bottom,  serving  to  keep  up  a  constant 
current  of  air.  Doors  are  all  wide,  and  windows  rarely  glazed. 
Generally,  near  the  river,  the  lower  part  of  the  house  is  occupied 
as  a  store  or  wareroom,  the  upper  stories  being  the  residence  of 
the  family. 

In  front  of  upper  windows  opening  upon  the  street  are  iron 
balconies,  favourite  stands  of  the  inmates,  who  here  spend  hours, 
in  the  cooler  parts  of  the  day,  in  observing  the  parsers  below, 
and  sometimes,  it  is  to  be  feared,  coquetting  with  correspondents 
over  the  way.  It  strikes  one  strangely  that  necessity  has  not 
introduced  the  fashion  of  shaded  balconies  as  a  protection  from 
the  sun  ;  but  there  are  none  such,  and  in  positions  sheltered  from 
the  sea-breeze  the  mid-day  heat  is  excessive. 

The  lower  houses  in  the  more  retired  streets  are  mostly  dwell- 
ings, and  the  windows  of  these  are  always  covered  by  a  close 
lattice,  or  jalousie,  through  whose  bars  dark  eyes  may  flash  upon 
passers-by  unblushingly. 

The  streets  are  without  side-walks,  and  are  badly  paved  with 
irregular  stones,  which  render  walking  excessively  fatiguing, 
and  rapid  riding  perilous. 

In  different  parts  of  the  city  are  public  squares,  called  Lar- 
gos. The  more  prominent  are  the  Largo  da  Palacio  (of  the 
palace),  da  Polvora  (of  powder),  and  da  Quartel  (of  the 
barracks).  The  first  of  these  is  very  spacious,  and  might  be 
made  an  ornament  to  the  palace  and  the  city.  As  it  is,  it  is 
neither  more  nor  less  than  a  dirty  common,  uneven  in  surface, 
spotted  in  the  wet  season  with  puddles  of  water,  and  unshaded 
by  a  single  tree.  Miserable  half-starved  sheep,  parti-coloured 
as  goats,  and  libels  on  the  ovine  race,  glean  a  poor  subsistence 
from  the  coarse  rank  grass.  The  walk  across  this  Largo  to  the 
palace  was  of  rough  stone,  and,  when  we  first  crossed  it,  both 


CHAP,  in.]     LARGOS— PUBLIC  BUILDINGS— CHURCHES.  13 

daylight  and  dexterity  were  requisite ;  but  I  am  happy  to  say 
that  before  we  bade  adieu  to  Para  preparations  were  making 
for  an  avenue  more  consistent  with  the  dignity  of  the  govern- 
ment. 

Upon  the  Largo  da  Polvora  formerly  stood  the  powder-house, 
now  removed  to  a  distance  from  the  city.  Here  trees  were  once 
planted  by  President  Andrea,  but,  with  merely  exceptions  enough 
to  show  what  a  public  blessing  their  preservation  would  have 
proved,  they  have  now  disappeared.  Near  this  Largo  are  the 
principal  wells,  whence  is  supplied  the  water  for  the  city,  and 
about  which  may  be  seen,  at  any  time,  scores  of  negro  women 
engaged  in  washing  and  bleaching  clothes. 

The  Largo  da  Quartel  is  of  small  extent,  fronting  the  bar- 
racks, a  long,  low  building,  where  Indian  recruits  are  drilled 
into  civilization  and  shape.  In  the  centre  of  this  Largo  is  a 
well,  about  the  curb  of  which  numbers  of  considerate  wenches 
rest  their  weary  water-jars,  and  with  a  painful  self-denial,  gossip 
and  gesticulate  all  day  long  upon  the  affairs  of  the  town. 

The  public  buildings  of  Para  are  conspicuous  objects,  both  in 
number  and  size  far  beyond  the  present  wants  of  the  city ;  but 
wisely  built  for  posterity,  and  the  future  inevitable  magnitude  of 
the  depot  of  the  Amazon.  Even  so  long  ago  as  1685,  when  the 
population  numbered  but  five  hundred,  there  existed  "  a  Mother 
Church,  a  Jesuit  College,  a  Franciscan,  a  Carmelite,  and  a  Mer- 
cenario  Convent,  two  Churches,  a  Chapel,  and  a  Misericordia  or 
Hospital."  The  cherished  hopes  of  the  Jesuits  have  not  yet 
been  fulfilled,  but  "  already  is  heard  the  sound  of  the  multitude 
that  is  coming  to  take  possession  of  the  valley." 

The  Jesuit  college  has  now  become  an  ecclesiastical  seminary  ; 
and  the  convents,  long  since  deserted  of  friars,  save  two  or  three 
old  Franciscans,  have  been  turned  to  profaner  uses.  That  of  the 
Carmelites,  is  now  the  palace  of  the  assembly  ;  the  vast  pile  of 
the  Mercenaries  has  become  the  custom-house ;  and  still  another 
is  the  arsenal.  All  these  edifices  are  in  good  preservation,  and 
the  bright  green  moss,  which  everywhere  has  climbed  the  roofs 
and  traced  the  facings,  in  no  wise  detracts  from  their  picturesque 
appearance. 

The  palace,  built  about  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  when 
Portugal  looked  to  the  Amazon  as  the  scene  of  her  future  glory, 
is  commensurate,  in  size  and  massiveness,  with  the  anticipated 


14  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  ra. 

necessities  of  the  empire.  It  is  of  the  same  style  of  architecture 
as  the  Portuguese  houses  generally,  and  can  scarcely  be  called 
either  grand  or  beautiful. 

In  the  rear  of  the  palace  stands  the  unfinished  theatre, 
now  overgrown  with  shrubs  and  close-embracing  vines ;  a  far 
greater  ornament  to  the  city  than  it  could  have  been  in  its 
finished  state. 

The  cathedral  stands  near  the  palace,  upon  the  southern  side 
of  the  Largo — the  vastest  edifice  of  the  kind  in  Brazil.  Twin 
steeples  tower  aloft,  from  whose  many  bells  issue  most  of  those 
chimes  that  may  be  heard  at  almost  any  hour. 

Near  the  arsenal,  and  sufficiently  removed  to  be  no  nuisance 
to  the  city,  is  the  public  slaughter-house,  where  are  received  all 
the  cattle  destined  for  the  Para  market.  Strangers  usually 
walk  in  that  direction,  to  observe  the  immense  congregation  of 
vultures  that  are  here  to  be  seen,  labouring  lustily  for  the  public 
health. 

There  are  a  number  of  pleasant  walks  within  and  around  the 
city.  The  most  agreeable  by  far  of  the  former  is  the  Rua  da 
Manfjabeiras,  a  long  avenue,  crossed  at  right  angles  by  a  similar 
rua,  and  both  thickly  skirted  by  mangabeira-trees.  This  tree 
attains  a  vast  size,  and  throws  out  a  more  widely  spreading  top 
than  most  Brazilian  forest-trees.  Its  bark  is  a  singular  combina- 
tion of  colours,  between  green  and  gray ;  and  is  of  a  lustrous 
smoothness.  The  ripened  fruit  hangs  over  the  branches — large 
red  pods,  the  size  of  a  cocoa-nut,  and  containing  a  yellowish 
silky  cotton.  In  the  months  of  March  and  April  these  trees 
are  divested  of  their  leaves ;  and  everywhere  mingle  in  profusion 
the  ripened  fruit,  and  the  large,  white,  crown-like  flowers. 
Later  in  the  season  the  flowers  have  given  place  in  turn  to  a 
most  luxuriant  foliage  ;  and  when  the  sun  strikes  mercilessly 
upon  every  spot  else,  here  all  is  coolness  and  repose.  Paro- 
quets, ravenously  fond  of  the  cotton-seeds,  are  everywhere  chat- 
tering among  the  branches ;  and  the  brilliant  cicadas  chirp 
grateful  thanks  to  him  who  planted  for  them  this  delightful 
home.  From  adjacent  thickets  come  the  warblings  of  many 
birds ;  and  the  stranger,  haply  unacquainted  with  the  Brazilian 
melodists,  startles  as  he  hears  the  liquid  trill  of  the  blue  bird, 
the  joyful  song  of  the  robin,  and  the  oriole's  mellow  whistle. 
It  is  a  delusion ;  but  the  familiar  tones  sound  none  the  less 


CHAP,  m.]    NAZARE- MR.  HENDERSON'S  PLANTATION.  15 

delightfully  from  the  throats  of  these  southern  cousins,  than  when 
uttered  amid  the  groves  and  by  the  streams  of  our  own  home. 

The  Rua  da  Mangabeiras  is  deservedly  a  favourite  walk  in 
summer,  and  in  the  early  morning,  or  after  sunset,  it  is  constantly 
thronged  with  groups  of  joyous  citizens. 

Another  delightful  walk,  as  well  as  the  usual  route  for  eques- 
trians, is  towards  Nazare,  distant  about  two  miles  from  the  palace, 
and  one  mile  from  the  city.  Here  is  a  little  chapel  dedicated  to 
the  service  of  our  Lady  of  Nazareth,  and  looking  like  some 
fairy's  palace,  on  its  spot  of  green,  embowered  in  the  native 
forest.  Our  Lady  of  Nazareth  is  the  peculiar  patroness  of  the 
sick,  the  afflicted,  and  the  desolate  ;  and  here  the  soul-saddened 
penitent  may  find  quiet,  far  away  from  the  crowded  shrines  of  the 
city.  At  the  entrance  of  the  square  a  number  of  seats  invite  the 
weary.  A  tall  white  pillar,  standing  near,  records,  probably, 
some  event  connected  with  theplace,  but  the  inscription  is  nearly 
illegible. 

With  our  friend  Captain  Appleton,  who  is  a  most  zealous 
conchologist,  and  well  acquainted  with  all  the  shell-haunts  in  the 
vicinity,  we  used  often  to  take  this  route,  and  upon  the  trees  in 
various  localities  found  as  many  specimens  as  we  cared  for. 
These  were  principally  of  three  varieties :  the  Bulimus  regius, 
Bulimus  glabra,  and  the  Auricula  clausa.  Continuing  on 
through  the  forest,  at  about  a  mile  beyond  Nazare,  is  the  plant- 
ation of  Mr.  Henderson,  a  Scotch  gentleman,  who,  having  a 
taste  for  agricultural  pursuits,  is  endeavouring  to  show  the 
planters  of  the  country'  the  difference  between  a  scientific  cul- 
tivation and  their  own  slovenly  and  inefficient  mode  of  farming. 
Amongst  other  novelties,  Mr.  H.  has  introduced  a  plough,  the 
only  one  in  the  province  of  Para.  He  has  devoted  particular 
attention  to  the  cultivation  of  grasses  for  hay,  and  his  meadows 
looked  as  freshly,  and  produced  as  fine  grass,  as  those  of  New 
England.  What  with  the  delightful  reception  of  Mr.  Henderson, 
and  the  lesser  attractions  of  scenery  and  flowers,  butterflies  and 
shells,  we  took  many  a  stroll  this  way. 

But  there  was  no  pleasanter  place  wherein  to  while  an  hour 
than  a  rosinha,  and  as  our  friend  Mr.  Smith  was  proprietor  of 
one  of  the  most  extensive  within  a  ten  minutes'  walk  of  our  icsi- 
dence,  we  used  often  to  visit  him,  and  amuse  ourselves  among  his 


16  A  VOYAGE  UP  TJJE  RTVEB  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  in. 

trees.  This  rosin  ha  was  of  about  an  acre's  extent.  Down  the 
middle  ran  a  broad  walk,  covered  by  an  arbour,  which  \vas  pro- 
fuselv  overrun  by  the  Grenadilla  passion-flower.  This  produces  a 
yellow  fruit,  about  the  size  and  shape  of  an  egg,  within  which  is 
a  pleasant  acid  pulp. 

On  either  side  the  arbour  were  coffee-trees.  These  are  planted  at 
a  distance  of  about  ten  feet  apart,  and  being  prevented  from  grow- 
ing more  than  five  feet  high,  by  constant  trimming  of  their  tops, 
they  throw  out  very  many  lateral  branches.  The  flowers  are 
white,  and,  at  the  flowering  season,  ornament  the  plant  beau- 
tifully. The  leaves  are  about  six  inches  in  length,  broad,  and  of 
a  rich  and  glossy  green.  The  berries  grow  upon  the  under  side  of 
the  limbs,  and  at  first  are  green,  but  when  matured  of  a  deep  red. 
Within  each  are  two  kernels,  and  the  whole  is  surrounded  by  a 
sweet,  thin  pulp.  When  the  ripe  berries  are  exposed  to  the  sun, 
this  pulp  dries,  and  is  then  removed  by  hand  or  by  a  mill.  The 
trees  produce  in  two  or  three  years  after  being  planted.  Formerly 
the  quantity  of  coffee  raised  in  the  vicinity  of  Para  was  sufficient 
for  a  large  exportation,  and  it  was  celebrated  for  its  superior 
flavour  :  now  it  is  imported,  so  many  planters  having  turned  their 
attention  to  other  produce,  or  to  the  collecting  of  rubber. 

There  were  also  large  patches  of  ananas,  or  pine-apples,  which 
plant  is  too  well  known  to  require  description.  This  fruit  is 
often  raised  in  these  rosinhas  of  great  size.  One  which  we  saw 
upon  the  table  of  the  British  Consul,  soon  after  our  landing, 
weighed  nineteen  pounds,  and  was  considered  nothing  extra- 
ordinary, although  at  that  time  out  of  the  season. 

A  number  of  large  orange-trees  were  always  interesting  to  us, 
inasmuch  as  at  every  season  they  clustered  with  ripe  fruit,  not 
the  shrivelled  or  sour  specimens  seen  in  New  York,  but  of  great 
size  and  luscious  sweetness.  Oranges  in  this  climate  are  to  be 
considered  rather  as  a  necessity  than  a  luxury ;  their  cooling 
nature  renders  them  unspeakably  grateful,  and  they  are,  without 
doubt,  an  antidote  to  many  diseases  incident  to  a  torrid  clime. 
Every  one  uses  them  unstintingly,  and  when  an  old  gentleman, 
upon  the  Upper  Amazon,  told  us  that  he  always  settled  his  break- 
fast with  a  dozen  oranges,  he  described,  with  little  hyperbole,  the 
custom  of  the  country. 

There  were  also  many  lime-trees ;  and  these  resemble  in  general 


EHAP.  in.]  TREES  AND  FRUITS.  17 


appearance  the  orange,  excepting  that  they  are  of  smaller  growth. 
The  acid  of  limes  is  more  pleasant  than  vinegar,  and  they  are 
always  used  as  a  substitute  for  this  upon  the  table.  They  are 
much  used  in  composing  a  drink,  and  make  the  best  of  preserves. 

The  most  beautiful  trees  were  the  mango  and  the  ochee,  whose 
densely  leaved  tops  much  resemble  each  other.  Their  leaves  are 
very  long  and  narrow,  and  of  a  dark  glossy  green  ;  but  when 
young  they  are  of  several  shades,  dull  white,  pink,  and  red,  and 
the  commingling  of  hues  is  very  beautiful.  The  mango  is  es- 
teemed one  of  the  finest  fruits;  it  is  the  size  of  a  large  lemon, 
and  of  a  green  colour.  Beneath  the  skin  is  a  yellow  pulp,  which 
surrounds  a  large  stone.  During  our  stay  mangoes  were  tem- 
porarily unpopular  among  the  lower  classes,  from  a  belief  that 
to  them  was  owing  the  appearance  of  a  disease  called  the  leprosy. 

The  ochee  is  smaller  than  the  mango,  and  of  a  yellow  colour  ; 
it  contains  a  sweet,  pleasant  pulp. 

Another  interesting  tree  was  the  inga,  although  for  a  very 
different  reason  than  its  beauty  ;  it  bears  a  profusion  of  small 
white  flowers,  very  fragrant,  and  the  attraction  of  humming- 
birds, which  might  at  any  time  be  seen  rifling  their  sweets,  in  a 
great  variety  of  species.  The  fruit  of  the  inga  is  a  pod,  of  a  foot 
or  more  in  length,  and  an  inch  in  diameter.  It  contains  a  sweet, 
white  pulp,  imbedded  in  which  are  long  seeds.  The  paroquets 
are  very  fond  of  this  pulp,  and  they  come  to  the  trees  in  great 
flocks,  clustering  upon  the  pods,  and  tearing  them  open  with 
their  strong  beaks. 

There  were  trees  bearing  another  esteemed  fruit,  the  alligator 
pear,  or  mangaba.  Of  these  there  are  two  varieties :  one,  the 
more  common,  green  in  colour,  and  shaped  like  a  crook-necked 
squash,  but  of  greatly  reduced  size  ;  the  other,  considered  the 
better  species,  is  called  the  mangaba  da  Cayenne,  and  is  of  the 
ordinary  pear  shape,  and  of  a  purplish  red  colour.  In  the  centre 
is  a  large  stone,  and  the  substance  about  this  is  soft  and  marrow- 
like  ;  it  is  eaten  with  wine  and  sugar,  and  to  our  taste  was  the 
finest  fruit  in  the  province.  It  is  said  to  be  the  only  fruit  that  cats 
will  eat,  and  they  are  extremely  fond  of  it. 

The  biraba,  or  custard-apple,  is  no  bad  representative  of  the 
delicacy  of  which  its  name  is  suggestive  ;  it  is  about  the  size  of  a 
cocoa-nut,  covered  by  a  thin,  rough  skin,  and  contains  a  white 
pulp,  which  is  eaten  with  a  spoon. 


18  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP,  iv 

Here  was  growing  a  cactus,  in  size  a  tree  ;  and  numerous 
flowering  shrubs,  some  known  to  us  as  greenhouse  plants,  and 
others  entirely  new,  were  scattered  over  the  premises.  Cape  jessa- 
mines grew  to  large  shrubs  and  filled  the  air  with  fragrance ; 
oleanders  shot  up  to  a  height  of  twenty  feet,  loaded  with  flowers  ; 
and  altheas,  in  like  manner,  presented  clusters  of  immense  size 
and  singular  beauty.  Here  also  was  a  tree  covered  with  large 
white  flowers,  shaped  like  so  many  butterflies ;  and  there  were  a 
host  of  others,  of  which  we  could  admire  the  beauty,  although 
not  knowing  the  names. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

WITHIN  the  three  days  limited  in  our  notification,  we  had  called 
upon  the  chief  of  police  for  a  licence  of  residence,  which  was 
furnished  us  gratuitously.  This  officer  was  one  of  the  many 
examples  that  we  met  with  of  the  disregard  paid  to  colour, 
in  public  or  private  life,  throughout  the  country.  He  is  con- 
sidered the  second  officer  of  the  Provincial  Government,  and, 
like  the  President,  receives  his  appointment  directly  from  Rio 
Janeiro. 

In  passing  our  chattels  through  the  custom-house  also  we  had 
not  experienced  the  least  difficulty  or  annoyance,  the  officers  dis- 
charging their  duties  in  the  most  gentlemanly  manner;  and,  at 
all  times,  in  our  intercourse  with  officers  of  the  Government,  we 
found  them  extremely  polite  and  obliging,  and  generally  they 
were  men  of  intelligence  and  education. 

The  President,  with  three  Vice-Presidents,  constitute  the 
Executive  of  the  Province.  Assemblies  of  deputies,  chosen  by 
the  people,  meet  at  stated  seasons  at  Para,  to  regulate  provincial 
matters.  They  have  a  greater  licence,  in  some  respects,  than  the 
corresponding  branches  of  our  State  Governments,  such  as  the 
imposing  of  tariffs  and  the  like,  but  their  acts  are  referred  to  Rio 
Janeiro  for  confirmation. 

The  judges  of  the  various  districts,  who  are  also  chiefs  of  police, 
are  appointed  at  Rio,  but  the  justices  of  the  peace  are  chosen  by 
the  people. 

The  church  establishment  of  Para  is  not  very  large,  when  the 
wants  of  the  whole  province  are  considered ;  but  as  by  far  the 


CHAP,  iv.]        CHURCH  ESTABLISHMENT— TROOPS.  19 

larger  portion  of  the  padres  never  go  beyond  the  city,  their  number 
seems  disproportionate.  One  meets  them  at  every  step,  and  pro- 
bably five  hundred  is  not  an  exaggeration.  Of  these,  many  are 
novitiates  in  different  stages  of  preparation,  and  the  grades  are 
readily  distinguished  by  their  differences  of  dress.  Since  convents 
have  become  unpopular,  the  old  race  of  friars  have  almost, 
disappeared  ;  still  a  few  are  seen,  and  a  small  number  of  others 
are  among  the  Indians  of  the  interior.  The  clergy  are,  of  course, 
very  efficient  patrons  of  the  three-and-thirty  holidays,  besides 
divers  festivals  extraordinary,  that  diversify  the  Brazilian  year. 

Near  the  ecclesiastical  seminary  is  the  school  for  young  ladies, 
under  the  supervision  of  the  sisters  of  some  of  the  religious 
societies.  Here  a  great  number  of  young  ladies  from  various 
parts  of  the  province  receive  education  in  the  simpler  branches, 
and  in  what  would  be  called  "the  finishing"  of  a  New  York 
boarding-school. 

The  Catholic  is  the  established  religion  of  the  state,  but  all 
religions  are  tolerated.   There  is  no  other  sect  in  Para  ;  and  pro 
bably  within  the  province,  out  of  the  city,  preaching  of  any  other 
denomination  was  never  heard. 

The  regular  troops  of  the  empire  are  collected  in  this  province 
in  great  strength,  on  account  of  the  revolutionary  spirit  of  the 
people.  Every  morning  they  are  paraded  upon  the  Largo  da 
Palacio  until  eight  o'clock,  and  then  marched  down  the  llua  da 
Cadeira  to  the  music  of  a  fine  band.  They  are  out  upon  every 
public  occasion,  taking  part  in  every  procession.  They  are,  more- 
over, the  police  of  the  city,  and  in  discharge  of  their  duties  are 
seen  scattered  throughout  the  day  along  the  pier  and  streets,  and 
guarding  the  doors  of  all  public  offices.  Night  police,  as  well 
as  day  police,  they  take  their  stations  in  the  early  evening  about 
the  city,  and  at  every  hour  their  loud  cries  disturb  the  sleepers. 

Upon  Sundays  these  troops  are  freed  from  duty,  and  the  Na- 
tional Guard  take  their  places  on  parade  or  at  the  sentry.  This 
guard,  one  would  suppose,  formed  a  far  more  efficient  force  than 
the  regular  army — the  one  composed,  as  it  is,  of  native  Brazilians, 
the  other  a  heterogeneous  compounding  of  white  and  black,  yellow, 
red,  and  brown.  The  Indian  seems  to  predominate,  however,  and 
it  might  be  questionable  how  far  his  courage  would  carry  him, 
once  led  into  action. 

c  2 


20  A  VOYAGE  UP  TtiE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP.  iv. 

During  the  last  few  years  the  enrolment  of  Indians  has  been 
carried  to  an  unprecedented  extent,  through  apprehension  of  re- 
newed disturbances.  Since  1836  ten  thousand  young  men  are 
said  to  have  been  carried  to  the  south,  to  the  incalculable  injury 
of  the  agricultural  interest.  As  might  be  supposed,  all  this  en- 
listment has  not  been  voluntary.  The  police  are  constantly  upon 
the  alert  for  recruits,  and  the  instant  that  a  poor  fellow  sets  foot 
within  the  city  he  is  spirited  away  unless  some  protecting  white 
is  there  to  intercede  in  his  behalf.  We  frequently  fell  in  with 
cottages  in  the  vicinity  of  the  city,  whose  only  occupants  were 
women  and  children,  the  men  having  in  this  way  disappeared. 
Most  of  the  market-boats  also  are  managed  by  women,  the  men 
often  stopping  a,t  some  convenient  place  above,  and  there  awaiting 
the  boat's  return. 

It  is  an  amusing  sight  to  watch  these  Indian  recruits  during 
their  earlier  drillings  upon  the  Largo,  encumbered  with  oppres- 
sive clothes,  high  leathern  stocks  beneath  their  chins,  and  a  wil- 
derness of  annoying  straps  about  their  bodies.  Their  countenances 
are  models  of  resignation,  or  of  apathetic  indifference,  when  the 
drill  officer  has  his  eye  upon  them ;  but  when  that  eye  is  averted, 
the  nervous  twitching,  and  the  half-suppressed  curses  with  which 
they  wipe  the  beaded  sweat  from  their  brows,  would  be  ludicrous 
enough  could  one  overcome  a  feeling  of  pity  at  the  predicament 
of  the  poor  devils. 

Free  negroes  are  very  apt  to  be  caught  in  the  same  trap,  and 
then  negroes  and  Indians  together  spend  their  leisure  hours  off 
drill  in  the  lock-up,  until,  between  the  principles  of  honour 
therein  imbibed,  and  the  ardour  of  military  glory  excited,  they 
can  be  considered  trustworthy,  and  suffered  to  go  at  large.  Most 
free  negroes  avoid  this  career  of  greatness,  by  nominally  still  be- 
longing to  their  old  master,  or  some  other  willing  protector. 

There  are  no  inns  at  Para  for  public  accommodation.  The 
people  from  the  country  do  not  require  them,  each  having  friends 
in  the  city,  or  conveniences  for  living  on  board  his  vessel. 
Strangers  visiting  the  port  are  usually  provided  with  introduc- 
tory letters  to  some  of  the  citizens,  and  are  received  with  the  most 
generous  hospitality.  There  are  various  cafes,  where  a  good  cup 
of  coffee  or  chocolate  may  always  be  obtained  ;  but  these  are  not 
very  much  patronized.  Both  natives  and  foreigners,  engaged  in 


CHAP,  iv.]  MANNER  OF  LIVING— MECHANICS.  21 

business,  provide  at  their  own  tables  for  their  clerks,  or  others 
connected  with  them  in  business — a  system  productive  of  mutual 
advantages. 

A  great  proportion  of  the  foreigners  in  the  city  are  from  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain,  and  these  form  among  them- 
selves a  delightful  little  society. 

The  people  of  the  town  are  native-born  Brazilians  and  Por- 
tuguese, often  well  educated,  generally  intelligent,  and  always 
polite.  Of  the  lower  classes  very  many  are  Portuguese  or  Moorish 
Jews,  who  obtain  a  livelihood  by  trafficking  with  the  smaller  river 
craft,  by  adulterating  produce,  and  by  various  other  expedients  in 
which  the  people  of  that  nation  are  expert. 

Most  gentlemen  residing  in  the  city  have  also  estates  in  the 
country,  to  which  they  retire  during  summer.  Their  mode  of 
living  is  very  simple,  and  in  congeniality  with  the  clime.  Two 
meals  a-day  are  considered  quite  sufficient,  and  late  suppers  are 
entirely  avoided. 

Most  of  the  business  of  the  day  is  transacted  in  the  early 
morning ;  and  when  the  noon's  heat  is  beating,  "  all,"  as  they 
say,  "  but  Englishmen  and  dogs,"  are  taking  a  siesta  in  their 
hammocks.  The  cool  evening,  lovely  and  brilliant,  calls  out 
every  one  ;  and  a  round  of  pleasure  encroaches  far  into  the  night. 
Parties  and  balls  are  constantly  being  given,  and  all  over  the 
city  is  heard  the  light  music  of  the  guitar  and  the  sounds  of 
the  joyous  dance.  Upon  the  last  Saturday  evening  of  each 
month  is  a  public  subscription  ball,  and  Para's  beauties  are  there 
in  all  the  fascination  of  flashing  eyes,  and  raven  hair,  and  airy 
movements.  Sometimes  a  theatrical  company  ventures  into  this 
remote  region,  and  for  a  while  the  new  prima  donna  is  all  the  rage. 

The  mechanics  of  the  city  are  mostly  Portuguese,  and  have  all 
the  proverbial  industry  of  their  nation.  A  shoemaker  who  lived 
opposite  us  used  to  be  rather  annoying  in  this  respect ;  pegging 
away  at  all  hours  of  the  night,  and  not  sparing  time  to  breathe, 
even  on  Sundays. 

Owing  to  the  imperfection  or  entire  absence  of  machinery, 
the  labour  of  an  artisan  is  far  more  toilsome  than  with  us,  and 
he  compensates  the  diiference  by  something  more  than  propor- 
tionate slowness.  The  cabinet-maker  has  to  saw  his  materials 
from  the  log  in  his  own  shop,  and  two  or  more  boys,  lazily 


22  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  iv. 

pulling  away  at  a  pit-saw,  are  always  a  part  of  his  fixtures.  So 
with  other  trades.  Such  a  state  of  things  would  be  excessively 
annoying  anywhere  else,  but  these  people  are  accustomed  to  it, 
probably  dream  of  nothing  better,  and  are  well  content  to  jog  on 
in  the  safe  and  sure  path  by  which  their  ancestors  (God  rest  them !) 
moved  forward  to  glory. 

There  is  this  deficiency  throughout  the  province  with  respect 
to  every  sort  of  labour-saving  machinery ;  and  although  now 
and  then  some  individual  of  extraordinary  enterprise  has  intro- 
duced improvements  from  other  countries,  and  although  the 
government  allows  new  patents  of  machinery  to  be  entered  with- 
out a  duty,  yet  the  mass  of  proprietors  know  nothing  of  them. 
The  introduction  of  machinery  would  compensate  in  a  great 
degree  the  depressing  scarcity  of  labourers,  for  want  of  whom 
this  garden  of  the  world  lies  desolate. 

Very  many  of  the  apprentices  in  the  shops  are  Indian  boys, 
and,  to  facilitate  the  acquisition  of  trades  by  these,  the  govern- 
ment 'supports  a  school,  where,  in  addition  to  the  common 
branches  of  education,  fifty  Indian  boys  are  instructed  in  various 
trades.  This  institution  owes  its  existence  to  President  Andrea, 
who  seems  to  have  had  concentrated  in  him  more  benevolence 
and  public  spirit  than  a  score  of  those  who  preceded  or  suc- 
ceeded him  in  office.  It  is  to  him  that  the  city  is  indebted  for 
the  Rua  da  Mangabeiras,  and  this  alone  should  immortalize  a 
man  in  Para. 

The  absence  of  horses  and  carts,  together  with  the  universal 
custom  of  carrying  burdens  upon,  the  head,  seem  at  first  an 
oddity  to  a  stranger.  In  this  manner  the  heaviest  as  well  as  the 
lightest,  the  most  fragile  as  well  as  any  other,  travels  with  equal 
safety  to  its  destination.  For  the  convenience  of  vessels  there 
are  two  companies  of  blacks,  each  numbering  thirty  men,  who 
are  regular  carriers  ;  and  their  noisy  cries  are  heard  every 
morning,  as,  in  the  full  tide  of  some  wild  song,  they  trot  off 
beneath  incredible  burdens. 

Everywhere  are  seen  about  the  streets  young  women,  blacks 
or  Indians,  bearing  upon  their  heads  large  trays  of  doces,  or 
sweetmeats  and  cakes,  for  sale.  These  things  are  made  by  their 
mistresses,  and  are  thus  marketed.  Nor  do  the  first  ladies  of  the 
city  consider  it  beneath  their  dignity  thus  to  traffic,  and  we 


CHAP,  iv.]  REARING  OF  CHILDREN— FOOD.  23 

heard  of  some  notable  examples  where  the  money  received  for 
the  doces  had  accumulated  to  independent  fortunes.  From 
similar  large  trays,  other  women  are  huckstering  every  variety 
of  vegetables  or  fruits  ;  and  not  unfrequently  meets  the  ear  the 
cry  of  as-sy-ee,  the  last  syllable  prolonged  to  a  shrill  scream. 
What  assai  may  be  we  shall  soon  explain. 

In  a  morning  walk,  in  any  direction,  one  encounters  scores  of 
blacks,  men  and  women,  bearing  huge  water-jars  to  and  from  the 
different  wells  which  are  tlie  supply  of  the  city.  These  jars  are 
porous,  and,  being  placed  in  a  current  of  air,  the  water  attains  a 
delightful  coolness.  This  custom  was  borrowed  by  the  early 
settlers  from  the  Indians,  and  is  universal.  In  various  parts  of 
the  house  are  smaller  jars,  called  bilhas  (beelyas),  by  the  side  of 
which  stands  a  large  tumbler,  for  the  general  convenience. 

The  habit  of  carrying  burdens  upon  the  head  contributes  to 
that  remarkable  straightness  and  perfection  of  form  observed  in 
all  these  blacks  and  Indians.  Malformation  or  distortion  of  any 
kind  is  rarely  encountered.  This  is  doubtless  owing  in  a  great 
degree  to  the  manner  of  rearing  children.  Everywhere  are  to 
be  seen  swarms  of  little  boys  and  girls,  unrestrained  by  any 
clothing  whatever,  and  playing  in  the  dirt  with  goats  and  dogs. 
This  exposure  to  the  sun  produces  its  natural  effect,  and  these 
little  people,  blacks  and  whites,  are  burned  into  pretty  nearly 
the  same  tint ;  but  they  grow  up  with  vigour  of  constitution  and 
beauty  of  form.  The  latter,  however,  is  sometimes  ludicrously 
modified  by  a  great  abdominal  protrudence,  the  effect  of  constant 
stuffing  with  farinha.  It  is  very  unusual  to  hear  a  child  cry. 
The  higher  classes  in  the  city  are  more  careful  of  their  children  ; 
but  in  the  country  the  fashion  of  slight  investment  prevails,  and  at 
the  Barra  of  the  Rio  Negro  the  little  son  and  heir  of  the  chief 
official  dignitary  was  in  full  costume,  with  a  pair  of  shoes  and  a  cane. 

The  food  of  all  the  lower  classes  throughout  the  province  con- 
sists principally  offish  and  farinha.  The  former  is  the  dried  and 
salted  periecu  of  the  Amazon  ;  the  latter  a  preparation  from  the 
mandioca-root.  This  plant,  botanically,  is  the  Jatropha  Mani- 
hot,  known  in  the  West  Indies  as  cassava.  The  stalk  is  tall 
and  sUnder,  and  is  divided  into  short  joints,  each  one  of  which 
when  placed  in  the  ground  takes  root  and  becomes  a  separate 
plant.  The  leaves  are  palm  ated  with  six  and  seven  lobes.  The 


24  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.        ^CHAP.  iv. 

tubers  are  shaped  much  like  sweet  potatoes,  and  are  a  foot  or 
more  in  length.  They  are  divested  of  their  thick  rind  and  grated 
upon  stones  ;  after  which  the  mass  is  placed  in  a  slender  bag  of 
rattan  six  feet  in  length  ;  to  this  a  large  stone  is  appended,  and, 
the  consequent  extension  producing  a  contraction  of  the  sides,  the 
juice  is  expressed.  The  juice  is  said  to  be  poisonous,  but  is 
highly  volatile.  The  last  operation  is  the  drying,  which  is 
effected  in  large  iron  pans,  the  preparation  being  constantly 
stirred.  "When  finished  it  is  called  farinha.  or  flour,  and  is  of  a 
white  or  brown  colour  according  to  the  care  taken.  In  appear- 
ance it  resembles  dried  crumbs  of  bread.  It  is  packed  in  loose 
baskets  lined  with  palm-leaves,  and  in  the  bulk  of  eighty  pounds, 
or  an  alquier.  Farinha  is  the  substitute  for  bread  and  for  vege- 
tables. The  Indians  and  blacks  eat  vast  quantities  of  it,  and  its 
swelling  in  the  stomach  produces  that  distention  noticed  in  the 
children. 

Tapioca  is  made  from  the  same  plant,  and  is  the  starchy 
matter  deposited  by  the  standing  juice. 

The  rivers  are  filled  with  varieties  of  fine  fish,  but  in  the  city 
many  other  articles  of  diet  are  considered  preferable.  From 
Vigia,  and  below  towards  the  coast,  crabs  and  oysters  are  brought 
at  certain  seasons  in  great  abundance.  The  former  particularly 
are  noticeable  for  their  large  size  and  superior  flavour ;  but  the 
oysters,  though  of  prodigious  size,  can  in  no  way  be  compared 
with  their  relatives  of  the  north.  They  are  found  in  large 
clusters  about  the  roots  of  the  mangroves. 

The  great  dependence  of  the  Para,  market  is  beef.  Upon 
Marajo,  and  neighbouring  islands,  vast  herds  of  cattle  roam  the 
carnpo,  and  large  canoes  are  constantly  engaged  in  transporting 
them  to  the  city.  But  often  they  are  poor  when  taken,  and  the 
passage  from  the  islands  averaging  from  four  days  to  a  week, 
during  which  time  they  have  little  to  drink  and  nothing  at  all 
to  eat,  those  who  survive  are  but  skin  and  bone.  Killed  in  this 
state,  it  may  readily  be  imagined  that  Para  beef  is  deficient  in 
some  points  considered  as  excellences  in  the  Fulton  market. 
It  is  cut  up  in  shapeless  pieces  without  any  pretence  at  skill. 
The  usual  method  of  preparing  it  for  the  table  is  to  boil  it,  such 
a  dish  as  legitimate  roast  beef  or  steak  being  unheard  of. 

Very  few  potatoes  of  any  sort  are  seen  ;  the  principal  vege- 


CHAP,  iv.]  FRUITS.  25 

tables  for  the  table  being  rice,  fried  plantains,  and  an  excellent 
variety  of  squash  called  jurumu. 

It  is  in  fruits  that  Para  excels  ;  and  here  is  a  long  catalogue, 
many  of  which  are  common  to  adjacent  countries,  within  the 
tropics,  and  many  others  peculiar  to  this  province.  Of  many  of 
these  we  have  already  spoken,  but  there  are  two  or  three  others 
which  deserve  mention,  and  first  of  these  are  the  plantain  and 
pacova,  or  banana.  These  fruits  resemble  each  other  excepting 
in  size,  the  former  being  of  about  eight  inches  length,  the  latter 
in  its  varieties  from  three  to  five  or  six.  The  producing  tree  is 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  the  palms,  the  coronal  leaves  being 
six  feet  in  length  by  two  broad,  and  gracefully  drooping  around 
the  trunk  ;  the  fruit  hangs  in  clusters  about  a  stalk  depending 
from  the  top  of  the  plant.  While  still  green  the  stalk  is  cut  off 
and  the  fruit  is  suffered  to  ripen  in  the  shade.  The  plantains 
are  generally  prepared  for  eating  by  being  cut  in  longitudinal 
slices  and  fried  in  fat ;  but  when  roasted  in  the  ashes  are  ex- 
tremely pleasant,  and  reminded  us  strongly  of  roasted  apples. 
The  pacovas  are  eaten  raw,  and  are  agreeable  and  nutritious. 
They  are  raised  without  difficulty  from  cuttings,  and  are  the  ever 
present  attendant  of  the  gentleman's  garden  or  the  Indian's  hut. 
Their  yield,  when  compared  with  other  plants,  is  prodigious, 
being,  according  to  Humboldt,  to  wheat  as  one  hundred  and 
thirty-three  to  one,  and  to  potatoes  as  forty-four  to  one. 

Cocoa-palms  are  abundant  upon  the  plantations,  and  are  con- 
spicuous from  their  long,  feather-like  leaves,  and  the  large  clus- 
ters of  nuts  which  surround  their  tops.  The  nuts  are  generally 
eaten  when  young,  before  the  pulp  has  attained  hardness. 

From  various  palm-fruits  are  prepared  substances  in  great 
request  among  different  classes  of  people ;  but  most  delightful 
of  all  is  that  from  the  Euterpe  edulis,  known  as  assai,  or,  more 
familiarly,  as  was-sy-ee.  This  palm  grows  to  a  height  of  from 
thirty  to  forty  feet,  with  a  stem  scarcely  larger  than  one's  arm. 
From  the  top  a  number  of  long  leaves,  their  webs  cut,  as  it 
were,  into  narrow  ribbons,  are  waving  in  the  wind.  Below  the 
leaves  one,  two,  and  rarely  three  stems  put  forth,  at  first  enclosed 
in  a  spatha  or  sheath,  resembling  woven  bark.  This  falling  off, 
there  is  disclosed  a  tree-like  stalk  with  divergent  limbs  in  every 
direction,  covered  with  green  berries,  the  size  of  marbles ;  these 


86  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.          [CHAP.  v. 

soon  turn  purple,  and  are  fully  ripe.  Flocks  of  toucans,  parrots, 
and  other  fruit-loving  birds,  are  first  to  discover  them  ;  but  there 
are  too  many  for  even  the  birds.  The  fruit  is  covered  by  a  thick 
skin,  beneath  which,  imbedded  in  a  very  slight  pulp,  is  the  stone. 
Warm  water  is  poured  on  to  loosen  the  skin,  and  the  berries  are 
briskly  rolled  together  in  a  large  vessel.  The  stones  are  thrown 
out,  the  liquid  is  strained  off  the  skins,  and  there  is  left  a  thick, 
cream-like  substance  of  a  purple  colour.  Sugar  is  added,  and 
fariiiha  to  slightly  thicken  it.  To  a  stranger  the  taste  is  usually 
disagreeable,  but  soon  it  becomes  more  prized  than  all  fruits 
beside,  and  is  as  much  a  necessity  as  one's  dinner. 


CHAPTER  V. 

ODR  first  excursion  to  any  distance  was  to  the  Rice-mills  at 
Magoary,  only  twelve  miles  from  Para  by  land,  and  two  tides,  or 
about  ten  hours,  by  water.  The  overland  route  being  in  many 
respects  inconvenient,  we  determined  to  venture  in  one  of  the 
canoes  always  in  readiness  for  such  excursions  near  the  Punto 
da  Pedras,  and  for  this  purpose  engaged  a  fair-looking  craft  with 
a  covered  and  roomy  cabin,  and  manned  by  two  whites  and  a 
negro.  Leaving  the  city  in  the  middle  of  the  afternoon,  we  took 
advantage  of  the  ebbing  tide,  and  by  dark  had  entered  the 
stream  which  was  to  carry  us  to  our  destination.  But  our  two 
white  sailors  were  lazy  scoundrels,  and  we  did  not  feel  sufficiently 
acquainted  with  the  language,  or  accustomed  to  the  ways  of  the 
country,  to  give  them  the  scolding  they  deserved.  This  they 
knew  enough  to  comprehend,  and  the  consequence  was  that  we 
lost  the  flood-tide  which  should  have  carried  us  up,  and  were 
obliged  to  anchor  and  spend  the  night  on  board.  One  of  these 
men  was  an  old  salt,  battered  and  worn  ;  the  other  was  a  young 
fellow  of  twenty,  with  a  good-looking  face  and  nut-brown  skin, 
wearing  upon  his  head  a  slouched  felt  hat.  and,  altogether  the 
very  image  of  peasant  figures  seen  in  Spanish  paintings.  Not  at 
all  disturbed  by  our  dissatisfied  looks  and  ominous  grumblings, 
they  coolly  stretched  themselves  out  upon  the  seats,  and  started  up 
a  wild  song,  the  burden  of  which  was  of  love  and  the  dark-eyed 


CHAP,  v.]      NIGHT  UPON  THE  WATER— RICE-MILLS.  27 

girls  they  had  left  behind  them  in  the  city.  It  was  a  lovely 
night,  and  the  music  and  other  gentle  influences  soon  restored 
our  good  humour,  and  we  felt  at  last  inclined  to  forgive  the  lazi- 
ness that  had  left  us  here.  No  clouds  obscured  the  sky,  and  the 
millions  of  starry  lights  that  in  this  clime  render  the  moon's  ab- 
sence of  little  consequence  were  shining  upon  us  in  their  calm, 
still  beauty.  The  stream  where  we  were  anchored  was  narrow  ; 
tall  trees  drooped  over  the  water,  or  mangroves  shot  out  their 
long  finger-like  branches  into  the  mud  below.  Huge  bats  were 
skimming  past,  night-birds  were  calling  in  strange  voices  from 
the  tree-tops,  fire-flies  darted  their  mimic  lightnings,  fishes 
leaped  above  the  surface  flashing  in  the  starlight,  the  deep,  sono- 
rous baying  of  frogs  came  up  from  distant  marshes,  and  loud 
plashings  inshore  suggested  all  sorts  of  nocturnal  monsters. 
It  was  our  first  night  upon  the  water,  and  we  enjoyed  the  scene 
in  silence  long  after  our  boatmen  had  ceased  their  song,  until 
nature's  wants  were  too  mucli  for  our  withstanding,  and  we  sank 
upon  the  hard  floor  to  dream  of  scenes  far  different. 

It  was  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning  when,  turning  an  angle  of 
the  stream,  we  came  full  in  view  of  the  mill,  the  proximity  of 
which  we  had  been  made  sensibly  aware  of  for  the  last  half-hour 
by  the  noisy  clamour  of  the  machinery.  It  was  a  lofty  stone 
structure,  standing  forth  in  this  retirement  like  some  antique 
erection.  Mr.  Leavens  was  expecting  us,  and  we  were  delighted 
once  more  to  shake  the  hand  of  a  warm-hearted  countryman. 
Breakfast  was  upon  the  table,  and  here  for  the  first  time  we  ven- 
tured to  test  our  capacities  for  fish  and  farinha.  The  fish  was  a 
hard  case,  coarser  than  shark-meat,  and  requiring  an  intimacy 
with  vinegar  and  oil  to  remove  its  unpleasant  rankness.  Farinha 
was  not  so  disagreeable,  and  we  soon  came  to  love  it  as  do  the 
natives.  Indeed,  long  before  our  Amazonian  experience  had 
ended,  we  could  relish  the  fish  also  as  well  as  any  Indian. 

The  scenery  about  the  mill  is  very  fine.  In  front  the  stream, 
a  broad  lake  at  high  water  and  a  tiny  brook  at  other  times,  skirt- 
ing a  low  meadow  at  the  distance  of  a  hundred  rods,  is  lost  in 
the  embowering  shrubbery.  All  beyond  is  a  dense  forest.  Upon 
the  meadow  a  number  of  large,  fat  cattle  are  browsing  on  the 
coarse  grass,  and  flocks  of  jacanas,  a  family  of  water-birds  remark- 
able for  their  long  toes,  which  enable  them  to  step  upon  the 


28  A  VOYAGE  UP  TflE  RIVER  AMAZON.          [CHAP.  v. 

leaves  of  lilies  and  other  aquatic  plants,  are  flying  with  loud  cries 
from  one  knoll  to  another.  Back  of  the  mill  the  road  leads  to- 
wards the  city,  and  to  the  right  and  left  are  well-beaten  paths, 
leading  to  small,  clear  lakes,  from  which  the  mill  derives  its 
water.  The  whole  vicinity  was  formerly  a  cultivated  estate,  but 
the  grounds  are  now  densely  overgrown.  At  the  distance  of  a 
mile  the  road  crosses  what  is  called  the  first  bridge,  which  spans 
a  little  stream  that  runs  sporting  through  the  woodland.  The 
colour  of  the  water  of  this  and  other  small  streams  is  of  a  reddish 
cast,  owing  doubtless  to  the  decomposing  vegetation.  It  is, 
however,  very  clear,  and  fishes  and  eels  may  at  any  time  be  seen 
playing  among  the  logs  and  sticks  which  strew  the  bottom. 
Beyond  this  bridge  is  the  primeval  forest.  Trees  of  incredible 
girt  tower  aloft,  and  from  their  tops  one  in  vain  endeavours  to 
bring  down  the  desired  bird  with  a  fowling-piece.  The  trunks 
are  of  every  variety  of  form,  round,  angular,  and  sometimes 
resembling  an  open  network,  through  which  the  light  passes  in 
any  direction.  Amid  these  giants  very  few  low  trees  or  little 
underbrush  interfere  with  one's  movements,  and  very  rarely  is 
the  path  intercepted  by  a  fallen  log.  But  about  the  trees  cling 
huge  snake-like  vines,  winding  round  and  round  the  trunks,  and 
through  the  branches  sending  their  long  arms,  binding  tree  to 
tree.  Sometimes  they  throw  down  long  feelers,  which  swing  in 
mid  air  until  they  reach  the  ground,  when,  taking  root,  they  in 
their  turn  throw  out  arms  that  cling  to  the  first  support.  In  this 
way  the  whole  forest  is  linked  together,  and  a  cut  tree  rarely 
fells  without  involving  the  destruction  of  many  others.  This 
creeping  vine  is  called  sepaw,  and,  having  the  strength  and  flexi- 
bility of  rope,  is  of  inestimable  value  in  the  construction  of 
houses  and  for  various  other  purposes. 

Around  the  tree-trunks  clasp  those  curious  anomalies,  para- 
sitic plants,  sometimes  throwing  down  long,  slender  roots  to  the 
ground,  but  generally  deriving  sustenance  only  from  the  tree 
itself  and  from  the  air,  called  hence,  appropriately  enough,  air- 
plants.  These  are  in  vast  numbers  and  of  every  form,  now  re- 
sembling lilies,  now  grasses  or  other  familiar  plants.  Often  a 
dozen  varieties  cluster  upon  a  single  tree.  Towards  the  close  of 
the  rainy  season  they  are  in  blossom,  and  their  exquisite  appear- 
ance, as  thev  encircle  the  mossy  and  leafed  trunk  with  flowers  of 


CHAP,  v.]  A  BRAZILIAN  FOEEST.  29 

every  hue,  can  scarcely  be  imagined.  At  this  period,  too,  vast 
numbers  of  trees  add  their  tribute  of  beauty,  and  the  flower- 
domed  forest  from  its  many-coloured  altars  ever  sends  heaven- 
ward worshipful  incense.  Nor  is  this  wild  luxuriance  unseen  or 
unenlivened.  Monkeys  are  frolicking  through  festooned  bowers, 
or  chasing  in  revelry  over  the  wood  arches.  Squirrels  scamper 
in  ecstasy  from  limb  to  limb,  unable  to  contain  themselves  for 
joyousness.  Coatis  are  gambolling  among  the  fallen  leaves,  or 
vying  with  monkeys  in  nimble  climbing.  Pacas  and  agoutis 
chase  wildly  about,  ready  to  scud  away  at  the  least  noise.  The 
sloth,  enlivened  by  the  general  inspiration,  climbs  more  rapidly 
over  the  branches,  and  seeks  a  spot  where  in  quiet  and  repose  he 
may  rest  him.  The  exquisite,  tiny  deer,  scarcely  larger  than  a 
lamb,  snuffs  exultingly  the  air,  and  bounds  fearlessly,  knowing 
that  he  has  no  enemy  here. 

Birds  of  gaudiest  plumage  flit  through  the  trees.  Thetrogon, 
lonely  sitting  in  her  leaf-encircled  home,  calls  plaintively  to  her 
long-absent  mate.  The  motmot  utters  his  name  in  rapid  tones. 
Tucano,  tucano,  comes  loudly  from  some  fruit-covered  tree, 
where  the  great  toucans  are  rioting.  "  Noiseless  chatterers " 
flash  through  the  branches.  The  loud  rattling  of  the  wood- 
pecker comes  from  some  topmost  limb  ;  and  tiny  creepers,  in 
livery  the  gayest  of  the  gay,  are  running  up  the  tree-trunks, 
stopping  now  and  then  their  busy  search,  to  gaze  inquisitively  at 
the  strangers.  Pairs  of  chiming  thrushes  are  ringing  their  alter- 
nate notes  like  the  voice  of  a  single  bird.  Parrots  are  chatter- 
ing, paroquets  screaming.  Manakins  are  piping  in  every  low 
tree,  restless,  never  still.  Woodpigeons,  the  "  birds  of  the  painted 
breasts,"  fly  startled  ;  and  pheasants  of  a  dozen  varieties  go  whir- 
ring off.  But,  most  beautiful  of  all,  humming-birds,  living  gems, 
and  surpassing  aught  that's  brilliant  save  the  diamond,  are  con- 
stantly darting  by  ;  now  stopping  an  instant  to  kiss  the  gentle 
flower,  and  now  furiously  battling  some  rival  humble-bee.  Beijar 
flor,  kiss-flower — 'tis  the  Brazilian  name  for  the  humming-bird, 
beautifully  appropriate.  Large  butterflies  float  past,  the  bigness 
of  a  hand,  and  of  the  richest  metallic  blue  ;  and  from  the  flowers 
above  comes  the  distant  hum  of  myriads  of  gaily  coated  insects. 
From  his  hole  in  the  sandy  road,  the  harmless  lizard,  in  his 
gorgeous  covering  of  green  and  gold,  starts  nimbly  forth,  stop- 


30  A  VOYAGE  UP  fHE  EIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  v. 

ping,  every  instant,  with  raised  head  and  quick  eye,  for  the 
appearance  of  danger  ;  and  armies  of  ants  in  their  busy  toil  are 
incessantly  marching  by. 

How  changed  from  all  this  is  a  night  scene  !  The  flowers  that 
bloomed  by  day  have  closed  their  petals,  and,  nestled  in  their 
leafy  beds,  are  dreaming  of  their  loves.  A  sister  host  now  take 
their  place,  making  the  breezes  to  intoxicate  with  perfume,  and 
exacting  homage  from  bright,  starry  eyes.  A  murmur,  as  of 
gentle  voices,  floats  upon  the  air.  The  moon  darts  down  her 
glittering  rays,  till  the  flower-enamelled  plain  glistens  like  a 
shield ;  but  in  vain  she  strives  to  penetrate  the  denseness,  except 
some  fallen  tree  betrays  a  passage.  Below,  the  tall  tree-trunk 
rises  dimly  through  the  darkness.  Huge  moths,  those  fairest  of 
the  insect  world,  have  taken  the  places  of  the  butterflies,  and 
myriads  of  fire-flies  never  weary  in  their  torchlight  dance.  Far 
down  the  road  comes  on  a  blaze,  steady,  streaming  like  a  meteor. 
It  whizzes  past,  and  for  an  instant  the  space  is  illumined,  and 
dewy  jewels  from  the  leaves  throw  back  the  radiance.  It  is  the 
lantern-fly,  seeking  what  he  himself  knows  best,  by  the  fiery 
guide  upon  his  head.  The  air  of  the  night-bird's  wing  fans  your 
cheek,  or  you  are  startled  by  his  mournful  note,  wac-o-row.  wac- 
o-row,  sounding  dolefully,  by  no  means  so  pleasantly  as  our  whip- 
poor-will.  The  armadillo  creeps  carelessly  from  his  hole,  and,  at  slow 
pace,  makes  for  his  feeding-ground ;  the  opossum  climbs  stealthily 
up  the  tree,  and  the  little  ant-eater  is  out  pitilessly  marauding. 

All  this  supposes  pleasant  weather  ;  but  a  storm  in  these  forests 
has  an  interest,  though  of  a  very  different  kind.  Heavy  clouds 
come  drifting  from  the  east,  preceded  by  a  low,  ominous  murmur, 
as  the  big  drops  beat  upon  the  roof  of  leaves.  Rapidly  this 
deepens  into  a  terrific  roar ;  the  forest  rocks  beneath  the  fury  of 
the  blast,  and  the  crashing  fall  of  trees  resounds  fearfully.  Tor- 
nadoes are  unfrequent ;  but  one,  while  we  were  at  the  mills,  swept 
through  the  forest,  now  hurling  aside  the  massive  trees  like 
weightless  things,  and  now  tripping  carelessly,  only  taking  tribute 
of  the  topmost  boughs — sportive  in  its  fierceness.  We  were  struck 
by  the  absence  of  thunder  and  lightning  in  the  furious  pourings 
of  the  rainy  season.  The  clouds  came  to  their  daily  task  gloomily, 
as  though  pining  for  a  holiday,  and,  in  the  weariness  of  forced 
toil,  forgot  their  wantonness. 


CHAP,  v.]  SPORTING- -THE  TOUCAN.  31 

Our  first  gunning  expeditions  were  between  the  mill  and  the 
bridge,  and  the  nature  of  the  woods  rendered  it  a  toilsome  mat- 
ter until  experience  had  made  us  acquainted  with  the  most  con- 
venient paths  and  the  notes  and  habits  of  the  birds.  Every  one 
venturing  into  the  forest  is  armed  with  a  long,  curved  knife, 
called  a  tresddo,  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  his  way  through  the 
entangling  vines  that  especially  obstruct  the  woods  of  second 
growth.  In  such  a  section  also  the  foliage  is  so  dense,  that  it  is 
extremely  difficult  to  discover  the  birds  who  are  uttering  their 
notes  all  about — and  when  they  are  shot,  it  is  often  a  puzzle  to 
the  keen  eyes  of  an  Indian  to  find  them  amid  the  vines.  But 
one  soon  learns  that  most  of  the  families  have  peculiar  haunts, 
where,  early  in  the  morning  or  late  in  the  afternoon,  they  con- 
gregate in  flocks.  The  trees  in  these  places  are  usually  thickly 
covered  with  berries  of  some  sort,  and  until  these  are  entirely 
exhausted  the  concealed  sportsman  may  shoot  at  the  perpetually 
returning  flocks  until  he  is  loaded  with  his  game.  Berries  suc- 
ceed berries  so  constantly  throughout  the  year,  that  in  some  spots 
the  birds'  food  is  never  wanting. 

Most  noticeable  of  all  these  birds  both  for  size  and  peculiarity 
of  form  are  the  toucans.  There  are  many  varieties,  appearing 
at  different  seasons  ;  but  the  Red-billed,  R.  erythrorynchos,  and 
the  Ariel,  R.  ariel  (Vig.),  are  the  largest  and  most  abundant, 
seen  at  every  season,  but  towards  autumn  particularly  in  vast 
numbers  throughout  the  forest.  Their  large  beaks  give  them  a 
very  awkward  appearance,  more  especially  when  flying ;  yet  in 
the  trees  they  use  them  with  as  much  apparent  ease  as  though 
they  were  to  our  eyes  of  a  more  convenient  form.  Alighted  on 
a  tree  one  usually  acts  the  part  of  sentinel,  uttering  constantly 
the  loud  cry  Tucdno,  whence  they  derive  their  name.  The  others 
disperse  over  the  branches,  climbing  about  by  aid  of  their  beaks, 
and  seize  the  fruit.  We  had  been  told  that  these  birds  were  in 
the  habit  of  tossing  up  their  food  to  a  considerable  distance,  and 
catching  it  as  it  fell ;  but,  as  far  as  we  could  observe,  they  merely 
threw  back  the  head,  allowing  the  fruit  to  fall  down  the  throat. 
We  saw  at  different  times  tamed  toucans,  and  they  never  were 
seen  to  toss  their  food,  although  almost  invariably  throwing  back 
the  head.  This  habit  is  rendered  necessary  by  the  length  of  the 
bill  and  the  stiffness  of  the  tongue,  which  prevents  their  eating 


32  A  VOYAGE  UP  "f  HE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  v. 

as  do  other  birds.  All  the  time  while  feeding,  a  hoarse  chatter- 
ing is  kept  up,  and  at  intervals  they  unite  with  the  noisy  sentry, 
and  scream  a  concert  that  may  be  heard  a  mile.  Having  appeased 
their  appetites  they  fly  towards  the  deeper  forest,  and  quietly 
doze  away  the  noon.  Often  in  the  very  early  morning  a  few  of 
them  may  be  seen  sitting  silently  upon  the  branches  of  some  dead 
tree,  apparently  awaiting  the  coming  sunlight  before  starting  for 
their  feeding-trees. 

The  nests  of  the  toucans  are  represented  in  works  of  natural 
history  as  being  constructed  in  the  hollows  of  trees.  It  may  be 
so  in  many  cases  and  with  some  species.  The  only  nest  that  we 
ever  saw,  which  was  of  the  Toco  toucan,  was  in  the  fork  of  a 
large  tree  over  the  water  upon  the  Amazon. 

Toucans,  when  tamed,  are  exceedingly  familiar,  playful  birds, 
capable  of  learning  as  many  feats  as  any  of  the  parrots,  with  the 
exception  of  talking.  When  turning  about  on  their  perch,  they 
effect  their  object  by  one  sudden  jump.  They  eat  anything,  but 
are  particularly  fond  of  meat.  When  roosting  they  have  a  habit 
of  elevating  their  tails  over  their  backs.  The  beaks  of  the  red- 
billed  toucans  are  richly  marked  with  red,  yellow,  and  black  ; 
but  preserved  specimens  soon  lose  this  beauty.  The  family  of 
birds  most  sought  after  by  collectors,  and  the  most  gaudy  of  the 
Brazilian  forest,  is  that  of  the  Chatterers.  When  in  large 
flocks  these  birds  cluster  in  the  tree-tops,  dazzlingly  lustrous  in 
the  sunlight,  even  the  kiss-flower  might  be  envious.  These 
birds  have  no  song.  That  charm  impartial  nature  has  conferred 
upon  others  outwardly  less  attractive ;  and  these  must  be  con- 
tent with  a  simple  note.  The  Cardinal  is  less  common  than  the 
ethers,  and  is  more  generally  seen  in  pairs,  breeding  in  the 
months  of  August  and  September,  near  the  mills.  The  other 
species  seem  transient  visitors,  generally  abundant  in  May  and 
June,  and  at  that  season  associating  in  large  flocks.  There  is 
another  variety,  the  Carunculated  chatterer,  sometimes  called 
the  Bell-bird,  occasionally  seen  near  Para.  Mr.  Leavens  seems  tc 
be  the  only  person  who  has  met  with  them,  having  obtained  a 
pair  in  the  deep  forest.  This  bird  is  the  size  of  a  small  dove, 
and  of  a  pure  white  colour  when  mature.  On  the  bill  is  a  fleshy 
caruncle,  about  an  inch  in  length,  somewhat  like  a  turkey's 
comb.  Of  its  habits  or  its  note  we  could  learn  nothing.  The 


CHAP,  v.]  BIRDS.  33 

more  common  chatterers  are  inactive  birds  and  great  gluttons, 
often  eating  until  quite  stupified.  In  this  they  resemble  their 
relative,  the  cedar-bird  of  the  north. 

The  Motmot,  Momotus  Brasiliensis,  is  another  of  these 
curious  residents.  This  bird  is  about  the  size  of  a  robin,  having 
a  back  of  a  dark  rich  green,  and  a  long  wedge-shaped  tail,  two 
feathers  of  which  extend  some  inches  beyond  the  others.  The 
shafts  of  these  are  stripped  of  their  webs  near  the  extremities, 
giving  the  bird  a  very  singular  appearance.  One  would  suppose 
that  these  birds  trimmed  their  feathers  thus  themselves,  for  many 
are  found  with  quills  perfect,  and  others  partly  denuded.  The 
motmots  are  generally  in  pairs  in  the  deep  woods,  and  are  easily 
recognised  by  their  note,  motmot,  slowly  repeated. 

The  Manikins,  in  their  different  varieties,  form  a  beautiful 
family,  the  most  numerous  of  any,  and  corresponding  much  in 
their  habits  to  our  warblers.  They  are  tiny  things,  generally 
having  black  bodies,  arid  heads  of  yellow,  red,  white,  and  other 
colours.  Like  perpetual  motion  personified,  they  move  about  the 
branches  and  low  shrubs,  always  piping  their  sharp  notes  ;  and, 
unless  upon  a  feeding-tree,  almost  defying  shot. 

The  common  varieties  are  the  White-capped,  Pipra  leucocilla ; 
Red-headed,  P.  erythrocephala ;  Blue-backed,  P.  pareola ;  and 
Puff-throated,  P.  manacus.  Of  these  the  first  is  most  abundant. 
A  nest  of  the  red-headed  was  composed  of  tendrils  of  vines,  and 
was  scarcely  larger  than  a  dollar,  and  very  shallow.  It  was 
affixed  to  one  of  the  outermost  forks  of  a  low  limb,  beyond  reach 
of  any  enemy  but  one.  The  eggs  were  cream-coloured,  and 
speckled  with  brown.  A  nest  of  the  blue-backed  was  composed 
of  leaves,  fibres,  and  moss,  and  much  resembled  in  shape  a  watch- 
case.  A  nest  of  the  puff-throated  was  also  pensile,  but  not  so 
ingeniously  composed  as  either  of  the  others.  The  eggs  of  the 
two  latter  species  were  cream-coloured  and  much  spotted,  par- 
ticularly at  the  larger  end. 

Many  other  remarkable  species  of  birds  I  shall  have  occasion 
to  speak  of  hereafter ;  at  present  I  will  mention  but  the  hum- 
ming-birds. Wherever  a  creeping  vine  opens  its  fragrant  clus- 
ters, or  wherever  a  tree-flower  blooms,  may  these  little  things 
be  seen.  In  the  garden  or  in  the  woods,  over  the  water,  every- 
where they  are  darting  about ;  of  all  sizes,  from  one  that  might 


34  A  VOYAGE  UP  T^E  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  v. 

easily  be  mistaken  for  a  different  variety  of  bird,  to  the  tiny  Her- 
mit, T.  rufigaster,  whose  body  is  not  half  the  size  of  the  bees 
buzzing  about  the  same  sweets.  The  blossoms  of  the  inga-tree, 
as  before  remarked,  bring  them  in  great  numbers  about  the 
rosinhas  of  the  city,  and  the  collector  may  shoot  as  fast  as  he 
can  load,  the  day  long.  Sometimes  they  are  seen  chasing  each 
other  in  sport  with  a  rapidity  of  flight  and  intricacy  of  path 
the  eye  is  puzzled  to  follow.  Again,  circling  round  and  round, 
they  rise  high  in  mid  air,  then  dart  off  like  light  to  some  distant 
attraction.  Perched  upon  a  little  limb  they  smooth  their  plumes 
and  seem  to  delight  in  their  dazzling  hues ;  then  starting  off 
leisurely  they  skim  along,  stopping  capriciously  to  kiss  the 
coquetting  flowerets.  Often  two  meet  in  mid  air  and  furiously 
fight,  their  crests  and  the  feathers  upon  their  throats  all  erected 
and  blazing,  and  altogether  pictures  of  the  most  violent  rage. 
Several  times  we  saw  them  battling  with  large  black  bees,  who 
frequent  the  same  flowers,  and  may  be  supposed  often  to  interfere 
provokingly.  Like  lightning  our  little  heroes  would  come 
down,  but  the  coat  of  shining  mail  would  ward  their  furious 
strokes.  Again  and  again  would  they  renew  the  attack,  until 
their  anger  had  expended  itself  by  its  own  fury,  or  until  the 
apathetic  bee,  once  roused,  had  put  forth  powers  that  drove  the 
invader  from  the  field. 

A  boy  in  the  city  several  times  brought  us  humming-birds 
alive  in  a  glass  cage.  He  had  brought  them  down  while,  stand- 
ing motionless  in  the  air,  they  rifled  the  flowers,  by  balls  of  clay 
blown  from  a  hollowed  tube. 

"We  received  from  Mr.  Leavens  a  nest  of  the  hermit ;  it  was 
formed  upon  the  under  side  of  a  broad  grass  leaf,  which  drooped 
in  a  manner  to  protect  it  entirely  from  sun  and  rain.  The 
material  of  which  it  was  composed  was  a  fine  moss.  Day  after 
day  Mr.  L.  had  watched  its  formation  ;  but  before  the  little  archi- 
tect had  completed  it,  the  ants  appeared,  and  she  sought  a  safer 
spot  for  her  home. 

At  first  we  were  somewhat  nervous  about  venturing  far  into 
the  woods,  and  anxiously  careful  to  protect  our  feet  from  vicious 
reptiles  by  redoubtable  boots.  A  little  experience  served  to  dis- 
abuse us  of  this  error,  and  we  were  soon  content  to  go  in  slippers. 
Old  bugbear  stories  of  snakes  began  to  lose  their  force,  when 


CHAP,  v.j  ABSENCE  OF  FLIES— ANTS.  35 

day  after  day  passed  without  meeting  even  a  harmless  grass- 
snake.  Not  that  there  really  are  no  such  animals,  for  sometimes 
huge  specimens  have  been  seen  about  the  mills,  and  one  not 
many  months  before  had  been  surprised  who  in  his  fright  dis- 
gorged a  fine  musk-duck.  But  such  cases  are  of  extreme  rarity, 
and  only  occur  near  the  water.  In  the  forest  snakes  are  not 
seen,  and  no  one  thinks  of  fearing  them. 

The  absence  of  flies  seems  still  more  strange  to  a  person  from 
the  north,  who  has  always  been  accustomed  to  associate  flies  with 
warm  weather,  and  who,  mayhap,  has  been  tormented  by  black 
swarms  in  our  woods.  Their  place  in  Brazil  is  well  supplied  by 
ants,  who  are  seen  everywhere,  in  the  houses  and  in  the  fields. 
But.  as  the  main  efforts  of  these  insects  are  directed  to  the  re- 
moval of  whatever  is  noxious,  most  species  are  not  merely 
tolerated,  but  looked  upon  as  sincere  and  worthy  friends.  They 
are  of  all  sizes  and  colours,  from  the  little  red  fire-ant,  who 
generally  minds  his  own  business,  but  who  occasionally  gets  upon 
one's  flesh,  making  all  tingle,  to  the  huge  black  species,  an  inch 
or  more  in  length,  who  labours  zealously  in  the  woods  for  the 
removal  of  decaying  vegetation.  In  this  work  this  ant  is 
assisted  by  a  smaller  variety  also  black ;  and  armies  two  and 
three  feet  wide,  and  of  interminable  length,  are  frequently  encoun- 
tered in  the  woods.  It  well  becomes  one  to  stand  aside  from  their 
line  of  march,  for  they  turn  neither  to  the  right  nor  to  the  left, 
and  in  a  moment  one  may  be  covered,  to  his  dismay,  if  not  sorrow. 

But  there  is  one  variety  of  ant  which  must  be  excluded  from 
all  commendation.  This  is  a  small  species,  called  Saiiba,  and 
.they  are  a  terrible  annoyance  to  the  proprietors  of  rosinhas, 
inasmuch  as  they  strip  the  fruit-trees  of  their  leaves.  An  array 
of  these  will  march  to  the  tree,  part  ascending  and  the  others 
remaining  below.  Those  above  commence  their  devastation, 
clipping  off  the  leaves  by  large  pieces,  and  those  below  shoulder 
them  as  they  fall  and  march  away  to  their  rendezvous.  It  is 
surprising  what  a  load  one  of  these  little  things  will  carry,  as 
disproportionate  to  its  size  as  if  a  man  should  stalk  off  beneath 
an  oak.  Before  morning  not  a  leaf  is  left  upon  the  tree,  and 
the  unfortunate  proprietor  has  the  consolation  of  knowing  that, 
unless  he  can  discover  the  retreat  of  the  saubas,  and  unhole 
them,  one  by  one  every  tree  upon  his  premises  will  be  stripped. 

T»    9 


36  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  v. 

There  is  a  small  white  ant  called  Cupim,  that  builds  its  nest 
in  the  trees  at  the  juaction  of  a  limb,  or  often  about  the  trunk. 
These  are  sometimes  of  great  size,  and  at  a  distance  resemble 
black  knurles.  Upon  this  variety  the  little  Ant-eater  lives. 
Climbing  up  some  convenient  tree,  he  twists  his  long  prehensile 
tail  about  the  trunk  or  some  favouring  limb,  and,  resting  upon 
this,  commences  operations.  Making  an  incision  in  the  exterior 
of  the  nest  by  means  of  the  sharp  hook-like  claws  with  which 
his  arms  are  furnished,  he  intrudes  his  slender  snout  and  long 
glutinous  tongue.  So  well  protected  by  wool  is  he,  that  the  ants 
have  no  power  over  him,  but  abide  their  fate.  I  kept  one  of 
these  animals  for  some  days,  but  he  refused  all  nourishment ; 
during  the  day  he  sat  with  his  tail  twisted  around  a  limb  ap- 
propriated to  his  use,  his  head  buried  in  his  fore  paws.  But 
when  the  dusk  of  evening  came  on  he  was  wide  awake,  and 
passed  half  the  night  in  walking  pretty  rapidly  about  the  room, 
seeking  some  egress,  and  in  climbing  about  the  furniture.  The 
negroes  have  a  belief  that  if  the  ant-eater  is  shut  up  in  a  tight 
box,  and  secured  by  every  possible  means,  he  will  be  spirited 
away  before  morning.  The  most  intelligent  black  about  the 
mills  came  to  me  desiring  I  would  try  the  experiment.  "  He  is 
a  devil,"  said  Larry  ;  and  I  consented,  shutting  his  impship  in  a 
wooden  chest.  Next  morning  Larry's  eyes  opened  as  he  saw 
the  test  had  failed,  and  he  signified  his  intention  to  believe  no 
more  lies  for  the  future. 

The  lakes  in  the  vicinity  were  interesting  places  of  resort  to 
us,  and  several  times  we  pushed  the  little  canoe,  or  montaria,  up 
the  raceways,  and  paddled  about  amid  the  bushes,  or  along  the 
shores,  in  search  of  birds  or  nests.  The  latter  were  very  com- 
mon, and  it  was  interesting  to  observe  the  care  with  which  the 
building-spot  was  chosen  to  keep  it  from  the  reach  of  lizards  or 
other  reptiles,  but  above  all  from  the  ever-present  ants.  And 
yet  the  ants  were  always  there ;  they  had  passed  from  shore 
upon  leaves  and  floating  shrubs,  and  every  tree  was  infested  by 
them.  Most  of  the  nests  w  ere  arched  over  above  to  keep  out 
the  sun's  heat,  and  particularly  those  of  the  Fly-catcher  family, 
who  in  the  north  build  open  nests. 

The  most  singular  nests,  and  most  worthy  description,  were 
those  of  the  Troopials,  Cassicus  icteronotus  (Swain.),  a  large  black 


CHAP,  v.]  THE  TROOPIAL.  37 

bird,  much  marked  with  yellow,  and  frequently  seen  in  cages. 
Their  native  name  is  Japim.  They  build  in  colonies  pensile 
nests  of  grass,  nearly  two  feet  in  length,  having  an  opening  for 
entrance  near  the  top.  Upon  one  tree  standing  in  the  middle  of 
the  lake,  not  more  than  ten  feet  high,  and  the  thickness  of  a  man's 
arm,  were  forty-five  nests  of  these  birds,  built  one  upon  another, 
often  one  depending  from  another,  and  completely  concealing  all 
the  tree-top  except  a  few  outermost  leaves ;  at  a  distance  the 
whole  resembled  a  huge  basket.  Part  of  these  nests  belonged  to 
the  Red-rumped  Troopial — C.  haemorrhous  ;  and  a  singular 
variety  of  oriole,  the  Ruff-necked  of  Latham,  called  Araona  or 
Rice  bird,  after  the  fashion  of  our  cow-bird,  deposits  its  eggs 
in  the  troopials'  nests,  leaving  the  young  to  the  care  of  their 
foster-mothers.  Upon  this  tree  was  a  small  hornets'  nest,  and 
the  Indian  whom  we  employed  asserted  that  these  were  the  pro- 
tectors of  the  birds  from  intruders.  It  may  be  so;  we  saw  the 
same  fellowship  at  other  places.  Usually  troopials  build  nearer 
houses,  and  are  always  welcome,  being  friendly  sociable  birds, 
ever  ready  to  repay  man's  protection  by  a  song.  Often  in  such 
situations  large  trees  are  seen  with  hundreds  of  these  nests 
dependent  from  the  limbs  and  swaying  in  the  wind.  A  colony 
which  had  settled  upon  a  tall  palm  near  the  mill  was  one  night 
entirely  robbed  of  eggs  by  a  lizard.  Snakes  are  sometimes 
the  depredators,  and,  between  all  their  enemies,  the  poor  birds  of 
every  species  are  robbed  repeatedly.  Probably  owing  to  this 
cause  it  is  very  unusual  to  find  more  than  two  esjgs  in  one  nest. 

The  red-rumped  troopials  shot  in  this  place  were  of  different 
sizes,  some  being  several  inches  longer  than  others,  although  all 
were  in  mature  plumage.  Their  nests  were  perhaps  larger  than 
those  of  the  japims,  but  differed  in  no  other  respect.  The  eggs 
were  white,  spotted  with  brown,  and  particularly  on  the  larger 
end.  The  japim's  eggs  were  cream-coloured,  and  similarly 
spotted ;  and  the  eggs  of  the  ruff-necked  orioles  were  large  in 
proportion  to  the  size  of  the  bird,  bluish  in  colour,  and  much 
spotted,  and  lined  with  dark  brown. 

We  employed  an  Indian  who  lived  near  by,  by  name  Alex- 
ander, and  a  notable  hunter,  to  obtain  us  specimens  and  to  serve 
as  guide  upon  occasions.  He  never  could  be  induced  to  shoot 
small  birds,  but  always  made  his  appearance  with  something  tha*. 


38  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  T. 

he  considered  legitimate  game — often  a  live  animal.  One  of 
these  captives  was  a  sloth  ;  and  this  fellow  we  kept  for  several 
days,  trying  to  see  what  could  be  made  of  him.  He  was  a  pretty 
intractable  subject,  and  poorly  repaid  our  trouble.  In  face  he 
resembled  somewhat  a  monkey,  and  the  corners  of  his  mouth 
curving  upward  gave  him  a  very  odd  appearance,  making  him 
look  as  one  would  suppose  a  monkey  toper  might  look,  if  mon- 
keys ever  dissipated.  His  long  arms  were  each  terminated  by 
three  large  claws,  and  his  tough  skin  was  well  protected  by  a 
shaggy  coat  of  coarse  grisly  hair.  Placed  upon  the  ground,  he 
would  first  reconnoitre,  turning  his  head  slowly  about,  then 
leisurely  stretch  forth  one  arm,  endeavouring  to  hook  his  claw 
in  something  that  might  aid  him  in  pulling  himself  onward  ;  this 
found,  the  other  claws  would  slowly  follow  in  turn.  He  uttered 
no  noise  of  any  kind.  But  put  him  where  there  was  opportunity 
to  climb,  and  his  appearance  was  different  enough :  that  dulled 
eye  would  glisten,  and  an  idea  seem  to  have  struck  him  ;  rapidly 
his  arms  would  begin  to  move,  and,  sailor-like,  hand  over  hand, 
he  would  speedily  have  climbed  beyond  recovery,  had  not  a 
restraining  rope  encircled  him.  These  animals  are  very  common 
through  this  forest,  but  upon  the  Amazon  far  more  numerous. 
There  are  certainly  two  very  distinct  varieties,  and  the  Indians 
say  three.  Usually  they  are  seen  upon  the  lower  side  of  a  hori- 
zontal limb,  hanging  by  their  curved  claws.  They  sometimes 
eat  fruit,  but  principally  live  upon  leaves;  and  when  these  are 
stripped  from  one  tree,  betake  themselves  to  another,  which  they 
in  turn  denude. 

At  another  time  Alexander  brought  in  a  young  armadillo,  or 
Tatii,  which  he  had  dug  from  its  burrow  in  the  ground.  There 
are  several  varieties  about  Para.  They  are  easily  tamed,  eating 
all  sorts  of  vegetables  and  insects,  particularly  beetles,  which  they 
unhole  from  their  hiding-places  in  the  earth.  I  went  one  day 
with  Alexander  to  the  margin  of  one  of  the  lakes  in  the  woods, 
to  obtain  specimens  of  a  coveted  beetle  (Phanaeus  lancifer).  We 
found  a  number  of  their  holes,  reaching  down  to  the  level  of  the 
water,  rather  more  than  two  feet.  Fragments  of  wing-cases  of 
the  beetles  were  strewed  about,  and  many  holes  of  a  larger  size 
explained  that  the  tatii  had  been  before  us. 

In  one  of  Alexander's  excursions  he  had  the   good  fortune  to 


CHAP,  v.]  MONKEYS— INDIAN  BOY.  39 

discover  a  full-grown  puma  in  the  act  of  devouring  a  deer  which 
it  had  just  killed.  Nothing  daunted,  although  armed  with  but  a 
single-barrelled  gun,  and  that  loaded  with  BB  shot,  he  gave  the 
animal  a  discharge,  which  made  him  leave  the  deer  and  spring 
to  a  tree.  Six  several  times  our  hunter  fired,  until  at  last  the 
puma  was  dead  at  his  feet.  Formerly  these  animals  were  not  un- 
common, but  now  are  very  rarely  met,  except  upon  Marajo. 

Not  unfrequently  the  fruit  of  our  hunting  excursions  was  a 
monkey,  and  we  considered  this  most  acceptable,  as  it  furnished 
our  table  with  a  meal,  delicious,  though  not  laid  down  in  the 
cookery-books.  These  animals  are  eaten  throughout  the  province, 
and  are  in  esteem  beyond  any  wild  game.  Whatever  repugnance 
we  felt  at  first  was  speedily  dissipated,  and  often,  in  regard  to 
this  as  well  as  other  dishes,  we  had  reason  to  congratulate  our- 
selves that  our  determination  of  partaking  of  whatever  was  set 
before  us  discovered  to  our  acquaintance  many  agreeable  dishes, 
and  never  brought  us  into  trouble. 

Somewhere  in  these  precincts  A picked  up  a  little  naked 

Indian,  with  eyes  like  a  hawk,  and  most  amusingly  expressive 
features.  Squatted  upon  a  bench,  with  his  knees  drawn  up  to  his 
chin,  he  would  watch  every  motion  with  the  curiosity  of  a  wild 

man  of  the  woods.  A denominated  him  his  tiger,  but  the 

black  servitors  shook  their  heads,  and  muttered  "  un  pocodiabo," 
a  little  devil.  It  was  the  tiger's  business  to  follow  in  the  woods 
and  pick  up  game,  and  in  the  intricacy  of  a  thicket  rarely  could 
even  a  hummer  escape  him.  Here  he  was  at  home,  but  in  the 
house  the  indistinctness  of  his  conceptions  of  meum  and  tutini, 
and  his  ignorance  of  the  usages  of  even  a  tolerably  decent  society, 
made  him  very  annoying.  One  day,  being  rated  for  not  having 

dried  A 's  shirt,  he  was  discovered  soon  after  with  the  shirt 

upon  his  back,  and  standing  over  the  fire. 

The  building,  a  part  of  which  is  now  used  as  a  rice-mill,  was 
formerly  appropriated  to  different  purposes,  and  was  the  manor- 
house  of  a  vast  estate,  now  mostly  unproductive.  It  was  in  the 
days  of  Para's  glory,  under  the  old  regime,  and  here,  upon  the 
finishing  of  the  structure,  were  gathered  all  the  beauty  and  aris- 
tocracy of  the  city — coming  down  in  barges,  with  music  and 
flying  streamers,  to  a  three  days'  revel.  Every  Sunday  the  old 
proprietor  rode  through  the  forest  to  the  city,  with  coach  and 


40  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.          [CHAP.  v. 

four.  Those  days  have  passed,  and  the  boundless  wealth  and  the 
proud  aristocracy  that  surrounded  the  viceroy's  court  have 
passed  with  them.  An  American  company,  formed  at  North- 
ampton, Mass.,  purchased  the  estate,  and  for  many  years,  under 
the  superintendence  of  Mr.  Upton,  the  agent  and  main  pro- 
prietor, have  carried  on  a  large  and  profitable  business.  There 
are  two  mills,  one  propelled  by  steam,  the  other  by  water.  The 
rice  is  brought  in  canoes  from  the  city,  and,  being  hulled, 
is  returned  to  be  reshipped,  in  great  part  to  Portugal.  In 
this  level  country  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  find  a  sufficient 
fall  of  water  for  a  mill-seat,  but  still  more  so  to  find  a  fall  so 
conveniently  situated  as  to  be  accessible  by  tide-water.  Both 
these  requisites  are  here,  the  fall  of  water  being  twelve  feet,  and 
the  flood-tide  filling  a  deep  basin  directly  by  the  side  of  the  mill. 
About  twenty  blacks  are  employed  upon  the  place,  and  the  more 
intelligent  are  found  every  way  competent  to  attend  the  different 
departments.  Larry,  particularly,  was  a  general  favourite  with 
visitors,  and  had  showed  his  appreciation  of  tlieir  favour  by  pick- 
ing up  a  few  words  of  English.  His  province  was  filling  and 
marking  the  sacks,  and,  being  paid  a  price  for  all  above  a  certain 
number,  he  earned  regularly  between  two  and  three  dollars 
a-week.  We  thought,  of  course,  that  Larry  was  in  a  fair  way  to 
be  a  freeman,  and,  in  our  innocence,  suggested  that  he  was  laying 
up  money  to  buy  his  papers.  But  he  dispersed  all  such  notions 
by  the  sententious  reply,  "  I  do  not  buy  my  freedom,  because  I 
am  not  a  fool."  He  had  a  good  master,  he  had  a  wife,  and  he 
did  not  have  care  or  trouble.  Thus  he  was  contented.  The  as- 
pirations of  another  of  these  blacks  were  more  exalted  ;  for  one 
day,  as  he  sat  ruminating  upon  air  castles,  his  soul  fired  perhaps 
with  the  glorious  "  excelsior."  he  burst  out  with,  "  I  wish  I  was 
a  rich  man,  I  would  eat  nothing  but  fresh  fish."  The  wood  used 
in  the  steam-mill  was  brought  up  by  canoes,  and  exchanged  for 
broken  rice.  It  was  handsome  split  wood,  tough  as  hickory,  and 
of  varieties  generally  capable  of  a  fine  polish.  Most  of  those 
who  brought  it  were  women,  and  they  threw  it  out  and  piled  it, 
as  though  they  were  not  unaccustomed  to  the  labour.  There  was 
one  little  boy,  of  not  more  than  nine  years,  who  used  to  paddle 
alone  a  small  montaria,  unload  his  wood,  buy  his  rice,  and  return 
with  the  tide.  This  was  nothing  unusual,  but  it  serves  to  show 


CHAP,  v.]  HAMMOCKS— VAMPIRE-BATS.  41 

the  confidence  reposed  in  children,  who  at  an  early  age  are  often 
seen  in  situations  thought  to  require  double  the  years  elsewhere. 

It  was  at  the  mills  that  we  first  appreciated  the  real  luxury  of 
sleeping  in  hammocks.  One  lies  peacefully  down  without  the 
annoying  consciousness  that  he  is  beset  with  marauding,  blood- 
thirsty enemies.  Throughout  the  whole  province  of  Para  ham- 
mocks are  universally  used,  and  never  but  on  one  occasion  while 
we  were  in  the  country  were  we  annoyed  by  flee  or  bug.  The 
hammock  is  a  pleasant  lounge  by  day,  as  well  as  resting-place  by 
night,  and  the  uncomfortable  heat  that  might  be  felt  in  a  bed  is 
entirely  avoided.  In  the  centre  of  the  walls  of  rooms  appro- 
priated as  sleeping  apartments  are  staples  and  rings,  or  suspension 
hooks,  and  the  hammocks  are  swung  across  the  corners.  Some- 
times a  post  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  room  answers  as  a  point 
of  divergence,  and  thus  a  great  number  of  guests  may  be  accom- 
modated in  little  space  and  with  no  inconvenience. 

There  is  one  enemy  which  sometimes  approaches  even  a  ham- 
mock, and  takes  a  tribute  from  the  unconscious  sleeper,  and  that 
is  the  vampire-bat.  They  are  common  enough  anywhere,  but 
about  the  mill  seem  to  have  concentrated  in  disproportionate 
numbers.  During  the  day  they  are  sleeping  in  the  tiles  of  the 
roof,  but  no  sooner  has  the  declining  sun  unloosed  the  eve  than 
they  may  be  seen  issuing  in  long  black  streams.  Usually,  we 
avoided  all  their  intimacies  by  closing  the  shutters  at  sunset;  but 
occasionally  some  of  them  would  find  entrance  through  the  tiles, 
and  we  went  forth  to  battle  them  with  all  the  doughty  arms  within 
our  reach,  nor  stopped  the  slaughter  until  every  presumptuous 
intruder  had  bit  the  dust,  or,  less  metaphorically,  had  sprawled 
upon  the  floor.  Several  thus  captured  measured  each  upwards  of 
two  feet  across  the  wings,  but  most  were  smaller.  Of  their  fond- 
ness for  human  blood,  and  especially  that  particular  portion  which 
constitutes  the  animus  of  the  great  toe,  from  personal  experience 
I  am  unable  to  vouch  ;  but  every  one  in  the  country  is  confident 
of  it,  and  a  number  of  gentlemen,  at  different  times,  assured  us 
that  they  themselves  had  been  phlebotomized  in  that  member,  nor 
knew  of  the  operation  until  a  bloody  hammock  afforded  indu- 
bitable evidence.  They  spoke  of  it  as  a  slight  affair,  and  pro- 
bably the  little  blood  that  is  extracted  is  rarely  an  injury.  If 
the  foot  is  covered  there  is  no  danger,  or  if  a  light  is  kept  burning 


42  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.          "CHAP.  T. 

in  the  room ;  and  often  we  have  slept  unharmed,  thus  guarded, 
where  bats  were  fluting  about  and  squeaking  the  night  long. 
Cattle  and  horses  are  not  so  easily  protected,  and  a  wound  once 
made,  the  bat  returns  to  it  every  night  until  proper  precautions 
are  taken  or  the  animal  is  killed  by  loss  of  blood. 

In  different  parts  of  the  mill  were  the  nests  of  a  species  of 
wasp  made  of  clay,  and  generally  fastened  upon  the  wall.  But 
several  times,  upon  our  boxes,  books,  or  plants,  they  commenced 
their  labours,  constructing  so  neat  a  little  edifice  that  it  was  hard 
to  consider  them  intruders. 

Another  incident  was  more  home-like.  Within  the  noisiest 
part  of  the  building,  and  in  an  unused  piece  of  machinery,  a  little 
house-wren  had  constructed  her  home,  and  would  have  reared 
her  pretty  brood,  but,  I  am  sorry  to  say,  some  egg-collecting 
stranger  chanced  that  way. 

One  morning  we  took  the  montaria,  and  started  for  Corien- 
tiores,  a  plantation,  or  rather  what  once  was  a  plantation,  some 
three  miles  below.  The  sun  was  rising  unclouded,  the  tide  fell 
swiftly,  and  we  skimmed  arrow-like  in  our  little  craft,  past  leafy 
banks  and  flowery  festoonings,  and  in  a  course  more  tortuous  than 
than  of  a  meadow  brook.  The  kingfisher  sat  perched  upon  his 
overhanging  branch,  scarcely  big  enough  to  carry  off  the  minnows 
he  so  intently  watched  for,  and  a  jewel  in  the  sunlight,  with  his 
back  of  golden  green  and  satin  breast.  Sandpipers  flew  startled 
across  the  stream,  and  the  shrilly  cackling  rail  skulked  away  at 
our  approach.  A  duck-hawk  sat  upon  the  summit  of  a  leafless 
tree,  fearlessly  eying  us.  Huge  fish  leaped  out  of  the  water,  iu 
all  the  ecstasy  of  piscatorial  bliss,  and  we  drew  from  the  general 
joyousuess  good  omens  of  a  successful  morning's  work.  Arrived 
at  our  destination,  nought  appeared  but  a  house  in  the  distance, 
almost  concealed  by  shrubbery,  and  everywhere  else  a  tangled 
bush  with  a  few  tall  trees,  from  whose  tops  numbers  of  krge 
fly-catchers  were  calling  "  Bentivee — Bentivee."  Through  this 
labyrinth  we  toiled  a  couple  of  hours,  shooting  few  birds,  running 
heedlessly,  and  to  our  peril,  into  bees'  nests,  and  leaving  rags  of 
clothes  and  shreds  of  flesh  among  the  prickly  sword  grass,  until, 
at  length,  we  were  fain  to  give  it  up  as  a  bad  job ;  and,  coming 
near  the  house,  sat  us  down  under  the  orange-trees,  whose  abun- 
dant fruit  served  somewhat  to  stay  our  longings  for  breakfast.  A 


CHAP,  v.]  HOSPITALITY— BEEAD-FEUIT.  43 

white  man  came  to  the  door,  and  seemed  disposed  to  be  commu- 
nicative ;  so  we  mustered  our  forlorn  stock  of  Portuguese,  and 
soon  made  considerable  advances  in  his  graces.  He  insisted  upon 
our  taking  a  cup  of  coffee,  and,  after  a  little  more  nodding  and 
comprehending  on  both  sides,  nothing  would  do  but  we  must  add 
to  coffee  fish  and  farinha — fresh  fish,  too,  and  of  his  own  catching, 
and  none  the  less  agreeable,  doubtless,  for  being  presented  us 
by  his  pretty  wife.  After  breakfast  our  friend  sent  out  to  the 
orange-tree,  and  soon  brought  us  a  brimming  goblet  of  orangeade ; 
and  finally,  before  our  departure,  he  had  a  number  of  breadfruits 
brought  in,  and  the  extracted  seeds,  much  like  chesnuts,  roasted, 
with  which  he  crammed  our  pockets.  Verily,  thought  we,  if 
this  is  the  custom  of  the  country,  and  the  mere  fact  of  one's 
being  a  stranger  is  a  passport  to  such  hospitality,  and  a  sufficient 
apology  for  powder-smutted  faces  and  ragged  garments,  there  is 
some  little  good  left  in  the  world  yet.  Here  was  this  man,  with 
so  generous  a  heart,  really  one  of  the  laziest  squatters  in  the 
neighbourhood,  without  a  vestige  of  any  sort  of  cultivation  upon 
his  premises,  and  evidently  enough  dependent  for  his  support 
upon  the  fish  he  might  catch  in  the  stream :  he  would  have  felt 
offended  had  we  offered  to  pay  for  our  entertainment,  so  we  did 
what  we  could  by  slipping  some  mementoes  into  the  hand  of  a 
bright-eyed  young  Apollo,  who  was  trotting  about  with  the  free- 
dom of  a  wild  colt. 

The  breadfruit-tree  which  we  saw  growing  upon  this  place 
sprang  from  a  plant  originally  introduced  into  the  Botanical 
Garden  of  Para  by  the  government.  A  few  of  these  trees  are 
scattered  over  the  province,  but  they  are  considered  rather  as 
ornamental  than  useful.  In  appearance  it  is  one  of  the  most  beau- 
tiful of  trees,  having  a  large  wide-spreading  top,  profusely  hung 
with  many-lobed  leaves,  nearly  two  feet  in  length  and  of  a  bright 
green.  The  fruit  is  nearly  spherical,  six  inches  in  diameter,  green 
in  colour,  and  curiously  warted  upon  the  surface.  Within  it  is 
yellowish  and  fibrous,  and  contains  a  number  of  seeds,  which  are 
eaten  roasted.  There  is  a  superior  variety  that  is  seedless,  and 
the  whole  of  which  is  eaten. 

Another  common  visiting-place  from  the  mills  was  the  Laran- 
geira,  or  Orange  Grove,  a  little  settlement  not  far  below  Corien- 
tiores.  where  a  lazy  commandant  mustered  a  few  beggarly  troops 


44  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.          [CHAP  v. 

for  the  security  of  this  part  of  the  province.  The  most  remark- 
able object  here  was  a  cotton-tree,  measuring  thirty-two  feet  in 
circumference  two  feet  above  the  ground.  The  height  corre- 
sponded to  this  vastness,  and  we  left  it  with  a  very  lively  impres- 
sion of  what  Nature  might  do  here,  only  give  her  the  opportunity. 
Fortunately  for  settlers  her  powers  are  somewhat  restricted,  and 
for  one  such  monster  there  are  a  hundred  little  formidable,  else 
were  clearing  the  land  out  of  the  question.  From  the  Laran- 
geira  we  received  a  variety  of  shells,  the  Helix  pellis-serpentis, 
Auastoma  globosa,  Bulimus  regius,  and  Helix  comboides  (Ferr.). 
One  of  the  largest  trees  of  the  forest  is  the  masse  rand  uba,  or  cow- 
tree,  and  about  Para  they  are  exceedingly  common.  One,  in 
particular,  stands  directly  on  the  road,  beyond  the  first  bridge 
from  the  mill,  and,  cutting  into  this  with  our  tresado,  the  milk 
issued  at  even-  pore.  It  much  resembled  cream  in  appearance 
and  taste,  and  might  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  milk  in  coffee ; 
or,  diluted  with  water,  as  a  drink.  It  is,  however,  little  used, 
except  as  a  medicine,  or  for  the  adulteration  of  rubber.  The 
wood  of  this  tree  is  red,  like  mahogany,  very  durable,  and  used 
much  for  purposes  where  such  timber  is  required.  There  are 
said  to  be  eight  varieties  of  trees  known  at  Para,  and  more  or  less 
common,  which  yield  a  milky  sap.  Other  trees  yield  fragrant 
gums,  and  nearly  or  quite  all  these  products  are  used  for  medi- 
cinal purposes. 

At  length  we  prepared  to  leave  the  mills,  having  enjoyed  our- 
selves to  the  utmost  in  this  our  first  experience  of  Brazilian  country 
life.  We  had  seen  everything  that  we  could  have  seen,  and  had 
made  a  beautiful  collection  of  birds  and  other  objects.  It  was 
with  regret  that  we  bade  adieu  to  Mr.  Leavens,  who  had  contri- 
buted so  much  to  our  comfort  and  pleasure.  The  sun  had  not 
risen,  when,  guns  upon  our  shoulders,  and  accompanied  by  a 
black,  with  a  basket  for  the  carriage  of  any  interesting  plants  or 
other  objects  that  we  might  desire  to  appropriate  upon  the  road, 
we  set  forth.  We  passed  several  bridges  spanning  little  streams, 
and  for  ten  miles  walked  through  the  deep  forest.  The  cries  of 
monkeys  resounded  about  us,  and  every  now  and  then  there  came 
a  shrill  sound  like  that  produced  by  whistling  with  the  finger  in 
the  mouth.  We  frequently  afterwards  heard  this  same  whistle 
in  different  parts  of  the  country,  but  never  were  able  to  ascertain 


CHAP,  vi.l  VISIT  TO  CARIPE.  4i> 

from  what  it  proceeded, — most  likely  a  squirrel,  but  we  were 
assured  it  was  the  note  of  a  bird.  We  encountered  a  spider, 
leisurely  crossing  the  road,  that  might  rival  the  tarantula  in 
bigness,  A  sharpened  stick  pinned  him  to  the  earth,  and  we  bore 
him  in  triumph  to  town.  Across  his  outstretched  legs  none  of 
us  could  span,  and  his  sharp  teeth  were  like  hawk's  claws.  This 
species  spins  no  web,  but  lives  in  hollow  logs,  and  probably  feeds 
upon  huge  insects,  perhaps  small  animals  or  birds.  We  collected 
specimens  of  a  great  variety  of  ferns,  calandrias,  telanzias,  and 
maxillarias,  and  observed  many  rich  flowers  of  which  we  know 
not  the  names.  But  we  did  recognise  a  passion-flower,  with  its 
stars  of  crimson,  as  it  wound  around  a  small  tree,  and  mingled  its 
beauties  with  the  overshading  leaves. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

OUR  delightful  visit  at  Magoary  had  incited  a  desire  for  further 
adventure,  and,  ere  a  week  had  elapsed  after  our  return,  we  were 
preparing  to  visit  Caripe.  Profiting  by  past  experience,  we 
secured  a  small  canoe,  having,  instead  of  a  cabin,  merely  an 
arched  covering  towards  the  stern,  denominated  a  tolda,  and 
affording  sufficient  shelter  for  short  voyages.  This  was  manned 
by  two  stout  negroes.  Caripe  is  nearly  opposite  Para,  distant 
about  thirty  miles,  but  separated  by  many  intervening  islands. 
Among  these,  thirty  miles  may  be  a  short  distance  or  a  very  long 
one,  as  the  tides  favour ;  for  there  are  so  many  cross  currents 
running  in  every  direction,  that  it  requires  great  care  to  avoid 
being  compelled  to  anchor  and  lose  much  time.  As  to  pulling 
against  the  tide,  which  rushes  along  with  a  six-mile  velocity,  it 
is  next  to  impossible. 

We  left  Para  at  midnight,  two  hours  before  low  tide ;  and, 
falling  down  about  eight  miles,  received  the  advancing  flood, 
which  swiftly  bore  us  on  its  bosom.  There  were  two  others  of 

our  party  besides  A and  myself;  and  one  taking  the  helm, 

the  rest  of  us  stretched  our  toughening  bodies  upon  the  platform 
under  the  tolda,  determined  to  make  a  night  of  it. 

Morning  dawned,  and  we  were  winding,  in  a  narrow  channel, 


46  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.VI. 

among  the  loveliest  islands  that  eye  ever  rested  on.  They  sat 
upon  the  water  like  living  things ;  their  green  drapery  dipping 
beneath  the  surface,  and  entirely  concealing  the  shore.  Upon 
the  mainland  we  had  seen  huge  forests  that  much  resembled  those 
of  the  North  magnified  ;  but  here  all  was  different,  and  our  pre- 
conceptions of  a  forest  in  the  tropics  were  more  fully  realized. 
Vast  numbers  of  palms  shot  up  their  tall  stems,  and  threw  out 
their  coronal  beauties  in  a  profusion  of  fantastic  forms.  Some- 
times the  long  leaves  assumed  the  shape  of  a  feather-encircling 
crest — at  others,  of  an  opened  fan ;  now,  long  and  broad,  they 
drooped  languidly  in  the  sunlight,  and,  again,  like  ribbon  streamers, 
they  were  floating  upon  every  breath  of  air.  Some  of  these  palms 
were  in  blossom,  the  tall  sprigs  of  yellow  flowers  conspicuous 
among  the  leaves ;  from  others  depended  masses  of  large  fruits 
ripening  in  the  sun,  or  attracting  flocks  of  noisy  parrots.  At 
other  spots  the  palms  had  disappeared,  and  the  dense  foliage  of 
the  tree-tops  resembled  piles  of  green.  Along  the  shore  creeping 
vines  so  overran  the  whole  as  to  form  an  impervious  hedge,  con- 
cealing everything  within,  and  clustering  with  flowers.  Very 
rarely  a  tall  reed  was  seen,  and  by  the  leaves  which  encircled 
every  joint,  and  hung  like  tassels  from  its  bended  head,  we  recog- 
nised the  bamboo.  Frequently  we  passed  plantations,  generally 
of  sugar-cane,  and  looking,  at  a  distance,  like  fields  of  waving 
corn,  in  beautiful  contrast  with  the  whole  landscape  beside.  We 
lost  the  tide,  and  were  obliged  to  creep  along  shore  for  some  dis- 
tance at  the  rate  of  about  a  mile  an  hour.  At  length,  towards 
noon,  turning  a  point,  we  opened  at  once  into  a  vast  expanse  of 
water,  upon  the  farther  side  of  which  the  tree-tops  of  Marajo  were 
just  visible.  Immediately  to  our  left,  distant  about  a  mile,  and  in 
a  small  circular  bay,  the  broad  white  beach  and  glistening  house 
upon  its  margin  told  us  we  had  arrived  at  Caripe.  We  were  all 
enthusiasm  with  the  beautiful  spot,  heightened  doubtless  by  the 
approaching  termination  of  our  voyage ;  for  in  our  cooped-up 
quarters  we  were  anything  but  comfortable  or  satisfied.  More- 
over, a  sail  in  the  hot  sun,  unfortified  by  breakfast,  tendeth  not 
to  good  humour. 

Landing  upon  the  beach,  and  having  the  canoe  dragged  up 
high  and  dry.  we  proceeded  to  the  house,  and  soon  made  the  ac- 
quaintance of  the  old  negroes  who  had  charge  of  the  premises. 


CHAP,  vi.]          TOME  OF  MR.  GRAHAM  —DINNER.  47 

They  set  about  preparing  dinner,  and  we,  meanwhile,  slung  our 
hammocks  in  the  vacant  apartments,  and  reconnoitred  our  position. 
The  house  was  remarkably  well  constructed  for  the  country, 
covering  a  large  area,  with  high  and  neatly  plastered  rooms,  and 
all  else  conveniently  arranged.  In  front  was  a  fine  view  of  the 
bay,  and  Marajo  in  the  distance.  Upon  either  side  the  forest 
formed  a  hedge  close  by.  Behind  was  a  space  of  a  few  acres, 
dotted  with  fruit-trees  of  various  kinds,  and  containing  two  or 
three  thatched. structures,  used  for  various  purposes  ;  one  of  which, 
particularly,  was  a  kiln  for  mandioca.  Here  a  black,  shaggy  goat, 
with  horns  a  yard  in  length,  lay  enjoying  himself  in  the  drying- 
pan.  A  number  of  young  scarlet  ibises  were  running  tamely 
about.  A  flock  of  troopials  had  draped  a  tree  near  the  house 
with  their  nests,  and  were  loudly  chattering  and  scolding.  But 
amid  these  beauties  was  one  object  that  inspired  very  different 
feelings.  Close  under  our  window,  surrounded  by  a  little  wooden 
enclosure,  and  unmarked  by  any  stone,  was  the  tomb  of  Mr. 
Graham,  his  wife,  and  child.  He  was  an  English  naturalist,  and 
with  his  family  had  spent  a  long  time  in  the  vicinity  of  Para, 
labouring  with  all  a  naturalist's  enthusiasm  to  make  known  to  the 
world  the  treasures  of  the  country.  He  left  this  beach  in  a  small 
montaria,  to  go  to  a  large  canoe  anchored  at  a  little  distance ; 
and  just  as  he  had  arrived,  by  some  strange  mishap,  the  little  boat 
was  overturned,  and  himself,  his  wife,  and  his  child  were  buried 
beneath  the  surf.  The  bodies  were  recovered  and  deposited  in 
this  enclosure.  This  occurred  in  March,  1845.  A  stone  and 
iron  rails  for  the  grave  have  since  been  sent  out  from  England — 
such  things  not  being  procurable  on  the  spot  by  Mr.  Graham's 
brother. 

We  were  standing  here  when  a  smiling  wench  announced  dinner 
upon  the  table,  and  all  reflections  upon  aught  else  were  dissipated. 

It  is  customary  for  persons  visiting  these  solitary  plantations  to 
provide  themselves  with  such  provisions  as  they  may  want ;  but 
we  were  as  yet  uninitiated,  and  had  secured  nothing  but  a  few 
bottles  of  oil  and  vinegar.  But  fish  and  farinha  are  the  never- 
failing  resort,  and  to  this  we  were  now  introduced  with  raging 
appetites.  Here  a  slight  difficulty  occurred  at  the  outset.  The 
old  woman  had  a  store  of  dishes,  but  neither  knife  nor  fork.  We 
bad  penknives,  but  they  were  inconvenient,  and  tresados,  but  they 


48  A  VOYAGE  UP     HE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  vi. 

were  unwieldy ;  so,  sending  etiquette  to  the  parlour,  we  took 
counsel  of  our  finders  in  this  embarrassing  emergency,  and  by 
their  active  co-operation  succeeded  in  disposing,  individually,  of 
a  large  platter  of  a  well-mixed  compound,  in  which  oil  and  vine- 
gar, onions,  pepper,  and  salt  materially  assisted  to  disguise  the 
flavour  of  the  other  two  ingredients.  There  have  been  more  costly 
meals,  and  perhaps  of  a  more  miscellaneous  character,  than  our 
first  at  Caripe  ;  but  I  doubt  if  any  were  ever  more  enjoyed.  After 
this  dinner  we  got  on  more  genteelly,  for  we  heard  of  a  store  in 
the  neighbourhood,  and  by  as  frequent  visitations  as  our  neces- 
sities rendered  expedient  provided  ourselves  with  everything  re- 
quisite. Fresh  fish  were  abundant ;  and  frequently  some  Indian 
iu  the  vicinity  would  bring  eggs  in  exchange  for  powder  and  shot. 
Add  to  these  a  daily  dish  of  muscles,  or,  more  conchologically 
speaking,  of  Hyrias  and  Castalias,  and  our  ways  and  means  are 
explained. 

We  had  come  to  Caripe  more  particularly  for  shells,  inasmuch 
as  it  was  the  most  celebrated  locality  for  them  in  the  vicinity  of 
Para.  The  bay  so  faces  the  channel  that  the  tides  create  a  great 
surf  and  collect  large  numbers  of  various  shells.  We  were  just 
in  time  for  the  spring-tides,  when  the  water  rises  and  falls  fifteen 
feet ;  now  foaminsr  almost  to  the  top  of  the  bank,  now  leaving 
exposed  a  broad  flat  of  sand,  beyond  which,  in  shallow  water,  is  a 
muddy  bottom.  This  latter  was  our  shelling-ground  ;  and  when- 
ever the  water  would  permit,  all  of  our  party  and  the  boatmen 
were  wading  neck  deep  about  the  bay.  Each  carried  a  basket 
upon  his  arm,  and  upon  feeling  out  the  shell  with  his  toes,  either 
ducked  to  pick  it  up  or  fished  it  out  with  scoop-nets  made  for 
the  purpose.  In  a  good  morning's  work  we  would  in  this  way 
collect  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  shells.  Those  in  the  deeper 
water  were  of  three  varieties,  the  Hyria  corrugata  (Sow.),  the 
Hyria  avicularis  (Lam.),  and  the  Anadonta  esula  (D'Orbigny), 
the  Jast  of  which  was  extremely  uncommon.  Nearer  the  shore, 
and  in  pools  left  standing  in  the  sand,  were  the  Castalia  ambigua 
(Lam.),  always  discoverable  by  the  long  trails  produced  by  their 
walking.  Of  three  other  small  species  we  found  single  specimens, 
all  hitherto  undescribed  by  conchologists.  Two  of  these  were  of 
the  genus  Cyrena,  and  the  third  an  Anadonta.  In  the  crevices 
of  the  uncovered  rocks  were  sn*eat  numbers  of  the  Xeritina  zebra 


CHAP,  vi.]       MARTINS— TERNS— NUTS  AND  FRUITS.  49 

(Lam.),  which  variety  is  often  seen  in  the  market  of  Para,  and 
is  eaten  by  the  negroes.  About  one  hundred  yards  east  of  the 
house  was  a  tide- stream  extending  into  the  woods,  and  called  in 
the  country  igaripe.  Here,  and  in  similar  igaripes  in  the  nei°-h- 
bourhood,  were  numbers  of  a  red-lipped  Ampullaria. 

The  water  was  so  delightfully  tempered  that  we  experienced 
no  inconvenience  from  our  long  wadings  beyond  blistered  backs, 
and  this  we  guarded  against  somewhat  by  wearing  flannel.  A 
kind  of  small  fish,  that  bites  disagreeably,  was  said  to  be  common 
in  these  waters  ;  and  though  we  never  met  them,  we  thought 
it  as  well  to  encounter  them,  if  at  all,  in  drawers  and  stockings. 
The  tide  here  fell  with  very  great  slowness;  but  at  the  instant 
of  turning  it  rushed  in  with  a  heavy  swell,  immediately  flooding 
the  flat,  arid  breaking  with  loud  roarings  upon  the  shore.  Be- 
sides the  shells  above  enumerated,  the  Bulimus  haemastoma  was 
extremely  common  upon  the  land.  Frequently  we  found  then- 
eggs.  They  were  nearly  an  inch  long,  white,  and  within  was  ge- 
nerally the  fully  formed  snail,  shell  and  all,  awaiting  his  egress. 

At  low  water,  upon  the  bushes  in  some  parts  springing  plen- 
tifully from  the  sand,  large  flocks  of  martins  (Hirundo  purpurea) 
were  congregated,  like  swallows  in  August.  They  seemed  pre- 
paring for  a  migration  ;  but  as  we  saw  them  frequently  through- 
out our  journeyings  at  different  seasons,  they  probably  remain  and 
breed  there.  Flocks  of  terns  were  skimming  every  morning  along 
the  beach,  and,  as  we  shot  one  of  their  number,  the  others  would 
fly  circling  about,  screaming,  and  utterly  regardless  of  danger. 

The  tides  here  collected  great  quantities  of  nuts  and  fruits, 
and  along  high-water  mark  was  a  deep  ridge  of  them,  some  dried 
in  the  sun,  others  throwing  out  their  roots  and  clinging  to  the 
soil.  We  picked  up  an  interesting  variety  of  the  palm-fruits,  and 
large  beans  of  various  sorts.  One  kind  of  .the  latter,  in  par- 
ticular, was  in  profusion,  and  we  soon  discovered  the  tree  whence 
they  came,  growing  near  by.  It  was  tall  and  nobly  branching, 
and  overhung  with  long  pods.  Several  varieties  of  acacias  also 
ornamented  the  shore,  conspicuous  everywhere  from  the  dark  rich 
green  of  their  leaves.  These  also  bore  a  bean  in  a  broad  pod, 
and  the  Indians  asserted  it  a  useful  remedy  for  the  colic.  Here 
also  we  discovered  a  new  fruit ;  it  resembled  much  a  strawberry 
in  shape,  colour,  and  flavour,  except  that  its  red  skin  was  smooth, 


50  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP.  YI. 


and  its  size  that  of  a  large  plum  ;  it  covered  in  profusion  the  top 
of  a  large  tree,  and  i^s  appearance  then  was  most  beautiful.  The 
negroes  ate  large  quantities  of  it.  We  were  told  afterwards,  in 
the  city,  that  it  was  a  useful  and  agreeable  medicine,  having  upon 
the  system  some  of  the  beneficial  effects  of  calomel. 

Caripe  is  famous  for  its  fishery,  and  we  observed  with  interest 
the  manner  of  taking  fish  in  these  igaripes.  A  matting  is  made 
of  light  reeds,  six  feet  in  length,  and  half  an  inch  in  diameter, 
fastened  together  by  strings  of  grass.  This,  being  rolled  up,  is 
easily  transported  upon  the  shoulder  to  a  convenient  spot,  either 
the  entrance  of  a  small  igaripe  or  some  little  bay  flooded  by  the 
tide.  The  mat-net  is  set  and  properly  secured,  and  the  retiring 
tide  leaves  within  it  the  unlucky  fish.  This  mode  is  very  simple, 
yet  a  montaria  is  frequently  filled  with  the  fish,  mostly,  of  course, 
small  in  size.  We  saw  a  great  many  varieties  thus  daily  taken, 
and  much  we  regretted  that  our  ignorance  of  ichthyology  ren- 
dered it  impossible  for  us  to  distinguish  them,  and  that  our  want 
of  facilities  made  it  equally  impossible  to  preserve  them.  One  cu- 
rious species,  the  Anableps  tetrophthalmus,  was  very  common ;  it  is 
called  by  the  people  the  four-eyed  fish,  and  is  always  seen  swim- 
ming with  nose  above  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  propelling 
itself  by  sudden  starts.  The  eye  of  this  fish  has  two  pupils,  al- 
though but  one  crystalline  and  one  vitreous  humour,  and  but  one 
retina.  It  is  the  popular  belief  that,  as  it  swims,  two  of  its  eyes 
are  adapted  to  the  water  and  two  to  the  air. 

It  was  curious  to  observe  the  tracks  of  the  Sauba  ants  about 
the  grass  in  some  parts  near  the  house.  By  constant  passing 
they  had  worn  roads  two  inches  wide,  and  one  or  more  deep, 
crossing  each  other  at  every  angle.  These  paths  usually  ran 
towards  the  beach,  where  quantities  of  food  were  daily  deposited 
for  the  ants.  A  far  greater  nuisance  than  ants  were  moqueens, 
little  insects  that  live  in  the  grass,  and  delight  to  attach  them- 
selves to  any  passer-by.  They  are  red  in  colour,  and  so  small  as 
to  be  scarcely  distinguishable ;  but  there  is  no  mistaking  their 
bite,  and  for  a  little  time  it  produces  an  intolerable  itching.  We 
had  known  something  of  them  at  the  mills,  but  the  dwellers  there 
were  nothing  to  those  at  Caripe". 

The  forest  around  us  was  mostly  of  second  growth,  and  dif- 
6cult  of  ingress,  except  along  the  road,  which  extended  back 


CHAP,  vi.]  PECCARIES,  ETC.— BIRDS.  51 

about  two  miles  to  an  old  ruin.  At  this  place  we  noticed  in  the 
doorway  a  tree  nearly  a  foot  in  diameter,  and  yet  but  a  very  few 
years  had  elapsed  since  the  house  was  inhabited. 

The  creeping  vines  were  of  a  different  variety  from  any  that 
we  had  before  seen,  contorted  into  strange  shapes.  One,  par- 
ticularly, with  its  broad  stalk,  resembled  a  shrivelled  bean-pod. 

Paths  of  wild  hogs,  or  peccaries,  crossed  the  woods  every- 
where, these  animals  associating  in  droves  ;  they  much  resemble 
the  domestic  hog,  but  never  attain  a  large  size.  At  various 
places  in  these  paths  were  traps  set  by  the  negroes  for  pacas  and 
agoutis,  or  other  small  animals.  A  thick  hedge  of  limbs  and 
prickly-palm  leaves  is  laid  along,  and  any  animal  encountering 
this  will  prefer  following  its  course  to  making  forcible  passage,  until 
his  mortal  career  is  probably  terminated  in  a  figure-four  trap. 

The  agoutis  are  small  animals  of  the  Rodentia  family,  of  a 
reddish  colour,  very  common,  and  esteemed  as  food.  They  are 
much  inferior  in  this  respect,  however,  as  well  as  in  size,  to  the 
pacas.  These  somewhat  resemble  guinea-pigs  in  form,  and  are 
the  size  of  a  young  porker,  living  in  burrows  in  the  ground. 
They  are  very  prettily  spotted,  and  are  a  beautiful  species. 

In  these  woods  we  saw  a  number  of  squirrels,  the  same  nimble 
things  as  squirrels  elsewhere.  There  seems  to  be  but  one  variety 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  city,  something  smaller  than  our  red 
squirrel,  and  of  a  colour  between  red  and  gray.  The  place  of 
this  family  is  fully  supplied  by  monkeys,  which  are  seen  and 
heard  everywhere. 

In  the  denser  thicket  we  encountered  a  curious  species  of  bird, 
which,  afterwards,  we  found  to  be  common  throughout  the  pro- 
vince in  like  situations.  This  was  the  White-bearded  Puff-bird, 
Tamatia  leucops.  By  collectors  at  Para  it  is  known  by  the  name 
of  Waxbill,  from  its  long  red  beak.  This  bird  is  the  size  of  a 
jay,  and  almost  wholly  a  lead  colour,  approaching  to  black.  It 
receives  its  name  from  the  loose  feathers  upon  the  throat,  which 
it  has  the  habit  of  puffing  out  until  its  neck  appears  as  large  as 
its  body.  Owing  to  the  secluded  situations  in  which  we  found 
this  bird,  we  could  observe  little  of  its  habits,  but  another  variety 
of  the  same  family  was  common  about  the  rice-mill  at  Magoary, 
where,  at  any  time,  numbers  of  them  might  be  seei>  sitting  upon 
the  top  of  some  dead  tree,  whence  they  sallied  out  for  insects, 

E  2 


52  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  vn. 

after  the  manner  of  the  fly-catchers.  They  were  very  tame,  and 
only  learned  caution  after  >ad  thinning  of  their  numbers. 

Connected  with  our  house  was  a  little  chapel,  upon  the  altar 
of  which  was  a  rude  representation  of  the  Virgin,  and  every 
morning  and  evening  the  blacks  knelt  in  devotion.  Upon  certain 
evenings  all  of  them,  and  some  of  the  neighbours,  would  come 
together,  and  for  an  hour  chant  the  Portuguese  hymn  in  wild 
tones,  but  very  pleasing.  A  lamp  was  constantly  kept  burning 
in  this  chapel.  Similar  customs  prevail  at  most  of  the  country 
sitios,  and  by  many  of  the  planters  the  blacks  are  trained  up 
rigidly  to  the  performance  of  these  observances. 

The  oil  universally  used  for  burning  is  obtained  from  the  nuts 
of  a  tree  known  as  the  Andiroba.  This  tree  is  lofty,  and  its 
wide-spreading  top  is  overhung  with  large  round  pericarps,  each 
of  which  contains  eight  nuts  of  a  triangular  shape.  These  are 
mashed  between  stones,  and  placed  in  the  sun,  which  soon  causes 
the  oil  to  exude.  It  is  dark  in  colour,  and  burns  with  a  dim 
light.  Its  taste  is  intensely  bitter.  It  is  considered  a  valuable 
remedy  for  wounds. 

The  torches  used  by  the  blacks  at  Caripe  consisted  merely  of  a 
few  small  nuts  of  a  species  of  palm,  strung  upon  a  stick.  They  were 
full  of  oil,  and  burned  clearly,  answering  their  purpose  admirably. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

TAUAU  is  one  of  the  estates  of  Archibald  Campbell,  Esq.,  and 
by  his  invitation  we  made  arrangements  for  spending  a  few  days 
there  in  company  with  Mr.  Norris.  The  distance  from  Para  is 
one  tide,  or  about  thirty  miles  nearly  south,  and  upon  the  river 
Acara.  We  left  the  city  late  in  the  afternoon  in  the  same  ca- 
noe and  with  the  same  boatmen  who  accompanied  us  to  Caripe. 
Just  above  the  city  the  Guama  flows  in  with  a  powerful  cur- 
rent, setting  far  over  towards  the  opposite  islands.  Passing  this 
we  entered  the  stream  formed  by  the  united  waters  of  the  Moju 
and  Acard,  and  a  few  miles  above  turned  eastward  into  the  lat- 
ter— a  quiet,  narrow  river,  winding  among  comparatively  lofty 
banks  and  through  large  and  well-cultivated  plantations.  The 


CHAP,  vii.]  INDIANS— ARRIVAL  AT  TAUAU.  53 

clear  moonlight  added  inexpressibly  to  the  charm  of  this  voyage, 
silvering  the  trees  and  casting  long  shadows  over  the  water.  The 
blacks  struck  up  a  song,  and  the  wild  chorus  floated  through  the 
air  startling  the  stillness.  Frequently  the  same  song  came  echoed 
back,  and  soon  was  heard  the  measured  sound  of  paddles,  as  some 
night  voyager  like  ourselves  was  on  his  way  to  the  city. 

One  cannot  sail  upon  these  streams,  where  unreclaimed  nature 
still  revels  in  freedom  and  beauty,  without  feeling  powerfully  the 
thickly  clustering  associations  connected  with  them,  and  having 
often  before  his  mind  the  scenes  that  have  here  transpired  since 
white  men  made  this  the  theatre  of  their  avarice  and  ambition. 
The  great  race  who  inhabited  this  part  of  the  continent  were  the 
Tapuyas,  whose  name  is  now  the  general  name  for  Indian.  They 
were  a  kindly,  hospitable  race,  the  least  cruel  of  all  the  Brazilian 
Indians,  and  received  the  whites  with  open  arms.  The  whole 
main  and  all  these  lovely  islands  were  their  homes,  and  here,  in 
peaceful  security,  they  whiled  away  their  lives  like  a  summer's 
day.  Henceforth  their  story  is  soon  told.  They  were  seized  as 
slaves,  mercilessly  treated,  their  lives  of  no  more  value  than  the 
beasts  of  the  wood.  Countless  numbers  perished  beneath  their 
toil.  Millions  died  from  epidemic  diseases,  and  many  fled  far 
into  the  interior  hoping  to  find  some  spot  that  the  white  man 
could  never  reach.  The  whole  Tapuya  race  have  disappeared, 
except  here  and  there  a  solitary  one,  less  fortunate  perhaps  than 
his  nation. 

As  we  approached  Taiiavi  the  bank  increased  in  height,  and 
from  some  distance  the  glistening  tiles  of  a  long  building  were 
conspicuous.  At  length  the  large  plantation-house  appeared  upon 
the  brow  of  the  hill,  almost  concealed  by  the  trees  and  shrub- 
bery, and  a  light  descending  the  steps  betokened  that  our  ap- 
proach was  observed.  The  overseer  himself  had  come  down  to 
bid  us  welcome,  and,  landing  at  the  nicely  sheltered  wharf  that 
projected  into  the  stream,  we  followed  him  up  the  flight  of  stone 
steps  to  the  house.  A  room  in  the  upper  story  was  ready  to  re- 
ceive our  hammocks,  and  here  we  turned  in  to  await  the  morn- 
ing. It  was  scarcely  daybreak  when  we  were  aroused  by  the 
entrance  of  a  servant  bringing  coffee,  and  no  further  inducement 
was  necessary  to  our  early  rising.  The  sky  .was  unclouded,  and 
the  drops  which  had  fallen  during  the  latter  part  of  the  night 


54  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZOX.      [CHAP.  vn. 

covered  the  trees  with  brilliants  as  the  sun  broke  upon  them. 
Everything  smiled  with  the  morning — the  distant  woods,  the 
lake-like  stream,  the  hill  slope  covered  by  orange  and  cocoa  trees. 
Below,  and  a  little  to  the  right,  was  the  tilaria  whose  glistening 
roof  had  attracted  us  the  night  before,  and  numbers  of  blacks 
were  already  within  engaged  at  their  work. 

This  estate  was  laid  out  by  the  Jesuits,  and  bears  the  marks  of 
their  good  taste.  The  land  for  a  long  distance  from  the  river  is 
rolling,  sometimes  rising  one  hundred  feet  above  the  water-level. 
The  soil  is  of  a  fine  red  clay,  and  from  this  the  estate  derives  its 
name,  Tauau  signifying  in  the  native  tongue  red  clay.  Mr.  Camp- 
bell is  one  of  the  largest  manufacturers  of  pottery  in  the  pro- 
vince. He  laboured  hard  to  have  fine  earthenware  made,  and 
was  at  expense  in  getting  out  a  workman  and  the  requisite  addi- 
tional material.  But  the  workman  was  unskilful,  and  the  scheme 
for  the  time  proved  abortive,  though  probably  practicable.  The 
articles  of  ware  most  in  demand  are  water-jars,  and  floor  and  roof 
tiles.  The  former  are  made  upon  the  wheel  as  elsewhere.  The 
tiles  are  made  by  the  women,  floor-tiles  being  about  six  inches 
square  by  two  thick,  and  roof-tiles  about  fifteen  inches  long,  six 
wide,  and  one  half-inch  thick,  curved  longitudinally  into  half  a 
scroll.  Near  the  house  was  a  kiln  for  burning  lime.  This 
was  just  finished,  and,  being  still  unblackened  by  fire  or  smoke, 
was  of  singularly  elegant  appearance  with  its  dazzling  white 
walls  and  yellow  mouldings.  The  lime  here  burned  is  shell 
lime,  and  for  this  purpose  vast  quantities  of  small  shells  are  col- 
lected at  Salinas  and  other  localities  upon  the  sea-shore.  Upon 
the  hill  and  west  of  the  house  stood  a  small  chapel,  and  beyond 
this  extending  a  long  distance  upon  the  brow  were  the  houses  of 
the  blacks,  structures  made  by  plastering  mud  upon  latticed 
frames  of  wood,  and  thatched  with  palm-leaves.  There  were 
about  eighty  slaves  connected  with  this  plantation,  some  engaged 
in  cultivating  the  ground  or  labouring  in  the  forest,  others  at  the 
tilaria  or  the  kiln.  They  were  summoned  to  labour  about  five 
in  the  morning  by  the  bell,  and  were  at  work  about  two  hours 
after  dark  ;  but  during  the  heat  of  the  day  they  were  allowed  a 
long  interval  of  rest.  The  chief  overseer,  or  fator,  was  in  the 
city,  where  at  this  season  most  whites  throughout  this  vicinity 
were  attending  the  festivals,  but  his  place  was  supplied  by  a  very 


CHAP,  vii.]  SLAVES— CASTANHA-TREE.  55 

intelligent  mulatto.  Upon  Saturday  afternoon  all  the  blacks 
collected  around  the  store-room  to  receive  their  rations  of  fish 
and  farinha  for  the  ensuing  week.  About  twenty  pounds  of  the 
latter  was  the  allowance  for  an  adult,  and  a  proportionate  quan- 
tity of  fish ;  the  whole  expense  averaging  a  fraction  less  than 
three  cents  per  diem  for  each  person.  Many  of  these  blacks  had 
fowls  and  small  cultivated  patches,  and  from  these  sources,  as 
well  as  from  wood  and  river,  obtained  much  of  their  support. 

Beyond  the  tilaria  was  a  long  swamp,  and  here  a  number  of 
jacanas,  snipes,  and  plovers  were  constantly  flying  about  and 
screaming  their  call-notes.  Back  of  the  house  was  a  grove  of 
fine  trees,  some  apparently  having  been  planted  for  ornament, 
others  bearing  profusion  of  various  sorts  of  fruits.  The  one  of 
of  all  these  most  attractive  was  that  which  produces  the  Brazil- 
nut,  called  in  the  country  castanhas.  Botanically  it  is  the  Ber- 
tholletia  excelsa.  This  tree  was  upwards  of  one  hundred  feet  in 
height  and  between  two  and  three  in  diameter.  From  the 
brandies  were  depending  the  fruits,  large  as  cocoa-nuts.  The 
shell  of  these  is  nearly  half  an  inch  in  thickness,  and  contains  the 
triangular  nuts  so  nicely  packed  that  once  removed  no  skill  can 
replace  them.  It  is  no  easy  matter  to  break  this  tough  cover- 
ing, requiring  some  instrument  and  the  exercise  of  considerable 
strength :  yet  we  were  assured  by  an  intelligent  friend  at  the 
Barra  of  the  Rio  Negro  that  the  Guaribas  or  Howling  Monkeys 
are  in  the  habit  of  breaking  them  by  striking  them  upon  stones 
or  the  limbs  of  iron-like  trees.  This  friend  related  an  amusing 
incident  of  which  he  had  been  witness,  where  the  monkey,  for- 
getful of  everything  else,  pounding  down  the  nut,  with  might  arid 
main,  in  a  fever  of  excitement  struck  it  with  tremendous  force 
upon  the  tip  of  his  tail.  Down  dropped  the  nut  and  away  flew 
monkey,  bounding  and  howling  fearfully.  How  long  the  victim 
was  laid  up  by  his  lame  tail  our  friend  was  unable  to  inform  us ; 
but  we  thought  one  thing  certain,  that  monkeys  had  changed 
since  Goldsmith's  day,  inasmuch  as  at  that  time,  as  we  are  in- 
formed, the  tip  of  a  monkey's  tail  was  so  remote  from  the  centre 
of  circulation  as  to  be  destitute  of  feeling.  When  the  castanha- 
nuts  are  fresh  they  much  resemble  in  taste  the  cocoa-nut,  and 
the  white  milk,  easily  expressed,  is  no  bad  substitute  for  milk  in 
coffee.  This  soon  becomes  rancid,  and  at  length  turns  to  oil 


:  A  VOYAGE  UP  IftE  EIVEE  AMAZON.       [CHJIP.  vn. 


ly  from  Pari,  and  are  said  to  form  a 

•  "      -  ;•  "-    •  -    -'-•  ..-•-.::•.-•.    •   :;_-.:_:-    :•      :   -..-:;..   .;  •..  •   .;-*. 
There  is  another  not,  probably  of  the  pot-tree,  Leevthis  olla- 

ria,  mentioned  bvSptx.  moch  resembling*  Ike  castanha  m  ••••••i- 

•  ----- 

ance  and  growth.     Win  this  b  ripe  an  opeitxlam  faDs  from 

•  •  -  ---  -.  -  :'::•  •:::--  _•;-:•-_:•;.  ^:.  _r  :  —_:--:  ::.e 
wrts  witkia.  Ifnalcji  and  aquirek  are  so  exeeaavd  j  find  of 
theae,  tint  it  is  ueuallj  impossible  to  obtain  more  than  the  empty 


\t  to  tie  CBfitaahm-tree,  the  **'^^^j  or  cuya,  vas  moat 
attractive.  It  was  low,  its  trunk  oyqgiumu  with  moss  and 
anall  panatic  plants.  Directly  front  the  bark  of  the  trunk  or 
branches,  without  interrewng  stems,  grew  the  gourd?,  a  bright 
green  in  coloar,  and  often  nix  inches  in  diameter,  giving  the 
appearance.  The  amafler  gonrdb  are  cot  in 
..:.  :::.-:  >:.r.;  :-  -  y  ,.  -.  -.  .;.-. 
,  it  painted  both  inside  and  out  by 

Vw^Mfnttnt     AnWl      •Vn^nMVln^MMK      (Mknintlfill 

devices.     Tbey  are  the  universal  drinking-cnp,  and  are  known 
by  the  nanw  of  caym*. 

The  cleared  space  round  about  was  of  grant  extent,  moch 
beiag  mnder  cultivation,  but  a  still  larger  portion  was  thickly 
overgrown  vith  tall  weeds.  Here  were  scores  of  ant-hills  be- 
tween three  and  fcmr  feet  in  beigfat,  conieally  shaped,  and  each 

ICRCft  nTkiDO  OCU&.       X  BC  CnUXH  OH  wFlMCnm  HBCV  VWC  COOIpOflCQ  flBGnHCO 

alwaysdinerentfitn  that  in  the  vicinity,  and  evidently  bad  been 
brooght  grain  by  grain.  In  the  woods  we  frequently  enconntered 
a  dinomt  kind  of  ant-hilL  A  space  of  a  tod  square  would  be 
-:  :.:-:y  ,  ^--  :  •---  -  ;  <..  ..•  .-  -  .  -.  .  -:-  -  ,  -  -- 
broken  hito  little  nMonds,  ibnned  by  the  earth  brooght  op  from 
below.  While  upon  this  snbjeet  I  will  describe  an  ant-battle, 
several  of  which  we  watched  at  dafcrent  tinws  aad  places.  The 
cnaabatants  were  always  a  species  of  snuU  blnek  ant,  and  a  red 
variety,  equally  small  Coaming  in  long  fines  from  different 
..•-.•-  -..:—•.,-•  :.»::::. TV  :.;.  :  :-r "•  .  -._'  .:--—•  :.  :..'. ..-.'.  _'r 
aod  had  selected  the  groud 'for  their  deadly  strife.  The  front 
and  grappled,  toifing  fike  wrestlers,  biting  and 


CHAP,  vii.]  ANT-BATTLES—FOREST—BIRDS.  57 

ing ;  they  soon  fell  exhausted  and  in  the  death-agony.  Others 
fought  over  their  bodies  and  likewise  fell,  and  still  continually 
over  the  increasing  pile  poured  on  the  legions  of  survivors, 
lighting  for  several  days  in  succession  until  a  pile  of  a  peck  or 
more  lay  like  a  pyramid.  They  marched  to  certain  death,  and, 
had  their  size  been  proportionate  to  their  courage,  these  battle- 
fields had  mocked  earth's  bloodiest. 

The  woods  about  Taiiaii  were  of  the  loftiest  growth  and  filled 
with  game,  both  birds  and  animals.  Here  we  first  encountered 
the  gorgeous  macaws,  climbing  over  the  fruit-covered  branches 
and  hoarsely  crying.  They  were  wiser  than  most  birds,  however, 
having  acquired  something  of  that  faculty  from  long  experience  ; 
for  their  brilliant  colours  and  long  plumes  render  them  desirable 
in  the  eyes  of  every  Indian.  They  were  not  unwilling  to  allow 
us  one  glimpse,  but  beyond  that  we  never  attained. 

As  might  be  expected,  woodpeckers  are  exceedingly  numerous 
throughout  these  forests,  and  tne  size  of  most  species  is  in  some 
proportion  to  the  labour  they  have  to  perform  in  gaining  their 
livelihood  from  these  enormous  trees.  Everywhere  is  heard 
their  loud  rattle  and  harsh  peculiar  note.  In  this  latter  respect 
many  species  so  resembled  those  familiar  to  us  at  home,  that  we 
could  scarcely  believe  that  the  stranger  that  fell  dead  at  our  feet, 
victim  of  a  long  successful  shot,  ought  not  to  have  been  one  of 
the  golden-wings  or  red-heads  that  we  had  so  often  tried  our 
skill  upon. 

The  same  varieties  are  found  throughout  the  river  country, 
as  common  upon  the  Rio  Negro  as  at  Para.  The  most  gaudy 
of  all,  and  the  especial  favourite  of  the  Indians,  is  the  Picus 
rubricollis,  whose  crested  head,  neck,  and  breast  are  of  a  bril- 
liant red.  Another  finely  crested  species  is  the  P.  lineatus. 
There  is  also  the  P.  fulvus,  nearly  the  size  of  our  golden-wing, 
and  of  a  deep-brown  colour.  Another,  as  large,  is  almost  wholly 
of  a  light  yellow.  Of  lesser  species  there  seemed  no  end,  and 
some  of  them  were  singularly  diminutive. 

The  tree-creepers  were  a  more  eagerly  sought  family,  and 
two  beautiful  little  species  are  quite  common  in  the  vicinity  of 
Para.  One  of  these  is  of  a  deep  indigo  blue,  with  a  black 
throat,  Certhia  coernlea ;  the  other,  C.  cayana,  is  conspicuous 
for  the  brilliant  ultramarine  blue  that  caps  his  head  ;  otherwise 


68  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  vn; 

he  is  marked  with  blue  and  black  and  yellow.  These  little 
things  are  usually  r  een  running  up  and  down  the  tree-trunks,  or 
flitting  hurriedly  from  branch  to  branch,  busied  in  searching  for 
insects  upon  the  bark.  They  are  extremely  familiar  and  allow 
of  near  approach.  At  intervals  they  emit  slight  whispering  notes, 
but  their  anxious  haste  leaves  one  with  the  impression  that  they 
might  do  themselves  much  more  credit  as  songsters  at  their 
leisure.  We  never  fell  in  with  these  species  up  the  river,  their 
place  there  being  supplied  by  other  varieties. 

In  the  lower  woods  were  great  numbers  of  doves  of  many 
species,  but  similar  to  those  we  had  elsewhere  met.  Most 
beautiful  of  all  is-the  Pombo  troucal — Columba  speciosa  (Linn.), 
the  "  bird  of  the  painted  breast."  They  are  of  large  size,  and 
usually  are  seen  in  pairs  within  the  shade  of  some  dense  tree,  but 
early  in  the  morning  are  often  discovered  in  large  numbers  upon 
the  limbs  of  leafless  trees,  of  which,  at  every  season,  there  are 
very  many  throughout  the  forest. 

About  every  plantation  are  two  varieties  of  tanagers,  domes- 
tic as  our  robin,  resting  in  the  orange-trees  under  the  windows, 
and  constantly  flitting  among  the  branches,  uttering  their  few 
notes,  which,  though  pleasing,  can  scarcely  be  called  a  song. 
One  of  these,  the  Silver-bill,  Tanagra  jacapa,  has  a  crimson- 
velvet  livery  and  silvery  bill ;  the  other,  Tanagra  cana,  is  mostly 
a  sky-blue.  The  former  is  called  Pipira,  from  its  note.  Its 
nest  is  neatly  formed  of  leaves  and  tendrils  of  vines,  and  the  eggs 
are  usually  three  and  four,  of  a  light-blue  colour  and  much 
marked  at  the  larger  end  w  ith  spots  of  brown. 

Upon  one  occasion  A brought  in  a  sloth  which  he  had 

shot,  and  I  skinned  him,  with  the  intention  of  preserving  his 
body  for  some  anatomical  friend  at  home,  to  whom  sloths  might 
be  a  novelty.  But  our  cook  was  too  alert  for  us,  and,  before  we 
were  aware,  she  had  him  from  the  peg  where  he  hung  dripping, 
and  into  the  stewpan,  whence  he  made  his  debut  upon  our 
dinner-table.  We  dissembled  our  disappointment  and  did  our 
best  to  look  with  favour  upon  the  beast,  but  his  lean  and  tough 
flesh,  nevertheless,  could  not  compare  with  monkey. 

There  are  animals  much  resembling  the  racoon,  called  coatis. 
They  are  extremely  playful,  and  may  occasionally  be  seen  gam- 
bolling in  parties  of  two  or  more  among  the  dry  leaves.  When 


CIIAP.  vii.]      BUTTERFLIES— FESTIVAL  OF  JUDAS.  59 

tame  they  possess  all  a  racoon's  mischievousness.  These,  as 
well  as  monkeys,  according  to  Goldsmith,  were  wont  of  old  to 
live  upon  their  own  tails. 

One  of  the  negroes  brought  us  a  little  animal  of  the  opossum 
kind,  called  the  Macura  Qhecjhega.  It  was  scarcely  larger  than 
a  small  squirrel,  and  its  hair  was  of  silky  softness.  We  could 
probably  have  preserved  it  alive,  but  its  captor  had  broken  both 
its  hinder  legs  to  prevent  its  running  away.  This  is  the  common 
custom  of  the  blacks  and  Indians,  when  they  desire  to  preserve 
an  animal  for  a  time  before  it  is  eaten. 

About  the  flowers  in  wood  and  field  was  a  profusion  of  butter- 
flies, almost  all  gaudy  beyond  anything  we  have  at  the  North. 
The  most  showy  of  all  was  a  large  variety  of  a  sky-blue  colour 
and  brilliant  metallic  lustre.  We  observed  but  one  species  seen 
also  in  the  Northern  States,  the  common  red  butterfly  of  our 
meadows  in  August.  In  this  clime  the  insects  of  all  kinds  are 
nimble,  beyond  comparison  with  those  elsewhere,  and  often  the 
collector  is  disappointed  in  his  chase.  He  has  a  more  embarrass- 
ing difficulty  than  that,  however,  for,  without  the  most  unceasing 
care,  the  ever-present  ants  will  in  a  few  moments  destroy  the 
labour  of  a  month. 

A  week  passed  rapidly  and  delightfully.  The  fator  returned 
and  urgently  pressed  our  longer  stay,  but  reported  letters  from 
home  hastened  us  back  to  the  city.  The  past  week  had  been 
the  close  of  Lent,  and  during  our  absence  the  city  had  been  alive 
with  rejoicings.  Festas  and  celebrations  had  taken  place  daily, 
and  hundreds  of  proprietors,  with  their  families  and  servants,  had 
collected  from  every  part  to  share  the  general  joyousness.  Of 
all  these  festival-days  that  of  Judas  was  the  favourite,  and  the 
one  especially  devoted  to  uproariousness.  That  unlucky  disciple, 
by  every  sort  of  penance,  atoned  for  the  deeds  done  in  the  flesh. 
He  was  drowned,  he  was  burned,  he  was  hung  in  chains  and 
quartered,  and  was  dragged  by  the  neck  over  the  rough  pave- 
ments, amid  the  execrations  of  the  rabble. 

A  few  days  after  our  return  from  Taiiaii,  in  company  with 
Messrs.  Smith  and  Norris,  we  visited  the  plantation  of  Seuhor 
Angelico,  upon  the  river  Guama,  for  the  purpose  of  seeing  the 
manufacture  of  rubber.  A  few  hours'  pull  brought  us,  by  sun- 
rise, to  a  sitio  upon  the  southern  side,  standing  upon  a  lofty  bank. 


60  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  vn. 

and  commanding  a  fine  view  of  the  river.  Here  we  exchanged 
our  canoe  for  a  moataria,  as  we  were  soon  to  ascend  a  narrow 
igaripe,  where  a  few  inches  of  width  more  or  less  might  be 
material;  after  which,  we  continued  a  little  distance  farther  up 
the  river.  The  Guauia  is  a  larger  stream  than  the  Acara.  but 
much  like  that  river  in  the  appearance  of  its  banks,  these  often 
being  high,  and  in  parts  well  settled.  By  some  of  the  eastern 
branches  of  the  Guama  easy  communication  is  had  with  streams 
flowing  towards  Maranham,  and  this  route  is  occasionally  taken 
by  carriers.  Suddenly  the  boat  turned,  and  we  shot  into  a  little 
igaripe  so  embowered  in  the  trees,  that  we  might  have  passed 
unsuspecting  its  existence.  The  water  was  at  its  height,  calm  as 
a  lake.  Threading  our  narrow  path  between  the  immense  tree- 
trunks,  a  dozen  times  we  seemed  to  have  reached  the  terminus, 
brought  up  by  the  opposing  bank ;  but  as  often  a  turn  would 
discover  itself,  and  we  appeared  as  far  from  the  end  as  ever. 
Standing  in  this  water  were  many  seringa  or  rubber-trees,  their 
light-gray  bark  all  scarred  by  former  wounds.  We  gave  passing 
cuts  at  some  of  them,  and  saw  the  white  gum  trickle  down. 
When  at  last  we  landed,  it  was  to  pick  our  way,  as  best  we  could, 
over  a  precarious  footing  of  logs  and  broken  boards,  from  which 
a  false  step  might  have  precipitated  us  into  mud  rich  and  deep. 
Once  upon  terra  firma,  a  short  walk  brought  us  to  the  house, 
concealed  among  an  orchard  of  cocoa-trees.  A  loud  viva  an- 
nounced our  approach,  and  immediately  Senhor  Angelico  bustled 
out  of  his  hammock,  where  he  lay  swinging  in  the  verandah, 
and  in  his  night-gown  bade  us  welcome.  He  was  a  confidence- 
inspiring  old  gentleman,  with  his  short  stout  body  and  twink- 
ling eyes,  and  a  chuckling  laugh  that  kept  his  fat  sides  in  per- 
petual motion,  belying  somewhat  his  tell-tale  gray  hairs  and  his 
high-sounding  title  of  Justicia  de  Paz. 

The  Senhor  did  not  forget  the  necessities  of  early  travellers. 
A  little  black  boy  brought  around  fresh  water  for  washing,  and 
in  a  trice  breakfast  was  smoking  on  the  table,  our  host  doing  the 
honours  with  beaming  face  and  night-gown  doffed. 

This  was  the  first  decidedly  Brazilian  country-house  that  we 
nad  visited,  and  a  description  of  it  may  not  be  uninteresting.  It 
was  of  one  story,  covering  a  large  area,  and  distinguished  in  front 
by  a  deep  verandah.  The  frame  of  the  house  was  of  upright 


CHAP,  vii.]  BRAZILIAN  COUNTRY-HOUSE.  61 


beams,  crossed  by  small  poles,  well  fastened  together  by  withes 
of  sepaw.  A  thick  coat  of  clay  entirely  covered  this  both 
within  and  without,  hardened  by  exposure  into  stone.  The  floors 
were  of  the  same  hard  material,  and  in  front  of  the  hammocks 
were  spread  broad  reed-mats,  answering  well  the  purpose  of 
carpets.  Few  and  small  windows  were  necessary,  as  the  inmates 
of  the  house  passed  most  of  the  day  in  the  open  air  or  in  the 
verandah,  where  hammocks  were  suspended  for  lounging  or  for 
the  daily  siesta.  The  roof  was  of  palm  thatch,  beautifully  made, 
like  basket-work  in  neatness,  and  enduring  for  years.  The 
dining-table  stood  in  the  back  verandah,  and  long  benches  were 
placed  by  its  sides  as  seats.  Back  of  the  house,  and  entirely  dis- 
tinct, was  a  covered  shed  used  for  the  kitchen  and  other  purposes. 
Any  number  of  little  negroes,  of  all  ages  and  sizes,  and  all  naked, 
were  running  about,  clustering  around  the  table  as  we  ate,  watch- 
ing every  motion  with  eyes  expressive  of  fun  and  frolic,  and  as 
comfortably  at  home  as  could  well  be  imagined.  Pigs,  dogs, 
chickens,  and  ducks,  assumed  the  same  privilege,  notwithstanding 
the  zealous  efforts  of  one  little  ebony,  who  seemed  to  have  them 
in  his  especial  charge.  Do  his  best  he  could  not  clear  them  all 
out  from  under  the  table  at  the  same  time ;  they  knew  their 
rights.  But  these  little  inconveniences  one  soon  becomes  accus- 
tomed to,  and  regards  them  as  matters  of  course.  The  house 
stood  in  a  grove,  and  round  about,  for  some  distance,  what  had 
been  a  cultivated  plantation  was  growing  up  to  forest,  the  Senhor 
having  turned  his  attention  to  the  seringa.  Scattered  here  and 
there  were  neat-looking  houses  of  the  blacks,  many  of  whom  were 
about,  and  all  as  fat  and  happy  as  their  master.  It  was  amusing 
to  see  the  little  fellows,  crammed  full  of  farinha  and  up  to  any 
mischief,  come  capering  about  the  Senhor,  evidently  considering 
him  the  best  playmate  on  the  premises.  He  enjoyed  their  frolics 
exceedingly,  and  with  a  word  or  a  motion  would  set  them  wild 
with  glee.  It  is  this  universally  kind  relation  between  master 
and  slaves  in  Brazil  that  robs  slavery  of  its  horrors,  and  changes 
it  into  a  system  of  mutual  dependence  and  good"  will. 

We  strolled  about  the  woods  several  hours,  shooting  birds  and 
squirrels  or  collecting  plants.  Some  of  the  air-plants  found  here 
produced  flowers  of  more  exquisite  beauty  than  we  ever  met  else- 
where, particularly  a  variety  of  Stanhopea,  which  bore  a  large, 


62  A  VOYAGE  UP  T*HE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  vn. 

white,  bell-shaped  flower.  This  we  succeeded  in  transporting  to 
New  York,  and  it  is  now  in  the  greenhouse  of  Mr.  Hogg,  toge- 
ther with  many  other  plants  of  our  collecting.  Under  his  care 
they  promise  to  renew  the  beauty  of  their  native  woods.  We 
engaged  a  score  of  little  hands  to  pick  up  the  shells  of  the  B. 
haemastoma.  which  in  some  places  strewed  the  ground.  "Why 
so  many  empty  shells  were  there  it  was  impossible  to  understand. 
The  Senhor  asserted  that  the  animals  vacated  their  shells  yearly. 

A shot  an  armadillo  in  the  path,  which  was  served  up  for  our 

dinner.  The  flesh  resembled,  in  appearance  and  taste,  young  pork. 

In  the  afternoon  rain  commenced  pouring,  and  we  were  obliged 
to  take  to  our  hammocks  in  the  verandah,  amusing  ourselves  as 
we  might.  All  night  long  the  rain  continued,  and  to  such  a 
degree  that  it  was  found  impossible  to  collect  the  sap  of  the 
seringa.  Greatly  to  our  disappointment,  therefore,  we  were 
obliged  to  return  ungratified  in  the  main  object  of  our  visit, 
although  in  every  other  sense  we  had  been  richly  repaid.  We  had 
afterwards  opportunities  of  observing  the  manufacture  of  shoes, 
which  in  its  proper  place  will  be  described.  Why  rubber  should 
be  designated  by  the  barbarous  name  of  caoutchouc  I  cannot 
tell.  Throughout  the  province  of  Para,  its  home,  it  is  univer- 
sally called  seringa,  a  far  more  elegant  and  pronounceable  appel- 
lation certainly. 

On  our  way  down  the  river  we  saw  the  nose  of  an  alligator 
protruding  from  the  water,  as  he  swam  up  the  current.  These 
animals  very  rarely  are  met  in  these  streams,  and,  indeed,  through- 
out the  whole  lower  Amazon  region,  excepting  in  the  islands  at 
the  mouth  of  the  river,  where  they  abound. 

While  absent  upon  this  excursion,  Mr.  Bradley,  an  Irishman, 
who  trades  upon  the  upper  Amazon,  arrived  at  Mr.  Norris's, 
bringing  many  singular  birds  and  curiosities  of  various  kinds. 
One  of  the  former  was  a  young  harpy  eagle,  a  most  ferocious- 
looking  character,  with  a  harpy's  crest  and  a  beak  and  talons  in 
correspondence.  He  was  turned  loose  into  the  garden,  and  before 
long  gave  us  a  sample  of  his  powers.  With  erected  crest  and 
flashing  eyes,  uttering  a  frightful  shriek,  he  pounced  upon  a  young 
ibis,  and  quicker  than  thought  had  torn  his  reeking  liver  from 
his  body.  The  whole  animal  world  below  there  was  wild  with 
fear.  The  monkeys  scudded  to  a  hiding-place,  and  parrots, 


CHAP,  viii.]         MONKEY-EXCURSION  TO  VIGIA.  63 

herons,  ibises,  and  mutuns,  with  all  the  hen  tribe  that  could 
muster  the  requisite  feathers,  sprang  helter-skelter  over  the  fences, 
some  of  them  never  to  be  reclaimed. 

A  less  formidable  venture  was  a  white  monkey,  pretty  nearly 
equal,  in  his  master's  estimation,  to  most  children  and  some 
adults.  Nick  had  not  been  with  us  long  before  he  was  upon  the 
top  of  the  house,  and  refused  all  solicitations  to  come  down.  It 
was  of  no  use  to  pursue  him.  Moving  slowly  off,  as  though  he 
appreciated  the  joke,  he  would  at  last  perch  upon  some  inacces- 
sible point,  and  to  the  moving  entreaties  of  his  master  would 
reply  by  the  applied  thumb  to  nose,  and  the  monkey  jabber  of 
"  No,  you  don't."  At  other  times,  when  there  was  no  danger  of 
sudden  surprises,  he  amused  his  leisure  by  running  over  all  the 
roofs  in  the  block,  raising  the  tiles,  and  peering  down  into  the 
chambers,  to  the  general  dismay.  At  length,  as  fair  means 
would  not  do,  foul  must ;  and  Nick  received  a  discharge  from  a 
gun  loaded  with  corn.  But  somewhere  upon  the  roof  he  ob- 
tained a  rag  of  cloth,  and,  holding  it  before  him,  he  would  peep 
over  the  top,  ready  to  dodge  the  flash.  It  would  not  do ;  we 
gave  Nick  up  as  lost ;  but  of  his  own  accord  he  at  last  descended, 
and  submitted  to  durance. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

SOON  after  Mr.  Bradley's  arrival  Dr.  Costa,  the  chief  judge  of 
the  district  of  the  Rio  Negro,  also  arrived  in  Para,  upon  his  way 
to  Rio  Janeiro,  and,  learning  that  we  desired  to  visit  the  towns 
upon  the  Amazon,  very  kindly  offered  us  his  galliota  and  Indians 
for  that  purpose.  So  tempting  an  offer  allowed  of  no  hesitation, 
but,  as  Mr.  Bradley  was  to  be  in  readiness  to  make  the  same 
journey  in  a  few  days,  we  determined  to  await  his  convenience, 
and  meanwhile  to  make  a  short  excursion  to  Vigia.  This  town  is 
about  fifty  miles  below,  near  the  junction  of  a  small  tide-stream 
with  the  Grand  Para.  As  the  direct  passage  down  the  river 
offered  little  of  interest,  and  moreover,  at  this  still  squally  season, 
was  somewhat  hazardous  in  a  small  canoe,  we  determined  on  the 
inland  course,  winding  about  among  the  islands,  and  requiring 
perhaps  double  the  time. 


64  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  mi. 

"We  left  Para  on  the  1st  of  May,  in  the  same  canoe  that  carried 
us  to  Magoary.  and  with  the  same  negroes  whom  we  had  here- 
tofore employed.  These  fellows,  by  long  acquaintance,  assisted  by 
a  modicum  of  their  own  good  nature  and  a  due  sense  of  our 
generosity,  had  moulded  themselves  pretty  much  to  our  wishes. 
Unmerited  oblivion  ought  not  yet  to  overtake  these  good  com- 
panions of  our  wanderings,  and  who  knows  but  that  a  charcoal 
sketch  of  their  lineaments  and  characteristics  may  discover  them 
to  the  notice  of  some  other  travellers,  who  may  hereafter  have 
like  necessities  with  ourselves  ?  And  first,  our  round-faced,  jolly- 
looking,  well-conditioned  Faustino ;  somewhat  less  a  beauty, 
perhaps,  than  Nature  intended,  by  reason  of  undisguisable 
tracing-:  of  small-pox.  Yet  many  a  worse  failing  might  be  amply 
redeemed  by  the  happy  smile  that  ever  lightened  up  his  coal- 
black  countenance,  particularly  when  enlivened  by  the  slightest 
possible  infusion  of  cashaca,  which,  as  with  the  Rev.  Mr.  Stig- 
gins,  is  his  weakness.  Faustino  is  a  famous  story-teller,  and 
enacts  his  own  heroes  with  a  dramatic  effect  that  is  often  very 
amusing.  He  is  gifted  in  song  too  ;  and  many  a  night  have  Ids 
sweet  catches  softened  our  hard  couch,  and  hushed  us  to  sleep. 

Faustino's  companero  doubtless  once  claimed  a  name  proper  ; 
but  long  since  it  seems  to  have  been  absorbed  by  the  more  dis- 
tinguishing and  emphatic  designation  of  Checo,  which  in  this 
country  signifies  "  small,"  a  name  by  no  means  inapt.  A  Greek 
proverb  says  "  there  is  grace  in  the  small ;"  but  Checo  has  been 
a  soldier,  and  now  Checo's  right  eye  is  cocked  for  the  enemy,  and 
his  left  has  an  expressive  squint  toward  the  remote  thicket.  Nor 
do  his  eyes  belie  him,  doubtless  ;  for  though  he  can  wear  out  the 
night  with  his  adventures  in  the  southern  provinces,  no  scar  dis- 
figures his  anteriors  or  posteriors  as  he  sits  glistening  in  the  sun, 
naked  as  the  day  he  was  born.  But  Checo  is  faithful,  and 
abhors  cashaca. 

Besides  these  two,  we  were  forced  to  take  a  pilot,  on  account 
of  the  intricacy  of  the  passage,  and  therefore  a  lazy,  villanous- 
lookin°r  mixture  of  Brazilian  and  Indian  sat  at  the  helm  ;  while 

O 

a  boy,  like  a  monkey,  whom  he  brought  on  board  for  what  he 
could  steal,  was  annoying  us  perpetually. 

As  there  were  no  occupants  of  the  cabin  but  A and  my- 
self, we  had  a  comfortable  allowance  of  ro°m  wherein  to  stretch 


CHAP,  viii.]    INLAND  PASSAGE-EGRETS  AND  HERONS.  65 

ourselves ;  and  about  us,  in  ship-shape  order,  upon  the  cabin 
sides,  were  piled  our  baggage,  implements,  and  provisions ; 
among  which  latter  farinha,  bread,  and  molasses  predominated. 
Knives  and  forks,  spoons  and  plates,  completed  the  furniture  of 
our  cuisine;  and  our  table-cloth  was  a  Turkish  rug,  whose  more 
legitimate  office  it  was  to  "  feather  our  nests"  at  night. 

Before  dark  we  had  left  the  river,  and  starlight  found  us  as- 
cending a  stream  in  nowise  distinguished  in  the  character  of  its 
scenery  from  those  which  I  have  heretofore  described  ;  and  yet 
perpetually  interesting  from  the  ever  new  views  that  constant 
windings  presented,  and  which  required  neither  sunlight  nor 
moonlight  to  cause  us  to  appreciate  their  loveliness.  With  the 
changing  tide  we  anchored,  and  turned  in  for  the  night.  It  was 
amusing  always  to  observe  with  what  indifference  our  boatmen 
would  stretch  themselves  out  upon  the  seats,  unprotected  in  any 
way  from  rain  or  dew,  and  drop  at  once  into  a  profound  sleep, 
ready  at  an  instant's  warning  to  start  again  to  the  oars.  The  pilot 
had  brought  along  a  hammock,  which  he  swung  between  tlie 
masts,  high  above  the  others'  heads  ;  thus  obtaining  a  situation 
that  might  have  been  envied  by  his  masters,  had  not  frequent  ac- 
quaintance with  hard  resting-places  somewhat  weakened  their 
sensibilities. 

Some  hours  before  daybreak  we  were  again  under  way  ;  and 
the  first  glimpse  of  light  found  us  exchanging  the  cabin  for  the 
deck,  where,  guns  in  hand,  we  planted  ourselves,  ready  to  take 
advantage  of  any  unsuspicious  egrets  that  might  be  feeding  upon 
the  muddy  bank.  These  egrets,  or  gargas,  as  they  term  them  in 
Brazil,  are  small,  and  of  a  snowy  white,  the  Ardea  candidissima ; 
and  are  a  very  interesting  addition  to  the  river  beauties  as  they 
stalk  along  the  banks,  or  sit  perched  upon  the  bushes,  in  the 
distance  resembling  so  many  flowers.  The  stream  was  narrow, 
and  the  canoe  was  steered  to  one  side  or  the  other,  as  we  saw 
these  birds ;  and  thus,  until  by  repeated  alarms,  and  much  thin- 
ning of  their  ranks,  they  had  become  shy  of  our  approach,  they 
afforded  us  constant  sport.  Sometimes,  far  in  the  distance, 
the  keen  eyes  of  the  men  would  descry  the  great  blue  heron, 
the  Ardea  herodias  ;  and  with  silent  oars  and  beating  hearts  we 
crept  along  the  shore,  hoping  to  take  him  unawares.  But  it  was 
of  no  avail ;  his  quick  ear  detected  the  approaching  danger  ;  and 

F 


66  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.     [CHAP.  mi. 

long  before  we  could  attain  shooting  distance  he  had  slowly 
raised  himself,  and  flown  farther  on,  only  to  excite  us  still  more 
in  his  pursuit. 

About  nine  o'clock  we  stopped  at  a  small  sugar-estate,  where 
we  proposed  to  remain  over  the  tide.  In  landing  I  inadvertently 
stepped  off  the  blind  stepping-stones,  and  brought  up  all  standing 
with  my  knees  in  the  mud,  and  slippers  almost  beyond  re- 
demption. However,  I  contrived  to  hook  these  out,  and  marched 
in  stocking  feet  the  remainder  of  the  distance  to  the  house,  pre- 
senting, doubtless,  an  appearance  as  diverting  as  pitiful.  But 
the  whites  and  negroes  who  crowded  the  verandah,  and  awaited 
our  approach,  seemed  too  much  accustomed  to  such  mishaps  to 
mind  them,  and  a  quickly  applied  liniment  of  agua  fresca  soon 
put  all  to  rights  again.  We  strolled  into  the  woods,  and,  after 
chasing  about  until  we  were  weary,  returned  with  several  birds, 
mostly  motmots  and  doves,  and  a  number  of  the  fruits  called 
cupuassu.  These  are  of  the  size  and  shape  of  a  cocoa-nut  in  the 
husk,  and  within  the  shell  is  a  fibrous,  acid  pulp,  of  which  a  de- 
lightful drink  is  made,  much  like  lemonade.  The  producing 
tree  is  common  in  the  forest,  and  of  great  size  and  beauty.  The 
afternoon  was  rainy,  and  we  were  confined  below.  But  the  time 
passed  not  at  all  tediously,  for,  beside  the  preserving  of  the  birds, 
we  had  store  of  books  wherewith  to  beguile  our  leisure.  Next 
morning  we  shot  some  rail,  skulking  among  the  mangrove- 
roots  by  the  water's  edge.  These  birds  are  called  from  their 
notes  Cyracuras,  and  are  heard  upon  all  these  streams  in  the 
early  morning,  or  the  dusk  of  evening,  loudly  cackling.  It 
is  unusual  to  observe  more  than  one  in  a  place,  but  at  consider- 
able distances  they  call  and  answer  each  other.  This  is  one  of 
the  birds  that  the  citizens  delight  to  domesticate.  We  heard  also 
the  sharp,  quickly  repeated  notes  of  the  sun-bird,  the  Ardea 
helias,  and  the  most  beautiful  of  the  heron  tribe.  Almost  every 
bird  is  named  in  this  part  of  Brazil  from  its  note ;  but  this,  by 
way  of  distinction,  is  called  the  pavon,  or  peacock.  These  birds 
were  shy,  and  we  yet  were  ungratified  by  seeing  one. 

The  mangroves  that  skirt  all  these  streams  are  a  curious 
feature ;  the  tree  itself  is  low,  and  has  a  small  stem  ;  but  from 
this  radiate  in  every  direction  towards  the  water  long  finger- 
like  branches.  These  take  root  in  the  mud,  and  are  really  the 


CHAP,  vin.]    MANGROVES— INSOLENCE  OF  PILOT— VIGIA.      67 

roots  of  the  tree,  supporting  the  stem  at  some  distance  above  the 
water.  When  they  are  small  they  serve  for  arrows  to  the 
Indians,  being  very  light,  and  often  perfectly  straight.  They 
not  only  so  bind  the  soil  as  to  prevent  its  wearing  away  by  the 
constant  flowings  of  the  tide,  but  catch  all  sorts  of  drift,  which 
in  this  way  contributes  to  the  body  of  the  island.  Indeed  whole 
islands  are  thus  formed  ;  and  within  the  memory  of  residents  an 
island  of  considerable  size  has  sprung  up  within  sight  of  the  city 
of  Para.  In  a  similar  way  the  thousands  of  islands  that  dot  the 
whole  Amazon  have  been  formed. 

Ever  since  we  left  Para  our  pilot  had  been  inclined  to  in- 
solence, but  this  afternoon,  from  the  effects  of  cashaca  which  he 
had  obtained  at  some  of  our  landings,  became  intolerable. 

A ,  at  last,  took  his' jug  from  him  and  pitched  it  overboard, 

giving  him  to  understand  that  its  owner  would  speedily  follow 
unless  he  changed  his  tone.  This  cowed  the  fellow  into  better 

manners,  and  A sent  him  forward,  taking  the  helm  himself. 

No  traveller  will  care  to  employ  a  second  time  one  of  these  low 
whites  or  half-breeds. 

Towards  evening,  as  we  approached  Vigia,  we  came  upon  a 
bank,  where  a  large  flock  of  ga^as,  mixed  with  herons,  spoon- 
bills, and  scarlet  ibises,  were  feeding.  This  was  the  first  time 
we  had  seen  the  latter,  but  the  sun  was  too  low  to  discover  all 
their  beauty.  By  eight  o'clock  we  had  anchored  off  Vigia.  This 
town  had  once  been  populous,  and  even  contained  a  Jesuit  col- 
lege ;  but  long  since  the  houses  had  gone  to  decay,  and  the 
forest  .encroached  upon  the  streets.  It  is  now  principally  in- 
habited by  fishermen,  and  in  the  distant  view  appears  like  Para, 
the  same  building  material  being  used.  We  were  not  to  stop 
here,  as  our  letters  were  to  Senhor  Godinho,  who  lived  upon  a 
small  igaripe  opposite  the  town,  distant  a  few  miles ;  therefore 
we  were  early  under  way,  although  the  tide  was  against  us.  In 
a  high  bank  which  we  passed  were  several  holes  of  kingfishers, 
and  numbers  of  the  birds,  some  very  small,  others  twice  the  size 
of  our  kingfisher  of  the  north,  were  flying  about.  At  length  we 
turned  into  the  desired  igaripe,  and,,  by  dint  of  hard  rowing  and 
poling,  advanced  as  far  as  the  shell  of  a  house  stuck  upon  the 
bank,  whither  our  pilot  went  for  directions.  The  fellow  kept  us 
waiting  a  half-hour,  and  we  pushed  off  without  him,  pleased 

f  2 


68  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.     [CHAP.  vra. 

enough  to  repay  his  villanies  by  a  long  walk  through  the  mud 
and  bushes ;  but  the  tide  was  out,  and  we  lodged  immovably  in 
the  mud,  and  for  an  hour's  space  were  fain  to  keep  ourselves  in 
as  good  humour  as  we  might  under  a  burning  sun,  until  the  tide 
came  to  our  relief.  A  beautiful  red  hawk  sat  near  by,  eying 
our  movements,  and  a  flock  of  buzzards  were  eating  the  crabs 
along  the  exposed  mud.  lumbers  of  little  sandpipers,  the 
Totanus  solitarius,  were  running  about,  hasting  to  get  their 
breakfasts  before  the  flooding  waters  should  return.  There  were 
many  dead  fish  lying  about,  often  of  large  size.  We  afterwards 
learned  that  these  had  been  killed  by  poison  thrown  into  the 
holes  which  they  frequent  at  low  water. 

As  the  tide  rose,  we  pushed  slowly  on,  and  soon  opened  into  a 
large  clear  space,  at  the  remote  end  of  which  appeared  the  plant- 
ation-house. Senhor  Godinho  met  us  upon  the  dock  which  ran 
directly  by  the  side  of  his  mill,  and  welcomed  us  in  good  English 
with  the  greatest  warmth  and  politeness.  "We  at  once  felt  our- 
selves at  home.  Forthwith  our  luggage  was  unstored,  a  room 
was  opened  to  the  light,  very  much  to  the  astonishment  of  the 
bats  and  cockroaches,  and  the  blacksmith  made  his  appearance 
with  hooks  and  staples  for  our  hammocks.  We  followed  the 
Senhor  to  the  verandah  above,  and  under  the  cool  breeze  soon 
lost  all  thoughts  of  our  morning's  broiling.  Everything  about  in- 
dicated opulence  and  plenty.  Blacksmiths,  carpenters,  and  masons 
were  at  work  in  their  different  vocations ;  the  negroes  and  oxen 
were  driving  the  sugar-mills ;  the  steam-pipe  of  the  distillery  was 
in  full  blast ;  and  stacks  of  demijohns  and  jars  were  piled  in  the 
rooms,  or  standing  ready  to  receive  the  cashaca  or  molasses. 

The  house  was  surrounded  by  woods,  some  nearer,  some  farther ; 
and  directly  in  front  of  the  verandah  was  an  intervening  swamp. 
along  whose  edges  cyracuras  were  feeding,  and  in  the  middle  of 
which  pigs  and  goats  disputed  empire  with  various  small  water- 
birds  and  a  tame  white  heron.  Beyond,  to  the  left,  and  extending 
several  miles,  was  a  prairie  or  campo,  crossed  by  parallel  strips 
of  woods,  and  the  loud  cries  of  parrots  and  toucans  came  swelling 
on  the  breeze.  This  was  irresistible,  and  as  soon  as  we  could 
despatch  a  hearty  dinner,  guns  in  hand  we  sallied  on  a  tour  of 
exploration.  The  trees  were  all  low,  and  the  ground  was  crossed 
in  every  direction  by  the  paths  of  the  hogs,  who  roamed  over 


CHAP,  vni.]          PARROTS— SUN-BIRD— BOATBILL.  69 

these  campos,  half  tamed,  in  immense  numbers.  Water  lay  upon 
the  surface  of  the  ground,  often  to  considerable  depth,  but  that 
we  little  cared  for.  We  soon  discovered  the  palms  upon  which 
the  parrots  were  feeding,  and  in  a  short  time  the  boy  who  accom 
panied  us  was  loaded  with  as  many  of  these  birds  as  he  could  carry. 
The  large  parrots,  as  they  fly  slowly  along,  have  a  very  conjugal 
appearance ;  always  moving  in  pairs,  side  by  side,  and  each  and 
all  discoursing  with  a  noisy  volubility  that  must  destroy  the  effect 
of  what  they  have  to  say.  When  one  from  a  pair  is  brought 
down,  it  is  amusing  to  see  the  survivor  continue  chattering  on, 
without  missing  a  word  or  altering  his  course  ;  altogether  exhibit- 
ing a  cool  self-possession  most  anti-conjugal.  Returning  to  the 
house,  we  busied  ourselves  in  preserving  such  specimens  as  we 
wanted,  the  Senhor  looking  on  with  great  interest,  and  relating 
anecdotes  and  histories  of  different  animals  and  birds  thereabout, 
and  which  in  his  solitude  he  had  both  time  and  inclination  for 
observing.  In  the  morning  we  were  out  again,  and,  indeed,  were 
thus  occupied  every  morning  for  a  week,  constantly  obtaining 
something  new  and  curious,  besides  keeping  the  table  well  sup- 
plied with  game.  It  seems  as  heterodox  to  eat  parrot  as  monkey, 
yet  fricasseed  parrot  might  rank  favourably  with  most  kinds  of 
wild  game.  In  a  day  or  two  one  of  the  Senhor's  men,  a  free 
mulatto,  six  feet  in  height,  straight  as  an  arrow,  and  with  an  eye 
like  a  hawk,  was  enlisted  in  our  service,  through  his  master's 
kindness.  Gregorio  had  a  companero,  an  Indian  of  like  charac- 
teristics and  propensities,  called  Francisco,  and  between  the  two 
we  were  under  a  press  of  business.  One  of  the  birds  which  they 
procured  for  us  was  the  much-desired  sun-bird.  It  was  small, 
and  exquisitely  marked,  "  its  plumage  being  shaded  in  bands  and 
lines  with  brown,  fawn-colour,  red,  gray,  and  black,  recalling  to 
our  minds  the  most  beautiful  of  the  nocturnal  Lepidoptera."  We 
frequently  saw  this  bird  domesticated  in  other  parts  of  the  pro- 
vince, and  in  this  state  it  becomes  exceedingly  familiar,  living 
entirely  on  flies  and  other  insects.  Another  species  as  curious  as 
the  last,  though  not  for  its  beauty,  was  the  boatbill,  Cancroma 
cochlearia.  It  is  of  the  heron  kind,  but,  unlike  its  congeners, 
each  mandible  is  shaped  like  half  a  keeled  boat,  short  and  broad. 
From  the  head  long  plumes  extend  far  down  the  back.  One 
would  think  that  nature  delighted  to  give  the  most  fantastic 


TO  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  vm. 

shapes  to  her  handiwork  in  these  climes.  Besides  these  dwellers 
of  the  water  were  herons  of  various  sorts,  snowy,  white,  blue,  et 
alii,  in  profusion.  The  woods  afforded  us  most  of  the  species  we 
had  observed  elsewhere,  and  many  others  entirely  new.  Here,  a 
singular  family  was  the  Tinamus,  gallinaceous  birds,  resembling 
pheasants  in  their  habits,  but  shaped  more  like  rails  than  any 
other  bird,  having  long,  slender  necks,  and  scarcely  any  tails. 
They  are  universally  known  by  the  name  of  Inambu,  and  different 
species  of  the  family  are  found  throughout  northern  Brazil.  The 
eggs  of  these  birds  are  of  the  deepest  green,  and  are  superior  to 
those  of  domestic  fowls  in  taste.  Here  also  were  large,  reddish- 
brown  cuckoos,  moving  stealthily  about  the  low  trees,  uttering 
at  intervals  the  note  which  so  generally  characterizes  the  family, 
and  searching  for  caterpillars,  and,  it  may  be,  the  eggs  of  the  little 
and  defenceless  birds.  The  common  species  is  the  Cuculus  ca- 
yanus,  rather  larger  than  our  yellow-billed  cuckoo,  but  of  inferior 
beauty.  Another  species  much  resembling  this  in  colour,  but  of 
half  the  size,  is  often  seen,  and,  with  far  greater  familiarity  than 
the  cayanus,  comes  into  the  orange  and  cuya  trees,  about  the 
houses,  in  search  of  worms'  nests. 

Upon  the  campo  were  flocks  of  red-breasted  orioles,  Icterus  mi- 
litarb,  of  a  deep-brown  colour,  except  upon  the  breast  and  throat, 
which  glow  with  a  rich  red.  These  birds  have  rather  the  habits 
of  starlings  than  orioles,  being  usually  seen  upon  the  ground,  or 
upon  the  low  bushes  which  here  and  there  diversify  the  campo. 

Here  was  also  a  large  variety  of  lapwing,  called  Terraterra, 
from  its  loud  and  constantly  repeated  note. 

By  the  brooks,  which  crossed  the  paths  through  the  trees,  num- 
bers of  pretty  doves  of  all  sizes  were  congregated,  now  proudly 
strutting  with  outspread  tails  and  drooping  wings,  now  chasing 
each  other  about  the  sandy  margin,  and  now,  with  ruffled  feathers, 
bathing  themselves  in  the  limpid  water,  and  tossing  the  cooling 
drops  over  their  shoulders. 

Among  the  low  shrubs  and  about  the  cocoa-trees  near  the  house 
were  many  small  species  of  birds,  none  prettier  than  the  tingtings, 
Tanagra  violacea  and  T.  chlorotica,  two  species  of  small  tanagers, 
with  steel-blue  backs  and  yellow  breasts,  frequently  «-een  in  cages 
in  Para.  There  was  one  other  cage-bird  we  sometimes  met,  called 
the  rossignol,  or  nightingale,  neither  more  nor  less  than  a  yellow- 


CHAP,  vni.]  IGUANA— SUGAR-CANE— MILL.  71 

shouldered  black  oriole.  It  sings  well,  but  scarcely  deserves  its 
honoured  name. 

Besides  the  birds,  we  had  a  constant  supply  of  monkeys  and 
other  animals  for  the  table.  Our  pilot  laboured  zealously  to  re- 
instate himself  in  our  good  graces,  and  brought  in  various  articles 
which  he  thought  would  assist  him  in  effecting  his  purpose.  One 
of  his  captures  was  a  live  iguana,  called,  in  Brazil,  a  chameleon, 
a  lizard  of  four  feet  length.  He  had  shaken  the  beast  from  a  tree, 
upon  the  leaves  of  which  it  was  feeding,  and  seizing  it  by  the  neck 
and  the  small  of  the  back,  made  it  his  prize.  This  fellow  was  of 
a  greenish  colour,  and  spotted.  Upon  his  back  were  spines,  which 
he  could  erect  at  pleasure.  Upon  the  ground  the  iguanas  move 
slowly,  and  their  tail  is  then  a  powerful  defensive  weapon  against 
their  enemies,  capable  of  inflicting  a  terrible  lash,  as  this  specimen 
showed  us  after  its  arrival  in  the  city.  They  are  much  esteemed 
as  food,  and  their  eggs  are  sought  after  with  avidity  for  the  same 
purpose.  Although  their  food  consists  mostly  of  leaves  and  fruits, 
yet  they  rob  the  nests  of  birds,  as  do  other  lizards. 

Senhor  Godinho  was  one  of  the  most  extensive  planters  of  the 
province,  and  interested  us  greatly  by  his  agricultural  and  other 
information.  The  cane  used  in  his  mills  was  grown  upon  the 
borders  of  the  igaripes,  in  different  localities  ;  and  so  inexhaustible 
is  this  rich  alluvium  that  it  requires  replanting  but  once  in  from 
sixteen  to  twenty  years.  Two  mills  constantly  employed  were  in- 
sufficient to  dispose  of  his  yearly  crop,  and  a  large  outhouse  was 
filled  with  cane  half  ruined  in  consequence.  Most  of  the  syrup 
was  converted  into  casha^a,  that  being  considered  more  profitable 
than  sugar  or  molasses.  Instead  of  tuns  for  the  liquor  in  the  dis- 
tillery, hollowed  tree-trunks  were  used,  one  alone  of  which  con- 
tained twenty -five  pipes'  bulk.  In  the  troubles  of  '35  the  Senhor 
was  compelled  to  flee  the  country,  as  were  all  other  planters  who 
could,  and  in  the  sacking  of  his  place  sustained  great  loss.  He 
was  a  self-made  Portuguese,  formerly  a  merchant  in  Para,  and 
his  ideas  were  more  liberal  than  those  of  his  countrymen  generally, 
as  was  evident  enough  from  his  adoption  of  improved  machinery 
for  the  manufacture  of  his  sugar  instead  of  the  methods  in  use  at 
the  time  of  the  conquest.  There  were  about  one  hundred  slaves 
employed  upon  the  plantation,  and  they  seemed  to  look  up  to  the 
Senhor  with  a  pride  and  affection  which  he  fully  reciprocated. 


72  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZOX.     [CHAP.  vin. 

He  told  us  that  for  months  together  he  was  not  obliged  to  punish 
one  of  them.  They  all  had  ways  of  earning  money  for  them- 
selves, and  upon  holidays  or  other  times  received  regular  wages 
for  their  extra  labour.  There  was  a  novel  custom  here,  usual 
upon  these  retired  plantations.  Soon  after  sunset  all  the  house 
servants  and  the  children  of  the  estate  came  in  form  to  ask  the 
Senhor's  blessing,  which  was  bestowed  by  the  motion  of  the  cross, 
and  some  little  phrase,  as  "  adeos." 

It  was  with  regret  that  we  were  compelled  by  time  to  leave 
the  Campinha.  In  collecting  we  had  been  more  than  usually 
successful.  The  hospitality  of  the  Senhor  had  exceeded  what 
we  had  seen,  even  in  this  hospitable  country.  His  kindness  fol- 
lowed us  to  the  last  moment,  for  we  found  that,  without  our 
knowledge,  he  had  sent  to  the  boat  a  store  of  roasted  fowls  and 
other  provisions,  not  the  most  lightly  esteemed  of  which  were 
some  bottles  of  choice  old  port,  that  had  not  seen  the  light  for 
many  a  long  year. 

We  left,  intending  to  go  below  Vigia  a  few  miles  and  shoot 
ibises,  and  for  this  purpose  took  one  or  two  hunters  with  us  in 

a  montaria.  As  we  passed  the  kingfisher  bank  A took  the 

montaria  with  Francisco,  and,  upon  overtaking  us  an  hour  after, 
brought  five  of  the  larger  and  one  of  the  small  birds. 

Six  or  seven  miles  below  Vigia  we  anchored  at  the  entrance 
of  a  small  igaripe,  beyond  which  the  retiring  tide  had  left  ex- 
posed a  broad  sand-beach.  Here  we  anticipated  finding  plenty 

of  ibises,  and  forthwith  started  A and  the  hunters,  with  as 

great  expedition  as  though  a  flock  of  those  birds  were  in  full 
sight  and  waiting  to  be  shot.  I  took  the  matter  more  leisurely, 
and  sans  ceremonie  plunged  into  the  surf,  enjoying  a  luxurious 
bath,  and  finding  plenty  of  amusement  in  netting  four-eyed  fish, 
that  were  in  abundance  along  the  edge  of  the  water.  Thereafter 
I  strolled  along  the  beach  for  shells,  but  an  hour's  search  gave 
me  but  one  worth  picking  up.  The  water  at  this  place  is  fresh 
during  the  rainy  season  and  salt  in  summer,  and  probably  shell- 
fish of  either  salt  or  fresh  water  do  not  flourish  amid  these 
changes.  The  blacks  meanwhile  were  filling  a  basket  with  large 
crabs  which  they  found  in  deep  holes  in  the  mud  near  shore. 
All  the  hunters  returned  unsuccessful,  but  reported  ibises,  or 
guerras,  farther  clown,  and  therefore  we  prepared  to  go  below 


CHAP,  vin.]  SAND-FLIES— A  PET  ANIMAL.  73 

in  the  canoe.  During  the  day  several  ibises  had  passed  by,  their 
scarlet  livery,  of  dazzling  beauty,  glittering  in  the  sunlight. 
As  we  coasted  along  in  the  dusk  of  evening,  we  could  discover 
the  beach  in  many  parts  black  with  sand-birds  that  had  collected 
for  the  night. 

We  were  terribly  annoyed  this  night  by  the  sand-flies  and 
small  gnats,  swarms  of  which  seemed  to  have  scented  us  out  and 
caused  an  intolerable  itching.  Morning  found  us  anchored  in 
an  igaripe,  and  as  soon  as  the  tide  would  allow  we  dropped  below 
to  the  beach.  The  men  again  were  unsuccessful,  bringing  in 
nothing  but  a  young  spoonbill.  It  was  now  so  late,  and  we  had 
lost  so  much  time,  that  we  determined  not  to  return  to  Vigia, 
where  we  had  intended  to  pass  a  day  or  two  ;  therefore  we  bade 
adieu  to  our  faithful  hunters,  feeling  as  much  regret  as  if  they 
had  been  friends  of  long  acquaintance.  A  fair  wind  was  blowing 
up  the  river,  and  the  tide  was  favourable.  The  former  soon 
became  a  tremendous  gale,  and  the  black  clouds  battled  fearfully. 
The  foresail  was  carried  away,  the  blacks  began  to  call  on  the 
Virgin,  the  frightened  pilot  forgot  his  helm,  and  nothing  but  the 

breadth  of  the  canoe  kept  us  from  going  under.     A sprang 

to  the  helm,  and  in  a  moment  consternation  gave  place  to  effec- 
tive alacrity  and  we  were  safe.  By  ten  o'clock  next  morning 
we  were  in  Para. 

A  letter  from  Senhor  Godinho  to  his  wife  requested  her  to 
send  us  a  singular  pet  animal,  which  the  Senhor  described  as 
small,  having  a  broad  tail  with  which,  umbrella-like,  it  shielded 
itself  from  the  rain,  and  a  lightning-like  capacity  for  moving 
among  the  trees,  now  at  the  bottom,  and  quicker  than  thought 
at  the  top.  But  most  curious  of  all,  and  most  positively  certain, 
this  little  quadruped  was  hatched  from  an  egg.  We  suggested 
to  the  Senhor  various  animals,  but  our  description  of  none 
answered.  Of  course  curiosity  was  at  boiling-point.  We  had 
heard  of  furred  animals  with  ducks'  bills,  and  hairy  fish  that 
chewed  the  cud ;  of  other  fishes  that  went  on  shore  and  climbed 
trees ;  of  two-headed  calves,  and  Siamese  twins ;  but  here  at 
last  was  something  unique — an  animal  hatched  from  an  egg — 
more  wonderful  than  Hydrargoses,  and  a  speculation  to  make 
the  fortunes  of  young  men  of  enterprise.  All  day  we  waited, 
and  nothing  came  ;  the  next  morning  dawned,  the  noon  bell 


74  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  EC. 

tolled,  and.  we  at  last  concluded  that  the  Senhora  had  been  loth 
to  part  with  so  singular  a  pet,  and  that  the  instructions  of  her 
honoured  lord  were  to  be  unheeded.  Dinner  came,  soup  was  on 
our  plates,  spoons  were  in  our  hands,  and  curiosity  had  expended 
itself  by  its  own  lashings,  when  a  strange  footstep  was  heard  at 
the  door-way,  and  a  well-dressed  dusky  Rachel  appeared  bearing 

a  carefully  covered   cuya  intuitively  to  A .     Here  was  the 

wonder.  What  is  it?  What  can  it  be?  What  is  it  like? 
Down  went  soup-spoons ;  suspense  was  painful.  First  unrolled 
a  clean  little  white  sheet — second  another  of  the  same ;  the 
slightest  possible  end  of  a  tail  protruded  from  under  a  third  ;  a 
little  round  nose  and  a  whisker  peeped  from  the  remaining  cot- 
ton ;  and  up  leaped  one  of  the  prettiest  little  squirrels  in  the 
world.  The  little  darling !  Everybody  wanted  him — everybody 
played  with  him ;  and  for  a  long  time  he  was  the  pet  of  thi 
family,  running  about  the  house  as  he  listed. 

The  Indians  all  believe  that  if  they  shoot  at  a  squirrel  the 
gun  is  crooked  ever  after.  Such  superstitions  are  common  with 
respect  to  other  animals,  and,  as  they  are  harmless,  deserve  to  be 
encouraged. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

BEFORE  commencing  the  narrative  of  our  Amazon  expedition,  a 
few  particulars  relating  to  the  early  history  of  this  river  may 
not  be  uninteresting.  For  these  I  am  in  great  part  indebted  to 
Southey,  whose  extensive  work  upon  Brazil  is  the  only  one  of 
authority  readily  accessible. 

Seven  years  after  the  discovery  of  America,  Vincente  Yanez 
Pinzon,  who  under  Columbus  had  commanded  the  Nina,  obtained 
a  commission  from  the  Spanish  sovereigns  to  go  in  search  of  new 
countries.  The  first  point  at  which  he  arrived  is  now  called 
Cape  St.  Augustine,  and  here  he  landed  and  took  formal  pos- 
session of  the  country.  Coasting  thence  northward  the  Spaniards 
came  to  what  they  called  a  sea  of  fresh  water,  and  they  supposed 
themselves  in  the  mouth  of  some  great  river  or  rivers.  It  was 
the  mouth  of  the  Amazon.  Without  effecting  further  discovery 
beyond  landing  at  one  of  the  islands,  Pinzon  continued  on  to  the 


CHAP,  ix.]  PIZAERO— ORELLANA.  75 

Orinoco,  and  thence  returned  to  Spain.  He  believed  that  the 
land  which  he  had  visited  was  India  beyond  the  Ganges,  and 
that  he  had  sailed  beyond  the  great  city  of  Cathay.  This  expe- 
dition carried  many  curious  productions  of  the  country,  but  none 
excited  so  much  astonishment  as  an  opossum,  an  animal  unknown 
in  the  old  world.  It  was  described  as  having  the  fore  part  of  a 
fox,  the  hind  part  of  a  monkey,  the  feet  of  an  ape,  and  the  ears 
of  a  bat,  and  was  sent  to  Seville,  and  then  to  Grenada,  that  the 
king  and  queen  might  see  it.  One  or  two  other  attempts  were 
made  to  explore  the  vicinity  of  the  entrance  of  the  Amazon, 
within  the  next  forty  years,  but  without  much  success. 

About  the  year  1541  Gonzalo  Pizarro  heard  of  a  country  rich 
in  spices  to  the  eastward  of  Peru,  and  resolved  to  secure  its  pos- 
session. For  this  purpose  he  set  out  from  Quito  with  about  two 
hundred  foot-soldiers,  one  hundred  horse,  and  four  thousand  In- 
dians. Before  they  had  advanced  thirty  leagues  they  suffered 
extremely  from  earthquakes  and  storms,  hunger  and  cold.  At 
this  distance  Pizarro  was  joined  by  the  knight  Francisco  de  Orel- 
lana  with  a  small  reinforcement.  Continuing  on,  the  Spaniards 
suffered  terrible  hardships.  The  Indians  died  or  deserted,  the 
soldiers  wasted  away,  and  at  last,  upon  the  river  Coca,  they  were 
in  an  excessive  famine. 

The  Dorado  of  which  they  were  in  search  was  as  distant  as 
ever,  but  still  their  hopes  were  fed  by  the  delusive  reports  of  the 
natives.  To  obtain  relief  Pizarro  sent  forward  Orellana  in  a 
brigantine  which  they  had  built,  with  fifty  men,  and  with  orders 
to  proceed  to  a  fertile  country,  and  to  return  as  speedily  as  pos- 
sible with  provisions.  Amid  perils  and  disasters  the  knight  con- 
tinued down  about  one  hundred  leagues  unto  the  river  Napo. 
The  country  through  which  he  had  passed  was  uninhabited,  nor  was 
there  any  sign  of  culture  or  of  population  there.  It  was  impossible 
to  return,  and  if  they  waited  for  the  army  they  should  perish  with 
famine.  Orellana  conceived  the  adventurous  hope  of  being  him- 
self the  explorer  of  the  great  river,  and  his  men  were  easily  per- 
suaded to  acquiesce  in  his  purpose.  It  was  upon  the  last  day  of 
December,  1541,  that  the  little  band  set  forth.  Sometimes  they 
met  friendly  Indians,  at  others  they  were  obliged  to  fight 
their  way,  sword  in  hand,  through  swarms  of  enemies.  Famine 
and  sickness  thinned  them.  The  river  seemed  interminable ; 


76  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP.  ix. 

still  on,  on.  Hostile  Indians  increased  in  number ;  they  were 
hardly  ever  out  of  sight  of  their  villages.  It  was  the  8th  of 
August,  1542,  when  they  sailed  out  of  the  river.  They  had  built 
another  brigantine  upon  their  way.  anil  now  the  two  were  carried 
towards  the  West  Indies  by  the  current.  Landing  upon  one  of 
the  islands,  our  adventurers  proceeded  thence  to  Spain.  They  had 
accomplished  one  of  the  most  wonderful  voyages  ever  made,  and 
were  received  with  distinguished  honours.  The  account  published 
by  Orellana  and  the  friar  who  accompanied  him  contained  so 
many  fabulous  inventions  as  to  utterly  destroy  the  authenticity 
of  the  whole.  Not  the  least  of  these  was  their  account  of  a  nation 
of  Amazons  which  they  had  encountered,  and  which  thereafter 
gave  the  river  its  name.  Orellana  received  permission  to  repeat 
his  discoveries,  with  a  grant  of  dominion.  Returning,  he  was  un- 
able to  find  the  entrance  of  the  river  among  the  islands,  and  died 
worn  out  by  vexation. 

In  1615  Caldeira  founded  the  city  of  Para,  and  this  was  the 
first  attempt  by  the  Portuguese  to  colonize  the  river.  The 
Dutch  had  previously  formed  a  settlement  upon  the  northern 
bank,  some  leagues  above ;  but,  being  soon  driven  out,  the  Por- 
tuguese remained  sole  masters. 

In  1637  the  Amazon  was  descended  a  second  time  by  two 
ecclesiastics  and  six  soldiers.  They  had  formed  part  of  a  large 
deputation  sent  to  christianize  the  Indians  upon  the  frontiers  of 
Peru,  and,  meeting  nothing  but  danger  in  their  undertaking,  had 
preferred  the  descent  to  the  prospect  of  certain  death  in 
returning. 

These  fathers  were  so  stupified  with  fear  as  to  be  unable  to 
give  any  intelligible  account  of  what  they  had  seen,  except  hor- 
rible narrations  of  cannibal  Indians.  They  were  treated  most 
courteously  by  the  Governor  of  Para,  and  in  sending  th6m  home 
that  officer  availed  himself  of  the  opportunity  to  cover  his  usurp- 
ation of  the  magistracy  of  the  province  by  an  offer  to  do  the 
State  service  in  exploring  the  river.  His  proposition  was  ap- 
proved, and  Pedro  Teixera  was  appointed  commander  of  the  ex- 
pedition. He  left  Para  the  28th  of  October,  1637,  with  seventy 
soldiers  and  twelve  hundred  native  bowmen  and  rowers,  making 
with  their  women  and  slaves  two  thousand  persons  in  all,  and 
embarked  in  forty-five  canoes.  The  adventurers  arrived,  late  in 


CHAP,  ix.]        TEIXERA— ACUNA— INDIAN  TRIBES.  77 

the  succeeding  year,  at  Quito,  and  their  advent  was  celebrated 
by  processions  and  bull-fights. 

The  journal  and  map  of  Teixera  were  despatched  to  the  Vice- 
roy of  Peru,  and  this  officer  ordered  Teixera  to  return,  taking 
competent  companions,  who  should  survey  the  river,  and  prepare 
a  report  of  its  wonders  for  the  Court  at  Madrid.  Two  professors 
were  chosen  for  the  purpose,  Acuna  and  Artieda,  and  from  their 
published  narrative  we  have  the  first  authentic  accounts  of  the 
Amazon.  Embarking  upon  one  of  the  small  streams  near  Quito, 
the  party  soon  arrived  at  the  Napo.  Here  they  encountered  a 
tribe  of  Indians  called  Encabellados,  or  long-haired  ;  so  called 
from  the  custom  with  both  sexes  of  suffering  their  hair  to  reach 
below  the  knees.  They  were  formidable  enemies,  and  were  con- 
stantly at  war  with  neighbouring  tribes.  They  were  cannibals ; 
and  in  battle  their  weapon  was  the  dart.  Farther  down  was  the 
country  of  the  Omaguas,  or  flat-heads,  whose  peculiar  custom 
resembled  that  of  certain  tribes  of  North  American  Indians. 
This  was  the  most  civilized,  rational,  and  docile  tribe  upon  the 
whole  river.  They  grew  and  manufactured  cotton,  and  made  it 
an  article  of  traffic  with  their  neighbours.  From  this  tribe  was 
first  learned  the  use  of  the  seringa  or  rubber.  They  possessed 
the  islands  in  the  river  for  an  extent  of  two  hundred  leagues,  and 
were  constantly  warring  with  the  Urinas  on  the  south  side  and 
the  Tucunas  on  the  north.  The  latter  of  these  believed  in  me- 
tempsychosis and  worshipped  a  household  idol.  They  were  clothed 
about  the  loins  with  the  bark  of  a  tree,  and  were  remarkable  for 
their  skill  in  stuffing  birds  which  they  shot  with  the  blow-gun. 
The  Urinas  were  cannibals,  shaved  the  crown  of  the  head,  and 
wore  feathers  of  macaws  in  the  corners  of  their  mouths,  besides 
strings  of  shells  pendent  from  ears,  nostrils,  and  under  lip. 

Passing  many  other  curious  tribes,  differing  in  customs  and 
character,  our  adventurers  came  to  the  country  of  the  great  tribe 
called  Curiciraris,  who  possessed  an  extent  of  eighty  leagues  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  river  now  called  Juma.  Their  settlements 
were  almost  continuous.  They  were  the  shyest  tribe  upon  the 
river,  but  among  the  most  improved.  They  were  excellent  pot- 
ters, making  not  only  jars  and  pans,  but  even  ovens  and  frying- 
pans,  and  in  these  they  trafficked  with  other  tribes.  Here  were 
first  perceived  golden  ornaments,  and  Teixera  was  assured  of  a 


78  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  ix. 

river  of  gold,  running  from  the  mountains  some  days'  journey  to 
the  northward. 

Not  far  below  was  the  great  river  Jupura,  so  called  from  a 
tribe  of  Indians  thus  denominated  from  a  fruit  of  which  they  made 
a  black  paste  for  food.  This  river  is  one  of  the  greatest  tribu- 
taries of  the  Amazon. 

The  next  considerable  river  was  the  Puros,  named  also  from 
the  tribe  upon  its  banks.  Here  Teixera  heard  of  a  tribe  of  enor- 
mous giants,  dwelling  two  months'  voyage  up  the  river.  The 
Puros  were  remarkable  for  their  expiatory  fasts,  during  which  no 
state  of  infirmity  or  disease  was  admitted  as  a  relaxation,  and 
numbers  actually  died  of  abstinence  from  food. 

Below  the  mouth  of  the  Puros,  upon  the  southern  side,  were 
the  Caripunas  and  Zurinas,  tribes  remarkable  for  their  skill  in 
carving. 

The  next  river  of  note  was  the  Rio  Negro.  Here  were  rumours 
of  remote  people  wearing  hats  and  garments,  and  the  voyagers 
concluded  that  this  fashion  was  learned  in  consequence  of  their 
vicinity  to  some  Spanish  city.  They  also  heard  of  a  great  river 
to  the  north,  communicating  by  a  branch  with  the  Rio  Negro. 
This  was  the  Orinoco,  but  geographers  were  long  incredulous  as 
to  the  existence  of  such  a  connection. 

The  next  great  river  was  the  Madeira,  so  named  from  the 
great  quantities  of  wood  floating  down  its  current.  Twenty-eight 
leagues  below  was  a  great  island,  possessed  by  the  Tupinambas, 
and  called  after  their  name.  This  tribe  reported  their  ancestors 
to  have  emigrated  from  the  region  of  Pernambuco  to  escape  the 
Portuguese.  They  were  expert  archers.  They  reported  two 
remarkable  races  upon  the  southern  shore,  one  of  whom  were 
dwarfs,  not  bigger  than  little  children,  and  the  others  singular 
from  their  feet,  which  grew  backwards.  They  also  reported  the 
existence  of  a  nation  of  Amazons,  and  gave  minute  details  of 
their  appearance  and  habits.  Whether  such  a  nation  ever  existed 
or  not  can  never  be  ascertained ;  but  it  is  most  remarkable  that 
almost  every  tribe  throughout  Brazil,  even  those  most  separated, 
and  speaking  entirely  different  languages,  should  have  believed 
in  their  existence.  When  Condamine  descended  the  river,  in 
1743,  he  omitted  no  opportunity  of  inquiring  after  the  Amazons, 
and  invariably  received  the  same  reports. 


CHAP,  ix.]        NUMBER  AND  CUSTOMS  OF  TRIBES.  70 

Below  the  island  of  the  Tupinambas,  about  eighty  leagues, 
was  the  river  Topajos,  named  from  the  tribe  so  denominated. 
These  Indians  were  dreaded  by  the  Portuguese,  for  their  arrows 
were  venomed  with  so  powerful  a  poison  that  the  slightest  punc- 
ture occasioned  inevitable  death.  Here  were  Portuguese  settlers 
and  a  fort  on  the  present  site  of  Santarem.  Continuing  on,  our 
voyagers  passed  many  lesser  rivers,  and  heard  rumours  of  gold 
and  diamonds  far  in  the  interior. 

They  arrived  in  Para  upon  the  12th  of  December,  1639, 
having  scarcely  met  with  an  accident,  and  having  enjoyed  a  most 
delightful  voyage.  They  represented  the  country  through  which 
they  had  passed  as  rich  beyond  belief,  capable  of  yielding  all 
tropical  productions  ;  the  forests  filled  with  wild  animals  and 
game,  and  the  river  teeming  with  fish  and  turtle.  Everywhere 
were  inestimable  gums  and  drugs,  and  for  ship-building  there 
were  timbers  of  the  greatest  strength  and  beauty. 

The  number  of  tribes  were  estimated  at  one  hundred  and  fifty, 
speaking  different  languages,  and  bordering  so  closely  that  the 
sound  of  an  axe  in  the  villages  of  one  might  be  heard  in  the 
villages  of  another.  Their  arms  were  bows  and  arrows,  their 
shields  of  the  skin  of  the  cow-fish,  or  of  plaited  cane.  Their 
canoes  were  of  cedars,  caught  floating  in  the  stream  ;  their 
hatchets  were  of  turtle-shell ;  their  mallets  the  jaw-bone  of  the 
cow-fish  ;  and  with  these  they  made  tables,  seats,  and  other 
articles  of  beautiful  workmanship.  They  had  idols  of  their  own 
making,  each  distinguished  by  some  fit  symbol ;  and  they  had 
priests,  or  conjurors.  They  were  of  a  less  dark  complexion  than 
other  Brazilian  nations ;  were  well  made,  and  of  good  stature, 
of  quick  understanding,  docile,  disposed  to  receive  any  instruc- 
tion from  their  guests,  and  to  render  them  any  assistance. 

The  Amazon,  in  its  natural  features,  is  the  same  now  as  when 
Acuna  descended  ;  and  the  rapturous  descriptions  which  he  has 
given  of  these  wild  forests  and  mighty  streams  might  have  been 
written  to-day.  But  where  are  the  one  hundred  and  fifty  tribes 
who  then  skirted  its  borders,  and  the  villages  so  thickly  populated  ? 

Most  of  the  Brazilian  Indians  spoke  languages  somewhat  re- 
sembling each  other.  The  Tupi,  in  its  dialects,  prevailed  in 
Brazil ;  as  the  Guarani  in  Paraguay,  and  the  Omagua  in  Peru. 
Of  these  three  the  second  is  the  parent,  as  the  Greek  is  of  the 


80  A  VOYAGE  L'P  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP.  ix. 

Latin.  The  Jesuits  in  Brazil  adopted  the  Tupi ;  and  this,  under 
the  present  name  of  the  Lingoa  Geral,  or  general  language,  is 
understood  by  every  Indian.  Still  each  tribe  has  its  own  peculiar 
dialect ;  and  those  iu  contact  with  the  whites  speak  also  the 
Portuguese. 

The  Tupi  races  were  cannibals,  and  it  was  only  after  long  and 
unwearied  exertion  that  the  Jesuits  could  succeed  in  abolishing 
that  practice.  Rumour  speaks  still  of  cannibal  Indians,  but  we 
never  were  able  to  obtain  any  account  of  such  tribes  that  deserved 
a  moment's  credence. 

The  Jesuits  were  always  the  firm  friends  of  the  Indians,  and 
entertained  the  noble  conception  of  civilizing  and  christianizing 
those  unnumbered  millions  of  wild  men,  and  of  elevating  them, 
within  a  very  few  generations,  to  a  rank  with  other  nations  of 
the  earth ;  they  gathered  them  in  villages,  taught  them  the 
lingoa  geral,  and  instructed  them  in  arts  and  agriculture.  They 
opposed  most  determinedly  the  enslaving  of  the  Indians  and  the 
cruelties  of  the  whites.  The  Carmelites  as  resolutely  defended 
the  colonists ;  and  the  history  of  this  province  for  a  long  course 
of  years  is  little  more  than  the  detail  of  the  struggle  between 
these  rival  orders.  The  monks  were  victorious ;  the  Jesuits 
were  forced  to  leave  the  country,  and  were  transported  like 
felons  to  the  dungeons  of  Portugal ;  their  property  in  Brazil 
was  confiscated,  and  at  this  moment  there  is  scarcely  a  public 
edifice  in  the  province  of  Para  but  that  belonged  to  them.  The 
government  undertook  to  carry  out  the  beneficent  plan  of  the 
Jesuits ;  and  for  this  purpose  sent  friars  through  the  wilderness 
to  collect  together  the  Indians,  and  offered  them  the  rights  of 
freemen.  But,  partly  owing  to  the  inefficiency  of  the  means,  and 
partly  to  obstructions  thrown  in  the  way  by  the  colonists,  the 
system  introduced  by  the  government  proved  ineffectual  in  pre- 
venting the  diminution  of  the  tribes,  or  in  materially  bettering 
the  condition  of  the  few  who  were  willing  to  embrace  its  offers. 
Although  nominally  freemen,  they  are  really  the  slaves  of  any 
white  man  who  settles  among  them  ;  and  this  must  be  the  case 
so  long  as  they  feel  their  real  inferiority.  The  only  hope  for 
them  is,  that  in  course  of  a  few  generations  their  race  will  be  so 
amalgamated  with  that  of  the  whites  as  to  remove  all  dis- 
tinction. But,  as  far  as  our  observations  extended,  their  con- 


CHAP,  x.]  COMPULSORY  LABOUR.  81 

dition  was  superior,  morally,  to  that  of  the  frontier  Indians  in 
North  America. 

The  head  men  or  chiefs  of  the  different  settlements  are  de- 
nominated Ta^has,  and  have  the  rank  and  wear  the  uniform  of 
colonels  in  the  Brazilian  service.  In  each  district  is  also  a  capitan 
des  trabalhadores,  or  captain  of  the  labourers,  and  to  him  belongs 
the  general  supervision  of  the  Indians  and  free  negroes.  If  a 
certain  number  of  men  are  required  to  navigate  a  vessel,  or  for 
any  other  purpose,  the  capitan  sends  a  requisition  to  the  tau£ha, 
and  the  men  must  be  forthcoming,  no  matter  what  may  be  their 
private  engagements.  This  looks  very  like  compulsion,  but  it  is 
really  no  more  so  than  jury  duty.  The  men  make  a  voyage  to 
the  city  and  back,  and  are  then  discharged,  perhaps  not  to  be 
recalled  for  several  months.  They  are  paid  stipulated  wages  and 
rations,  and  are  sure  of  good  treatment ;  for,  besides  that  they  have 
their  own  remedy,  by  running  away,  which  they  will  do  upon 
the  least  affront,  the  law  throws  over  them  strong  protections. 
While  we  were  at  the  Barra  of  the  Rio  Negro,  a  white  man  was 
lingering  out  a  three  years'  imprisonment  for  merely  striking  an 
Indian  in  his  employ.  The  government  has  been  sometimes 
severely  censured  for  its  conduct  towards  the  Indians,  but  it  is 
difficult  to  see  what  more  it  could  do  for  them  than  it  has  done. 


CHAPTER  X. 

IT  was  no  easy  matter  to  put  all  things  in  readiness  for  an  ex- 
pedition up  the  river.  It  was  like  preparing  for  a  family  move- 
ment to  the  Oregon.  In  addition  to  Mr.  Bradley,  two  other 
gentlemen  were  to  accompany  us :  Mr.  McCulloch,  the  pro- 
prietor of  a  saw-mill  at  the  Barra  de  Rio  Negro,  who  had  lately 
come  down,  with  a  raft  of  cedar-boards,  to  within  a  few  days' 
sail  of  the  city ;  and  Mr.  Williams,  a  young  gentleman  from 
Newark,  New  Jersey,  staying,  like  ourselves,  at  Mr.  Norris's, 
and  who  desired  a  further  acquaintance  with  the  wonders  of 
the  interior. 

The  boat  in  which  we  were  to  make  our  cruise  was  called  a 
galliota,  a  sort  of  pleasure-craft,  but  well  adapted  to  such  ex- 

G 


82  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON'.         [CHAP.  x. 

cursions.  It  was  thirty  feet  in  length,  having  a  round,  canoe 
bottom,  and  without  a  keel ;  its  greatest  width  was  seven  feet ; 
the  after  part  was  a  cabin,  lined  on  either  side,  and  at  the  remote 
end,  with  lockers  for  provisions  and  other  matters.  Upon  each 
locker  was  scanty  room  for  one  sleeper,  and  two  could  lie  com- 
fortably upon  the  floor,  while  another  swung  above  them  in  a 
hammock.  In  front  of  the  cabin-door  was  a  tiny  deck,  and 
beyond  this,  covering  the  hold,  and  extending  to  within  two  feet 
of  the  extreme  bow,  was  the  tolda,  covered  with  canvass,  and 
intended  for  the  stowage  of  goods  or  baggage.  On  either  side 
of  this  tolda  was  a  space  a  foot  in  width,  and  level.  Here,  in 
most  awkward  positions,  were  to  sit  the  paddlers. 

These  were  Indians,  mostly  of  the  Mura  tribe,  heretofore 
spoken  of  as  the  worst  upon  the  river.  They  were  from  a  little 
village  below  the  Rio  Negro,  and  consisted  of  a  taucha  and  five 
of  his  sons,  the  eldest  of  whom,  the  heir-apparent,  had  liis  wife 
and  two  small  children  in  the  bow.  Besides  these,  was  a  pilot 
and  three  others,  making  altogether  eighteen  persons. 

The  after-part  of  the  cabin,  and  the  whole  tolda,  with  barely 
room  enough  for  our  trunks,  and  the  fish  and  farinha  for  the 
crew,  were  cramned  with  Bradley's  goods,  bringing  the  deck 
within  a  few  inches  of  the  water. 

Our  main  stock  of  provisions  was  to  be  laid  in  at  Para,  and 
the  lockers  and  every  spare  corner  were  occupied  in  their  stow- 
age. We  had  a  couple  of  hams,  great  store  of  ground  coffee, 
tea,  sugar,  coarse  salt,  onions,  sardines,  oil,  vinegar,  molasses, 
candles,  tin  cases  of  cheese,  and  two  large  bags  of  oven-dried 
bread.  Sundry  demijohns  of  wine  and  cashaca  comprised  the 
stock  of  drinkables,  the  former  being  for  home  consumption,  the 
latter  for  rations  to  the  crew.  In  addition  to  these  things,  several 
of  our  lady  friends  had  contributed  huge  loaves  of  cake  and 
Yankee  dough-nuts,  and  jars  of  doces  not  a  few.  Not  the  least 
acceptable  were  some  pots  of  New  York  oysters,  from  a  clever 
captain  in  the  harbour. 

We  did  not  anticipate  that  a  forty  days'  passage  in  this  over- 
loaded boat  would  be  without  all  sorts  of  inconveniences ;  but 
such  an  adventure  had  charms  enough,  and  we  were  determined 
to  have  a  jolly  cruise,  the  household  gods  nolentes  volentes,  as 
General  Taylor  would  say. 


CHAP,  x.]       INDIANS— DIFFICULTIES  AT  STARTING.  83 

No  vessel  can  pass  the  fort  at  Gurupa  without  a  permit  from 
the  authorities  at  Para,  and  all  voyagers  on  the  river  must  pro- 
vide themselves  with  passports.  These  we  obtained  without 
difficulty,  and  at  slight  expense.  Dr.  Costa,  Mr.  Campbell,  and 
other  friends,  furnished  us  with  letters  to  persons  of  note  in  the 
different  towns  which  we  were  to  pass. 

At  last,  upon  the  23rd  of  May,  we  were  fairly  on  board,  and 
ready  to  start  with  the  tide.  But  here  occurred  a  difficulty,  and 
an  ominous  one,  at  the  outset.  Six  of  the  Indians  had  given  us 
the  slip,  not  caring  to  return  thus  soon  to  the  Rio  Negro.  Our 
remedies  were  patience  and  police,  and  we  resigned  ourselves  to 
the  one,  hunting  the  runaways  with  the  other.  Towards  night 
they  were  brought  in,  and  now,  going  on  board  again,  we 
moored  outside  of  a  large  canoe,  to  prevent  a  like  disaster,  and 
waited  the  midnight  tide.  Rain  poured  furiously,  but  we  gathered 
ourselves  around  a  trunk-table,  and  ate  and  drank  long  life  to 
our  friends,  and  a  pleasant  passage  to  ourselves.  The  Indians 
huddled  about  the  door,  feasting  their  eyes  and  muttering  their 
criticisms,  but  their  envy  was  speedily  dissipated  by  a  distribu- 
tion of  cashaca  and  biscuit,  with  a  plate  of  oysters  to  the  taucha. 
The  old  fellow  bore  his  honour  king-like,  and,  I  fancy,  was  the 
first  South  American  potentate  that  ever  tasted  Downing's  best. 

There  was  still  opportunity  for  a  short  nap  before  the  tide 
would  serve,  and  we  awaked  just  in  time ;  but  now  was  another 
trouble.  The  Indians,  having  no  fear  of  wholesome  discipline 
before  their  eyes,  were  desperately  determined  not  to  be  awaked, 
and,  but  for  the  ruse  of  calling  them  to  a  "  nip  "  of  cashaca,  we 
might  have  lost  the  tide  again.  The  effect  was  electrical,  and 
they  started  from  their  deep  slumbers,  each  striving  to  be  fore- 
most. There  was  one  boy,  however,  who  skulked  into  a  monta- 
ria  behind  the  large  canoe,  and  would  only  be  induced  to  come 
on  board  again  by  the  capture  of  his  trunk.  Five  on  a  side,  they 
took  their  places.  The  taucha  planted  himself  on  the  top, 
having  a  proper  idea  of  prerogative  ;  the  children  hid  themselves 
away  among  the  farinha  baskets  ;  and  the  princess  covered  herself 
in  the  bow,  and  prepared  to  sleep. 

Our  course  was  the  same  that  we  had  formerly  taken  towards 
Caripe,  and  by  noon  we  had  arrived  at  the  house  of  Senhor  Lima, 
a  trader,  within  two  miles  of  that  place.  Here  we  stopped,  not 

G2 


84  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  x. 

caring  to  pass  the  bay  of  Marajo  by  night,  and  improved  the 
opportunity  to  make  a  sail.  As  the  tide  rose,  towards  night, 
word  was  brought  that  the  galliota  was  leaking  at  such  a  rate  as 
to  endanger  the  goods.  No  alternative  was  left  but  to  unload 
her  with  all  speed,  and  it  was  only  by  the  most  active  exertions 
that  she  was  kept  from  swamping.  All  the  goods  were  piled  in 
the  verandah,  and  the  lady  of  the  house  allowed  us  the  small 
chapel  in  which  to  dry  some  of  the  articles.  We  sent  her  a  box 
of  sardines  in  token  of  our  gratitude,  and  it  seemed  to  unlock 
her  heart-chambers,  for  forthwith  appeared  a  servant  to  attend 
our  table,  bringing  a  silver  teapot  and  various  other  appliances 
for  our  comfort.  Slinging  our  hammocks  in  the  verandah  about 
the  goods  we  slept  in  the  open  air.  During  the  night  we  were 
startled  by  a  singular  incident,  trivial  enough  in  itself,  but  one 
that  carried  us  back  to  home  scenes.  Some  voyager  passed  us, 
singing  an  air  frequently  sung  in  Sunday-schools  at  home,  and 
known  as  the  '  Parting  Hymn.'  "We  little  thought,  when  last 
we  heard  it  hymned  by  a  congregation  of  children,  that  we  were 
next  to  listen  to  it  upon  the  far  distant  waters  of  the  Amazon. 
The  words  were  not  distinguishable.  We  started  the  same  tune 
in  return,  but  the  voyager  was  already  beyond  the  reach  of  our 
voices,  and  lost  behind  a  point  of  the  island.  Who  this  could 
have  been  we  were  unable  to  ascertain  at  Para  upon  our  return. 
It  was  not  an  American. 

Repairing  the  galliota  detained  us  two  days,  but,  everything 
being  carefully  repacked,  and  the  boat  cleansed,  we  were  amply 
repaid.  Starting  again  on  the  25th,  we  hoisted  our  new  lug-sail, 
and  a  fine  breeze  soon  swept  us  past  Caripe,  our  old  shellin|r- 
ground.  Full  tide  forced  us  to  lie  by  at  noon,  and  we  brought 
up  under  a  high  bank,  upon  which  was  a  sideless  hut,  containing 
a  woman  and  children.  The  rest  of  the  family,  it  being  Sunday, 
had  gone  off  to  a  festa  in  the  neighbourhood.  The  first  impulse 
of  the  Indians  upon  reaching  shore  was  to  look  out  for  some 
shade  where  they  might  stretch  themselves  to  sleep.  One  or 
two  of  the  more  active,  however,  started  out  with  a  gun,  and, 
before  long,  returned  with  a  live  sloth,  which  they  had  obtained 
by  climbing  the  tree  upon  which  he  was  suspended.  This  was 
of  a  different  species  from  those  we  had  seen  near  Para.  The 
beach  was  broad  and  sandy,  and  we  amused  ourselves  with 


CHAP.  x.J  A  STORM— ANOTHER  SITIO.  85 

bathing,  and  searching  for  flowers  and  seeds  thrown  up  by  the 
tide.  Among  the  flowers  was  one  most  conspicuous,  of  the  Big- 
nonia  family,  large,  yellow,  and  sprinkling  in  profusion  the  dark 
green  of  the  tree  which  it  had  climbed.  Wandering  on  some 
distance,  we  found  ourselves  in  a  little  cove,  secluded  from  the 
sunlight  by  a  high  rocky  bank,  and  so  dark  that  bats  were  clus- 
tering about  the  tree-trunks  in  numbers.  The  temptation  was 
too  strong,  and  we  imitated  the  good  example  of  the  Indians. 

By  sunset  we  were  again  pressing  on,  and,  in  the  early  even- 
ing, coasted  along  several  miles.  The  shore  hereabouts  was  lined 
with  ragged  sand-rocks,  and  in  case  of  squalls,  which  occur 
almost  daily  during  the  rainy  season,  the  navigation  is  hazard- 
ous. Our  own  situation  began  to  cause  us  some  anxiety.  Several 
times  the  bottom  of  the  galliota  had  scraped  upon  the  rocks,  and 
we  were  only  forced  off  by  the  Indians  springing  into  the  water 
and  dragging  us  free,  A  storm  was  gathering,  and  vivid  light- 
ning and  low  growling  thunder  betokened  its  near  approach.  A 
man  at  the  bow  constantly  reported  the  water  more  and  more 
shallow,  and  the  rising  waves  dashed  hoarsely  upon  the  near 
rocks.  But  just  then  a  little  igaripe  opened  its  friendly  arms, 
and,  almost  in  a  moment,  we  were  beyond  harm's  reach  in  water 
calm  as  a  lake. 

The  morning  dawned  pleasantly,  and,  a  fine  breeze  springing 
up,  we  soon  crossed  the  bay,  and  by  noon  had  arrived  at  a  nice 
beach,  upon  which  was  a  grove  of  assai-palms  loaded  with  fruit. 
Here  we  stopped  to  fill  our  panellas.  Continuing  on  a  few  miles, 
we  struck  into  a  narrow  channel,  and  came  to  an  inviting-looking 
house,  where  we  concluded  to  await  the  gathering  storm.  The 
occupants  were  two  Brazilians,  of  a  better  class  than  we  had  seen 
since  leaving  the  city,  and  we  were  received  with  warmth.  The 
frame  of  the  house  was  covered  entirely,  even  to  the  room-parti- 
tions, by  the  narrow  leaves  of  a  species  of  palm,  platted  with 
the  regularity  of  basket-work.  A  quantity  of  cacao  lay  drying 
upon  elevated  platforms,  and  around  the  house  hung  much  dried 
venison.  Deer  were  abundant  here,  and  one  had  been  killed  that 
morning.  But  what  gratified  us  most  was  a  goodly  flock  of 
hens,  and  we  at  once  commenced  a  parley  for  a  pair,  for  we  had 
become  somewhat  tired  of  ham.  Meanwhile  the  women  had 
been  preparing  our  assai. 


Si  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  x. 

The  region  of  country  that  we  were  now  in  was  exceedingly 
low,  mostly  overflowed  at  high  water.  The  waters  had  fallen 
about  a  foot,  but  still  everything  around  this  house  was  wet,  and 
we  had  only  gained  access  to  it  by  walking  from  the  boat  on  logs. 

The  next  day,  the  27th,  we  coasted  along  Marajo,  observing 
manv  novel  plants  and  birds.  One  species  of  palm  particularly 
attracted  attention,  its  long  feather-like  leaves  growing  directly 
out  of  the  ground,  and  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  shuttlecock. 
There  now  began  to  be  great  numbers  of  macaws,  red  and  blue, 
flying  always  in  pairs,  and  keeping  up  a  hoarse,  disagreeable 
screaming.  We  passed  what  was  formerly  a  large  and  valuable 
estate,  still  having  fine-looking  buildings  and  a  chapel.  It  had 
belonged  to  Mr.  Campbell,  and,  like  many  another,  had  been 
ruined  during  the  revolution  of  '35. 

We  crossed  the  mouth  of  the  Tocantins,  but  without  bei  liable 
to  discern  either  shore  of  that  river.  It  appeared  a  broad  sea, 
everywhere  dotted  with  islands.  The  Tocantins  is  one  of  the 
largest  Amazon  branches,  and  pours  a  vast  volume  of  water  into 
Marajo  bay.  This  particular  portion  of  that  bay  is  called  the 
Bay  of  Limoeiro,  and  is  crossed  by  vessels  bound  to  Para  from 
the  Amazon,  in  preference  to  the  route  which  we  had  taken. 
The  Tocantins,  and  a  few  small  streams  nearer  the  city,  are  often 
considered  the  legitimate  formers  of  Para  river.  But  through 
numerous  channels  a  wide  body  of  water  from  the  Amazon 
sweeps  round  Marajo,  and  the  Gram  Pard  is  a  fair  claimant  to 
all  the  honours  of  the  King  of  Waters. 

The  Tocantins  is  bordered  by  many  towns,  and  is  the  channel 
of  a  large  trade.  The  upper  country  is  a  mineral  region  and 
diversified  by  beautiful  mountain  scenery.  The  banks  yield 
fustic  and  numerous  other  woods,  valuable  as  dyes,  or  for  cabinet- 
work ;  and  if  the  efforts  to  establish  a  saw-mill,  now  in  contem- 
plation, be  successful,  these  beautiful  woods  wrill  soon  be  known 
as  they  deserve.  Great  quantities  of  castanha-nufs  also  come 
down  the  river.  The  town  of  Cameta,  between  thirty  and  forty 
miles  from  its  mouth,  contains  about  twenty-five  hundred  inhabit- 
ants, and  is  in  the  midst  of  an  extensive  cacao-growing  region. 
This  was  the  only  town  upon  the  Amazon  that  successfully 
resisted  the  rebels  in  1835.  The  Tocantins  is  navigable  for  steam- 
boats or  large  vessels  for  a  great  distance. 


CHAP,  x.]  WOOD  SCENE— INDIAN  HABITS.  87 

Since  the  26th  we  had  been  sailing  among  islands,  often  very 
near  together,  and  again  several  miles  apart.  Upon  the  28th  we 
were  unable  to  effect  a  landing  until  noon,  so  densely  was  the 
shore  lined  with  low  shrubs.  Upon  these  sat  hundreds  of  a  large 
reddish  bird,  known  by  the  name  of  Cigana,  and  common  upon 
the  whole  Amazon — the  Opisthocomus  cristatus  (Lath.). 

Having  reached  a  spot  where  the  bank  was  a  little  higher  than 
elsewhere,  we  landed.  A  small  opening  between  the  trees 
allowed  ingress,  and  we  found  ourselves  in  a  fairy  bower.  How 
much  we  longed  for  the  ability  of  sketching  these  places,  so 
common  here,  so  rare  elsewhere  !  Not  the  least  interesting 
feature  was  the  group  of  Indians  about  the  blazing  fire,  some 
attending  to  their  fish,  which  was  roasting  on  sticks,  inclined 
over  the  flame ;  others  sitting  listlessly  by,  or  catching  a  hasty 
nap  upon  their  palm-leaves.  A  tree  bearing  superb  crimson 
flowers  shaded  the  boat,  and  a  large  blue  butterfly  was  con- 
tinually flitting  in  and  out  among  the  trees,  as  if  sporting  with 
our  vain  attempts  to  entrap  him.  Not  far  off,  macaws  were 
screaming,  and  the  shrill  whistle,  observed  in  the  woods  near 
Pard,  sounded  from  every  direction. 

We  had  now  been  nearly  a  week  in  the  galliota,  and,  although 
somewhat  crowded,  had  got  along  very  comfortably.  The  only 
inconvenience  was  the  sultry  heat  of  the  afternoon  ;  for,  in  these 
narrow  channels,  the  wind  had  little  scope.  But  no  matter  how 
severe  the  heat,  the  Indians  seemed  not  to  mind  it,  although 
their  heads  were  uncovered  and  their  bodies  naked.  Every  day, 
about  noon,  they  would  pull  up  to  the  bank  for  the  purpose  of 
bathing,  of  which  they  were  extravagantly  fond.  Even  the  little 
boys  would  swim  about  like  ducks.  Their  mother,  the  princess, 
had  quite  won  our  esteem  by  her  quiet,  modest  demeanour. 
Her  principal  care  was  to  look  after  the  children,  but  she  spent 
her  spare  hours  in  making  cuyas  from  gourds,  or  in  sewing  for 
herself  or  her  husband.  He,  good  man,  seemed  very  fond  of  her 
(which  would  not  have  been  surprising,  except  in  an  Indian),  and 
always  paddled  at  her  side.  He  might  have  been  proud  of  her, 
even  had  his  potentacy  expectant  been  more  elevated,  for  she  was 
very  pretty,  and  her  hands  and  arms  might  have  excited  the  envy 
of  many  a  whiter  belle. 

Early  upon  the  29th  we  arrived  at  Braves,  a  little  settlement, 


88  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         UCHAP.  x. 

where  was  lying  Mr.  McCulloch's  raft.  Upon  this  was  stationed 
a  "  down-east "  lumberman,  by  name  Sawtelle,  who  was  to  add 
another  to  our  full  cabin.  We  were  to  remain  at  Braves  until 
the  arrival  of  a  large  vessel,  or  battalon,  which  was  engaged  in 
the  transportation  of  the  boards ;  and  as  this  was  likely  to  be 
some  days,  we  unloaded  upon  the  raft,  slung  our  hammocks  under 
the  thatched  cabin,  and  sent  the  galliota,  again  badly  leaking, 
to  be  recalked. 

Braves  is  one  of  the  little  towns  that  have  grown  up  since  the 
active  demand  for  rubber,  of  which  the  surrounding  district 
yields  vast  quantities.  It  is  a  small  collection  of  houses,  partly 
thatched  and  partly  of  mud,  stationed  anywhere,  regardless  of 
streets  or  right  lines.  Bradley  and  I  started  to  explore  for  eggs 
whereon  to  breakfast.  We  found  our  way  to  a  little  affair  called 
a  store,  or  venda,  in  front  of  which  a  number  of  leisurely  gentle- 
men were  rolling  balls  at  one-pin.  We  were  politely  greeted 
with  the  raised  hat  and  the  customary  "  viva,"  and  a  chance  at 
the  pin  was  as  politely  offered,  which  with  many  thanks  we  were 
obliged  to  decline.  Our  errand  was  not  very  successful,  for  upon 
the  next  Sunday  was  to  be  a  festa  in  the  vicinity,  and  the  hens 
were  all  engaged  for  that  occasion.  At  one  of  the  houses  an  old 
Indian  woman  was  painting  pottery,  that  is  plates,  and  what  she 
called  "pombos"  and  "gallos,"  or  doves  and  cocks,  but  bearing 
a  very  slight  resemblance  to  those  birds.  Another  was  painting 
bilhas,  or  small  water-jars,  of  white  clay  and  beautiful  work- 
manship. She  promised  to  glaze  anything  I  would  paint,  giving 
me  the  use  of  her  colours.  So  I  chose  a  pair  of  the  prettiest 
bilhas,  and,  after  a  consultation  on  the  raft,  we  concluded  to 
commemorate  our  travels  by  a  sketch  of  the  galliota.  It  was  a 
novel  business,  but  after  several  trials  I  made  a  very  fair  picture, 
with  the  aid  of  contemporary  criticisms.  The  old  tau9ha  was 
mightily  pleased  to  see  himself  so  honoured,  as  were  the  others, 
who  gathered  round,  watching  eveiy  movement  of  the  pencil, 
and  expressing  their  astonishment.  The  figure  of  the  princess 
especially  excited  uproarious  applause.  Beside  these  were  several 
other  devices,  and  at  last,  all  complete,  I  took  my  adventure  to 
the  old  woman.  But  she  was  provoked  at  something,  and  would 
not  be  persuaded  to  apply  the  glazing.  However,  after  much 
coaxing  and  many  promises,  she  assured  us  that  we  should  have 


CHAP,  x.]      POTTERY  PAINTING— FILING  THE  TEETH.  89 

them  on  our  return  down  the  river.  The  colours  she  used  were 
all  simple.  The  blue  was  indigo ;  black,  the  juice  of  the 
mandioca ;  green,  the  juice  of  some  other  plant. ;  and  red  and 
yellow  were  of  clay.  The  brushes  were  small  spines  of  palms, 
and  the  colouring  was  applied  in  squares  or  circles ;  or,  if  any- 
thing imitative  was  intended,  in  the  rudest  outline.  The  ware 
was  glazed  by  a  resinous  gum  found  in  the  forest.  This  was 
rubbed  gently  over,  the  vessel  previously  having  been  warmed 
over  a  bed  of -coals. 

The  stream  opposite  Braves  was  one-fourth  of  a  mile  wide,  and 
beyond  was  an  island  heavily  wooded.  Thither  we  sent  a  hunter 
every  day,  and  he  usually  brought  in  some  kind  of  game — a 
howling  monkey  or  macaw.  For  ourselves-,  we  were  confined 
pretty  much  to  the  raft,  the  region  about  the  town  being  nothing 
but  swamp;  yet  still  we  found  opportunity  to  increase  our 
collection  of  birds  by  a  few  specimens  hitherto  unknown  to  us, 
particularly  the  Cayenne  manikin  and  the  Picus  cayanensis. 

The  Indians,  meanwhile,  had  found  a  quantity  of  rattan,  and 
were  busily  engaged  in  weaving  a  sort  of  covering  or  protection 
from  the  rain.  Two  long  cradle-shaped  baskets  were  made,  one 
fitting  within  the  other,  the  broad  banana-leaves  being  laid 
between  ;  and  under  this  they  could  sleep  securely. 

We  were  struck,  at  Braves,  by  the  appearance  of  some  Por- 
tuguese boys,  whose  teeth  had  been  sharpened  in  the  Indian 
manner.  The  custom  is  quite  fashionable  among  that  class  who 
come  over  seeking  their  fortunes,  they  evidently  considering  it 
as  a  sort  of  naturalization.  The  blade  of  a  knife  or  razor  is 
laid  across  the  edge  of  the  tooth,  and  by  a  slight  blow  and  dex- 
terous turn  a  piece  is  chipped  off  on  either  side.  All  the  front 
teeth,  above  and  below,  are  thus  served  ;  and  they  give  a  person  a 
very  odd,  and,  to  a  stranger,  a  very  disagreeable  appearance.  For 
some  days  after  the  operation  is  performed  the  patient  is  unable 
to  eat  or  drink  without  severe  pain  ;  but  soon  the  teeth  lose  their 
sensitiveness,  and  then  seem  to  decay  no  faster  than  the  others. 

One  day  there  was  a  funeral  of  a  child.  For  some  time  pre- 
vious to  the  burial  the  little  thing  was  laid  out  upon  a  table, 
prettily  dressed  and  crowned  with  flowers.  The  mother  sat 
cheerfully  by  its  side,  and  received  the  congratulations  of  her 
friends  that  her  little  one  was  now  an  angel. 


90  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  KIVER  AMAZON.          [CHAP.  x. 

On  the  morning  of  June  1st  we  were  delighted  to  see  the  bat- 
talon  come  swiftly  up  with  the  tide,  and  made  immediate  prepa- 
rations for  departure.  Now  was  trouble  again  with  the  Indians. 
Some  of  the  tau£ha's  boys  wanted  to  return  to  Para,  and  the  old 
fellow  evidently  did  not  care  whether  they  did  or  no,  notwith- 
standing his  oft-repeated  assurances  that  he  would  keep  them  in 
order.  His  authority  was  very  questionable,  and  we  were  getting 
tired  of  his  lazy  inefficiency.  The  old  remedy  was  tried,  and 
again  we  were  conquerors.  These  difficulties  are  incident  to  every 
navigator  upon  the  river  ;  for,  upon  the  slightest  whim,  an  Indian 
is  ready  to  desert,  and  often,  the  detention  of  their  little  baggage, 
or  the  wages  accruing  to  them,  is  matter  of  perfect  indifference. 

The  morning  of  the  2nd  found  us  in  a  narrow  stream,  winding 
among  small  islands  which  were  densely  covered  with  palms. 
Landing  in  what  was  almost  entirely  a  palm-swamp,  we  amused 
ourselves  a  long  time  by  observing  the  different  varieties,  of  which 
we  had  no  means  of  ascertaining  the  name,  and  in  collecting  the 
fruits.  Here  were  numbers  of  the  shuttlecock  palms  ;  and  their 
large  leaves,  spread  upon  the  wet  ground,  made  the  Indians  a 
comfortable  bed.  There  are  more  than  one  hundred  described 
species  of  palms  in  Brazil,  growing  to  some  extent  almost  every- 
where. But,  within  the  province  of  Pard,  by  far  the  larger  por- 
tion are  upon  the  islands  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  ;  upon  the 
islands  above,  and  upon  the  mainland,  they  are  comparatively  rare. 

Leaving  the  palms,  we  came  to  a  region  abounding  in  huge 
trees,  where  the  shore  was  everywhere  easy  of  access.  Here  were 
numbers  of  seringa- trees,  and  we  passed  many  habitations  of  the 
gum-collectors.  These  were  merely  roofed,  or  thatched  on  one 
side,  and  very  often  the  water  rose  to  the  very  door.  No  fruit- 
trees  of  any  sort  were  there,  nor  was  there  sign  of  cultivation. 
The  forest  around  w  as  just  sufficiently  cleared  to  avoid  danger 
from  falling  trees,  or  to  let  in  a  glimpse  of  the  sun.  In  these 
miserable  places  were  always  families,  and  thus  they  live  all  the 
year  round,  eating  nothing  but  fish  and  farinha,  and  their  situa- 
tion oniv  bettered  in  summer  by  less  dampness. 

We  now  entered  one  of  the  direct  channels  from  the  Amazon, 
called  the  Tapajani.  It  was  half  a  mile  in  width,  and  through 
it  poured  a  furious  current.  Here  we  saw  a  sloth,  climbing,  hand 
over  hand,  up  an  assai-palm  by  the  water ;  and  here  also  we  first 


CHAP,  x.]       HOWLING  MONKEYS— A  MACAW-HUNT.  91 

heard  in  perfection  the  guariba,  or  howling  monkey.  There 
were  a  number  of  them,  some  near  by,  and  others  at  a  great  dis- 
tance ;  all  contributing  to  an  infernal  noise,  not  comparable  to 
anything,  unless  a  commingling  of  the  roaring  of  mad  bulls  and 
the  squealing  of  mad  pigs.  This  roaring  power  is  owing  to  the 
peculiar  conformation  of  the  bones  of  the  mouth,  by  which  they 
are  distinguished  from  all  others  of  the  family.  We  got  quite  up 
to  a  pair  of  these  fellows,  as  they  were  making  all  ring,  deafening 
even  themselves.  They  were  in  a  tree-top  close  by  the  water, 

and  a  shot  from  A brought  down  one  of  them.  But,  recovering 

himself,  he  made  off  as  fast  as  he  was  able  through  the  bushes. 

Immediately  the  boat  was  stopped,  and  A ,  with  several  of 

the  Indians,  sprang  on  shore  in  pursuit,  but  without  success. 
There  were  still  some  young  ones  in  the  tree,  and  another  shot 
sent  tumbling  one  of  these.  But  he  too  saved  himself,  twisting  his 
tail  about  a  limb  as  he  fell,  and,  in  a  twinkling,  he  was  snug  in  a 
corner  safe  from  our  eyes.  Monkey-hunts  often  end  so. 

Leaving  the  Tapajani,  we  were  still  separated  from  the  main 
current  of  the  Amazon  by  a  long  island  two  or  three  miles  distant, 
and  it  was  noon  of  the  5th  before,  through  the  space  intervening 
between  this  and  an  island  above,  we  were  able  to  distinguish  the 
northern  shore  twenty  miles  away.  The  bank  near  us  was  bold, 
and  evidently  the  force  of  the  current  was  continually  wearing 
upon  it,  and  undermining  the  enormous  trees  that  towered  with 
a  grandeur  befitting  the  dwellers  by  this  unequalled  river.  Often 
the  boat  struck  upon  some  concealed  limb  or  trunk,  usually  only 
requiring  us  to  back  off,  but  sometimes  making  us  stick  fast.  In 
such  cases  several  of  the  boys  would  jump  into  the  water,  and  in 
a  great  frolic  drag  us  free. 

Towards  evening  we  came  to  a  place  where  the  macaws  were 
assembling  to  roost.  Disturbed  by  our  approach,  they  circled 

over  our  heads  in  great  numbers,  screaming  outrageously.    A 

caught  a  gun,  and  as  one  of  them  came  plump  into  the  water, 
winged,  tau^ha,  men,  women,  and  children  set  up  a  shout  of  ad- 
miration. Two  of  the  boys  were  instantly  in  the  stream  in  chase 
of  the  bird,  which  was  making  rapid  strokes  towards  a  clump  of 
bushes.  Macaw  arrived  first,  and,  for  joy  at  his  deliverance, 
laughed  in  exultation  ;  but  a  blow  of  a  pole  knocked  him  into  the 
water  again,  and  a  towel  over  his  nose  soon  made  him  prisoner 


92  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP,  xt 

upon  our  own  terms.  The  poor  fellow  struggled  lustily,  roaring-, 
and  using-  bill  and  *oes  to  good  purpose.  His  sympathising 
brethren  flew  round  and  round,  screaming  in  concert;  and  it  was 
not  until  another  shot  had  cut  off  the  tail  of  one  of  the  most  noisy 
that  they  began  to  credit  us  for  being  in  earnest.  Our  specimen 
was  of  the  blue  and  yellow  variety.  During  the  night  we  re- 
peatedly sailed  by  trees  where  these  birds  were  roosting,  and  upon 

one  dry  branch  A ,  whose  watch  it  was,  counted  eighteen. 

The  opportunity  was  tempting,  but  we  were  under  press  for  Gu- 
rupa,  and  could  not  delay.  The  Indians  were  as  anxious  for  a  rest 
as  ourselves,  and  all  night  pulled  with  scarcely  an  intermission. 


CHAPTER  XI. 

EARLY  on  the  6th  Gurupa  was  in  sight.  As  we  drew  near  we 
were  hailed  from  the  fort  in  some  outlandish  tongue,  inquiring, 
probably,  if  we  intended  to  storm  the  town.  Our  answer  was  in 
English,  and  they  seemed  as  well  satisfied  as  though  they  had 
comprehended  it,  bidding  us  pass  on.  The  town  does  not  present 
a  very  striking  appearance  from  the  water,  merely  the  tops  of 
half  a  dozen  houses  being  visible.  The  landing  was  at  the  upper 
end,  and  there  we  moored,  among  numbers  of  little  craft  which 
had  collected  from  the  vicinity,  for  the  day  was  a  festa. 

Gurupa  was  formerly  considered  the  key  to  the  river,  and  was 
of  great  service  to  the  early  colonists  in  preventing  the  encroach- 
ments of  other  nations.  Now  it  is  of  little  consequence,  and 
has  but  a  scanty  trade.  Its  population  numbers  a  few  hundred. 
Superior  sarsaparilla,  or  salsa,  is  taken  to  Para  from  this  vicinity. 
The  situation  of  the  town  is  fine.  In  front,  a  long  island  stretches 
far  down  the  river,  called  the  Isle  of  Paroquets.  Above,  ar.d 
within  a  few  miles,  are  two  other  islands,  both  small,  and  beautiful 
from  their  circular  shape.  Upon  the  Isle  of  Paroquets  all  kinds 
of  parrots  and  macaws  were  now  preparing  to  breed  in  vast  flocks, 
and  this  accounted  for  the  unusual  numbers  which  we  had  seen 
within  a  few  days. 

We  had  a  letter  from  Dr.  Costa  to  the  Commandante,  and 
suitable  respect,  moreover,  demanded  a  display  of  passports ;  so, 


CHAP,  xi.]      AN  EGG-HUNT— STORM— CA'RAP ANA'S.  93 

after  breakfasting  on  the  beach,  A and  Bradley  went  up  to 

his  Excellency's  house.  The  Commandante  was  very  polite  in 
his  attentions,  and  pressed  us  strongly  to  remain  to  a  dance 
which  he  was  to  give  in  the  evening.  But  if  we  could  only  wait 
until  afternoon,  he  would  send  us  some  fresh  beef;  and,  at  any 
rate,  upon  our  return,  we  must  stay  with  him  at  least  a  fortnight. 
While  our  two  diplomatists  were  thus  engaged,  Sawtelle  under- 
took the  customary  search  for  eggs  ;  and  the  first  person  he  made 
inquiry  of  for  these  indispensables  was  the  schoolmaster,  who, 
with  his  dignity  all  upon  him,  and  his  scholars  about  him,  was 
discharging  his  usual  duties.  Yes,  the  schoolmaster  had  eggs, 
and  at  once  started  to  bring  them,  careless  of  dignity,  duties,  and 
all.  In  his  absence  our  messenger  despatched  the  scholars  to 
their  respective  homes  on  a  like  errand,  and  soon  they  returned 
with  one,  two,  and  three  apiece,  until  our  cuya  was  filled.  There 
are  no  County  Superintendents,  or  Boards  of  Trustees,  in  Brazil. 

A  fresh  breeze  had  sprung  up,  and  we  hastened  away.  A  few 
miles  above  Gurupa  the  clouds  began  to  darken,  the  waves  were 
rising  ominously,  and  there  was  every  appearance  of  a  squall : 
several  canoes,  which  had  been  on  the  same  course,  had  hauled  in- 
shore, and  their  crews  seemed  to  look  upon  us  with  astonishment 

as  we  swept  by  them.  A was  on  deck  as  usual,  watching 

the  sail,  and  the  Indians,  half  frightened  at  our  speed,  kept  every 
eye  on  him.  Suddenly  a  halyard  parted,  the  sail  flaunted  out,  the 
boat  tipped,  and  there  was  not  an  Indian  on  board  but  crossed 
himself  and  called  on  Nossa  Senhora.  Perhaps  Nossa  Senhora 
heard  them,  and  was  willing  to  do  them  a  good  turn,  for  very 
soon  the  wind  died  away,  and  the  bright  sun  made  all  smile  again. 

Soon  after  dark  we  crossed  the  mouth  of  the  Xingu  (Shingu), 
much  to  the  displeasure  of  the  Indians,  who  wished  to  stop  upon 
the  lower  side.  And  they  were  very  right ;  for  scarcely  had  we 
crossed  when  we  were  beset  by  such  swarms  of  carapanas,  or 
musquitoes,  as  put  all  sleep  at  defiance.  Nets  were  of  no  avail, 
even  if  the  oppressive  heat  would  have  allowed  them,  for  those 
which  could  not  creep  through  the  meshes  would  in  some  other 
way  find  entrance,  in  spite  of  every  precaution.  Thick  breeches 
they  laughed  at,  and  the  cabin  seemed  the  interior  of  a  bee-hive. 
This  would  not  do,  so  we  tried  the  deck ;  but  fresh  swarms  con- 
tinually poured  over  us,  and  all  night  long  we  were  foaming 


94  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  xi. 

with  vexation  and  rage.  The  Indians  fared  little  better,  and 
preferred  paddling  on  to  anchoring  near  shore.  The  English 
consul  at  Para  had  told  us,  "  Ye'll  be  ate  up  alive  intirely,"  and 
certainly  this  began  to  look  much  like  it.  Moreover,  we  were 
told  for  consolation  that  this  was  but  the  advanced  guard.  It  is 
very  remarkable  that  carapanas  are  not  found  to  any  troublesome 
extent  below  the  Xingu.  The  country  is  low,  and  much  of  it 
wet,  yet,  from  some  cause,  does  not  favour  these  little  pests. 

The  Xingu  is  a  noble  river,  in  length  nearly  equal  to  the 
Tocantins.  At  its  mouth  it  expands  to  a  width  of  several  miles, 
and  is  there  profusely  dotted  with  islands.  From  the  Xingu  the 
best  rubber  is  brought,  and  a  number  of  small  settlements  along 
the  banks  are  supported  by  that  trade. 

Soon  after  sunrise  upon  the  7th  we  brought  up  alongside  of 
a  large  cedar-log,  the  land  being  inaccessible,  or  rather  being 
entirely  overflowed,  and  speedily  we  had  a  rousinsr  fire  kindled 
between  two  of  the  roots.  This  cedar  is  a  beautiful  wood,  light 
as  pine,  and,  when  polished,  of  fine  colour.  Most  of  the  woods 
of  the  country  are  protected  against  the  ravages  of  insects  by 
their  hardness,  but  the  cedar  is  filled  with  a  fragrant  resinous 
gum  which  every  insect  detests.  It  grows  mostly  upon  the 
Japura,  and  other  upper  branches  of  the  Amazon,  and  is  almost 
the  only  wood  seen  floating  in  the  river.  At  certain  points 
along  the  shores  vast  numbers  of  the  logs  are  collected,  and,  were 
mill-streams  common,  might  be  turned  to  profitable  purpose. 

Just  before  we  had  reached  our  mooring  a  full-sized  harpy 
eagle  perched  upon  a  tree  near  the  water,  his  crest  erect,  and 
his  appearance  noble  beyond  description.  We  gave  him  a  charge 
of  our  largest  shot,  but  he  seemed  not  to  notice  it.  Before  we 
could  fire  again  he  slowly  gathered  himself  up  and  flew  majes- 
tically off.  This  bird  is  called  the  Gavion  Real,  or  Royal  Eagle, 
and  is  not  uncommon  throughout  the  interior.  Its  favourite 
food  is  said  to  be  sloths  and  other  large-sized  animals. 

After  breakfast  we  sailed  by  a  broad  marsh,  upon  which  hun- 
dreds of  herons  were  stalking  through  the  tall  grass.  Upon  logs 
and  stumps  projecting  from  the  water  sat  great  flocks  of  terns, 
ducks,  and  cormorants,  which,  at  our  approach,  left  their  resting- 
places,  some  circling  about  us  with  loud  cries,  others  diving 
beneath  the  water,  or  flying  hurriedly  to  some  safer  spot. 


CHAP,  xi.]          INDIAN  COOKING— FOREST-TREES.  95 

We  proceeded  very  slowly.  The  current  had  a  rapidity  of 
about  three  miles  an  hour,  and  it  was  only  by  keeping  close  in- 
shore that  we  could  make  headway.  The  water  of  the  Amazon 
is  yellowish,  and  deposits  a  slight  sediment.  It  is  extremely 
pleasant  to  the  taste,  and  causes  none  of  that  sickness  upon  first 
acquaintance  that  river-waters  often  do.  For  bathing,  it  is  luxu- 
rious. 

Upon  the  morning  of  the  8th  a  range  of  hills,  or  mountains, 
as  they  may  properly  enough  be  called,  was  visible  upon  the 
northern  shore ;  and  after  passing  such  an  extent  of  low  country 
the  sight  was  refreshing.  They  had  none  of  the  ruggedness  of 
mountains  elsewhere,  but  rose  gently  above  the  surrounding  level, 
like  some  first  attempt  of  nature  at  mountain-making. 

We  saw  a  number  of  darters  upon  the  branches  over  the 
water,  but  were  unable  to  shoot  them.  A  pair  of  red  macaws 
fared  differently,  and  we  laid  them  by  for  breakfast.  During  the 
morning  we  passed  about  a  dozen  sloths.  They  were  favourite 
food  of  the  Indians,  and  their  eyes  were  always  quick  to  discover 
them  among  the  branches,  upon  the  lower  side  of  which  they 
usually  hung,  looking  like  so  many  wasps'  nests.  We  observed 
a  large  lily  of  deep  crimson  colour,  and  numerous  richly 
flowered  creepers,  but  without  being  able  to  obtain  them.  It  was 
impossible  to  effect  a  landing,  and  we  moored  again  by  the  side 
of  a  cedar-log,  eight  feet  in  diameter.  Upon  this  was  growing  a 
cactus,  which  we  preserved.  Our  macaws,  fricasseed  with  rice, 
made  a  very  respectable  meal ;  somewhat  tough  ;  but  what  then? 
— many  a  more  reputable  fowl  has  that  disadvantage.  The  Indians 
shot  a  small  monkey,  and  before  life  was  out  of  him  threw  him 
upon  the  fire.  Scarcely  warmed  through,  he  was  torn  in  pieces, 
and  devoured  with  a  sort  of  cannibal  greediness  that  made  one 
shudder. 

Palm-trees  had  entirely  disappeared,  but  cotton-trees,  of  pro- 
digious height  and  spreading  tops,  were  seen  everywhere.  So 
also  were  mangabeira-trees,  conspicuous  from  their  leafless  limbs, 
and  the  large  red  seed-pods  which  ornamented  them.  There 
was  another  tree,  more  beautiful  than  either,  called,  from  its 
yellowish-brown  bark,  the  mulatto-tree.  It  was  tall  and  slim, 
its  leaves  of  a  dark  green,  and  its  elegantly  spreading  top  was 
covered  with  clusters  of  small  white  flowers.  The  yellow  limbs, 


96  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.         [CHAP.  n. 


as  they  threaded  among  the  leaves  and  flowers,  produced  a  doubly 
pleasing  effect.  This  tree  is  common  upon  the  river,  but  its  wood 
is  esteemed  of  no  vulue. 

We  made  little  advance,  the  wind  not  favouring,  and  the  cur- 
rent being  strong.  Late  in  the  evening  we  threw  a  rope  over  a 
stump  at  some  distance  from  the  shore,  beyond  reach  of  cara- 
panas, and  spread  ourselves  upon  the  cabin-top,  in  the  clear  moon- 
light, hoping  for  a  quiet  sleep.  But  the  breeze  freshened,  and  off 
we  started  again,  to  our  great  misfortune ;  for,  the  wind  soon 
dying  away,  we  got  entangled  in  the  cross  currents,  and  were 
hurled  with  violence  among  bushes  and  trees.  And  now  a 
pelting  storm  came  up,  and  the  gaping  seams  of  the  cabin-top  ad- 
mitted floods  of  water.  To  crown  the  whole,  we  were  at  last 
obliged  to  stop  in-shore,  and  sunrise  found  us  half  devoured. 

We  were  always  out  as  early  as  possible  in  the  morning,  for, 
besides  that  it  was  far  the  pleasantest  part  of  the  day,  there  were 
always  birds  enough  by  the  water-side  to  attract  one  fond  of  a 
gun.  The  morning  of  the  9th  was  ushered  in  by  a  brace  of  dis- 
charges at  a  flock  of  parrots,  and  immediately  after  down  dropped 
a  darter.  We  had  seen  several  of  these  within  a  few  days,  and 
they  were  always  conspicuous  from  their  long,  snake-like  necks 
and  outspread  tails.  They  were  very  tame,  and  easily  shot ;  but, 
if  not  instantly  killed,  would  dive  below  the  surface  of  the  water, 
with  nothing  but  the  tip  of  their  bill  protruding.  In  this  manner 
they  would  swim  under  the  grass,  and  were  beyond  detection. 
The  Indians  called  them  cararas.  This  family  is  remarkable  for 
the  absence  of  any  tongue,  save  the  slightest  rudiment,  and  for 
having  no  external  nostril.  This  specimen  was  a  young  male  of 
the  Plotus  anhinga. 

The  land  was  still  swampy,  but  we  contrived  to  find  a  stopping- 
place,  where  we  were  terribly  persecuted  by  carapanas.  The 
hills  on  our  right  were  increasing  in  number  and  size.  Several 
canoes  passed  on  their  way  down,  but,  as  these  always  keep  in 
the  current,  one  may  sail  the  whole  length  of  the  Amazon  with- 
out hailing  a  fellow-voyager.  We  were  here  annoyed  by  a  large 
black  fly,  called  mutuca,  which  seemed  determined  to  suck  from 
us  what  little  blood  the  carapanas  had  left. 

The  men  rowed  with  a  slight  increase  of  unction,  attributable 
to  our  being  out  of  fish,  which  they  had  wasted  in  the  most  rock- 


CHAP,  xi.]          GRASS  FIELDS— PASSION-FLOWERS.  97 

less  manner.  It  was  impossible  to  serve  them  with  daily  rations ; 
no  independent  Indian  would  submit  to  that.  No  matter  how 
large  the  piece  they  cut  off,  if  it  was  more  than  enough  for  their 
present  want,  over  it  went  into  the  stream.  Of  farinha,  too, 
they  were  most  enormous  gluttons,  ready  to  eat  at  any  time  a 
quart,  which,  swelling  in  water,  becomes  of  three  times  that  bulk. 
And  they  not  only  ate  it,  but  drank  it,  mixing  it  with  water,  and 
constantly  stirring  it  as  they  swallowed.  This  drink  they  called 
shibe. 

The  morning  of  the  10th  discovered  the  northern  hills  much 
broken  into  peaks,  resembling  a  bed  of  craters.  Many  of  the 
hills,  however,  were  extremely  regular,  often  shaped  like  the 
frustrum  of  a  cone,  and  apparently  crowned  with  table-land. 

We  coasted  for  some  hours  along  a  shoal  bank  covered  with 
willows  and  other  shrubs  standing  in  the  water.  Such  banks  are 
generally  lined  with  a  species  of  coarse  grass,  which  often  extends 
into  fields  of  great  size.  Large  masses  of  this  are  constantly 
breaking  off  by  wind  and  current,  and  float  down  with  the  ap- 
pearance of  tiny  islets.  A  nice  little  cove  invited  us  to  break- 
fast, and  the  open  forest  allowed  a  delightful  ramble.  Soon  after 
leaving  this  place  the  channel  was  divided  by  a  large  island,  and, 
taking  the  narrower  passage,  all  day  we  sailed  southward,  in 
what  seemed  rather  an  igaripe  than  a  part  of  the  Amazon.  Here 
were  thousands  of  small  green,  white-breasted  swallows ;  and 
the  bushes  were  alive  with  the  crotophagas,  spoken  of  before. 
Here  also  we  saw  a  pair  of  hyaeinthine  macaws,  entirely  blue, 
the  rarest  variety  upon  the  river  ;  and  numbers  of  a  new  passion- 
flower, of  a  deep  scarlet  colour.  "  In  the  lanceolate  leaves  of 
the  passion-flower  our  Catholic  ancestors  saw  the  spear  that 
pierced  our  Saviour's  side  ;  in  the  tendrils,  the  whip ;  the  five 
wounds  in  the  five  stamens  ;  and  the  three  nails  in  the  three 
clavate  styles.  There  were  but  ten  divisions  of  the  floral  cover- 
ing, and  so  they  limited  the  number  of  the  apostles ;  excluding 
Judas,  the  betrayer,  and  Peter,  the  denier." 

Re-entering  the  main  stream  early  upon  the  llth,  we  passed 
the  little  town  of  Pryinha,  upon  the  northern  shore.  The  bank 
was  still  skirted  by  willows  and  grass,  and  the  only  landing  we 
could  discover  was  in  a  swamp  of  tall  callas.  Upon  the  stems  of 
these  plants  was  a  species  of  shell,  the  Bulimus  picturata  (Fer.). 

H 


98  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP.  XL 

There  was  here  a  large  tree  bearing  pink  flowers  of  the  size  and 
appearance  of  hollyhocks ;  and  crimson  passion-vines  were  twined 
about  the  callas.  During  the  day  we  passed  a  number  of  trees 
formed  by  clusters  of  many  separate  trunks,  which  all  united  in 
one  just  below  the  branches. 

Upon  the  12th  we  passed  Monte  Alegre,  a  little  town,  like- 
wise upon  the  northern  shore,  and  noted  above  other  river-towns 
for  it*  manufacture  of  cuyas,  some  of  which  are  of  exquisite  form 
and  colouring.  Just  below  the  town  a  fine  peak  rises,  conspicuous 
for  many  miles.  The  shore  near  us  was  densely  overhung  with 
vines  of  the  convolvolus  major,  or  morning-glory,  plentifully 
sprinkled  with  flowers  of  pink  and  blue.  We  passed  a  brood  of 
little  ducks,  apparently  just  from  the  shell.  As  we  came  near, 
the  old  one  uttered  a  note  of  warning  and  scuttled  away ;  and 
the  little  tails  of  her  brood  twinkled  under  the  water. 

About  noon,  discovering  a  sitio,  we  turned  in,  hoping  to  obtain 
some  fish  for  our  men,  who  grumbled  mightily  at  their  farinha 
diet.  There  were  a  couple  of  girls  and  some  children  in  the 
house,  and  they  seemed  somewhat  surprised  at  our  errand,  for 
they  had  not  enough  to  eat  for  themselves.  The  poor  girls  did 
look  miserably,  but  poverty  in  such  a  country  was  absurd. 

Proceeding  on,  an  hour  brought  us  to  another  sitio,  where  the 
confused  noises  of  dogs,  and  pigs,  and  hens,  seemed  indicative  of 
better  quarters.  Here  were  three  women  onlv,  engaged  in 
painting  cuyas.  At  first  they  declined  parting  with  anything 
in  the  absence  of  their  men  ;  but  a  distribution  of  cashaca  and 
cigars  effected  a  wonderful  change,  and  at  last  they  sold  us  a  pig 
for  one  milree,  or  fifty  cents,  and  a  hen  for  two  patacs,  or  thirty- 
two  cents.  Soon  after,  an  old  man  from  a  neighbouring  sitio 
brought  in  a  musk-duck  for  one  patac.  We  gave  the  pig  to 
the  men,  and  in  a  few  moments  he  was  over  their  fire.  Mean- 
while, they  caught  a  fish,  weighing  some  dozen  pounds,  and,  with 
customary  improvidence,  put  him  also  into  the  kettle.  Finally, 
the  half-eaten  fragments  of  both  were  tossed  into  the  river.  The 
old  man  of  whom  we  had  bought  the  duck  was  verv  strenuous 
for  cashaca,  and  brought  us  a  peck  of  coffee  in  exchange  for  a 
pint.  Not  content  with  that,  he  at  last  pursued  us  more  than 
a  mile  in  a  montaria,  bringing  eight  coppers  for  more,  and  seemed 
to  take  it  much  to  heart  that  we  had  none  to  sell. 


CHAP,  xi.]  THRUSH— CAMPO  INCIDENT.  99 

Upon  the  13th  we  left  the  southern  shore,  in  order  to  avoid  a 
deep  curve,  and  crossed  to  a  large  island.  Coasting  along  this 
we  discovered  a  number  of  birds  new  to  us,  the  most  interesting 
of  which  was  a  small  species  of  the  thrush  family,  the  Dona- 
cobius  vociferans  (Swain.).  This  bird  we  often  afterwards  saw 
in  the  grass  by  the  water,  and  his  delightful  notes  reminded  us 
of  his  cousin  the  mocking-bird  at  home.  He  was  incomparably 
the  finest  singer  that  we  heard  upon  the  river,  and  there,  where 
singing  birds  are  unusual,  may  be  considered  as  one  of  the  river 
attractions.  Upon  either  side  his  neck  was  a  yellow  wattle,  by 
the  swelling  of  which  he  produced  his  rich  tones. 

There  was  high  land  upon  the  southern  shore,  but  upon  our 
island  we  could  find  no  place  to  rest.  The  Amazon,  in  this  part 
of  its  course,  expands  to  a  width  of  from  fifteen  to  twenty  miles. 

Towards  night  we  bought  a  supply  of  dried  peixe  boi  at  a 
sitio.  It  was  inconceivably  worse  than  the  periecu,  or  common 
fish,  in  rankness  and  toughness. 

We  passed  a  campo  extending  back  for  several  leagues,  and 
covered  with  the  coarse  grass  mentioned  before,  and  mostly  over- 
flowed. This  was  said  to  be  a  place  of  resort  for  ducks,  which 
breed  there  in  the  months  of  August  and  September  in  incon- 
ceivable numbers.  There  were  evidently  many  now  feeding 
upon  the  grass-seed,  and  occasionally  a  few  would  start  up  at 
the  noise  of  our  approach.  Our  pilot  suggested  that  there  were 
plenty  of  cattle  and  sheep  upon  this  campo,  and  that  they  belonged 
to  no  one.  The  Indians  were  longing  for  fresh  meat,  and  had 
they  been  alone  would  have  carried  off  one  of  the  "  cow-cattle," 
as  Bradley  termed  them,  without  inquiring  for  ownership. 

During  the  morning  of  the  14th  we  stopped  at  a  cacao  sitio, 
where  was  a  fine  house  and  a  number  of  blacks.  While  here,  a 
montaria  arrived,  containing  a  sour-looking  old  fellow,  and  a 
young  girl  seated  between  two  slaves.  She  had  eloped  from 
some  town  above  with  her  lover,  and  her  father  had  overtaken 
her  at  Monte  Alegre,  and  was  now  conveying  her  home.  She 
was  very  beautiful,  and  her  expression  was  so  touchingly  dis- 
consolate, that  we  were  half  tempted  to  consider  ourselves  six 
centuries  in  the  past,  toss  the  old  gentleman  into  the  river,  and 
cry  "  St.  Denis  to  the  rescue  !"  Poor  girl !  she  had  reason  enough 
for  sadness,  as  she  thought  of  her  unpleasant  widowhood  and  of 

H2 


100  A  VOYAGE  UP  TfiE  RIVER  AMAZON*.       [CHAP.  xi. 

the  merciless  cowhide  in  waiting  for  her  at  home.  Some  one 
asked  her  if  she  would  like  to  go  with  us.  Her  eyes  glistened 
an  instant,  but  the  thought  of  her  father  so  near  soon  dimmed 
them  with  tears. 

All  day  we  continued  along  the  islands.  Upon  the  southern 
shore  a  range  of  regular  highlands  extended  up  and  down,  and 
along  them  we  could  distinguish  houses  and  groves  of  cacao-trees. 

Towards  evening  we  passed  a  campo  of  small  extent,  having 
a  forest  background,  and  lined  along  the  shore  with  low  trees 
and  bushes.  These  were  completely  embowered  in  running 
vines,  forming  columns,  arches,  and  fantastic  grottoes. 

The  sun  of  the  loth  had  not  risen  when  an  exclamation  of 
some  one  called  us  all  out  for  the  first  glimpse  of  Santarem. 
Surely  enough,  a  white  steeple  was  peeping  through  the  gray 
mist,  bidding  us  good  cheer,  for  here,  at  last,  we  should  rest 
a  while  from  our  labours.  The  steeple  was  still  some  miles  ahead, 
but  the  spontaneous  song  of  the  men,  and  the  hearty  pulls  at  the 
paddle,  told  us  that  these  miles  would  be  very  short. 

Crossing  to  the  southern  side,  we  soon  entered  the  current  of 
the  Tapajos,  This  river  is  often  called  the  Preto,  or  Black, 
from  the  colour  of  its  waters ;  and,  for  a  long  distance,  its  deep 
black  runs  side  by  side  with  the  yellow  of  the  Amazon,  as  though 
this  king  of  rivers  disdained  the  contribution  of  so  insignificant 
and  dingy  a  tributary.  And  yet  the  Tapajos  is  a  mighty  stream. 
The  shore  was  deeply  indented  by  successive  grassy  bays,  with 
open  lagoons  in  their  centres,  about  the  margins  of  which  various 
water-fowl  were  feeding.  Most  conspicuous  in  such  places  is 
always,  the  Great  White  Egret,  Ardea  alba,  who  raises  his  long 
neck  above  the  grass  as  the  suspicious  object  approaches.  "With 
an  intuitive  perception  of  the  range  of  a  fowling-piece,  he  either 
quietly  resumes  his  feeding,  or  deliberately  removes  to  some  spot 
near  by,  where  he  knows  he  is  beyond  harm.  The  heron  is 
sometimes  spoken  of  as  a  melancholy  bird,  but  whether  stalking 
over  the  meadows,  or  perched  upon  the  green  bush,  he  sef ms  to 
me  one  of  the  most  beautiful,  graceful  beings  in  nature  The 
Lady  of  the  Waters,  a  name  elsewhere  given  to  a  single  species, 
might,  without  flattery,  be  bestowed  upon  the  whole. 

The  trees  beyond  these  bays  were  many  of  them  in  full  bloom, 
some  covered  with  glories  of  golden  yellow ;  others,  of  bright 


CHAP.  XL]         CAPTAIN  HISLOP— RIVER  TAPA JOS.  101 

blue  ;  and  others  still,  of  pure  white.  Many  had  lost  their  leaves, 
and  presented  sombre  Autumn  in  the  embrace  of  joyous  Spring ; 
thus  tempering  the  sadness  which  irresistibly  steals  over  one 
when  witnessing  nature's  decay,  with  the  joy  that  lightens  every 
feeling  when  witnessing  her  renovation. 

Leaving  these  pretty  spots,  low  trees  covered  the  shore,  and 
in  their  branches  we  noticed  many  new  and  beautiful  birds 
that  made  us  long  for  a  montaria. 

When  neaf  the  town,  part  of  our  company  left  the  galliota, 
and  walked  up  along  the  beach.  Our  letters  were  to  Captain 
Hislop,  an  old  Scotch  settler,  and  directly  on  the  bank  of  the 
river,  at  the  nearer  end  of  the  town,  we  found  his  house.  The 
old  gentleman  received  us  as  was  usual,  placing  his  house  at 
once  "  a  suas  ordens,"  and  making  us  feel  entirely  at  home.  We 
walked  out,  before  dinner,  to  show  our  passports  to  the  proper 
officers,  although  we  undertood  this  to  be  rather  matter  01  com- 
pliment than  of  necessity,  as  formerly.  Not  finding  the  officers, 
we  made  several  other  calls,  the  most  agreeable  of  which  was  to 
Senhor  Louis,  a  French  baker,  and  a  genuine  Frenchman.  He 
was  passionately  fond  of  sporting,  and,  although  he  had  been  for 
several  days  unable  to  attend  his  business  from  illness,  he  at  once 
offered  to  disclose  to  us  the  hiding-places  of  the  birds,  and  to  be 
at  our  disposal,  from  sunrise  to  sunset,  as  long  as  we  should  stay. 

After  our  galliota  habits,  it  seemed  odd  enough  to  sit  once  more 
at  a  civilized  table  ;  but  that  feeling  was  soon  absorbed  in  astonish- 
ment at  Santarem  beef,  so  tender,  so  fat,  so  eatable.  How  could 
we  ever  return  to  the  starved  subjects  of  Para  market  ? 

The  captain  had  been  a  navigator  upon  all  these  rivers,  and 
particularly  the  Tapajos,  having  ascended  to  Cuyaba,  far  amongst 
its  head-waters.  At  Santarem  the  Tapajos  is  about  one  mile  and 
a  half  wide  at  high  water.  Above,  it  greatly  widens,  and,  for 
several  days'  journey,  is  bordered  by  plantations  of  cacao.  At 
about  twelve  days'  journey,  or  not  far  from  two  hundred  and  fifty 
miles,  the  mountains  appear,  and  the  banks  are  uneven,  and  of 
great  beauty.  The  region  thence  above  is  a  rich  mineral  region, 
and  rare  birds,  animals,  and  flowers  are  calling  loudly  for  some 
adventurous  naturalist  who  shall  give  them  immortality.  Here 
are  found  the  hyacinthine  macaws,  M.  hyacinthinus,  and  the 
trumpeters,  Psophia  crepitans.  Af  certain  points  the  naviga- 


102  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP.  xi. 

tion  is  obstructed  by  rapids,  and,  to  pass  these,  the  canoes  are 
unloaded  and  dragged  over  the  land.  The  journey  from  Para  to 
Cuyaba  requires  about  five  months,  owing  to  the  absence  of  re- 
gular winds  and  the  swiftness  of  the  current.  Canoes  occasionally 
come  down,  bringing  little  except  gold,  and  in  returning  they 
carry  principally  salt  and  guarana,  a  substance  from  which  a 
drink  is  prepared.  At  a  distance  of  several  hundred  miles  above 
Santarem  is  a  large  settlement  of  Indians,  and  from  them  come 
the  feather  dresses  seen  sometimes  in  Para.  These  are  worn  by 
the  tau9has.  A  cap,  tightly  fitting  the  head,  is  woven  of  wild 
cotton,  and  this  is  covered  with  the  smaller  feathers  of  macaws. 
To  this  is  attached  a  gaudy  cape  reaching  far  down  the  back,  and 
formed  by  the  long  tail-feathers  of  the  same  birds,  of  which  they 
also  make  sceptres  that  are  borne  in  the  hand.  Besides  these 
are  pieces  for  the  shoulders,  elbows,  wrists,  waist,  neck,  and 
knees ;  and  often  a  richly  worked  sash  is  thrown  round  the  body. 
These  dresses  are  the  result  of  prodigious  labour,  and  far  surpass, 
in  richness  and  effect,  those  sometimes  brought  from  the  South 
Sea  Islands. 

From  the  Tapajos  Indians  come  also  the  embalmed  heads 
frequently  seen  at  Pard.  These  are  the  heads  of  enemies  killed 
in  war,  and  retain  wonderfully  their  natural  appearance.  The 
hair  is  well  preserved,  and  the  eye-sockets  are  filled  with  clay 
and  painted.  The  Indians  are  said  to  guard  these  heads  with 
great  care,  being  obliged,  by  some  superstition,  to  carry  them 
upon  any  important  expedition,  and  even  when  clearing  ground 
for  a  new  sitio.  In  this  case,  the  head,  stuck  upon  a  pole  in  one 
corner  of  the  field,  watches  benignly  the  proceedings,  and  may 
be  supposed  to  distil  over  the  whole  a  shower  of  blessings. 

The  river,  below  the  falls,  is  not  subject  to  fever  and  ague ; 
and  above,  only  at  some  seasons. 

Santarem  is  the  second  town  to  Para,  in  size,  upon  the  Amazon, 
and  has  every  facility,  from  its  situation,  for  an  extensive  trade 
with  the  interior.  It  is  in  the  centre  of  the  cacao  region,  and 
retains  almost  entire  control  of  that  article.  Vast  quantities  of 
castanha-nuts  also  arrive  at  its  wharves  from  the  interior.  The 
campos  in  the  vicinity  support  large  herds  of  fat  cattle,  in  every 
way  superior  to  those  of  Marajo  ;  and  were  steam-boats  plying 
upon  the  river,  Santarem  beef  would  be  in  great  demand  at  Para. 


CHAP,  xi.]  SANTAREM— DEPARTURE-A  DIFFICULTY  103 

Its  population  is  about  four  thousand.  It  stands  upon  ground  in- 
clining back  from  the  river.  Its  streets  are  regular,  and  the  houses 
pleasant  looking,  usually  but  of  one  story,  and  built  as  in  Para. 
It  contains  a  very  pretty  church,  above  which  tower  two  steeples. 
The  fort  is  very  conspicuous,  standing  upon  a  high  point  at  the 
lower  end  of  the  town,  and  commanding  the  river. 

The  morning  after  our  arrival  we  called  upon  the  commandante 
and  the  chief  of  police.  Both  were  gentlemanly,  educated  men  ; 
and,  very  kindly,  expressed  themselves  happy  to  do  us  any  favour, 
or  assist  us  in  any  way.  At  one  of  these  houses  was  a  very 
curious  species  of  monkey  ;  being  long-haired,  gray  in  colour,  and 
sporting  an  enormous  pair  of  white  whiskers. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Santarem  the  scarcity  of  labourers  is  most 
severely  felt,  slaves  being  few,  and  Indians  not  only  being  difficult 
to  catch,  but  slippery  when  caught.  We  suspected  some  persons 
of  tampering  with  our  men,  and  therefore  judged  it  beiter  to 
proceed  at  once,  although  we  had  intended  to  remain  several  days. 
Our  suspicions  proved  true,  for,  upon  leaving,  two  of  the  boys 
were  determined  to  remain  behind,  and  were  only  prevented  from 
so  doing  by  our  summoning  an  officer  and  the  threat  of  the 
calaboose.  A  detention  in  the  calaboose  would  in  itself  be  slight ; 
but  when  it  involves,  at  least,  three  hundred  lashes  from  the  cat, 
a  most  detestable  animal  to  the  Indian,  it  becomes  something  to 
be  considered.  Desertion  is  so  common,  and  so  annoying,  that 
it  receives  no  mercy  from  the  authorities. 

Leaving  Santarem,  we  crossed  to  an  igaripe  leading  into  the 
Amazon.  Seen  from  this  distance,  the  town  presents  a  fine  ap- 
pearance, to  which  the  irregular  hills  in  the  background  much 
contribute.  The  highest  of  these  hills  approaches  pretty  nearly 
our  idea  of  a  mountain.  It  is  of  pyramidal  form,  and  is  known 
by  the  name  of  Irira.  The  igaripe  was  narrow  ;  lined,  upon  one 
side  by  sitios,  upon  the  other  by  an  open  campo.  While  coasting 
along  this,  one  of  the  boys  who  had  attempted  desertion  threw 
himself  on  the  cabin-top,  in  a  fit  of  sulks,  and  commenced  talking 

impudently  with   the  pilot.     A told  him  to  take  a  paddle, 

which  he  refused ;  and,  quicker  than  thought,  he  found  himself 
overboard,  and  swimming  against  the  current.  He  roared  lustily 
for  help ;  and  after  a  few  moments  we  drew  up  by  the  grass,  and 


104  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON".       [CHAP.  xn. 

allowed  him  to  climb  in,  considerably  humbled,  and  ready  enough 
to  take  a  paddle.  This  had  a  good  effect  upon  all ;  and  the  alac- 
rity with  which  they  afterwards  pulled  was  quite  refreshing. 


CHAPTER  XII. 

THE  river,  above  the  junction  of  the  Tapajos,  was  sensibly 
narrower.  Between  Garupa  and  Santarem  its  width  had  averaged 
from  eight  to  twelve,  and  sometimes  fifteen  miles.  From  the 
mouth  of  the  river  to  Santarem,  a  distance  of  six  hundred  miles, 
twelve  hundred  islands  are  sown  broadcast  over  the  water;  many 
of  large  size,  and  but  few  very  small.  These  have  been  accurately 
surveyed,  and  their  places  laid  down  upon  charts,  by  the  officers 
of  a  French  brig  of  war,  within  a  few  years.  Owing  to  this 
multitude  of  islands,  we  rarely  had  the  opportunity  of  distin- 
guishing the  northern  shore. 

The  waters  now  were  decreasing,  having  fallen  between  one 
and  two  feet.  Their  annual  subsidence  at  Santarem  is  twenty- 
five  feet ;  and  they  do  not  reach  that  point  until  late  in  Decem- 
ber. At  that  time  the  tides  are  observable  for  a  distance  of 
several  hundred  miles  above  the  Tapajos.  Even  at  the  height 
of  water  they  cause  a  slight  flowing  and  ebbing  at  Santarem. 

We  had  been  advised  that  the  carapanas  were  more  blood- 
thirsty above  the  Tapajos ;  and  our  first  night's  experience  made 
us  tremble  for  the  future. 

Early  in  the  morning,  June  17th,  we  drew  up  by  a  cacao  sitio. 
The  only  residents  here  were  four  women ;  two  rather  passers, 
and  the  others  pretty,  as  Indian  girls  almost  always  are.  They 
were  seated  upon  the  ground  in  front  of  the  house,  engaged  in 
platting  palm-leaves ;  and  to  our  salutation  of  "  muito  bem  dias," 
or  "  very  good  morning,"  and  "  licencia,  senhoras,"  or,  "  per- 
mission to  land,  ladies,"  they  answered  courteously,  and  as  we 
desired.  This  was  rather  more  agreeable  than  an  affected  shy- 
ness, a  scudding  into  the  house,  and  peeping  at  us  through  the 
cracks,  as  would  have  been  our  reception  in  some  other  countries 
I  wot  of.  Politeness  is  one  of  the  cardinal  virtues  in  Brazil ;  and 


CHAP,  xii.]        POLITENESS— RUNAWAYS-CACAO.  105 

high  or  low,  whites,  blacks,  or  Indians,  are  equally  under  its  in- 
fluence. One  never  passes  another  without  a  touch  of  the  hat 
and  a  salutation,  either  good  morning  or  afternoon  ;  or  more 
likely  still,  "  viva,  senhor,"  "  long  life,  sir  :"  and  frequently,  when 
we  have  been  rambling  in  the  fields,  a  passing  stranger  has  called 
out  to  us  a  greeting  from  a  distance  that  might  readily  have  ex- 
cused the  formality.  An  affirmative  or  negative,  even  between 
two  negroes,  is  "  si,  senhor,"  or  "  nao,  senhor."  Two  acquaint- 
ances, who  may  meet  the  next  hour,  part  with  "  ate  logo,"  or 
"  until  soon,"  "  ate  manhaa,"  "  until  to-morrow."  When  friends 
meet,  after  an  absence,  they  rush  into  each  other's  arms ;  and  a 
parting  is  often  with  tears.  "  Passa  bem,  se  Deos  quiere,"  "  may 
you  go  happily,  God  willing,"  is  the  last  salutation  to  even  a 
transient  visitor  as  he  pushes  from  the  shore ;  and  very  often 
one  discovers  that  the  unostentatious  kindness  of  his  entertainer 
has  preceded  him  even  into  the  boat. 

But  to  return  to  our  ladies.  A  distribution  of  cashaca  arid 
cigars  quite  completed  our  good  understanding ;  and,  with  the 
more  particularly  interesting  ones,  the  popularity  of  the  universal 
Yankee  nation  certainly  suffered  no  diminution.  They  under- 
stood the  arts  of  the  cuisine  too,  and  assisted  us  mightily  in  the 
preparation  of  our  viands.  As  a  parting  gift,  they  sent  on  board 
a  jar  of  fresh  cacao-wine,  the  expressed  juice  of  the  pulp  which 
envelops  the  seed,  a  drink  delightfully  acid  and  refreshing. 

While  here,  our  two  boys  embraced  the  opportunity  to  run 
away,  leaving  all  their  traps  behind  them.  It  was  embarrassing, 
but  there  was  no  remedy,  and  we  consoled  ourselves  with  the  sug- 
gestion that,  after  all,  they  were  lazy  fellows  not  worth  having. 

We  were  now  in  the  great  cacao  region,  which,  for  an  extent 
of  several  hundred  square  miles,  borders  the  river.  The  cacao- 
trees  are  low,  not  rising  above  fifteen  or  twenty  feet,  and  are 
distinguishable  from  a  distance  by  the  yellowish-green  of  their 
leaves,  so  different  from  aught  else  around  them.  They  are 
planted  at  intervals  of  about  twelve  feet,  and,  at  first,  are  pro- 
tected from  the  sun's  fierceness  by  banana-palms,  which,  with 
their  broad  leaves,  form  a  complete  shelter.  Three  years  after 
nlanting,  the  trees  yield,  and  thereafter  require  little  attention, 
or,  rather,  receive  not  any.  From  an  idea  that  the  sun  is  injurious 
to  the  berry,  the  tree-tops  are  suffered  to  mat  together  until  the 


106  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xn. 

whole  becomes  dense  as  thatch-work.  The  sun  never  penetrates 
this,  and  the  ground  below  is  constantly  wet.  The  trunk  of  the 
tree  grows  irregularly,  without  beauty,  although  perhaps  by 
careful  training  it  might  be  made  as  graceful  as  an  apple-tree. 
The  leaf  is  thin,  much  resembling  our  beech,  excepting  that  it 
is  smooth-edged.  The  flower  is  very  small,  and  the  berry  grows 
directly  from  the  trunk  or  branches.  It  is  eight  inches  in  length, 
five  in  diameter,  and  shaped  much  like  a  rounded  double  cone. 
When  ripe,  it  turns  from  light  green  to  a  deep  yellow,  and  at 
that  time  ornaments  the  tree  finely.  Within  the  berry  is  a 
white  acid  pulp,  and  embedded  in  this  are  from  thirty  to  forty 
seeds,  an  inch  in  length,  narrow,  and  flat.  These  seeds  are  the 
cacao  of  commerce.  When  the  berries  are  ripe,  they  are  col- 
lected into  great  piles  near  the  house,  are  cut  open  with  a  tresado, 
and  the  seeds,  squeezed  carelessly  from  the  pulp,  are  spread  upon 
mats  to  dry  in  the  sun.  Before  being  half  dried  they  are  loaded 
into  canoes  in  bulk,  and  transmitted  to  Para.  Some  of  these 
vessels  will  cany  four  thousand  arrobas  of  thirty-two  pounds 
each,  and,  as  if  such  a  bulk  of  damp  produce  would  not  sufficiently 
spoil  itself  by  its  own  steaming  during  a  twenty  days'  voyage, 
the  captains  are  in  the  habit  of  throwing  upon  it  great  quantities 
of  water,  to  prevent  its  loss  of  weight.  As  might  be  expected, 
when  arrived  at  Para  it  is  little  more  than  a  heap  of  mould,  and 
it  is  then  little  wonder  that  Para  cacao  is  considered  the  most 
inferior  in  foreign  markets.  Cacao  is  very  little  drunk  through- 
out the  province,  and  in  the  city  we  never  saw  it  except  at  the 
cafes.  It  is  a  delicious  drink  when  properly  prepared,  and  one 
soon  loses  relish  for  that  nasty  compound  known  in  the  States  as 
chocolate,  whose  main  ingredients  are  damaged  rice  and  soap- 
fat.  The  cacao-trees  yield  two  crops  annually,  and,  excepting  in 
harvest-time,  the  proprietors  have  nothing  to  do  but  lounge  in 
their  hammocks.  Most  of  these  people  are  in  debt  to  traders  in 
Santarem,  who  trust  them  to  an  unlimited  extent,  taking  a  lien 
upon  their  crops.  Sometimes  the  plantations  are  of  vast  extent, 
and  one  can  walk  for  miles  along  the  river,  from  one  to  the 
other,  as  freely  as  through  an  orchard.  No  doubt,  a  scientific 
cultivator  could  make  the  raising  of  cacao  very  profitable,  and 
elevate  its  quality  to  that  of  Guyaquil. 

Towards  evening  a  little  alligator  was  seen  upon  a  log  near 


CHAP,  xii.]  HIGH  BANK— KINGFISHERS.  107 

shore,  and  we  made  for  him  silently,  hoping  for  a  novel  sport. 
One  of  the  men  struck  him  over  the  head  with  a  pole,  but  his 
casque  protected  him,  and,  plumping  into  the  water,  we  saw  him 
no  more. 

The  morning  of  the  1 8th  found  us  boiling  our  kettle  under  a 
high  clay  bank,  which  was  thoroughly  perforated  by  the  holes  of 
kingfishers,  who,  great  and  small,  were  flying  back  and  forth, 
uttering  their  harsh,  rapid  notes,  and  excessively  alarmed  at  the 
curiosity  with  which  we  inspected  their  labours.  We  tried  hard 
to  discover  some  eggs,  but  the  holes  extended  into  the  bank  several 
feet,  and  we  were  rather  afraid  that  some  ugly  snake  might 
resent  our  intrusion.  Various  sorts  of  hornets,  bees,  and  ants, 
had  also  their  habitat  in  the  same  bank,  and  so  completely  had 
they  made  use  of  what  space  the  birds  had  left  them,  that  the 
broken  clay  resembled  the  bored  wood  that  we  sometimes  ob- 
served in  the  river  below.  This  clay  was  of  sufficient  fineness 
to  be  used  as  paint,  and  in  colour  was  yellow  and  red.  When 
fairly  exposed  to  the  sun,  it  seemed  rapidly  hardening  into  stone. 

Upon  the  hill  were  two  houses,  one  neatly  plastered,  the  other 
of  rough  mud  with  a  thatched  roof.  Both  were  deserted,  and 
evidently  had  been  for  a  long  time.  Traces  of  former  cultiva- 
tion where  everywhere  in  the  vicinity,  lime  and  orange  trees 
being  in  abundance,  and  the  vines  of  the  juramu,  a  sort  of 
squash,  running  over  everything.  No  one  knew  to  whom  this 
had  formerly  belonged,  but  probably  to  some  sufferer  by  the 
revolution.  Near  by  the  houses  we  observed  a  number  of  new 
flowers,  one  of  which  was  a  large  white  convolvolus,  that  thereafter 
we  frequently  saw  upon  the  shore. 

During  the  morning  we  sailed  some  miles  under  a  bank  of  one 
hundred  feet  in  height,  usually  entirely  wooded  to  the  water's 
edge.  But  wherever  the  sliding  earth  had  left  exposed  a  cliff,  it 
was  drilled  by  the  kingfishers  to  such  a  degree,  that  we  often 
counted  a  dozen  holes  within  a  square  yard.  It  seemed  to  be  the 
general  breeding-place  for  all  the  varieties  of  this  family  from 
hundreds  of  miles  below. 

We  saw  many  fine-looking  houses  and  large  plantations  upon 
the  hill,  and  the  table-land  seemed  to  run  back  a  long  distance. 
Here  the  fortunate  proprietors  lived  beyond  reach  of  carapanas, 
a  most  enviable  superiority. 


103  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xn. 

The  river  took  a  long  sweep  to  the  north,  describing  nearly 
two-thirds  of  a  circle,  and  indented  by  small  bays.  In  these  the 
water  was  almost  always  still,  and  often  flowed  back.  These 
latter  aids  to  poor  travellers  are  called  romancas,  and  the  pros- 
pect of  one  ahead  was  exceedingly  comfortable.  Great  quantities 
of  grass  are  caught  in  these  romancas,  and  spend  a  great  part  of 
their  natural  lives  in  moving,  with  a  discouraging  motion,  now 
up,  now  down,  as  wind  or  current  proves  stronger. 

About  noon  we  passed  the  outlet  of  a  large  lake,  or  rather  of 
what  seemed  to  be  a  wide  expansion  of  the  waters  of  the  river, 
between  a  long  island  and  the  southern  shore.  Here  were  nu- 
merous fishing-canoes,  and  hundreds  of  terns  were  flying  about,  as 
though  they  too  considered  this  good  fishing  ground.  There 
were  also  many  of  the  small  duck  called  the  Maraca.  Both 
these  varieties  of  birds  were  seen  in  large  flocks,  wherever  logs, 
projecting  from  the  water,  allowed  their  gathering,  and  often 
hundreds  were  floating  down  upon  some  vagrant  cedar.  The 
fields  of  grass  were  now  a  constant  feature,  and  often  lined  the 
shore  to  such  an  extent  as  rendered  landing  impracticable. 

Our  route  upon  the  19th  was  extremely  uninteresting,  pass- 
ing nothing  but  cacao-trees,  whose  monotonous  sameness  was 
terribly  tiresome.  By  three  o'clock  we  had  arrived  at  Obidos. 
Two  high  hills  had,  for  some  hours,  indicated  the  position  of  the 
town,  but  so  concealed  it,  that  we  were  unable  to  distinguish 
more  than  two  or  three  houses  until  we  were  close  upon  it.  In 
crossing  the  current — for  Obidos  is  upon  the  northern  side — our 
galliota  was  furiously  tossed  about  and  carried  some  miles  below. 
The  main  channel  of  the  Amazon  is  here  contracted  into  a  space 
of  not  more  than  a  mile  and  a  half,  and,  dashing  through  this 
narrow  passage,  the  waters  boil  and  foam  like  some  great  whirl- 
pool. The  depth  of  the  channel  had  never  been  ascertained 
until  the  French  survey,  when  it  was  measured  as  one  hundred 
fathoms,  or  six  hundred  feet.  The  position  of  Obidos  is  very 
fine,  thus  commanding  the  river,  and  being  also  at  the  mouth  of 
a  large  tributary,  the  Rio  de  Trombetas.  It  was  upon  this  river 
that  Orellana  placed  his  nation  of  Amazons.  The  friar  who 
accompanied  him  affirmed  that  they  had  fought  their  way  through 
a  tribe  of  Indians  who  were  commanded  by  a  deputation  of  these 
warlike  ladies  in  person,  and  described  them  as  tall  and  of  a 


CHAP,  xii.]  OBIDOS— RIO  DES  TEOMBETAS.  109 

white  complexion,  wearing  their  luxuriant  hair  in  plaits  about 
the  head.  Their  only  dress  was  a  cincture,  and  they  were  armed 
with  bows  and  arrows.  Expeditions  have,  at  different  times, 
been  sent  to  explore  the  Trombetas,  but,  from  one  cause  or 
another,  have  failed  ;  and  numerous  accounts  are  credited  of 
single  adventurers  who  have  lost  their  lives  by  the  cannibals 
upon  its  banks.  But,  no  doubt,  the  country  through  which  the 
river  passes  is  well  worthy  exploration,  rich  in  soil  and  produc- 
tions, if  not  in  minerals.. 

Obidos  contains,  perhaps,  one  thousand  people,  and  is  built  in 
the  customary  orthodox  manner  of  the  country.  It  has  consider- 
able trade,  if  we  might  judge  by  the  number  of  its  stores  and 
the  good  assortments  therein  contained. 

We  walked  about,  visiting  one  and  another,  until  evening,  the 
observed  of  all  observers.  It  was  not  often  that  so  many  foreigners 
perambulated  one  of  these  towns  together,  and  every  one  seemed 
disposed  to  gaze,  as  though  the  opportunity  occurred  but  once  in 
a  lifetime. 

It  was  delightful  to  see  a  horse  once  more,  for  we  had  not 
enjoyed  that  privilege  since  leaving  Para.  Here  also  was  an 
Indian  hog,  or  peccary,  running  about  the  streets,  and  appearing 
in  his  motions  and  habits  as  any  other  hog. 

We  were  under  some  apprehension  of  losing  more  of  our  crew, 
and  made  preparations  for  leaving  immediately.  But  considering 
that  our  circumstances  afforded  as  fair  an  excuse  as  those  of  our 
neighbours,  we  offered  the  pilot  a  patac  for  every  "  good  and 
able-bodied  seaman  "  that  he  would  enlist.  This  put  him  upon 
his  mettle,  and,  as  soon  as  dark  set  in,  he  was  up  and  down  the 
beach,  surrounded  by  several  acquaintances  whom  he  had  picked 
up,  and  eloquently  depicting  the  advantages  of  regular  wages 
and  rations  of  coffee  and  cashaca. 

Eloquence  is  "the  art  of  persuasion,"  and  our  pilot  was  a 
gifted  man ;  for  in  a  short  time  he  had  engaged  five  men,  and 
more  were  waiting  his  approaches.  But  we  had  now  our  com- 
plement, and  by  midnight  were  under  way,  the  whole  crew  in 
a  most  glorious  state  of  jollification.  The  old  tauqha,  quiet  old 
man  as  he  usually  was,  lay  sprawled  upon  the  top,  sputtering 
unknown  tongues,  and  singing  with  vigour  enough  to  arouse  the 
garrison.  In  one  of  his  activities  he  rolled  off,  and  this  seemed 


110  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  xn. 

to  freshen  him  a  little,  for,  after  we  had  given  him  a  lift  out  of 
the  shallow  water  into  which  he  had  kicked  and  plunged  himself, 
he  became  comparatively  decent.  The  men,  most  of  them, 
rowed  with  a  fervour  quite  delightful,  and  we  had  crossed  the 
river,  and  were  proceeding  rapidly,  when  souse  went  another, 
dead  drunk,  from  the  cabin-top.  Strange  that  cold  water  should 
have  had  so  instantaneous  an  effect,  but,  log-like  as  he  was,  he 
revived  at  once  and  pulled  for  the  grass,  from  which  we  took 
him  in.  It  was  scarcely  worth  while  to  advance  in  this  manner, 
so,  to  prevent  further  mishaps,  we  ran  the  bow  into  the  grass, 
and  waited  a  more  propitious  morning. 

The  next  morning  the  men  were  in  more  sensible  order,  and 
a  pull  of  a  few  hours  before  breakfast  made  them  once  more 
themselves.  The  tau^ha  was  as  kingly  as  ever,  and  placid  as  a 
summer's  morning.  It  was  amusing  to  hear  him  joke  with  the 
pilot  about  the  man  who  fell  overboard,  and  as  often  as  he 
thought  of  it  his  fat  sides  would  shake  with  inaudible  laughter. 
Evidently  he  had  entirely  forgotten  his  own  bad  plight. 

The  wind  was  fair,  and  we  sped  rapidly.  We  passed  a  long, 
low  flat,  covered  with  grass,  interesting  to  us,  as  these  campos 
always  were,  from  the  great  variety  of  birds  that  congregated 
upon  them.  Here  we  first  observed  a  small  bird  of  the  Tody 
species,  with  head  and  shoulders  of  white,  the  body  being  black. 
It  was  the  T.  leucocephalus,  and  was  usually  seen  in  the  grass, 
rather  than  on  bushes  or  trees.  Here  also  were  many  red- 
throated  Tanagers,  T.  gularis,  a  very  common  species,  but 
striking,  from  its  contrasted  colours  of  red,  white,  and  black. 
Beyond  this  campo  long  lines  of  willow-trees  skirted  the  shore, 
their  leaves  mostly  fallen ;  and  the  whole  tableau  looked  any 
other  than  a  tropical  one.  We  passed  one  of  the  arms  of  the 
river.  Heavy  waves  dashed  over  our  sides,  and  we  felt  what  a 
slight  protection  our  overloaded  craft  would  be  if  overtaken  by 
one  of  the  squalls  so  common  at  this  season,  but  which  we, 
fortunately,  had  not  yet  experienced. 

We  had  now  left  the  cacao-plantations,  and  again  welcomed 
the  wild  beauty  of  the  forest  border,  where  the  birds  might  sing, 
and  the  monkeys  gambol  for  our  amusement,  as  merrily  as 
though  white  men  had  never  passed  these  waters. 

Towards  night  we  saw  a  large  vessel,  which  was  breasting  the 


CHAP.  xii. J  MANNER  OF  ASCENDING  THE  RIVER— SHELLS.     Ill 

current  in  an  altogether  novel  way  to  us.  A  montaria  went 
ahead,  dragging  a  long  rope,  one  end  of  which  was  fastened  to 
the  bow.  This  rope  was  tied  to  some  convenient  object  on 
shore,  and,  hand  over  hand,  those  in  the  vessel  pulled  her  up ; 
when  the  same  process  was  repeated.  In  this  manner  she 
advanced  about  one  mile  an  hour,  and  this  is  the  custom  with  all 
large  craft  when  wind  does  not  favour. 

During  the  night  the  breeze  died  away,  and  for  several  days 
thereafter  was^  if  blowing  at  all,  dead  ahead,  so  that  our  progress 
was  discouragingly  slow.  Upon  the  21st  the  heat  was  most 
oppressive,  and,  to  add  to  our  discomfort,  the  current  ran  so 
furiously,  that  the  utmost  exertions  of  the  men  could,  at  times, 
scarcely  propel  the  boat.  About  noon  we  passed  a  large  house 
upon  a  small  bluff,  adjoining  which  was  a  chapel  and  a  numbei 
of  small  cottages.  Altogether,  it  was  the  finest  establishment 
that  we  had  seen  since  entering  the  Amazon.  Not  far  above, 
we  stopped  to  breathe  a  while  at  a  sitio,  and  in  wandering  about 
the  mandioca-plantation  we  discovered  a  number  of  shells,  but 
of  similar  varieties  to  those  found  below.  Growing  upon  this 
place,  were  pepper-plants  in  abundance,  and  the  Indians  had 
soon  stripped  them  of  their  berries.  One  could  not  but  wonder 
what  the  stomachs  of  these  men  were  lined  with,  when,  with 
every  mouthful  of  farinha,  they  threw  in  a  fiery  red  pepper,  the 
very  sight  of  which  was  almost  enough  to  season  a  dinner.  Yet 
the  whites  also  acquire  this  habit,  and  eat  the  article  with  as 
much  relish  as  the  Indians. 

Upon  the  22nd  the  course  of  the  river  was  very  tortuous,  so 
that  at  no  time  could  we  discover  the  channel  far  in  advance. 
High  lands  towards  Villa  Nova  began  to  skirt  the  horizon  to  the 
westward.  We  gathered  a  new  variety  of  cactus,  running  over 
the  tree-tops  like  a  vine ;  and  a  lofty  tree  which  we  passed  was 
draped  with  the  nests  of  the  large  crested  troopial,  Cassicus 
cristatus,  three  feet  in  length.  There  is  another  variety,  more 
common  below,  the  Cassicus  viridis,  or  jacii,  and  usually  en- 
countered in  the  deep  forest.  Both  these  species  are  nearly  the 
size  of  crows.  We  saw,  during  the  morning,  an  unusual  number 
of  our  favourite  thrush,  D.  vociferans.  Wherever  a  grassy 
spot  was  seen,  his  song  was  sure  to  come  trilling  out  of  it,  and 
with  very  little  shyness  he  would  allow  us  a  fair  sight  of  his 
beautyship,  as  he  sat  perched  upon  some  tall  spear,  or  chased  his 


112  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  xn. 

mate  sportingly  through  his  mimic  forest.  Just  before  dark  we 
arrived  at  the  house  of  a  Villa  Nova  padre.  He  was  not  at 
home,  but  a  number  of  Indian  women  seemed  to  be  the  managers, 
and  from  them  we  obtained  a  pair  of  tambaki,  a  fish  much 
esteemed  upon  this  part  of  the  river,  and  a  turtle.  These  turtles 
were  now  ascending  the  river  to  their  breeding-places  upon  the 
upper  tributaries,  and  upon  several  occasions  we  had  observed 
them  floating  upon  the  water  near  our  boat. 

Early  upon  the  23rd  we  passed  a  high  bluff,  which  marks  the 
Upper  from  the  Lower  Amazon.  Below,  we  had  been  in  the 
district  of  Para ;  now  we  had  entered  that  of  the  Rio  Negro. 

"We  saw  increasing  quantities  of  a  very  pretty  water-plant, 
whose  flowers  were  blue  and  white,  and  about  the  basis  of  whose 
leaf-stems  were  spongy  expansions,  always  filled  with  air — 
natural  swimming-corks. 

The  sun  was  just  setting  as  we  drew  up  at  the  sitio  of  the 
Capitan  des  Trabalhadores,  to  whom  we  had  letters  from  Dr. 
Costa  desiring  him  to  arrange  men  for  our  further  advance. 
He  promised  to  go  to  town  in  the  morning,  and,  filling  one  of 
our  lockers  from  his  orange-trees,  we  proceeded  on.  Villa  Nova 
is  not  upon  so  high  land  as  some  of  the  towns  below,  and  is  not 
conspicuous  from  a  distance  ;  but  its  situation  is  marked  by  an 
opposite  island,  the  upper  point  of  which  extends  two  or  three 
miles  beyond  the  town.  This  was  watched  by  many  eager  eyes, 
for  it  was  the  eve  of  the  Festa  of  St.  Juan,  one  of  their  most 
popular  of  saints ;  and  our  men,  if  possible,  were  more  anxious 
than  we,  and  strained  every  nerve  to  arrive  in  time  for  the 
evening's  festivities.  With  such  a  will  it  was  not  long  before 
the  roaring  of  the  muskets,  deputized  as  cannon,  and  the  bright 
light  of  bonfires,  burst  upon  us.  Suddenly  the  whole  illuminated 
town  was  before  us,  bonfires  glaring  before  every  door,  and  an 
especially  large  one  at  the  upper  end,  where  the  Delegarde  resided. 

We  came  in  among  a  crowd  of  montarias  and  large  canoes, 
mostly  filled  with  women,  whom  their  husbands  and  fathers  had 
deserted  for  the  more  attractive  cashaca-shops,  and  who  were 
patiently  awaiting  the  hour  of  the  dan^a.  Upon  the  bank  a 
procession  was  passing,  the  front  rank  noisy  in  the  plenitude  of 
drums  and  fifes.  Succeeding  them  were  ingeniously  preposterous 
angels ;  some,  overtopped  by  plumes  several  feet  in  length  ; 


CHAP.  xn.J  A  VILLA  NOVA  HOUSE.  113 

others,  winged  with  a  pair  of  huge  appendages,  looking  like 
brown-paper  kites ;  and  others  still,  in  particoloured  gauds, 
suggestive  of  scape-angels  from  Pandemonium.  Behind  these 
loitered  the  tag,  rag,  and  bobtail,  or  the  black,  red,  and  yellow, 
in  the  most  orthodox  Tammany  style. 

Some  of  our  party  went  on  shore  to  look  up  old  acquaintances. 
I  remained  on  board,  preferring  to  make  observations  by  day- 
light. It  was  late  before  the  noise  in  the  town  subsided,  what 
with  muskets  and  rockets,  singing  and  fiddling — so  late,  that  I 
must  have  been  dreaming  hours  before ;  but  the  first  thing  that 
awoke  me  in  the  morning  was  a  splashing,  and  laughing,  and 
screaming  all  around  the  galliota,  where  the  sex,  par  excellence, 
was  washing  away  the  fatigues  of  the  dance  in  a  manner  to  rival 
a  school  of  mermaids.  And  these  Indian  girls,  with  their  long 
floating  hair  and  merry  laugh,  would  be  no  bad  representations 
of  that  species  not  found  in  Cuvier — darting  through  the  surf 
like  born  sea-nymphs. 

We  were  invited  to  the  house  of  Senhor  Bentos,  a  warm- 
hearted old  bachelor,  and  his  little  reception-room,  of,  perhaps, 
twelve  feet  square,  was  soon  festooned  with  our  hammocks.  Here 
we  spread  ourselves  at  ease,  as  if  no  such  vanities  as  Amazon 
voyages  existed,  and  waited  for  the  turtle  that  was  undergoing  a 
process  in  the  iSenhor's  kitchen. 

Meanwhile  we  took  the  bearings  of  the  Senhor's  house,  and,  as 
it  was  much  like  the  other  buildings  of  the  town,  its  description 
will  answer  for  all.  Its  framework  was  of  rough  poles  from  the 
forest,  and  these,  within  and  without,  were  plastered  with  brown 
clay.  The  floor  was  of  the  same  material,  and  the  roof  was  of 
palm-leaves,  instead  of  tiles.  From  the  outer  door,  a  broad  hall 
crossed  the  house,  and  this,  being  used  as  a  dining-room,  was  oc- 
cupied by  a  long  table,  upon  either  side  of  which  was  a  four-legged 
bench.  From  the  hall,  upon  each  side,  opened  a  small  chamber, 
one  used  as  the  sleeping  apartment  of  the  family,  and  the  other, 
in  which  we  were  swinging,  the  Senhor's  especial  parlour,  or 
bedroom,  as  the  case  might  be.  In  this  was  a  large  window, 
closed  entirely  by  a  shutter.  The  whole  structure,  to  our  ideas, 
was  rather  comfortless  ;  but,  under  the  equator,  that  is  of  small 
consequence,  and  sufficient  comfort  is  centred  in  a  hammock  to 
atone  for  its  absence  in  everything  else.  Back  of  the  house  was 

i 


114  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xn. 

a  covered  kitchen,  and  around  this  was  a  yard  well  stocked  with 
poultry,  and  shaded  by  orange- trees. 

The  dinner  came  oif  in  good  style,  and  turtle  in  every  variety 
of  preparation,  from  the  soup  to  the  roasted  in  the  shell,  tempted 
us.  It  was  the  first  time  we  had  seen  the  turtle  of  the  Amazon, 
and  in  our  enthusiasm  we  pronounced  it  equal  to  the  very  best 
of  varieties  seen  at  the  North,  nor  wondered  that  at  civic  din- 
ners aldermen  must  perforce  make  gluttons  of  themselves. 

After  dinner  I  strolled  into  the  woods  back  of  the  town,  and 
soon  discovered  a  delightful  path  where  a  coach  and  four  might 
have  driven. 

At  no  great  distance  was  a  burying-ground,  marked  by  a  lofty 
cross,  but  as  yet,  apparently,  without  a  grave.  As  I  loitered  along, 
picking  here  and  there  a  flower,  or  startling  the  lizard  from  his 
afternoon  nap,  a  number  of  Indians  in  their  gala  dresses,  the 
women  with  bright  flowers  in  their  hair,  passed,  all  greeting  me 
with  the  musical  "  viva,"  or  "  como  esta,  Senhor." 

Towards  evening,  the  festivities  of  the  day  being  over,  one  after 
another  the  canoes  about  the  galliota  pushed  off,  leaving  the  town 
almost  deserted.  Some  of  our  men  endeavoured  to  take  French 
leave  of  us,  for  which  they  enjoyed  the  night  in  the  calaboose. 

There  were  some  cattle  about  Villa  Nova,  and  next  morning, 
the  25th,  was  rendered  memorable  by  the  acquisition  of  a  goodly 
quantity  of  milk,  the  first  real  cow's  milk  that  we  had  seen  since 
New  York  milkmen  used  to  disturb  our  early  dreaming.  And  even 
this  good  milk  tasted  all  the  more  natural  for  a  dash  of  water. 

We  were  very  desirous  to  see  the  lake  that  lies  about  a  mile 
in  the  rear  of  the  town,  but  were  prevented  by  the  weather.  In 
this  vicinity  a  chain  of  lakes  extends  along  the  river,  upon  both 
shores,  and  far  into  the  interior.  This  lake  region  is  generally 
high  land,  and  uninfested  by  carapanas.  Multitudes  of  Indians 
are  scattered  over  it,  obtaining  an  easy  subsistence  from  the  vast 
numbers  of  peri  ecu  and  other  fish  which  frequent  the  lakes. 
At  this  season  also  turtle  resort  to  the  same  places,  and  were 
beginning  to  be  taken  in  great  numbers. 

Since  leaving  Pard  our  movements  had  been  pretty  much 
restricted  to  the  galliota,  for  want  of  a  montaria  in  which  we 
might  visit  the  shore  at  our  inclination.  At  Villa  Nova  we  were 
fortunate  enough  to  purchase  one  convenient  for  our  purposes, 


CHAP,  xii.]  TROPICAL  ATMOSPHERE-CONSTELLATIONS.       115 

and  now  anticipated  a  great  increase  to  our  means  of  amusement. 
And  yet  our  time  heretofore  had  passed  most  pleasantly.  The 
skies  had  favoured,  and  those  of  us  who  were  inclined  spent  our 
days  upon  the  cabin-top,  shielded  from  the  boards  by  a  comfort- 
able rug,  and  shaded  from  the  sun,  if  need  were,  by  umbrellas. 
But  the  sun's  heat  was  rarely  inconvenient,  and  tempered  by  fresh 
breezes.  Coasting  close  in -shore,  there  was  always  matter  for 
amusement ;  in  the  morning  and  evening,  multitudes  of  birds,  and, 
at  all  hours,  enchanting  forests  or  beautiful  flowers.  At  night, 
we  preferred  the  open  air  to  the  confinement  of  the  cabin,  and 
never  wearied  in  admiring  the  magnificence  of  the  skies,  or  in 
tracing  the  fantastic  shapes  that  were  mapped  out  upon  them  in  a 
profusion  inconceivable  to  those  who  are  only  acquainted  with 
the  skies  of  the  northern  hemisphere.  I  have  alluded  to  this  be- 
fore ;  but  so  interesting  a  phenomenon  deserves  further  notice. 
This  increased  brilliance  of  the  tropical  skies  is  owing  to  the 
purity  of  the  atmosphere,  which  is  absolutely  free  from  those 
obscuring,  murky  vapours  that  deaden  light  in  other  latitudes. 
The  sky  itself  is  of  the  intensest  blue,  and  the  moon  seems  of  in- 
creased size  and  kindlier  effulgence.  For  one  star  at  the  North, 
myriads  look  down  with  a  calm,  clear  light,  and  great  part  of  the 
vault  is  as  inexplicable  as  the  Milky-way.  Most  beautiful  in  ap- 
pearance, and  interesting  from  association,  is  the  Southern  Cross, 
corresponding  with  the  Great  Bear  of  the  North.  This  constel- 
lation is  of  four  stars,  of  superior  brilliance,  arranged  in  the  form 
of  an  oblique-angled  cross.  Just  above  these,  and  seeming  to 
form  part  of  the  same  constellation,  is  the  Centaur.  Orion  is  in 
all  his  glory,  and  the  Scorpion  trails  his  length,  most  easily 
recognised  of  all.  All  the  other  zodiacal  clusters  are  conspicuous, 
and  a  kindred  host  we  do  not  care  to  name. 

As  the  sun  always  set  about  six  o'clock,  we  had  long  evenings, 
and  it  was  our  custom  to  gather  upon  the  cabin,  and  while  away 
the  hours  in  singing  all  the  psalms,  and  hymns,  and  social  songs 
that  memory  could  suggest.  Old  Amazon  was  never  so  startled 
before ;  and  along  his  banks  the  echoes  of  Old  Hundred  and 
Lucy  Long  may  be  travelling  still. 

The  carapanas  had  not  been  so  troublesome  as  we  had  feared, 
and  we  had  often  avoided  all  their  intimacies  by  tying  to  some 
tree  removed  from  shore,  or  by  favour  of  the  fresh  breezes. 

i  2 


116  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xm. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

THE  sun  of  the  26th  of  June  was  just  re-lighting  the  water  as  we 
left  Villa  Nova.  Continuing  on  a  few  miles,  we  stopped  in  the 
woods  to  breakfast.  Our  friends  had  loaded  us  with  provisions 
of  fish,  fowl,  and  turtle,  and  this  morning's  pic-nic  was  pecu- 
liarly delightful  after  the  Spartan  fare  of  the  last  fortnight.  And 
here,  perhaps,  a  description  of  our  doings  at  these  breakfast 
hours  may  not  be  without  interest  to  those  who  care  to  know  the 
romance  of  a  voyager's  life.  Landing  at  a  convenient  spot,  the 
first  point  was  to  clear  a  space  sufficient  for  operations,  and  this 
was  speedily  effected  by  some  of  the  Indians  with  their  tresados, 
Others  wandered  about  collecting  materials  wherewith  to  make 
a  blaze,  and  there  was  rarely  difficulty  in  finding  an  abundance 
of  such.  The  flint  and  steel  were  put  in  requisition,  and  soon 
all  was  ready.  Some  of  the  party  cut  off  strips  of  fish,  washing 
it  to  extract  the  saltness  ;  others  cut  sticks  of  proper  length,  into 
the  cleft  end  of  which  they  fastened  the  fish.  These  were  then 
stuck  in  the  ground,  inclining  over  the  fire,  and  one  of  the  men 
was  always  stationed  near  to  give  it  the  requisite  turning.  One 
of  the  Indians  was  the  particular  attendant  upon  the  cabin,  re- 
ceiving sundry  perquisites  for  his  services  ;  and  upon  him  de- 
volved the  care  of  our  tea-kettle.  Above  the  fire,  a  cross-bar 
was  supported  by  a  forked  stick  at  either  end,  and  on  this  the 
boiling  was  accomplished  in  the  most  civilized  style.  The  coffee- 
bag  was  all  in  waiting,  a  flannel  affair,  which  whilom  had  done 
duty  as  a  shirt-sleeve ;  and  into  this  was  put  about  two  teacups 
of  coffee.  The  boiling  water  was  poured  in,  and  our  wash-bowl, 
washed,  received  the  beverage,  fragrant  and  strong.  A  quart 
was  the  allowance  for  each,  and  this,  properly  attempered  by 
sugar,  and  unspoiled  by  milk,  was  our  greatest  luxury.  As  to 
the  more  substantial  moiety  of  breakfast,  the  fish,  rank  and 
tough,  we  stood  not  upon  ceremony,  but,  pulling  it  in  pieces  with 
our  fingers,  and  slightly  dipping  it  in  a  nicely  prepared  mixture 
of  oil  and  vinegar,  we  thereafter  received  it  as  became  hungry 
men. 

At  times  our  fare  was  varied  by  the  articles  obtained  at  some 


CHAP,  xiii.]     JACAMARS— PAROQUETS— MONKEYS.  117 

sitio,  but  this  was  the  general  rule.  Two  of  us  had  left  the 
North  dyspeptics.  Sufficient  was  cooked  in  the  morning  to 
serve  us  through  the  day,  and  therefore  we  usually  made  but  one 
stoppage. 

About  the  roots  of  the  trees  at  this  place  we  found  a  beautiful 
variety  of  shell,  the  Bulimus  papyracea,  in  considerable  numbers, 
and  here  also  we  obtained  a  richly  plumaged  jacarnar,  the 
Galbula  viridis.  This  species  we  afterwards  frequently  encoun- 
tered, both  hi  the  forest  and  about  plantations.  There  was  one 
other  species  common  at  Para,  but  less  beautiful,  the  G.  para- 
disea.  These  birds  resembled  the  humming-birds  so  much  in 
shape,  that  the  people  of  the  country  universally  call  them 
"  beijar  flor  grande,"  or  the  great  kiss-flower.  Their  lustrous 
plumage  assists  the  deception.  They  live  upon  insects,  which 
they  are  very  expert  at  catching  with  their  long,  slender  bills. 

During  the  morning  we  tested  the  capabilities  of  our  new 
montaria,  and,  starting  in  advance  of  the  galliota,  found  fine 
sporting,  principally  among  the  paroquets  and  herons.  The 
former  family  of  birds  had  not  been  very  plentiful  since  leaving 
Gurupa,  near  which  place  they  had  collected  in  vast  flocks,  from 
a  large  extent  of  country,  for  the  breeding  season.  But  now 
again  we  were  in  the  vicinity  of  some  other  haunt,  and  they  were 
scarcely  ever  out  of  sight  or  hearing.  Their  notes  were  not 
extremely  agreeable,  being  little  more  than  a  shrill  chatter,  but 
for  beauty  of  appearance  and  motion,  when  clustered  around 
some  tree-top,  busily  engaged  in  stripping  off  the  berries,  they 
were  great  favourites  with  us.  There  is  no  enumerating  the 
different  varieties  we  observed,  some  little  larger  than  canaries, 
others  approximating  in  size  to  their  cousins  the  parrots.  In 
general  their  plumage  was  green,  but  they  differed  in  their 
markings,  the  green  being  beautified  by  various  shades  of  yellow, 
of  blue,  and  of  pink,  or  roseate. 

Our  advance  was  not  very  great,  for  the  wind  did  not  favour  us, 
and  all  day  we  were  coasting  about  the  greater  part  of  a  circle, 
with  the  situation  of  Villa  Nova  scarcely  ever  out  of  sight.  We 
observed  very  few  houses ;  the  land  was  low,  and  palms  again 
were  numerous.  Frequently,  turning  some  point,  we  came  upon 
little  squads  of  monkeys,  who  scampered  in  terrible  alarm  at  the 
first  glimpse  of  us.  Excepting  on  these  sudden  surprisals,  it 


118  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xm. 

always  was  exceedingly  difficult  to  catch  a  sight  of  these  animals. 
Even  when  one  is  positive  that  some  of  them  are  in  his  imme- 
diate vicinity,  none  but  the  keen  and  practised  eyes  of  an  Indian 
can  discover  their  retreat.  For  any  other  than  an  Indian,  there- 
fore, to  venture  upon  a  monkey-hunt  is  almost  useless,  and  they 
only  succeed  by  stripping  off  their  clothes,  and  creeping  cat-like 
among  the  bushes,  or  patiently  waiting  their  opportunity  in  some 
concealment. 

From  a  passing  montaria  we  purchased  a  fish  weighing  about 
fifteen  pounds  for  four  vintens,  or  four  cents.  We  had  noticed 
that  most  of  the  fish  that  we  had  seen  had  broad,  flat  heads,  and 
corresponding  mouths  ;  and  this  specimen  showed  us  the  utility 
of  such  a  shovel-like  apparatus ;  for  in  his  stomach  were  at 
least  a  quart  of  crabs,  as  good  as  new,  which  he  had  gathered 
from  the  bottom  of  the  river.  When  the  refuse  parts  of  this  fish 
were  thrown  into  the  water  near  shore,  they  attracted  great 
numbers  of  a  small  white  fish,  which  strongly  resembled  eels  in 
their  habits,  burying  themselves  in  the  mud  at  any  attempt  made 
to  catch  them.  We  succeeded  in  obtaining  as  many  as  we  wanted 
of  these  at  another  time,  by  letting  down  a  basket  in  which  was 
a  bait  of  meat.  Upon  pulling  this  out,  half-a-dozen  of  these 
fish  were  always  inside.  The  Indians  would  not  eat  them,  but 
pronounced  them  "  devils  "  of  fishes. 

While  clearing  out  one  of  the  lockers  this  afternoon  we  started 
a  brood  of  scorpions,  a  kind  of  reptile  more  formidable  ia  ancient 
story  than  in  modern  reality.  Still,  I  should  prefer  not  to  be 
stung  by  one  of  them.  We  saw  them  frequently  in  different 
parts  of  the  country,  and  occasionally  several  inches  in  length. 
They  abound  in  all  canoes  and  vessels,  and  once,  as  I  opened  a 
letter,  brought  from  Para  in  one  of  these  craft,  a  nice  little 
specimen  dropped  from  the  folds. 

Soon  after  dark  a  tremendous  storm  of  wind  and  rain  set  in, 
which  twice  broke  us  from  our  moorings  and  deluged  the  cabin. 
Rain  had  no  sooner  ceased  than  swarms  of  carapanas  hurried  to 
our  attack,  and  for  the  remainder  of  the  night  sleep  was  out  of 
the  question. 

The  river,  upon  the  morning  of  the  27th,  made  a  wide  bend 
to  the  northward,  around  an  immense  island ;  and  to  shorten  the 
distance  we  took  the  smaller  channel,  which,  in  narrowness,  re 


CHAP,  xiii.]    WILD  DUCKS— TAN AGEES— TOBACCO.  119 

sembled  an  igaripe.  Here  we  again  heard  the  guaribas,  which 
almost  deafened  us  by  their  howling. 

Towards  nig-ht  we  stopped  a  few  moments  at  a  deserted  plant- 
ation. The  house  was  in  ruins,  but  the  fruit-trees  and  the 
garden  were  still  productive.  In  a  trice  the  whole  were  stripped, 
as  though  a  party  of  licensed  foragers  had  chanced  that  way  ;  and 
plantains,  squashes,  sugar-cane,  and  peppers  were  handed  into 
our  boat. 

Proceeding,  we  passed  a  clump  of  grass  where  a  duck  was 
setting  upon  her  nest.  Starting  off,  she  fluttered  along  the  water 
as  if  badly  wounded,  and  some  one  sprang  to  follow  her  in  the 
montaria ;  but,  before  that  could  be  got  ready,  she  had  flut- 
tered beyond  harm's  reach,  and  then  had  vigorously  flown  out  of 
sight. 

During  the  day  we  had  seen  a  number  of  birds  new  to  us, 
but  most  attractive  of  all  was  a  scarlet  tanager,  the  Rhamphopis 
nigri  gularis  (Swain.),  or  black-masked,  whose  brilliant  metallic 
scarlet  and  black  livery  was  like  a  jewel  in  the  sunlight.  We 
had  seen  nothing  comparable  to  it  upon  the  river.  These  birds 
were  always  seen  about  low  bushes  by  the  water-side,  catching 
their  favourite  insects,  and  uttering  a  slight  note  or  whistle,  but 
no  song. 

The  morning  of  the  28th  found  us  still  in  the  igaripe,  which 
had  become  extremely  narrow.  The  shore,  upon  one  side,  was  two 
feet  above  the  water ;  upon  the  other  it  was  overflowed.  This 
contrast  is  observable  upon  the  main  stream,  and  between  almost 
all  the  islands;  high  banks  being  generally  opposed  by  low  swamps. 

By  ten  o'clock  we  had  re-entered  the  river,  and  stopped  at  a 
sitio  directly  upon  the  point  of  the  island  to  prepare  our  break- 
fast. This  plantation  evidently  belonged  to  a  more  industrious 
planter  than  was  usual.  There  was  a  fine  orchard  of  young  ca- 
cao-trees, and  a  large  field  of  tobacco,  nicely  cleared  of  weeds. 

The  tobacco  grown  in  this  district  is  of  superior  quality,  and 
vastly  preferred  to  any  American  tobacco  imported.  When  put 
up  for  use,  it  is  in  long,  slender  rolls,  wound  about  with  rattan, 
and  is  cut  off  by  the  foot.  Sometimes  these  rolls  are  ornamented 
by  the  Indians  with  feathers.  All  persons,  men  and  women,  use 
tobacco  in  smoking ;  and  for  this  purpose  have  pipes  of  clay,  the 
stems  of  which  are  ornamented  reeds,  three  or  four  feet  in  length. 


120  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.     [CHAP.  xm. 

In  the  towns  very  good  cigars  are  made.  TTe  never  observed 
the  practice  of  chewing  the  weed  among  our  Indians  ;  but  they 
were  always  furnished  by  us  with  as  regular  rations  of  tobacco  as 
of  cashaca.  When  pipes  were  wanting,  they  made  cigarillos  of 
the  fine  tobacco,  wrapped  in  a  paper-like  bark  called  toware  ;  and 
one  of  these  was  passed  around  the  deck,  each  person,  even  to  the 
little  boys,  taking  two  or  three  puffs  in  his  turn,  with  which  he 
was  content  for  an  hour  or  two,  when  the  process  was  repeated. 

Wandering  about  this  plantation,  we  discovered  a  number  of 
shells  of  three  species,  two  of  which  were  Helices,  and  hitherto 
undescribed ;  the  third  was  the  Achatina  octona  (Des.),  and 
observed  at  Pard. 

The  Senhor  had  a  large  quantity  of  fish  to  sell,  and  we  bar- 
tered cloth  for  enough  to  last  us  the  remainder  of  our  journey. 
To  show  the  obstructions  to  profitable  labour,  the  prices  received 
by  this  man  is  a  good  illustration.  Fish  at  Villa  Nova  was 
worth  two  milrees  and  a  half  an  arroba;  and  tobacco,  being  just 
then  scarce,  much  more.  But,  although  he  might  have  reached 
Villa  Nova  in  a  few  hours,  yet  the  return  passage  was  so  difficult, 
that  he  preferred  to  receive  one  milree  an  arroba  for  each,  and 
that  in  barter.  In  the  same  way  we  bought  of  him,  for  about 
forty  cents,  a  turtle,  weighing  at  least  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  pounds,  which  he  had  lanced  the  day  before.  There  was  a 
red  and  yellow  macaw,  Macrocercus  aracanga,  in  singularly  fine 
plumage,  climbing  about  the  trees  by  the  house ;  and  we  longed 
to  possess  him,  but  our  boat  was  too  crowded. 

Leaving  this  place  we  coasted  along  the  northern  bank,  and 
for  a  long  time  were  passing  high  cliffs  of  red  clay  ;  sometimes 
perpendicular  and  overhanging  the  water,  at  others  running  far 
back  among  the  trees,  and  presenting  a  beautiful  contrast  01 
colours.  These  banks  might  well  be  mistaken  for  stone,  were  it 
not  for  the  tell-tale  kingfishers. 

Suddenly  we  came  upon  a  colony  of  large  bushy-tailed  mon- 
u  ho,  to  the  number  of  perhaps  a  hundred,  were  gambolling 
about  the  tops  of  a  few  tall  trees.  The  first  glimpse  of  us  put  an 
end  to  their  sport,  and  away  they  scampered,  helter-skelter,  old 
ones  snatching  up  young  ones,  and  young  and  old  possessed  with 
but  one  idea.  Those  who  could,  made  prodigious  leaps  into  the 
trees  below,  catching  the  branches  with  their  long  tails,  and, 


CHAP,  xin.]     A  TURTLE'S  REVENGE— IMMENSE  TREES.          121 

swinging  out,  plunged  yet  again,  and  were  lost  to  view.  Others 
scrambled  down  the  trunks,  or  concealed  themselves  in  forks  and 
crevices  ;  and  in  far  less  time  than  I  have  taken  to  describe  the 
scene,  not  a  monkey  was  visible.  We  passed  on :  some  bold 
veteran  ventured  a  whistle,  another  and  another  returned  it ;  and 
shortly  we  could  see  the  tree-tops  bending,  and  hear  the  rustling 
of  the  leaves,  as  the  whole  troop  hastened  back  to  their  unfinished 
games. 

Towards  evening,  the  wind  freshening,  we  crossed  the  channel, 
and  now  understood  ourselves  to  be  upon  the  shore  of  the  great 
island  of  Tupirambira,  the  Tupinamba  of  early  voyagers,  which, 
formed  by  the  outlets  of  the  river  Madeira,  stretches  along  many 
leagues. 

During  the  night  we  were  awakened  by  a  groaning  among  the 
men.  One  of  them  had  gone  down  to  bale  out  the  hold,  and, 
having  to  do  so  by  the  side  of  the  turtle,  had  thought  it  would  be 
as  well  to  ascertain  upon  which  end  was  the  animal's  head.  The 
first  feel  was  both  satisfactory  and  unfortunate ;  for  turtle,  not 
comprehending  the  intentions  of  these  inquisitive  fingers,  seized  a 
thumb  in  his  mouth,  and  squeezed  it,  rather  gently  for  a  turtle, 
but  still  forcibly  enough  to  hint  his  displeasure.  Had  he  been  one 
of  the  denizens  of  our  Yankee  ponds,  the  victimized  boy  would 
have  had  a  serious  search  for  his  old  member ;  as  it  was,  he  was 
disabled,  and  we  thereafter  promoted  him  to  the  helm. 

Not  finding  a  sitio,  we  stopped  upon  the  29th  in  a  forest  of 
magnificent  growth,  where  the  open  space  allowed  a  free  ramble. 
The  bank  was  three  feet  above  the  water,  and  the  fronting  trees 
and  shrubs  were  densely  overrun  by  a  vine,  producing  a  profusion 
of  small  white  flowers  much  resembling  the  clematis.  Many  of 
the  trees  here  were  of  enormous  size,  and,  had  we  measured  the 
girt  near  the  ground,  would  have  given  us  from  forty  to  fifty 
feet.  This  seems  wonderful,  but  the  explanation  is  simple.  Ten 
or  fifteen  feet  above  the  ground  these  trunks  are  round,  and  not 
often  more  than  four  or  five  feet  in  diameter  ;  but,  at  about  that 
elevation,  set  out  thin  supports  diverging  in  every  direction, 
presenting  the  appearance  of  a  column  supported  by  a  circle  of 
triangles  around  its  base.  Of  all  these  trees,  the  most  conspi- 
cuous for  beauty  was  the  mulatto- tree  mentioned  before,  and  which 
grew  here  in  abundance. 


1-22  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.     [CHAP.  xni. 

To-day  we  obtained  a  specimen  of  the  least  bittern,  Ardea  ex- 
ilis.  and  saw  a  number  of  crested  curassows.  or  mutuns.  as  they  are 
called,  but  were  unable  to  shoot  them.  "We  saw  also  many  igua- 
nas, which  at  our  approach  would  drop  into  the  water  from  the 
branches  upon  which  they  were  feeding.  But  a  greater  oddity 
was  a  small  monkey,  white  as  snow,  and  undoubtedly  an  albino. 
We  drew  up  to  the  shore  and  endeavoured  to  find  his  hiding- 
place,  but  unsuccessfully. 

Upon  the  flowers  this  day  we  observed  great  swarms  of  butter- 
flies of  every  size  and  colour.  A  large  one  of  a  rich  green  was 
new  to  us  and  most  curious,  but  the  brilliant  blue  ones,  seen  so 
often  near  Para,  still  bore  the  palm  for  splendour. 

Towards  evening  a  piece  of  floating  grass  passed  by  us,  upon 
which  lay  the  remains  of  a  fish  about  five  feet  in  length.  He  had 
thrown  himself  from  the  water  and  there  had  died.  A  great 
variety  of  the  river  fish  have  this  habit  of  leaping  above  the  sur- 
face, and  not  unfrequently  fall  into  a  passing  montaria.  Our 
Indians  alleged  this  as  a  reason  for  not  sleeping  in  the  montaria, 
which  would  have  accommodated  two  or  three  of  them  with  far 
more  comfort  than  the  galliota,  where  part  of  them  slept  slung 
across  the  tolda  like  so  many  sacks,  and  the  rest  along  their  nar- 
row seats  as  they  could  find  room. 

Upon  the  morning  of  the  30th  we  were  called  out  to  observe 
a  school  of  porpoises  that  were  blowing  and  leaping  all  around 
us.  This  fish  resembles  much  the  sea-porpoise  in  its  motion?,  and 
is  common  from  Para  up.  Its  colour  is  pinkish  upon  the  belly, 
and  a  number  of  them  gambolling  about  is  an  exceedingly  beauti- 
ful sight.  They  are  not  eaten,  and  are  valuable  only  for  their  oil. 

As  we  drew  up  by  the  bank  for  breakfast,  a  crested  curassow 
or  mutun,  Crax  alector,  flew  from  the  top  of  a  low  tree  near  us, 
and  one  of  the  Indians  darted  up  for  her  nest.  There  were  two 
eggs,  and,  tying  them  in  his  handkerchief,  he  brought  them  down 
in  his  teeth.  These  eggs  were  much  larger  than  a  turkey's  egg, 
white  and  granulated  all  over.  The  crested  curassow  is  a  bird 
about  the  size  of  a  small  turkey.  Its  general  plumage  is  black, 
the  belly  only  being  white,  and  upon  its  head  is  a  crest  of  curled 
feathers".  This  species  has  a  yellow  bill.  It  is  called  the  royal 
mutun  by  the  Brazilians,  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the  river  Negro 
is  not  uncommon.  With  several  other  varieties  of  its  family  it  is 


CHAP,  xiii.]     TURTLE-FEAST— SQUIRREL— WILD  INDIANS.     123 

frequently  seen  domesticated,  and  is  a  graceful  and  singularly 
familiar  bird  in  its  habits.  According  to  some  authors  this  bird 
lays  numerous  eggs,  but  each  of  the  three  nests  which  we  found 
during  this  day  contained  but  two,  and  the  tau$ha  assured  us 
that  this  was  the  complement.  The  nest  was  in  every  case  about 
fifteen  feet  above  the  ground,  and  was  composed  of  good-sized 
sticks  lined  with  leaves  and  small  pieces  of  bark. 

We  determined  on  the  immolation  of  our  monster  turtle,  and 
all  hands,  kettles,  and  pots  were  in  requisition.  About  a  peck 
of  eggs  were  taken  from  her,  and,  reserving  these,  with  the  hind 
quarters,  and  the  parts  attached  to  the  lower  half  of  the  shell, 
we  turned  the  remainder  over  to  the  Indians,  who  very  soon  hav. 
every  part,  even  to  the  entrails,  stewing  in  their  earthen  vessels. 
The  eggs,  mixed  with  farinha,  were  very  delicious,  but,  in  my 
case  at  least,  they  caused  an  awful  reckoning,  and  for  a  long 
time  I  could  scarcely  think  of  turtle  without  a  shiver. 

Soon  after  starting  we  found  two  other  mutuns'  nests,  and  as 
the  boy  climbed  to  the  last  there  was  a  crash  and  a  fall,  and  we 
thought  his  Indian  skill  had  for  once  deserted  him.  But  the 
commotion  was  caused  by  a  pair  of  iguanas,  which,  from  a  good 
height,  had  precipitated  themselves  into  the  water.  The  rascals, 
no  doubt,  had  been  calculating  on  an  omelette  breakfast.  This 
afternoon  we  shot  a  gray  hawk,  and,  on  picking  him  up,  we 
found  a  large  red  squirrel}  of  a  species  new  to  us,  by  his  side, 
upon  which  he  had  but  just  commenced  dining.  This  squirrel 
had  legs  and  tail  greatly  disproportioned  to  his  body,  and  we 
concluded,  with  an  acute  theorist,  that  his  ancestry  had  lived  so 
long  among  the  monkeys  as  to  have  become  assimilated. 

Upon  the  morning  of  July  1st  we  stopped  at  a  sitio  where 
was  an  extensive  plantation  of  mandioca  and  another  of  cacao ; 
and  in  the  vicinity  we  shot  a  number  of  jacamars  and  tanagers, 
as  well  as  a  squirrel  of  large  size  and  better  proportions  than 
our  acquisition  of  the  day  before. 

Near  this  place  was  a  sideless  shantee,  where  a  party  of  wild 
Indians  had  squatted.  There  were  an  old  crone,  two  young  girls, 
and  a  boy  of  sixteen,  all  looking  miserably  enough.  The  only 
articles  they  seemed  to  possess  were  a  couple  of  hammocks,  and 
a  large  fish  roasting  on  some  coals  told  how  they  subsisted. 
These  Indians  were  of  the  Muras,  the  same  as  our  tau^ha,  and 


124  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xm. 

he  went  over  to  have  a  talk  with  them.  Gipsy-like,  they  often 
come  out  in  this  way,  and  remain  until  some  depredation  obliges 
them  to  decamp.  This  tribe,  in  particular,  are  arrant  thieves, 
and  semi-civilization  did  not  seem  to  have  eradicated  much  of 
the  propensity  in  those  of  our  party,  for  several  times  we  had 
missed  little  articles,  as  knives,  which  we  had  no  doubt  were 
carefully  preserved  in  some  of  the  trunks  in  the  tolda. 

All  day  the  shore  continued  low,  but  just  above  the  present 
height  of  the  river,  and  a  few  weeks  before,  evidently,  they  had 
been  entirely  flooded.  Of  course  there  were  but  few  sitios. 

Just  at  night  we  came  upon  an  immense  flock  of  herons, 

roosting  in  the  trees  upon  a  small  island.  A went  towards 

them  with  the  montaria,  and  brought  down  enough  of  them  for 
the  morrow's  breakfast.  The  survivors  flew  round  and  round  in 
puzzled  confusion,  then  wheeled  towards  another  island,  where 
darkness  prevented  his  following  them. 

Stopped  in  the  woods  upon  the  2nd,  and  upon  the  roots  of  the 
large  trees  we  collected  a  number  of  shells,  the  Bulimus  piperitus 
(Sowerby),  entirely  new  to  us.  There  were  also  many  shells ; 
three  varieties  common  throughout  the  river  region,  Ampullaria 
crassa  (Swain.),  Ampullaria  scalaris  (D'Orbigny),  and  Ampullaria 
zonata  (Wagner),  and  usually  found  just  above  high-water  mark. 
They  crawl  up  there  adventurously  and  are  left  by  the  retiring 
flood.  Occasionally,  in  these  forest^  we  discovered  dead  shells 
of  the  Achatina  flaminea.  Here  we  saw  a  pair  of  the  umbrella 
chatterers,  Cephalopetrus  ornatus,  among  the  rarest  and  most 
curious  of  Brazilian  birds.  They  were  sitting  near  together  upon 
the  lower  branches  of  a  large  tree,  and  a  shot  brought  down  the 
female.  Unfortunately,  the  gun  had  been  loaded  but  in  one 
barrel,  and,  before  ammunition  could  be  obtained  from  the  boat, 
the  male,  who  lingered  about  for  some  moments,  had  disappeared. 
We  afterwards  obtained  a  fine  male  upon  the  Rio  Negro.  These 
birds  are  of  the  size  of  small  crows,  and  the  colour  of  their 
plumage  is  a  glossy  blue-black.  Upon  the  head  is  a  tall  crest  of 
slender  feathers,  whence  it  derives  its  name,  and  upon  the  breast 
of  both  male  and  female  is  a  pendant  of  feathers  hanging  to  the 
length  of  three  inches.  They  are,  like  all  the  chatterers,  fruit- 
eaters.  They  are  pretty  common  upon  an  island  a  few  days' 
sail  above  the  barra  of  the  Rio  Xegro,  but  they  are  not  found 


CHAP,  xii i.]         PERIECU  AND  TAMBAKI— SEEPA.  125 

anywhere  in  that  region  in  such  flocks  as  others  of  the  chatterer 
family.  The  Indian  name  for  these  birds  is  urumuimbu,  and 
the  tau^ha  informed  us  that  they  built  in  trees  and  laid  white  eggs. 

During  the  day  we  crossed  from  one  island  to  another,  and  at 
last  were  again  upon  the  northern  side. 

Early  the  next  morning,  the  3rd,  we  were  overtaken  by  a 
small  canoe  pulled  by  eight  men,  and  some  of  our  party  were 
delighted  to  discover  in  the  proprietor  an  old  acquaintance. 
After  mutual  compliments  and  inquiries,  the  canoe  shot  past  and 
we  soon  lost  sight  of  her.  While  we  were  looking  out  for  a 
place  whereon  to  build  our  customary  fire,  the  smoke  of  some 
encampment  ahead  caught  our  eyes,  and,  directing  our  course 
thither,  we  found  our  friend  of  daybreak  nicely  settled  upon  a 
little  clearing  which  he  had  made  under  the  cacao-trees  of  a 
deserted  plantation.  He  politely  made  room  for  us,  and  sent  us 
coffee  from  his  own  boat. 

Not  long  after  noon  we  stopped  at  a  house  where  a  number  of 
Indians  were  collected  about  a  periecu  which  they  had  just 
caught.  This  was  the  fish  whose  dried  slabs  had  been  our  main 
diet  for  the  last  few  weeks,  and  we  embraced  the  opportunity  to 
take  a  good  look  at  so  useful  a  species.  He  was  about  six  feet 
long,  with  a  large  head  and  wide  mouth,  and  his  thick  scales, 
large  as  dollars,  were  beautifully  shaded  with  flesh-colour. 
These  fish  often  attain  greater  size,  and  at  certain  seasons  are 
very  abundant,  especially  in  the  lakes.  They  are  taken  with 
lances,  cut  into  slabs  of  half  an  inch  thickness,  and  dried  in  the 
sun  after  being  properly  salted.  It  is  as  great  a  blessing  to  the 
province  of  Para  as  cod  or  herring  to  other  countries,  con- 
stituting the  main  diet  of  three-fourths  of  the  people.  We 
bought  for  eight  cents  half  this  fish,  and  for  six  more  a  tambaki 
weighing  about  ten  pounds.  This  is  considered  the  finest  fish 
in  this  part  of  the  river,  and  resembles  in  shape  the  black  fish 
of  the  north. 

Not  far  above  this  sitio  was  the  village  of  Serpa,  and  a  turn 
of  the  river  presented  it  to  us  in  all  the  glory  of  half  a  dozen 
thatched  houses.  So  aristocratic  an  establishment  as  our  galliota 
was  not  to  come  up  without  causing  a  proper  excitement,  and 
one  after  another  the  leisurely  villagers  made  their  appearance 
upon  the  hill  until  a  respectable  crowd  stood  waiting  to  usher  us. 


126  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xin. 

Hardly  had  we  touched  the  shore  when  a  deputation  boarded  us 
for  the  news,  and  we  were  forced  to  spend  half  an  hour  in 
detailing  the  city  values  of  cacao,  and  fish,  and  tobacco,  and  the 
hundred  other  articles  of  traffic.  Indeed,  this  had  been  our 
catechism  ever  since  we  entered  the  river,  and,  as  we  were  pro- 
foundly ignorant  of  the  stale  of  the  Pard  market,  we  had  been 
obliged  to  invent  a  list  of  prices  for  the  general  circulation. 

The  bank  upon  which  the  village  stands  rises  abruptly  about 
fifty  feet  above  high-water  mark,  but,  fortunately,  in  one  point  a 
broad  natural  gully  allows  easier  ascent,  and  up  this  we  made 
our  way.  Our  principal  business  in  stopping  here  was  to  obtain 
men  if  possible,  part  of  ours  being  lazy,  and  part  disabled  from 
one  cause  or  another.  Moreover,  the  river  current  above  Serpa 
flows  with  a  vastly  accelerated  swiftness,  rendering  more  men 
almost  indispensable.  "We  directed  our  way  to  the  house  of 
Senhor  Manoel  Jochin,  the  most  influential  man  of  the  village, 
although  not  a  public  officer.  Nor  had  we  far  to  go,  for  Serpa 
has  been  shorn  of  its  glory,  and  dilapidation  and  decay  meet 
one  at  every  turn.  The  Senhor  was  sitting  at  his  door  in  earnest 
conversation  with  the  Colonel  and  the  Juiz  de  Paz,  and  received 
us  not  cavalierly,  but  as  became  a  cavalier ;  for  Senhor  Manoel 
had  been  a  soldier  in  his  day,  and,  although  on  the  shady  side  of 
sixty,  still  looked  a  noble  representative  of  those  hardy  old 
Brazilians  who  have  spent  their  lives  on  the  frontiers.  "We  had 
heard  of  him  below  as  the  captor  of  Edoardo,  one  of  the  rebel 
presidents  of  the  revolution,  and  looked  upon  him  with  interest. 
For  this  exploit  he  had  been  offered  a  high  commission  in  the 
army,  but  he  preferred  living  in  retirement  here. 

In  the  evening  we  sat  down  to  turtle  and  tambaki  with  the 
dignitaries  before  mentioned,  and,  as  our  style  of  supper  varied 
somewhat  from  our  former  experience,  I  trust  I  shall  be  excused 
for  entering  a  little  more  into  particulars.  By  the  side  of  each 
plate  was  a  pile  of  farinha  upon  the  table,  and  in  the  centre  stood 
a  large  bowl  of  caldo  or  gravy.  Upon  sitting  down,  each  one 
in  turn  took  up  a  handful  of  his  farinha  and  dropped  it  into  the 
bowl.  This,  afterwards,  was  the  general  store,  from  which  each 
helped  himself  with  his  own  spoon  as  he  listed.  Water  was  not 
absolutely  interdicted,  but  it  was  looked  upon  with  scarcely  con- 
cealed disapprobation,  and  its  absence  was  compensated  by  cas- 


CHAP.  xin.  J  AN  INDIAN  DANCE. 


There  was  no  limit  to  hob-nobbing  and  toasting,  and  our 
jolly  colonel  at  last  concluded  with  a  stentorian  song. 

The  Senhor  had  been  a  frequent  voyager  upon  the  Madeira, 
and  gave  us  interesting  accounts  of  his  adventures  upon  that 
river.  What  was  quite  as  agreeable,  however,  was  a  collection 
of  shells  which  he  had  picked  up  along  its  shores,  and  of  which 
he  begged  our  acceptance.  One  of  these  was  a  remarkably 
large  one  of  the  Ampullaria  canaliculata  (Lam.),  which  was 
used  as  a  family  cashaca  goblet.  The  others  were  Hyria  avicu- 
laris  and  Anadonta  esula.  The  valves  of  the  Anadontas  had 
been  used  as  skimmers  in  the  Senhor's  kitchen. 

We  were  told  that  there  was  to  be  a  dance,  to  which  our  com- 
pany would  be  acceptable,  particularly  if  we  brought  along  a 
few  bottles  of  cashaca.  Now  an  Indian  dance  was  a  novelty, 
and  the  insinuating  invitation  worked  its  effect.  Taking  each  a 
quart  bottle  under  his  arm,  we  strolled  to  the  scene  of  action, 
and  were  politely  ushered  into  one  of  the  larger  houses,  where  a 
crowd  of  men  and  girls  had  collected.  The  room  was  illuminated 
by  burning  wicks  of  cotton,  which  were  twisted  about  small 
sticks  and  set  into  pots  of  andiroba  oil.  Around  the  walls  were 
benches,  upon  which  sat  a  score  of  Indian  girls  dressed  in  white, 
with  the  ever  accompanying  flowers  and  vanilla  perfume.  The 
men  were  standing  about  in  groups,  awaiting  the  commencement 
of  the  exercises,  and  dressed  in  shirts  and  trousers.  One,  distin- 
guished beyond  the  rest  by  a  pair  of  shoes  and  a  coloured  hand- 
kerchief over  his  shoulders,  was  the  major  domo,  and  kindly 
relieved  us  of  our  bottles,  allowing  us  to  stand  ourselves  among 
the  others  as  we  might.  A  one-sticked  drum  soon  opened  the 
ball,  assisted  by  a  wire-stringed  guitar,  and  for  a  little  time  they 
divinised  on  their  own  account  until  they  were  pronounced  safe 
for  the  evening.  Two  gentlemen  then  stepped  up  to  their 
selected  partners,  and  gracefully  intimated  a  desire  for  their 
assistance,  which  was  favourably  responded  to.  The  partners 
stood  opposite  each  other  and  carelessly  shuffled  their  feet,  each 
keeping  slow  time  by  the  snapping  of  their  fingers.  The  man 
advanced,  then  retreated,  now  moved  to  one  side  and  then  to  the 
other.  Now  approaching  close  to  the  fair  one,  he  made  a  low 
bow,  looking  all  sorts  of  expressions  as  though  he  was  acting  a 
love  pantomime  ;  to  which  his  partner  responded  by  violently 


128  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  xiv. 

snapping  her  fingers,  and  shuffling  away  as  for  dear  life.  Away 
goes  the  lover  two  or  three  yards  to  the  right,  profoundly  bow- 
ing; then  as  far  to  the  left,  and  another  bow.  Getting  visibly 
excited,  up  again  he  advances,  going  through  spasmodic  opera- 
tions to  get  louder  snaps  from  his  fingers.  The  fair  inamorata  is 
evidently  rising.  Around  she  whirls  two  or  three  times ;  he 
spins  in  the  opposite  direction,  and,  just  as  he  is  getting  up  an 
attitude  of  advance,  out  steps  another  lady,  taking  his  partner's 
place.  This  is  paralyzing,  but  the  lover  is  too  polite  not  to  do 
a  little  for  civility,  when  some  gentleman  steps  before  him,  taking 
the  burden  from  his  feet  and  leaving  him  to  follow  his  partner  to 
the  well-earned  seat,  where  he  solaces  his  feelings  by  a  long  pull 
at  the  bottle,  and  then  passes  it  to  the  lady,  who  requires  sym- 
pathy similar  in  degree  and  quantity.  The  dancing  continued, 
with  no  variation  of  time  or  figure,  until  the  cashaca  gave  out, 
which  was  the  signal  for  a  breaking  up,  all  who  could  preserve 
their  equilibrium  escorting  their  equally  fortunate  partners,  and 
those  who  could  not  remaining  until  a  little  sleep  restored  their 
ailing  faculties. 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

Ax  unclouded  sky  was  awaiting  the  sun  of  the  4th  as  we  strolled 
along  the  river-bank  at  Serpa,  recalling  the  clustering  associa- 
tions connected  with  the  day,  and  thinking  of  the  present  occu- 
pations of  friends  at  home.  It  was  a  magnificent  place  for  fire- 
works and  tar-barrels,  and  that  beautiful  island  opposite  was  the 
very  spot  for  a  pic-nic.  We  had  quite  a  mind  to  have  a  cele- 
bration on  our  own  account,  for  the  purpose  of  demonstrating  to 
the  benighted  Amazonians  how  glorious  a  thing  it  is  to  call  oneself 
free  and  independent ;  but,  alas  !  our  powder  was  precious,  and 
barrels  of  tar  not  to  be  had  for  love  or  money.  The  sun  peeped 
over  the  tree-tops,  flooding  in  beauty  the  wild  forest,  and  gilding 
the  waters  that  rushed  and  foamed  like  maddened  steeds.  The 
birds  were  making  the  air  vocal  with  a  hundred  different  notes, 
and  fishes  were  constantly  bouncing  above  the  water  in  glee. 
And  was  it  a  fancy  that  one  red-coated  fellow,  as  he  tossed  him- 
self up,  greeted  us  with  a  "  viva "  to  the  independence  of 
America  ? 


CHAP,  xiv.]          SERPA— LAKE  SARACA'— PIC-NIC.  129 

Serpa  was  a  pretty  place  after  all,  and  our  impressions  of  the 
night  before  had  been  formed  after  a  long  clay  and  a  scorching 
sun.  And  the  people  of  Serpa  were  a  happy  people,  and  we 
almost  wished  that  our  names  were  in  their  parish  register.  The 
river  teemed  with  the  best  of  fish,  and  half  an  hour's  pleasure 
would  supply  the  wants  of  a  week.  Farinha  grew  almost  spon- 
taneously, and  fruits  quite  so.  The  people  bartered  with  passing- 
boats  for  whatever  else  they  might  require,  and  lived  their  lives 
out  like  a  summer's  day,  knowing  nothing  of  the  care  and  trouble 
so  busy  in  the  world  around  them,  and  happy  as  language  could 
express.  With  an  income  of  one  hundred  dollars,  a  man  would 
be  a  nabob  in  Serpa,  as  rich  as  with  a  hundred  thousand  else- 
where. 

Not  far  behind  the  village  is  a  large  lake,  the  Saraca,  and  at 
one  of  the  outlets  of  this  Mr.  M'Culloch  had,  a  few  years  since, 
made  arrangements  for  a  saw  -mill ;  but  after  several  months' 
labour,  when  the  timbers  were  ail  ready  to  be  put  together,  he 
was  ordered  by  the  authorities  at  Para  to  desist,  upon  some 
frivolous  pretext.  From  here  he  removed  to  Barra. 

Senhor  Manoel  had  been  on  the  point  of  leaving  for  Barra  as 
we  arrived,  and  he  concluded  to  go  with  us,  putting  two  of  his 
men  upon  the  galliota.  Besides  these,  we  had  been  unable  to 
find  any  others.  The  Colonel  and  Juiz  were  also  to  go  in  their 
own  canoes,  keeping  us  company.  These  gentlemen  were  all 
going  up  to  Barra  to  attend  a  jury,  one  of  the  inflictions  of  civil- 
ization in  Brazil  as  elsewhere.  But,  although  a  week's  voyaging 
among  the  carapanas  is  no  sport,  they  did  not  grumble  half  so 
much  at  the  obligation  as  many  a  man  at  home  for  the  loss  of 
his  afternoon  by  similar  necessity. 

Leaving  Serpa  about  seven  o'clock,  we  continued  on  an  hour 
until  we  arrived  at  a  spot  whither  the  Senhors  had  preceded  us, 
and  made  ready  breakfast.  We  were  to  have  a  pic-nic  after  all. 
Each  canoe  had  brought  store  of  good  things,  and  we  circled 
around  a  little  knoll  under  the  trees,  to  the  enjoyment  of  a  greater 
variety  than  we  had  seen  for  the  last  two  months. 

At  this  place  we  shot  an  opossum,  of  a  smaller  variety  than 
that  of  the  States.  It  emitted  a  very  disagreeable  odour,  and 
even  our  Indians  expressed  their  disgust  at  the  idea  of  eating  it. 
I  intended  to  have  preserved  it,  and  laid  it  in  the  montaria  for 


ISO  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xrv. 

that  purpose,  but  soon  after  it  was  missing,  some  one  having 
thrown  it  into  the  stream. 

Nearly  all  day  our  course  was  through  a  passage  of  not  more 
than  fifty  yards'  width  between  the  northern  shore  and  an  island. 
At  low  water  this  channel  was  entirely  dry.  In  one  part  of  our 
way  a  large  flock  of  swallow-tailed  hawks,  Falro  furcatus,  a 
variety  found  also  in  the  Southern  States,  circled  about  us  in 
graceful  motion  like  so  many  swallows.  "We  brought  down  one, 
a  fine  specimen,  greatly  to  our  delight ;  for  although  we  had 
frequently  seen  them  before,  we  never  had  been  able  to  reach 
them  on  account  of  their  lofty  flight. 

It  was  nearly  midnight  when  we  reached  the  sitio  of  the  Dele- 
garde  of  Serpa,  directly  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  river  Madeira, 
The  Colonel  had  arrived  before  us,  and  we  found  prepared  a 
substantial  supper.  The  Delegarde  of  Serpa  has  not  a  very 
lucrative  office,  and  matters  about  the  house  looked  rather 
poverty-stricken  ;  but  we  cared  little  for  that  on  our  own  account, 
and,  slinging  our  hammocks  under  an  open  cacao-shed,  slept  as 
well  as  the  carapanas  would  allow. 

The  river  Madeira  is  the  greatest  tributary  of  the  Amazon, 
having  a  length  of  more  than  two  thousand  miles.  Rising  far 
down  among  the  mountains  of  southern  Bolivia,  it  drains  a  vast 
extent  of  country,  receiving  constant  accessions.  Its  current  is 
not  swift  and  its  waters  are  comparatively  clear.  When  the 
Amazon  is  lowest,  in  the  month  of  December,  the  Madeira  is  at 
its  height ;  and  at  that  season  very  many  fallen  trees  are  floated 
down.  Much  of  the  country  about  its  mouth  is  low  and  unin- 
habitable ;  and  at  certain  seasons  the  whole  region  below  the  falls 
is  visited  by  intermittent  fevers.  This  scourge  to  man  is  a  bless- 
ing to  the  turtles,  which  congregate  upon  the  upper  islands  and 
deposit  their  eggs  without  molestation.  The  first  falls  are  at  the 
distance  of  two  months'  journey  from  Serpa ;  and,  thereafter,  a 
succession  of  similar  falls  and  rapids  obstructs  the  navigation  for 
a  long  distance.  Yet  canoes  of  considerable  burden  ascend  the 
river,  passing  these  falls  by  aid  of  the  Indians,  who  are  settled 
about  these  places  in  large  numbers.  By  the  upper  branches  of 
the  Madeira,  easy  communication  is  had  with  the  head-waters  of 
the  La  Plata  ;  and  in  the  earlier  days  of  Brazilian  settlement 
the  enterprising  colonists  had  discovered  and  taken  advantage  of 


CHAP,  xiv.]  RIVER  MADEIRA— VILLAGE  OF  OUR  TAU9HA.   131 

this  connection.  To  the  interior  province  of  Matto  Grosso  com- 
munication is  had  by  the  Tocantins,  Tapajos,  and  Madeira,  from 
Para.  The  last  river  is  preferred,  on  account  of  the  fewer 
obstructions,  although  the  distance  is  greatly  increased.  Not 
unfrequently  one  of  these  canoes  arrives  at  the  city  loaded  with 
the  products  of  Matto  Grosso,  among  which  gold  is  one  of  the 
principal.  The  Indians  accompanying  such  craft  are  of  a  very 
different  race  from  those  usually  seen,  and  in  strange  dresses 
wander  about  the  streets  staring  at  every  sight. 

There  are  but  few  settlements  upon  the  lower  waters  of  the 
Madeira.  The  chief  of  them  is  Borda,  upon  the  southern  bank, 
two  days'  voyage  from  Serpa.  The  country  is  rich  in  woods, 
cacao,  salsa,  and  gums.  A  greater  obstruction  to  its  settlement 
than  unhealthiness  was  the  obstinate  ferocity  of  the  Indian  tribes 
upon  the  river-banks,  especially  the  Muras  and  Mundruciis. 
But  both  these  have  yielded  in  some  degree  to  the  effects  of 
civilization,  and  the  latter  are  now  considered  one  of  the  most 
friendly  races  in  the  province. 

Resuming  our  journey  before  daybreak  of  the  5th,  we  arrived 
about  seven  o'clock  at  the  most  orderly-looking  sitio  which  we 
had  yet  seen.  There  were  a  number  of  slaves,  and  the  fields  of 
mandioca  and  tobacco  were  as  neat  as  gardens.  The  houses  were 
well  built  and  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  quadrangle  ;  and,  being 
upon  a  lofty  bank,  commanded  a  beautiful  view  of  the  river  and 
the  remote  shore.  A  grove  of  orange-trees  hung  loaded  with 
fruit,  and  we  readily  obtained  permission  to  fill  our  lockers.  The 
orange  season  was  just  commencing,  and  thereafter  we  found 
them  everywhere  in  profusion. 

Here  also  we  obtained  a  shell  new  to  us,  the  Achatina  regina. 

Three  miles  above  this  place  was  the  village  of  our  taucjha ; 
and  as  himself  and  his  party  had  been  absent  several  months, 
we  observed  their  demeanour  with  some  curiosity  as  we  drew 
near  their  home.  The  old  man  looked  sharply,  as  though  he 
would  see  if  any  changes  had  occurred  in  his  domain  ;  the  boys 
scarcely  looked  at  all,  and  seemed  as  apathetic  as  blocks  ;  but  the 
princess  was  all  smiles,  pointing  out  to  her  children  this  and  that 
object,  or  her  recognised  friends  upon  the  bank.  The  village 
did  not  present  a  very  distinguished  appearance,  although  upon  a 
singularly  fine  site,  the  bank  being  fifty  feet  above  the  water, 

K2 


132  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  EIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  sir. 

and  fronted  by  a  small  island  at  the  distance  of  a  mile.  As  we 
touched  the  shore,  a  number  of  women  and  children  were  looking 
on  from  above,  as  though  we  were  perfect  strangers  ;  only  two 
of  the  little  girls  coming  down  to  meet  their  brothers  and  cousins. 
With  the  same  indifference,  the  boys,  as  they  met  their  mothers 
and  sisters,  scarcely  exchanged  a  salutation.  To  give  them  all  the 
credit  they  deserved,  however,  their  first  steps  were  to  the  rude 
chapel,  where  before  the  altar,  on  bended  knees,  they  thanked 
our  Lady  for  their  safe  return.  There  was  one  poor  boy,  the 
best  of  the  band,  who  had  been  sick  with  jaundice  during  the 
whole  passage.  The  others  had  been  perfectly  indifferent  to  him, 
not  caring  whether  he  lived  or  died ;  but  we  had  done  every- 
thing for  his  comfort  that  circumstances  would  allow,  and  in 
return,  although  he  could  not  speak  a  word  of  Portuguese,  he  had 
testified  his  gratitude  in  a  hundred  little  instances.  He  lingered 
about  us  a  long  time  as  if  loth  to  part ;  and  when  at  last  he 
went  upon  the  hill  where  the  others  were  collected  together  de- 
tailing the  wonders  of  their  travels,  he  slunk  away  unnoticed  by 
any,  nor  did  we  see  the  least  recognition  of  him  while  we  remained. 

When  Lieutenant  Ma  we  descended  this  river  in  1831,  these 
people  had  just  been  gathered  out  of  the  woods  by  an  old  padre, 
who  had  converted  them  and  taught  them  something  of  civiliza- 
tion. Mr.  Mawe  particularly  observes  that  they  would  drink  no 
cashaca  nor  exchange  fish  for  that  article. 

But  the  old  padre  had  gone ;  the  houses,  far  better  framed  than 
usual,  were  almost  all  in  ruins ;  and  there  did  not  seem  to  be  a  dozen 
adults  in  the  place.  A  large  piece  of  ground  had  at  one  time 
been  cultivated,  but  now  the  grass  and  bushes  had  overgrown  the 
whole  ;  and  excepting  where  a  few  squash  vines  had  found  a 
home  upon  the  side-hill,  not  a  trace  of  agriculture  remained. 
With  this  outward  decay  the  padre's  instructions  had  gone  like- 
wise, and  these  Muras  were  noted  as  arrant  thieves  and  lazy  vag- 
abonds. The  little  civilization  once  acquired  had  left  behind 
just  enough  of  its  dregs  to  make  them  worse  than  their  brethren 
of  the  woods. 

We  wandered  some  hours  in  the  vicinity,  shell-hunting  and 
sporting  with  very  little  success ;  but  the  exercise  was  delightful, 
for  long  confinement  in  the  galliota  had  stiffened  our  joints  and 
wellnigh  put  us  upon  the  sick-list. 


CHAP,  xiv.]  THE  TAU9HA'S  KASCALITY— THE  BELL-BIKD.     133 

Senhor  Manoel  Jochin  waited  until  afternoon  for  the  return  of 
some  men  who  were  said  to  be  absent  upon  a  fishing  expedition  ; 
but  at  last  he  left,  after  making  the  tai^ha  promise  to  forward  us 
•with  our  full  complement  when  the  absentees  returned.  The 
Senhor  very  kindly  left  with  us  his  two  men  whom  we  had  em- 
ployed since  leaving  Serpa.  No  sooner  was  he  gone  than  the 
fishermen  appeared  from  the  woods,  where  they  had  been  skulking ; 
and  now,  the  tau9ha,  having  received  payment,  refused  to  do  any- 
thing further.  There  was  no  help  ;  we  could  only  threaten  Dr. 
Costa's  vengeance,  and  therefore  prepared  to  depart  as  speedily 
as  possible. 

The  price  to  be  paid  this  party  of  six  had  been  stipulated  by 
Dr.  Costa  before  their  descent.  Their  wages  had  been  given 
them  in  money  at  Para,  and,  for  the  forty- five  days  during  which 
they  had  been  in  our  employ,  each  received  three  shirts  of  factory 
cotton,  three  pairs  of  pantaloons  of  blue  drilling,  and  two  balls 
of  thread.  In  addition,  the  taucha  was  to  receive  at  Barra  two 
whole  pieces  of  drilling,  but  this  of  course  he  forfeited  by  not 
fulfilling  his  engagement. 

"We  had  still  seven  men  besides  the  pilot,  although  we  had  left 
eight  persons  at  the  village,  and  were  after  all  not  so  badly  off 
as  we  might  have  been. 

Bidding  adieu  to  the  Muras  with  uncourteous  blessings,  we 
coasted  for  some  hours  under  the  same  lofty  bank,  passing  a 
number  of  fine  sitios.  The  current  was  often  so  swift  that  the 
utmost  exertions  of  the  men  were  unable  to  propel  the  boat,  and 
they  showed  great  glee  at  the  alacrity  with  which  the  Senhors 
sprang  to  the  paddles  for  their  relief. 

During  the  night  we  fancied  we  heard  the  far-famed  bell-bird. 
The  note  was  that  of  a  muffled  tea-bell,  and  several  of  these 
ringers  were  performing  at  the  same  time — some  with  one  gentle 
tinkle,  others  with  a  ring  of  several  notes.  I  asked  the  pilot 
what  was  "  gritando  ;  "  he  replied,  "  a  toad."  I  had  no  idea  of 
having  my  musician  thus  calumniated,  and  remonstrated '  there- 
upon, but  he  cut  me  short  with  "  It  must  be  a  toad,  everything 
that  sings  at  night  is  a  toad."  From  accounts  of  travellers,  we 
had  been  expecting  ever  since  we  had  entered  the  Amazon  to 
have  been  nightly  lulled  to  sleep  by  the  song  of  this  mysterious 
bird  ;  and  we  used  at  first  to  strain  our  perceptions  to  the 


*34  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xrr. 

recognition  of  something  that  was  bell-like,  now  starting  at  the 
hooting  ding-dong  of  ~n  owl,  and  now  at  the  slightest  twitter  of 
a  tree-toad.  But  it  was  all  in  vain  ;  the  illusion  would  not  last ; 
and  unless,  when  heart-saddened,  his  note,  which  is  usually  com- 
pared to  the"  pounding  of  a  hammer  upon  an  anvil,"  comes  within 
the  compass  of  a  little  bell  of  silver,  we  never  heard  the  bell-bird. 

During  the  whole  of  the  6th  we  were  passing  through  a  narrow 
passage  under  a  melting  sun,  and  unenlivened  by  a  single  bird 
or  other  enticement.  An  Amazonian  sun  can  be  fierce,  and 
upon  such  days  the  birds  fly  panting  into  the  thickets,  and  trees 
and  flowers  look  sorrowfully  after  them,  as  though  they  would 
gladly  follow.  The  river-bank  was  often  high,  and  occasionally 
we  saw  a  real  rock — no  clay  fiction. 

The  carapanas  gave  us  no  rest  during  the  night,  and  early 
upon  the  7th  we  were  advancing,  hoping  to  arrive  at  a  sitio  by 
breakfast-time. 

Daybreak  found  us  emerging  from  our  narrow  passage,  and 
we  saw  but  a  short  distance  ahead  the  embarca^oen  in  which 
most  of  Bradley's  goods  had  been  shipped,  and  which  had  left 
the  city  a  few  days  before  ourselves.  The  men  pulled  lustily  lo 
overtake  her,  for  we  were  out  of  cashaca  and  now  should  be  able 
to  obtain  a  supply. 

It  was  ten  o'clock  before  we  came  in  sight  of  the  sitio,  situated 
upon  a  high  projecting  bluff.  The  embarcac/>en  was  anchored 
in  a  little  bay  upon  the  upper  side.  We  drew  up  in  a  convenient 
spot  below  and  walked  in  procession  to  the  bouse.  The  reception- 
chamber  in  this  case  was  a  raised  platform  about  two  feet  high, 
covered  with  slats,  upon  which  mats  were  spread,  and  over 
which  two  hammocks  were  hanging.  We  found  the  Senhor  and 
his  lady,  with  the  Captain  just  arrived,  engaged  with  their 
coffee,  and  the  invitation  to  us  was  not  "  entra,"  but  "  sobre," 
that  is,  "  mount."  This  direction  we  accurately  followed,  and 
squatted  ourselves,  Turkish  fashion,  upon  the  mats.  Coffee  was 
presented  to  us,  and,  after  our  now  tasteless  galliota  preparation, 
was  a  luxury. 

This  house  was  large  enough,  and,  had  its  proprietor  thought 
fit  to  limit  the  circulation  of  air  by  an  outer  wall  or  two,  or  to 
fetter  the  grass  upon  the  floor  by  tiles,  would  have  been  one  of 
the  finest  houses  upon  the  river.  But  such  innovations,  probably, 


CHAP,  xiv.]     RECEPTION  AT  A  SITIO— INDIAN  AIRS.  135 

never  ocurred  to  him.  Under  the  same  roof,  and  within  six  feet 
from  the  platform,  was  a  furnace  and  anvil,  at  which  a  black 
Cyclops  was  officiating  with  an  earnestness  that  made  our  ears  a 
burden,  and  that  puzzled  us  to  comprehend  how  the  good  couple 
could  endure  their  hammocks. 

A  number  of  pretty  children  were  playing  about,  and  one  of 

them  speedily  formed  an  intimacy  with  A .  She  brought 

him  a  cuya  of  eggs,  and  seemed  happy  as  a  lark  with  some  trifling 
present  which  he  made  her  in  return.  How  often  had  we  wished 
for  some  of  those  pretty  toys  or  books  which  children  at  home 
value  so  lightly,  but  which  those  upon  the  Amazon  would  regard 
as  priceless  treasures !  Upon  leaving,  the  Senhora  sent  down 
half  a  dozen  fowls  and  some  vegetables  for  our  acceptance. 

The  proprietor  of  this  establishment  was  counted  one  of  the 
wealthiest  men  upon  the  river,  and  we  saw  numerous  slaves  and 
large  fields  of  tobacco  and  mandioca.  In  front  of  the  house  an 
Indian  and  his  boy  were  weaving  a  grass  hammock,  twisting 
the  cord  from  the  raw  material  as  they  required  it,  a  few  yards 
at  a  time. 

Soon  after  starting  we  passed  the  embarcac.oen,  obtaining  our 
indispensable.  This  vessel  had  large  schooner  sails,  but,  as  wind 
did  not  always  favour,  eight  men  stood  upon  her  deck  with  long 
sweeps,  made  by  fastening  the  blades  of  paddles  upon  the  ends 
of  poles,  and  pulled  her  onward.  Besides  these,  two  men  were 
in  the  montaria  with  a  rope,  tying  and  pulling  as  before  described. 
In  this  manner  she  advanced  nearly  as  rapidly,  or  rather  as 
slowly,  as  ourselves. 

We  had  been  disappointed  in  our  expectation  of  obtaining 
some  additional  men  at  this  sitio.  The  riddance  of  the  tauqha's 
party  was  an  inconceivable  relief;  for  the  men,  having  no  bad 
example  constantly  before  them,  required  no  urging,  but  pulled 
steadily  and  contentedly  from  four  in  the  morning  until  eight  at 
night,  frequently  cheering  their  labour  by  songs.  Many  of 
their  songs  are  Portuguese,  and  the  airs  are  very  sweet ;  but  the 
real  Indian  is  usually  unburdened  with  words,  and  is  little  more 
than  a  loud,  shrill  scream,  with  something  of  measure — a  sort 
of  link  between  the  howl  of  the  performer  at  the  Chinese  Museum 
and  a  civilized  tone.  We  never  could  catch  these  wild  tunes,  but 
they  were  as  natural  to  every  Indian  as  his  bow  and  arrow. 


136  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xrr. 

Late  at  night  we  stopped  at  a  cattle  sitio.  The  master  was 
absent,  but  the  slave«  had  a  number  of  fine  tambaki.  and  we 
purchased  enough  already  roasted  to  last  us  to  Barra,  Habitual 
travellers  upon  the  Amazon  make  it  a  point  to  stop  during  the 
night  at  sitio*  whenever  possible,  thus  avoiding  the  carapanas 
and  greatly  relieving  the  tedium  of  their  voyage. 

At  seven  o'clock  upon  the  8th  we  were  in  the  swiftest  current 
below  the  Rio  Negro.  A  rocky  shore,  dry  at  low-water  at  this 
season,  formed  a  rapid,  down  which  the  waters  rushed  with  a 
furious  velocity.  Two  of  us  went  ahead  in  the  montaria ;  some 
used  the  pole ;  while  others  with  the  sail-rope  jumped  upon  shore 
and  pulled.  By  these  means,  after  a  hard  tug,  we  passed. 

We  breakfasted  in  a  lovely  spot,  where  the  open  woods  and 
the  moss-covered  rocks,  so  different  from  any  we  had  seen  before, 
reminded  us  strongly  of  well-loved  scenes  at  home.  Here  we 
gathered  several  species  of  ferns,  and  from  a  mound  of  soft  red 
clay  cut  out  cakes  like  soap  for  some  soil-inquisitive  friend. 

The  remote  bank  of  the  Rio  Negro  now  began  to  rise  boldly, 
exhilarating  us  all.  The  water  of  the  Amazon  gradually  lost 
its  muddy  hue,  and  the  black  water  of  the  Negro  as  gradually 
assumed  its  proper  colour ;  until  at  last,  intensely  dark,  but  clear 
and  limpid,  every  ripple  sparkling  like  crystals,  it  bade  us  throw 
back  a  joyful  adeos  to  the  majestic  old  friend  we  were  leaving, 
and  hail  with  loud  vivas  the  beautiful  newly  found. 

At  its  junction  with  the  Negro  the  Amazon  bends  widely  to 
the  south,  so  that  from  the  northern  shore  the  former  seems  the 
main  stream.  Directly  at  the  junction  lies  a  large  triangular 
island,  and  Mr.  M'Culloch  informed  us  that  he  himself  had  found 
soundings  here  at  thirty-two  fathoms,  or  one  hundred  and  ninety- 
two  feet.  Upon  either  side  the  shore  rises  abruptly  and  loftily, 
and  the  river  is  contracted  into  much  narrower  limits  than  above. 

AVe  sailed  under  noble  bluffs,  passing  many  fine-looking 
houses ;  and  the  effect  of  these,  with  the  dark  water,  the  cloudy 
sky,  and  the  rich  green  festooning,  made  that  few  hours'  sail 
intensely  interesting.  The  current  moved  sluggishly,  and  the 
only  signs  of  life  which  we  met  were  in  correspondence — a 
swarthy  white  in  one  end  of  a  montaria,  listlessly  holding  a  fish- 
line,  while  in  the  other  sat,  curled  up,  a  little  boy  in  blue  shirt 
and  red  cap,  both  pictures  of  luxurious  laziness. 


CHAP,  xv.]          ARRIVAL  AT  BARRA— THE  RIVER,  137 

It  was  eight  o'clock  in  the  evening  as  we  moored  to  the  shore 
at  Barra.  A  furious  rain  was  pouring,  and  thus  we  ended  our 
voyage  as  we  had  begun  it.  We  had  left  Para  expecting  to  see 
but  thirty  days  pass  upon  the  Amazon,  but  the  thirty  had  flown 
long  since,  and  here  we  were  upon  the  eve  of  the  fiftieth. 

Yet  our  time  had  passed  pleasantly  in  spite  of  every  incon- 
venience ;  and  now  that  the  memory  of  the  carapanas  began  to 
fade  into  indistinctness,  and  the  big  flies  could  no  longer  trouble 
us,  we  could  have  looked  forward  to  another  fifty  days  towards 
the  Peruvian  frontier  without  trembling. 

The  distance  from  Para  to  the  Barra  of  the  Rio  Negro  in  a 
straight  line  is  rather  more  than  eight  hundred  miles,  but  as  we 
had  come,  following  all  the  windings  of  the  channel,  the  distance 
was  more  than  a  thousand. 

Early  in  the  morning  a  number  of  gentlemen  visited  us  at 
the  galliota,  some  to  inquire  of  the  market  and  news  below, 
others  to  make  offers  of  friendly  service.  Of  these  latter  was 
Senhor  Henriquez  Antonio,  an  Italian  by  birth,  and  the  most 
prominent  trader  upon  these  upper  rivers.  He  immediately 
offered  us  a  vacant  house  next  his  own,  and  in  a  brief  time  we 
were  fairly  installed  in  our  new  quarters.  The  building  was  of 
one  story,  containing  several  rooms,  most  of  which  were  ceiled 
by  roof-tiles  and  floored  by  sand.  Bradley  took  possession  of 
the  large  parlour  for  his  goods,  and  he  and  Mr.  Williams  were 
domiciled  in  one  of  the  little  twelve-by-twelve  sanctums,  and 
A and  I  in  the  other. 


CHAPTER  XV. 

THE  Rio  Negro  at  Barra  is  about  four  miles  in  width  at  high- 
water,  but  much  less  during  the  dry  season,  when  the  flood  has 
fallen  thirty  feet.  The  channel  deepens  at  once  from  the  shore, 
forming  a  safe  and  convenient  anchorage.  The  shore  in  some 
parts  is  bold,  rising  in  almost  perpendicular  bluffs ;  in  others, 
gently  sloping  to  the  water's  edge.  Upon  land  thus  irregular 
the  town  is  built,  numbering  rather  more  than  three  thousand 
inhabitants,  a  large  proportion  of  which  are  Indians.  The 


138  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  xv. 

houses  are  generally  of  one  story,  but  occasionally  of  two  and 
three,  and  resemble  'a  form  and  structure  those  of  the  better 
towns  below. 

There  was  something  very  attractive  in  the  appearance  of  the 
Barra.  The  broad,  lake-like  river  in  front,  smooth  as  a  mirror ; 
the  little  bay,  protected  by  two  out-jutting  points ;  the  narrow 
inlet  that  circled  around  the  upper  part  of  the  town,  and  beyond 
which  sloped  a  lofty  hill,  green  with  the  freshness  of  perpetual 
spring ;  the  finely  rolling  hind  upon  which  the  town  itself  stood  ; 
and  back  of  all,  and  overtopping  all,  the  flat  table,  where  at  one 
glance  we  could  take  in  a  combination  of  beauties  far  superior 
to  anything  we  had  yet  seen  upon  the  Amazon.  Here  the 
secluded  inhabitants  live,  scarcely  knowing  of  the  rest  of  the 
world,  and  as  oblivious  of  outward  vanities  as  our  Dutch 
ancestors,  who,  in  bygone  centuries,  vegetated  upon  the  banks 
of  the  Hudson.  Here  is  no  rumbling  of  carts  or  trampling  of 
horses.  Serenity,  as  of  a  sabbath-morning,  reigns  perpetual ; 
broken  only  by  the  rub-a-dub  of  the  evening  patrol,  or  by  the 
sweet,  wild  strains  from  some  distant  cottage,  where  the  Indian 
girls  are  dancing  to  the  music  of  their  own  voices. 

Directly  upon  the  river-bank,  and  frowning  over  the  waters, 
once  stood  a  fort  known  as  San  Jose.  The  Portuguese  word  for 
fort  is  barra,  and  this  name  was  applied  to  the  town  which  sprang 
up  in  the  vicinity ;  therefore  it  is  that  the  town  is  usually  spoken 
of  as  the  Barra  de  Rio  Negro.  Whether  peace  has  been  unfa- 
vourable, or  the  fortunes  of  war  adverse,  we  were  not  informed  ; 
but  there  stands  the  ruin,  with  scarcely  wall  enough  left  to  call 
it  a  ruin,  white  with  lichens  and  protecting  nought  but  an  area 
of  grass.  Upon  the  top  of  the  ancient  flag-staff  is  perched  a 
buzzard,  who  never  seems  to  move  the  livelong  day  but  to  turn 
his  wings  to  the  sunlight,  or  to  nod  sympathetically  to  a  party  of 
his  brethren,  who,  upon  upright  poles  and  crossbeams  that  indi- 
cate still  further  ruin,  sit  drooping  in  the  "  luxury  of  woe." 

Near  by,  an  antique  church  shoots  up  to  the  loftiness  of  some 
thirty  feet,  and  at  its  side  is  a  quaint  adjunct  of  a  tower,  square 
and  short  and  thick,  from  whose  top  sounds  the  church-going 
bell.  Beyond  this  is  a  square,  or  largo,  facing  which  are  the 
barracks  and  the  room  of  the  Assembly,  for  Barra  is  the  chief 
town  of  the  district  of  the  Rio  Negro. 


CHAP,  xv.]     SENHOR  HENRIQUEZ— MANNER  OF  LIVING.        139 

Upon  this  largo  stood  also  the  house  of  Senhor  Henriquez,  in 
which  we  were  half  domiciled,  for,  being  all  bachelors,  and  weary 
of  bachelor  cooking,  we  accepted  with  pleasure  the  invitation  of 
Senhor  H.  to  his  table.  His  house  was  always  open  to  passing 
strangers,  and  others  beside  ourselves  were  constantly  there  en- 
joying his  hospitality.  Both  the  Senhor  and  his  lady  showed 
us  every  attention,  and  seemed  particularly  anxious  that  we  should 
see  all  that  was  interesting  or  curious  in  the  vicinity,  while  they 
constantly  kept  some  Indian  in  the  woods  for  our  benefit.  The 
Senhora  was  an  exceedingly  pretty  woman,  about  twenty-two, 
and  delighted  us  by  her  frank  intercourse  with  strangers ; 
always  sitting  with  them  at  the  table,  and  conversing  as  a  lady 
would  do  at  home.  This  would  not  be  noticeable  except  in  Bra 
zil,  and  perhaps  not  universally  there ;  but  we  had  ever  found 
the  ladies  shy  and  reserved,  and,  although  often  at  the  table  of 
married  men,  the  lady  of  the  house  had  never  before  sat  down 
with  us.  The  Senhora  surprised  and  gratified  us  also  by  her 
knowledge  of  the  United  States,  which  she  had  obtained  from  oc- 
casional travellers.  She  had  three  little  girls,  Paulina,  Pepita, 
and  Lina,  with  a  little  boy  of  four  years,  Juan.  All  these  chil- 
dren had  light  hair  and  fair  complexions,  and  the  blue-eyed  baby 
Lina  especially  was  as  beautifully  fair  as  though  her  home  had 
been  under  northern  skies.  Juan  was  a  brave  little  fellow,  and 
was  a  frequent  visitor  of  ours,  delighting  to  be  with  a  Gentio 
Indian  who  was  employed  in  our  back  yard.  This  Indian  had 
been  out  of  the  woods  but  a  few  weeks  and  could  not  speak  Por- 
tuguese, but  Juan  could  talk  with  him  in  the  Lingoa  Geral  as 
though  it  had  been  his  native  tongue. 

Each  of  the  children  had  an  attendant ;  the  girls,  pretty  little 
Indians  of  nine  or  ten  years,  and  Juan,  a  boy  of  about  the  same 
age.  It  was  the  business  of  these  attendants  to  obey  implicitly 
the  orders  of  their  little  mistresses  and  master,  and  never  to  leave 
them.  Juan  and  his  boy  spent  much  of  their  time  in  the  river, 
taking  as  naturally  to  the  water  as  young  ducks. 

At  six  in  the  morning  coffee  was  brought  into  our  room,  and 
the  day  was  considered  as  fairly  commenced.  We  then  took  our 
guns  and  found  amusement  in  the  woods  until  nearly  eleven, 
which  was  the  hour  for  breakfast.  At  this  meal  we  never  had 
coffee  or  tea,  and  rarely  any  vegetable  excepting  rice;  but  rich 


140  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  xv. 

soups  and  dishes  of  turtle,  meat,  fish,  and  peixe  boi,  in  several 
forms  of  preparation,  loaded  the  table.  The  Brazilian  method 
of  cooking  becomes  very  agreeable  when  one  has  conquered  his 
repugnance  to  a  slight  flavour  of  garlic  and  the  turtle-oil  used 
in  every  dish.  The  dessert  consisted  of  oranges,  pacovas,  and 
preserves.  Puddings,  unless  of  tapioca,  are  seldom  seen,  and 
pastry  never,  out  of  the  city.  "Water  was  brought  if  we  asked 
for  it,  but  the  usual  drink  was  a  light  Lisbon  wine.  The  first 
movement  upon  taking  our  places  at  the  table,  was  for  each  to 
make  a  pile  of  salt  and  peppers  upon  his  plate,  which,  mashed 
and  liquified  by  a  little  caldo  or  gravy,  was  in  a  condition  to 
receive  the  meat.  A  bowl  of  caldo  in  the  centre  filled  with 
farinha,  whence  every  one  could  help  himself  with  his  own  spoon, 
was  always  present. 

The  remainder  of  the  day  we  spent  in  preserving  our  birds,  or 
if  convenient  in  again  visiting  the  forest.  The  dinner-hour  was 
between  six  and  seven,  and  that  meal  was  substantially  the  same 
as  breakfast. 

\Ve  found  at  the  house  upon  our  arrival  two  gentlemen  who 
had  lately  come  from  Venezuela,  forty  days'  distance  up  the  Rio 
Negro.  One  of  them  was  a  young  German,  William  Berchen- 
brinck,  who  had  come  down  merely  as  passenger,  and  who  had 
been  in  the  employment  of  a  Spanish  naturalist.  The  other  was 
a  regular  trader,  Senhor  Antonio  Dias,  from  San  Carlos,  and  he 
had  brought  down  a  cargo  of  rope  made  from  the  fibres  of  the 
piassaba  palm,  and  a  quantity  of  grass  hammocks.  The  piassaba 
rope  is  in  great  demand  throughout  the  province,  and  is  remark- 
able for  its  strength  and  elasticity,  which  qualities  render  it  ad- 
mirable for  cables.  The  only  objection  to  it  is  its  roughness, 
for  the  palm-fibres  are  unavoidably  of  large  size. 

The  hammocks  were  in  general  of  cheap  manufacture,  valued 
at  half  a  milree  each.  The  grass  of  which  they  were  made  is 
yellow  in  colour,  and  of  a  strength  and  durability  superior  to  Ma- 
nilla hemp.  It  grows  in  very  great  abundance  throughout  the 
country  of  the  Rio  Negro,  and  could  be  supplied  to  an  unlimited 
extent.  Senhor  Antonio  was  a  genius  in  his  way.  and  some  of  his 
hammocks  were  exquisitely  ornamented  by  himself  with  feather- 
work.  One  in  particular  was  composed  of  cord  twisted  by  hand, 
scarcely  larger  than  linen  thread ;  and  in  its  manufacture  a  familj 


CHAP,  xv.]  DESCENT  OF  THE  NEGRO.  141 

of  four  persons  had  been  employed  more  than  a  year.  Its  borders 
at  the  sides  were  one  foot  in  width,  and  completely  covered  with 
embroidery  in  the  most  gaudy  feathers.  Upon  one  side  were  the 
arms  of  Brazil,  upon  the  other  those  of  Portugal,  and  the  re- 
maining space  was  occupied  by  flowers  and  devices  ingenious  as 
ever  seen  in  needlework.  The  feathers  were  attached  to  the  frame 
of  the  borders  by  a  resinous  gum.  Such  hammocks  are  rather 
for  ornament  than  use,  and  they  are  sought  with  avidity  at  Rio 
Janeiro  by  the  curiosity-collectors  of  foreign  courts.  This  one 
was  valued  at  thirty  silver  dollars,  which  in  the  country  of  the 
Rio  Negro  is  equal  to  one  hundred  in  other  parts  of  the  empire. 

Senhor  Antonio  was  something  of  a  wag  as  well  as  a  genius  ; 
and  as  the  blacks  came  to  him  at  sunset  for  the  customary  blessing, 
making  the  sign  of  the  cross  upon  their  foreheads,  his  usual  bene- 
diction was  "God  make  you  white." 

Berchenbrinck  could  speak  English  fluently,  and  was  a  very 
agreeable  companion  to  us,  besides  being  enabled  from  his  own 
experience  to  contribute  much  to  our  information  regarding  the 
natural  curiosities  of  the  country.  He  had  crossed  from  the  Ori- 
noco to  the  Rio  Negro  by  the  Casiquiari,  and  in  coming  down 
with  Senhor  Antonio  had  been  wellnigh  drowned  in  descending  one 
of  the  many  rapids  that  obstruct  this  latter  river.  Their  cargo 
had  been  sent  round  by  land,  but  through  some  carelessness  the 
vessel  had  been  overturned  and  both  our  friends  precipitated  into 
the  whirling  flood,  whence  they  were  some  time  after  drawn  out 
almost  insensible  by  their  crew,  who  from  the  shore  had  watched 
the  catastrophe.  Mr.  B.  informed  us  that  in  the  highlands  be- 
tween the  two  rivers  the  Gallo  de  Serra,  or  cock  of  the  rock,  was 
abundant  and  frequently  seen  domesticated.  This  bird  is  the 
size  of  a  large  dove  and  wholly  of  a  deep  orange  colour.  Upon 
its  head  is  a  vertical  crest  of  the  same.  The  Indians  shoot  the 
cocks  of  the  rock  with  poisoned  arrows,  and,  stripping  off  the 
skins,  sell  them  to  travellers  or  traders,  who  purchase  them  for 
feather-work.  We  obtained  a  number  of  them  at  Barra,  and,  had 
we  arrived  a  short  time  sooner,  could  have  seen  a  living  specimen 
which  was  in  the  garden  of  Senhor  Henriquez. 

The  Indians  who  accompanied  Senhor  Antonio  were  of  a  dif- 
ferent race  from  any  we  had  seen,  and  looked  very  oddly  from  the 
manner  in  which  they  suffered  their  hair  to  grow  ;  shaving  it  close 


142  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  xv. 

except  just  above  the  forehead,  from  which  long  locks  hung  about 
their  cheeks. 

One  day  an  old  Spaniard  arrived  with  a  cargo  of  Chili  hats. 
He  was  from  Grenada,  and  had  come  down  the  river  Xapo  and 
the  Solemoen.  Besides  his  hats,  which  he  was  intending  to  take 
to  the  United  States,  he  brought  a  quantity  of  pictures,  or  rather 
caricatures,  of  saints,  as  small  change  for  his  river  expenses. 
Chili  hats  are  a  great  article  of  trade  at  Barra.  They  are  made 
of  small  strips  of  a  species  of  palm  twisted  more  or  less  finely. 
This  palm  was  growing  in  the  garden  of  Senhor  Henriquez,  and 
he  gave  us  a  bundle  of  the  raw  material.  The  leaf  was  of  the 

O 

palmetto  form,  and  looked  much  like  the  leaf  of  which  Chinese 
fans  are  made.  The  value  of  the  hats  varies  greatly,  some  being 
worth,  even  at  the  Barra,  from  fifteen  to  twenty  dollars ;  but  the 
average  price  is  from  two  to  three  dollars.  We  saw  one  of  re- 
markable fineness,  which  was  sent  to  Dr.  Costa  in  a  letter. 

The  old  Spaniard  told  us  that  much  of  the  country  upon  the 
Napo  was  still  wild,  and  that,  in  repeated  instances,  the  Indians 
there  brought  him  beautiful  birds  for  sale  which  they  had  shot 
with  poisoned  arrows.  Two  hundred  years  ago  Acuna  described 
the  Tucuna  tribe  as  remarkable  for  their  similar  habit. 

The  woods  in  the  vicinity  of  Barra  were  a  delightful  resort  to 
us,  and  more  attractive  than  we  had  seen  upon  the  Amazon. 
The  land  was  not  one  dead  level,  swampy,  or  intersected  by  im- 
passable igaripes  ;  but  there  were  gentle  hills  and  tiny  brooks  of 
clearest  water,  and  here,  when  weary  of  rambling,  we  could 
recline  ourselves  in  the  delicious  shade,  unmolested  by  carapanas, 
or  the  scarcely  less  vexatious  wood-flies.  The  ground  was  often 
covered  by  evergreens  of  different  varieties  and  exquisite  forms, 
and  many  species  of  ferns  were  growing  in  the  valleys.  There 
were  no  sepaws  or  other  climbing  obstructions  to  our  free  passage, 
but  a  thousand  lesser  vines  draped  the  low  tree-tops  with  myriaos 
of  flowers,  new  and  attractive.  Everywhere  were  paths,  some 
made  by  the  inhabitants  in  their  frequent  rambles,  others  by  wild 
animals  that  come  to  the  water ;  and  along  these  we  could  pass 
quietly  to  the  feeding-trees  of  beautiful  birds. 

Here  were  wont  to  haunt  many  varieties  of  trogons  unknown 
to  us ;  and  at  any  hour  their  plaintive  tones  could  be  heard  from 
the  lofty  limb  upon  which  they  sat  concealed. 


CHAP,  xv.]  BIRDS.  143 

Cuckoos  of  several  species,  their  plumage  glancing  red  in  the 
light,  flitted  noiselessly  through  the  branches,  busied  in  searching 
for  the  worms,  which  were  their  favourite  food. 

Purple  jays,  Garrulus  cayanus,  in  large  flocks  like  their  blue 
cousins  of  North  America,  would  alight  on  some  fruit-tree 
chattering  and  gesticulating ;  but  shy — ready  to  start  at  the  break- 
ing of  a  twig. 

Motmots  and  chatterers  were  abundant  as  at  Para ;  the  latter 
in  greater  variety,  and  still  most  gaudy  of  all. 

Goatsuckers,  in  plumage  more  exquisitely  blended  than  any  of 
the  species  we  had  ever  seen,  would  start  from  some  shade  where 
they  had  been  dozing  the  day-hours,  and,  flying  a  little  distance, 
were  an  easy  prey. 

Manikins  were  in  great  variety  and  in  every  bush ;  tanagers 
whistled,  and  warblers  faintly  lisped  their  notes  in  the  trees. 

Fly-catchers  in  endless  variety  were  moving  nimbly  over  the 
branches,  or  sallying  out  from  their  sentry  stations  upon  their 
passing  prey. 

Pigeons,  some  of  varieties  common  at  Para,  others  new  to  us, 
were  cooing  in  the  thicket  or  flying  affrighted  off. 

Tinami  of  all  sizes  were  feeding  along  the  path,  or  sporting  in 
parties  of  half  a  dozen  among  the  dry  leaves. 

Curassows  moved  on  with  stately  step  like  our  wild  turkey, 
picking  here  and  there  some  delicate  morsel,  and  uttering  a  loud 
peeping  note ;  or  ran  with  outstretched  neck  and  rapid  strides, 
as  they  detected  approaching  danger. 

Guans  were  stripping  the  fruits  from  the  low  trees  in  parties 
of  two  and  three,  and  constantly  repeating  a  loud  harsh  note 
that  proved  their  betrayal. 

Of  all  these  birds  the  most  beautiful  after  the  chatterers  were 
the  trogons.  There  were  half  a  dozen  varieties,  differing  in  size 
— from  the  T.  viridis,  a  small  species  whose  body  was  scarcely 
larger  than  many  of  our  sparrows,  to  the  curuqua  grande,  Calurus 
auriceps  (Gould),  twice  the  size  of  a  jay.  All  have  long  spread- 
ing tails,  and  their  dense  plumage  makes  them  appear  of  greater 
size  than  the  reality.  They  are  solitary  birds,  and  early  in  the 
morning,  or  late  in  the  afternoon,  may  be  observed  sitting,  singly 
or  in  pairs,  some  species  upon  the  tallest  trees,  and  others  but  a 
few  feet  above  the  ground,  with  tails  outspread  and  drooping, 


144  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.        [CHAP.  xv. 

watching  for  passing  insects.  Their  appetites  appeased,  they 
spend  the  remainder  of  the  day  in  the  shade,  uttering  at  intervals 
a  mournful  note,  weil  imitated  by  their  common  name,  curuqua. 
This  would  serve  tQ  betray  them  to  the  hunter ;  but  they  are 
great  ventriloquists,  and  it  is  often  impossible  to  discover  them, 
although  they  are  directly  above  one's  head.  The  species  vary 
in  colouring  as  in  size,  but  the  backs  of  all  are  of  a  lustrous 
green  or  blue,  and  bellies  of  red,  or  pink,  or  yellow.  The 
curuqua  grande  is  occasionally  seen  at  Barra  ;  but,  frequenting 
the  tallest  forest,  it  "is  exceedingly  difficult  to  be  obtained.  We 
offered  a  high  price  for  a  specimen,  and  employed  half  the  garri- 
son for  this  single  bird  without  success.  They  reported  that 
they  even"  day  saw  them,  and  frequently  shot  at  them  ;  but  that 
they  never  would  come  down. 

Their  feathers  were  so  loose,  that,  in  falling  when  shot,  they 
almost  invariably  lost  many;  and  this,  together  with  the  tender- 
ness of  their  skins,  made  them  the  most  difficult  of  birds  to  pre- 
serve. 

Of  curassows  or  mutuns  we  never  shot  but  one  variety,  the 
crested,  of  which  we  had  found  the  nests  near  Serpa.  But  other 
species  were  common  about  the  forests,  and  these,  with  others 
still  brought  from  the  upper  country,  were  frequently  seen  do- 
mesticated. They  are  all  familiar  birds,  and  readily  allow  them- 
selves to  be  caressed.  At  night  they  often  come  into  the  house 
to  roost,  seeming  to  like  the  company  of  the  parrots  and  other 
birds.  They  might  easily  be  bred  when  thus  domesticated,  but 
the  facility  with  which  their  nests  are  found  renders  this  no 
object  at  Barra.  They  feed  upon  seeds  and  fruits,  and  are  con- 
sidered superior,  for  the  table,  to  any  game  of  the  country.  The 
parraqua  guan,  Phasianus  parraqua,  was  common  but  not  domes- 
ticated. It  resembled  the  mutuns  in  its  habits,  but  in  form  had 
a  larger  neck  and  tail  in  proportion.  A  specimen  which  we 
shot  exhibited  a  very  curious  formation  of  the  windpipe,  that 
organ  passing  beneath  the  skin,  upon  the  outside  of  the  body,  to 
the  extremity  of  the  breast-bone,  where  it  was  attached  by  a 
ligament.  Then  re-curving  it  passed  back,  and  entered  the  body 
as  in  other  birds.  Probably  the  loud  trumpet-note  of  this  bird  is 
owing  to  this  formation. 

Of  parrots  and  toucans  there  were  many  new  varieties,  besides 


CHAP,  xv.]  A  TIGER  STORY— THE  CASUE'RIS.  145 

some  of  those  common  at  Para.  One  species  of  paroquet  was 
scarcely  larger  than  a  canary-bird. 

Oar  hunters  were  mostly  soldiers  of  the  garrison,  and  for  their 
labour  we  paid  them  ten  cents  per  diem,  and  found  them  in 
powder  and  shot.  When  towards  night  they  made  their  appear- 
ance with  the  fruits  of  their  excursions,  our  table  was  richly 
loaded,  and  a  long  evening's  work  spread  before  us. 

Sometimes  they  would  bring  in  animals,  and  upon  one  occasion 
we  received  a  pair  of  small  tiger-cats,  called  mdracajas. 

Mr.  M'Culloch  gave  us  the  teeth  of  a  jaguar  which  he  had 
shot  at  his  mill ;  and  we  heard  of  a  singular  meeting  between 
one  of  these  animals  and  an  Indian  upon  the  road  towards  the 
mill.  The  jaguar  was  standing  in  the  road  as  the  Indian  came 
out  of  the  bushes  not  ten  paces  distant,  and  was  looking,  doubt- 
less, somewhat  fiercely  as  he  waited  the  unknown  comer.  The 
Indian  was  puzzled  an  instant,  but,  summoning  his  presence  of 
mind,  he  took  off  his  broad-brimmed  hat,  and  made  a  low  bow, 
with  "  Muito  bem  dias,  meu  senhor,"  or  "  A  very  good  morning, 
sir."  Such  profound  respect  was  not  lost  upon  the  jaguar,  who 
turned  slowly,  and  marched  down  the  road  with  proper  dignity. 

Several  times  during  the  latter  part  of  our  stay,  when  our 
names  had  acquired  sorne  celebrity,  birds  and  other  curiosities 
were  brought  in  for  sale ;  and,  upon  one  day  in  particular,  such 
a  zeal  for  vintens  actuated  all  the  little  blackies  and  Indians,  that 
our  big-bellied  bottles  speedily  became  crowded  to  repletion 
with  beetles,  and  lizards,  and  snakes,  et  id  omne  genus. 

Three  miles  back  of  Barra  is  the  Casueris,  a  waterfall  of 
which  Mr.  M'Culloch  has  taken  advantage  for  his  mill.  The 
water  falls  over  a  ledge  of  yellowish  red  sand-rock,  and  during  the 
dry  season  has  a  descent  of  twelve  feet ;  but  during  the  wet 
season,  the  waters  of  the  Rio  Negro  set  back  to  such  an  extent 
that  a  fall  is  scarcely  perceptible.  These  changes  have  their 
conveniences,  for  as,  when  the  water  is  low,  the  wheel  can  be  con- 
stantly turning,  so,  when  it  is  high,  the  supply  of  logs  can  be 
floated  directly  to  the  mill.  The  greater  part  of  the  logs  used  are 
of  cedar,  rafted  up  from  the  Solimoen.  Coming  from  the  head- 
waters of  the  various  streams,  they  are  precipitated  over  cataracts, 
and  rolled  and  crushed  together  until  their  limbs  are  entirely 
broken  off.  and  their  roots  require  but  little  trimming.  Logs 


146  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP,  xv- 

of  other  woods  are  cut  upon  the  banks  of  the  Rio  Negro,  and 
from  low  land,  during  the  dry  season.  When  the  waters  rise 
these  logs  are  floated  out.  bound  together,  and  rafted  down.  "We 
saw  a  variety  of  beautiful  woods ;  some  of  the  most  valuable  of 
which,  for  cabinet  purposes,  were  the  Saboyerana,  reddish, 
mottled  with  black,  and  varieties  of  satin-wood.  These  are 
scarcely  known  down  the  river,  but  through  Mr.  M'Culloch's 
enterprise  they  are  in  a  fair  way  to  be  made  common.  The  mill 
was  a  perfect  Yankee  mill,  differing  in  no  respect  excepting  in  the 
materials  of  its  frame ;  woods  beautiful  as  mahogany  not  being 
so  accessible  as  hemlock  in  the  United  States. 

Heretofore  all  the  boards  used  in  the  province  of  Para  have 
been  hewn  in  the  forest  by  the  Indians,  who  are  remarkably 
expert  at  this  kind  of  work,  using  a  small  adze  like  a  cooper's 
hammer,  and  making  the  boards  as  smooth  as  with  a  plane.  One 
log  will  make  but  two  boards,  and  the  labour  of  reducing  to  the 
requisite  thinness  is  so  tedious  that  very  few  builders  can  afford 
to  use  wood  for  the  flooring  of  their  houses.  But  these  people 
are  so  proverbially  slow  in  adopting  innovations,  that  some  years 
must  elapse  before  this  expensive  system  is  changed. 

The  Casueris,  being  a  delightful  spot,  shaded  by  densely  leaved 
trees,  is  the  usual  resort  for  Sunday  pic-nic  parties,  which  meet 
there  for  the  fresh,  cool  air,  and  the  luxurious  bath.  The  Sen- 
hora  Henriquez  made  a  little  party  of  the  kind  for  our  entertain- 
ment, which  passed  off  delightfully,  and  much  as  such  a  party 
would  have  done  at  home.  It  was  something  novel  to  meet 
such  an  evidence  of  refinement  so  far  out  of  the  world,  where 
we  had  expected  to  find  nothing  but  wildness.  But  there  was 
one  feature  that  distinguished  it  from  any  pleasure-party  I  ever 
participated  in  amid  civilization  and  refinement,  and  that  was  the 
bathing  at  the  finale.  In  this  there  was  litile  fastidiousness, 
although  perfect  decorum.  While  the  gentlemen  were  in  the 
water,  the  ladies  upon  the  bank  were  applauding,  criticising,  and 
comparing  styles,  for  there  were  almost  as  many  nations  of  us  as 
individuals ;  and  when,  in  their  turns,  they  darted  through  the 
water,  or  dived,  like  streaks  of  light,  to  the  very  bottom,  they 
were  in  nowise  distressed  that  we  scrupled  not  at  the  same 
privilege.  They  were  all  practised  and  graceful  swimmers,  but 
the  Seuhora  particularly,  as  she  rose  with  her  long  hair,  long 


CHAP,  xv-1      BATHING— CATTLE— A  SELECT  BALL.  147 

enough  to  sweep  the  ground  when  walking,  enshrouding  her  in 
its  silken  folds,  might  have  been  taken  for  the  living,  new- 
world  Venus. 

For  bathing  purposes,  we  never  saw  water  that  could  compare 
with  the  Rio  Negro.  One  came  from  its  sparkling  bosom  with 
an  exhilaration  as  if  it  had  been  the  water  of  a  mineral  spring. 
In  it  the  whole  town,  men,  women,  and  children,  performed 
daily  ablutions,  cleanliness  being  a  part  of  the  Brazilian  religion. 
The  women  were  usually  in  before  sunrise,  and  we  never  saw, 
as  some  have  asserted  is  the  case,  both  sexes  promiscuously  in 
the  water. 

"We  crossed  the  river  one  day  in  a  montaria,  with  three 
Indians,  to  visit  a  large  campo.  Our  last  mile  was  through 
woods,  the  low  shrubbery  of  which  was  entirely  overflowed,  and 
as  far  down  as  we  could  see  were  trees  in  full  leaf,  looking  like 
a  bed  of  green.  Many  creeping  plants  bearing  a  profusion  of 
flowers  overhung  our  heads ;  and  of  the  finest,  a  dendrobium, 
with  its  clusters  of  pink  and  purple,  we  obtained  a  specimen, 
which  we  were  fortunate  enough  to  bring  safely  to  the  United 
States.  In  this  retreat  we  observed  a  great  number  of  trogons 
and  doves,  as  though  the  water-side  was  their  favourite  resort. 
The  trunks  of  the  trees  were  all  marked  by  the  waters  of  the 
last  year  full  five  feet  above  their  ordinary  rise.  That  unpre- 
cedented flood  poured  over  the  low  lands,  and  caused  great 
devastation. 

The  campo  was  some  miles  in  length,  covered  with  grass  and 
low  shrubs.  The  late  dryness  had  deprived  the  grass  of  all  its 
green,  and  the  whole  resembled  more  a  desert  than  a  meadow. 
There  were  a  number  of  lean  cattle  and  horses  wandering  about, 
looking  for  food  with  microscopic  eyes. 

Cattle  are  rare  at  Barra,  and  we  saw  no  milk  during  our  stay. 
There  was  said  to  be  one  horse,  but  he  was  altogether  beyond 
our  ken  ;  and  the  honours  of  his  genus  were  done  by  three  asses, 
who  were  outrageous  vagabonds  and  unfair  proxies. 

A  ball  was  got  up  for  our  especial  advantage  and  honour  one 
evening.  Six  ladies,  some  well  dressed,  some  so-so,  some  tolerably 
white  and  some  as  tolerably  dark,  composed  the  lively  part,  and 
about  a  dozen  gentlemen  an  essential  part,  of  the  gathering. 
One  gentleman  volunteered  to  the  guitar,  another  to  the  violin ; 

1,2 


14?  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xvi. 

one  and  another  sent  in  refreshments,  and  an  old  lady  took  in 
charge  the  coffee.  The  ladies  were  very  agreeable,  differing 
mightily  from  the  ladies  at  Pard  dancing- parties,  who  do  not  go 
to  talk.  The  dances  were  waltzes,  cotillons,  and  fandangoes, 
and  some  of  the  ladies  danced  with  extreme  grace.  Those  who 
were  deficient  in  grace  made  up  in  good  will,  and  until  a  late 
nour  all  went  on  merrily  and  delightfully. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

WHILE  we  were  at  Barra,  Senhor  Gabriel,  one  of  the  dignitaries 
of  the  place,  and  a  very  agreeable  gentleman,  returned  from  an 
exploring  expedition  up  one  of  the  smaller  rivers  which  flow  into 
the  Rio  Negro  between  Barra  and  the  Branco.  Nothing  had 
previously  been  known  of  the  region  lying  adjacent  to  this  stream, 
for  vague  traditions  of  hostile  Indians  had  deterred  even  the 
adventurous  frontiers-men  from  attempting  its  exploration.  The 
Senhor  described  it  as  a  beautiful  rolling  country,  in  many  parts 
Irish,  and  covered  by  forests  of  magnificent  growth.  It  was  un- 
infested  by  earapanas,  and  never  visited  by  fevers ;  nor  were 
there  troublesome  Indians  to  molest  settlers. 

The  Senhor  gave  us  the  skin  of  a  large  black  monkey  which 
he  had  killed  during  this  excursion,  and  the  nest  and  eggs  of  a 
white-collared  hummer,  the  Trochilus  melivorus.  The  nest  was 
composed  of  the  light  down  growing  upon  the  exterior  of  a  smaU 
berry,  and  surpassed  anything  we  had  seen  in  bird-architecture. 
The  eggs  were  tiny  things,  white  with  a  few  spots  of  red. 

The  Rio  Branco  is  another  interesting  stream  which  sends  its 
wealth  to  Barra.  Its  head -waters  are  in  the  highlands  towards 
Guiana,  and  it  flows  through  one  of  the  loveliest  and  most  desirable 
regions  of  tropical  America.  There  are  many  settlements  upon 
its  banks,  and  an  extensive  traffic  is  carried  on  in  cattle  and 
produce.  Far  up  among  the  mountains  at  the  head  of  this  river 
is  found  the  marapanima,  or  turtle-wood,  specimens  of  which  may 
sometimes  be  seen  made  into  canes.  This  is  the  heart  of  a  tree, 
and  is  never  more  than  a  few  inches  in  diameter.  The  only  per- 
son who  deals  in  it  upon  the  Branco  is  a  friar,  who  obtains  it 
from  some  Indian  tribe  in  the  course  of  his  mission,  and,  a  few 


CHAP,  xvi.]     UNEXPLORED  REGION— TRADITIONS,  &c.  149 

sticks  at  a  time,  he  sends  it  to  Para,  where  it  is  in  great  demand 
for  canes  and  other  light  articles.  In  the  same  district  are  said 
to  be  valuable  minerals,  and  we  obtained  of  a  canoe  which  had 
just  come  down  a  piece  of  red  jaspar,  susceptible  of  a  fine 
polish,  which  was  used  as  a  flint.  We  saw  also  some  large  and 
beautiful  crystals  from  the  same  highlands. 

The  whole  region  north  of  the  Amazon  is  watered  by  num- 
berless rivers,  very  many  of  which  are  still  unexplored.  It  is  a 
sort  of  bugbear  country,  where  cannibal  Indians  and  ferocious 
animals  abound  to  the  destruction  of  travellers.  This  portion  of 
Brazil  has  always  been  fancy's  peculiar  domain,  and  even  now 
all  kinds  of  little  El  Dorados  lie  scattered  far,  far  through  the 
forest,  where  the  gold  and  the  diamonds  are  guarded  by  thrice 
horrible  Cerberi.  Upon  the  river- banks  are  Indians,  watching 
the  unwary  stranger  with  bended  bow  and  poisoned  arrow  upon 
the  string.  Some  tribes,  most  provident,  keep  large  pens  akin  to 
sheepfolds,  where  the  late  enthusiastic  traveller  awaits  his  doom 
as  in  the  cave  of  Polyphemus.  As  if  these  obstructions  were 
not  enough,  huge  nondescript  animals  add  their  terrors,  and  the 
tormented  sufferer  makes  costly  vows  that  if  he  ever  escapes  he 
will  not  again  venture  into  such  an  infernal  country,  even  were 
the  ground  plated  with  gold  and  the  dew-drops  priceless  diamonds. 
Some  naturalist  Frenchman  or  unbelieving  German,  long  before 
the  memory  of  the  present  generation,  ventured  up  some  inviting 
stream,  and  you  hear  of  his  undoubted  fate  as  though  your 
informant  had  seen  the  catastrophe.  In  instances  related  to  us, 
no  one  seemed  to  allow  that  one  might  die  in  the  course  of  nature 
while  upon  an  exploring  expedition,  or  that  he  might  have  had 
the  good  fortune  to  have  succeeded,  and  to  have  penetrated  to 
the  other  side. 

We  heard  one  day  that  a  peixe  boi,  or  cow-fish,  had  just  arrived 
in  a  montaria,  an«J  was  lying  upon  the  beach.  Hurrying  down, 
we  were  just  in  time  to  see  the  animal  before  he  was  cut  up.  He 
was  about  ten  feet  in  length,  and,  as  he  lay  upon  his  back, 
between  two  and  three  feet  in  height,  presenting  a  conformation 
of  body  much  like  that  of  a  "  fine  old  English  gentleman  "  whose 
two  legs  were  developed  into  a  broad  flat  tail.  His  back  was 
covered  sparsely  with  hairs,  and  his  large  muzzle  was  armed  with 
short  stiff  bristles.  His  smooth  belly  was  bluish-black  in  colour, 


150  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP   xn. 

and  much  scarred  by  the  bite  of  some  inimical  fish.  There  \vas 
nothing'  corresponding"  to  legs  ;  but  a  pair  of  flappers,  as  of  a 
turtle,  answered  his  purposes  of  locomotion.  Both  eyes  and 
ears  were  very  small,  but  the  nostrils  were  each  an  inch  in 
diameter.  The  skin  was  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  and 
covered  a  deep  coating  of  blubber,  the  extracted  oil  of  which  is 
used  as  butter  in  cooking.  Under  the  blubber  was  the  meat, 
something  between  beef  and  pork  in  taste.  These  curious 
animals  are  in  great  numbers  upon  the  Solimoen,  and  are  to  the 
people  what  periecu  is  below,  being,  like  that  fish,  cut  into  slabs 
and  salted.  This  form  is,  however,  very  offensive  to  a  stranger, 
and  no  Indian  will  eat  dried  peize  boi  if  he  can  get  anything 
else.  These  .animals  do  not  venture  upon  land,  but  subsist  upon 
the  grass  that  lines  the  shores.  When  thus  feeding  they  are 
lanced  by  the  Indians,  who  know  their  places  of  resort  and  watch 
their  appearance.  Although  from  their  bulk  several  men  might 
be  puzzled  to  lift  a  cow-fish  from  the  water  when  dead,  yet  one 
Indian  will  stow  the  largest  in  his  montaria  without  assistance. 
The  boat  is  sunk  under  the  body,  and,  rising,  the  difficult  feat  is 
accomplished. 

Not  unfrequently  a  peixe  boi  is  taken  eighteen  feet  in  length. 
Their  thick  skins  formerly  served  the  Indians  for  shields,  and 
their  jaw-bones  as  hammers. 

"We  would  gladly  have  bought  this  entire  animal  for  the  pur- 
pose of  preserving  his  skeleton  and  skin.  But  as  meat  was  in 
request  that  day,  we  were  obliged  to  be  content  with  the  head, 
which  we  bore  off  in  triumph,  and  cleansed  of  its  muscle.  This 
skull  is  now  in  the  collection  of  Dr.  Morton,  and  we  learn  from 
him  that  the  peixe  boi  of  the  Amazon  is  a  distinct  species  from 
the  manatus  sometimes  seen  in  the  districts  adjacent  to  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico. 

Sometimes  young  cow-fishes  are  brought  to  Para,  and  we  had 
there  previously  seen  one  in  a  cistern  in  the  palace  garden.  It 
was  fed  on  grass  and  was  very  tame,  seeming  delighted  to  be 
handled.  Captain  Appleton,  who  has  taken  greater  interest  in 
the  wonders  of  this  province  than  almost  any  person  who  ever 
visited  Para,  has  twice  succeeded  in  bringing  young  cow-fishes 
to  New  York,  but  they  died  soon  after  leaving  his  care. 

The  turtles  are  a  still  greater  blessing  to  the  dwellers  upon 


CHAP,  xvi.]  FECUNDITY  OF  THE  TURTLE.  151 

be  upper  rivers.  In  the  early  part  of  the  dry  season  these 
Viimals  ascend  the  Amazon,  probably  from  the  sea,  and  assemble 
vpon  the  sandy  islands  and  beaches  left  dry  by  the  retiring  waters 
.nthe  Japiira  and  other  tributaries.  They  deposit  their  eggs  in 
the  sand,  and  at  this  season  all  the  people,  for  hundreds  of  miles 
round  about,  resort  to  the  river-banks  as  regularly  as  to  a  fair. 
The  eggs  are  collected  into  montarias  or  other  proper  receptacles 
and  broken.  The  oil  floating  upon  the  surface  is  skimmed  off 
with  the  valves  of  the  large  shells  found  in  the  river,  and  is 
poured  into  pots,  each  holding  about  six  gallons.  It  is  computed 
that  a  turtle  lays  one  hundred  and  fifty  eggs  in  a  season.  Twelve 
thousand  eggs  make  one  pot  of  oil,  and  six  thousand  pots  are 
annually  sent  from  the  most  noted  localities.  Consequently 
seventy-two  millions  of  eggs  are  destroyed,  which  require  four 
hundred  and  eighty  thousand  turtles  to  produce  them.  And  yet 
but  a  small  proportion  of  the  whole  number  of  eggs  are  broken. 
When  fifty  days  have  expired,  the  young  cover  the  ground,  and 
march  in  millions  to  the  water,  where  swarms  of  enemies  more 
destructive  than  man  await  their  coming.  Every  branch  of  the 
Amazon  is  resorted  to,  more  or  less,  in  the  same  manner ;  and 
the  whole  number  of  turtles  is  beyond  all  conjecture.  As  before 
remarked,  those  upon  the  Madeira  are  little  molested,  on  account 
of  the  unhealthiness  of  the  locality  in  which  they  breed.  They 
are  said  to  be  of  a  different  and  smaller  variety  from  those  upon 
the  Amazon.  We  received  a  different  variety  still  from  the 
Branco,  and  there  may  be  many  more  yet  undistinguished.  The 
turtles  are  turned  upon  their  backs  when  found  upon  the  shore, 
picked  up  at  leisure,  and  carried  to  different  places  upon  the 
river.  Frequently  they  are  kept  the  year  round  in  pens  properly 
constructed,  and  one  such  that  we  saw  at  Villa  Nova  contained 
nearly  one  hundred.  During  the  summer  months  they  constitute 
a  great  proportion  of  the  food  of  the  people ;  but  when  we  con- 
sider their  vast  numbers,  a  long  period  must  elapse  before  they 
sensibly  diminish.  Their  average  weight  when  taken  is  from 
fifty  to  seventy-five  pounds,  but  many  are  much  larger.  Where 
they  go  after  the  breeding  season  no  one  knows,  for  they  are 
never  observed  descending  the  river  ;  but  from  below  Para  more 
or  less  are  seen  ascending  every  season.  They  are  mostly  caught 
at  this  time  in  the  lakes  of  clear  water  which  so  plentifully  skirt 


152  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xvi. 

either  shore,  and  generally  are  taken  with  lances  or  small  har- 
poons as  they  are  sleeping  on  the  surface.  But  the  Muras  have 
a  way  of  capturing  them  peculiar  to  themselves ;  shooting  them 
with  arrows  from  a  little  distance,  the  arrow  being  so  elevated 
that  in  falling  it  strikes  and  penetrates  the  shell.  In  this,  even 
long  practice  can  scarcely  make  perfect ;  and  fifty  arrows  may  be 
shot  at  the  unconscious  sleeper  before  he  is  secured. 

There  are  several  other  small  varieties  of  turtles,  or  terrapins, 
somewhat  esteemed  as  food,  but  in  no  request.  Some  of  them  are 
of  curious  form,  and  one  in  particular  found  about  Para,  instead  of 
drawing  in  his  head  and  neck  as  do  most  others  of  his  family, 
finds  sufficient  security  by  laying  them  round  upon  his  fore  claw, 
under  the  projecting  roof  of  shell. 

The  land-turtles,  jabatis,  attain  a  size  of  from  twenty  to  thirty 
pounds.  They  are  delicious  food,  far  superior  in  our  estimation 
to  their  brethren  of  the  water.  Lieutenant  Mawe  somewhere 
remarks  to  this  effect, — that,  in  a  country  where  the  people  are 
cannibals  and  eat  monkeys,  they  might  enjoy  land-turtles.  But 
the  Lieutenant  suffered  his  prejudices  to  run  away  with  his  judg- 
ment in  a  strange  way  for  a  sailor. 

We  saw  at  Senhor  Bentos'  in  Villa  Nova  turtles  of  this  species, 
which  he  had  in  the  yard  as  pets,  and  which  seemed  very  well 
domesticated,  eating  pacovas  or  any  sweet  fruit.  Some  of  these 
the  Senhor  had  k?pt  for  seven  years,  and  they  bore  no  proportion 
in  size  to  others  seen.  From  this  we  inferred  the  great  number 
of  years  that  they  must  require  before  they  arrive  at  maturity. 

Owing  to  its  remote  frontier  position,  Barra  is  under  different 
influences  from  other  Brazilian  towns,  and  these  are  obser\able 
everywhere.  The  language  spoken  is  a  patois  of  Portuguese  and 
Spanish,  with  no  very  slight  mixture  of  the  Lingoa  Geral.  This 
latter  language  must  be  spoken  as  matter  of  necessity.  The  cur- 
rency, too,  is  in  good  part  of  silver,  as  Spanish  dollars,  the  Bra- 
zilian paper  being  but  in  scanty  supply. 

The  Indian  population  is  vastly  more  numerous  than  below, 
and,  from  the  absence  of  the  causes  that  elsewhere  have  driven 
the  Indians  to  the  woods,  the  two  races  live  together  amicably, 
and  will  to  all  appearance  in  a  few  generations  be  entirely  amal- 
gamated. Labour  of  course  is  very  cheap.  Senhor  Henriquez 
had  one  hundred  Spanish  Indians  in  his  employ,  to  whom  he  paid 


CHAP,  xvi.]  INDIANS— FOREIGNERS- INDIAN  ARTICLES.        153 

twelve  and  one-half  cents  each  per  diem.  These  were  hired  of 
the  authorities  beyond  the  frontiers,  and  they  were  protected  by 
contract  from  being  sent  below  Barra.  They  were  of  a  darker 
colour  and  less  finely  featured  than  most  Brazilian  Indians  whom 
we  had  seen.  Part  of  them  were  employed  in  building  houses, 
several  of  which  were  in  progress  of  erection  ;  and  part  in  a  tila- 
ria  within  the  town.  When  Lieutenant  Smythe  descended  the 
Amazon  rather  more  than  ten  years  since,  both  houses  and  tilaria 
were  in  a  sad.  state,  and  the  town  was  nearly  stripped  of  inhabit- 
ants on  account  of  recent  political  difficulties.  But  better  times 
nave  come,  and  a  general  prosperity  is  rapidly  removing  the 
appearances  of  decay. 

There  were  a  great  many  pleasant  people  whose  acquaintance 
we  made,  and  who  showed  us  such  attentions  as  strangers  love  to 
receive.  There  are  always  in  such  towns  a  few  strange  wanderers 
from  other  countries,  who  have  chanced  along  no  one  knows  how. 
Such  a  one  was  a  German  we  found  there,  Senhor  Frederics. 
He  had  formerly  belonged  to  a  German  regiment  which  was  sta- 
tioned at  Para,  and  had  been  lucky  enough  to  escape  the  fate  of 
most  of  his  comrades,  who  had  been  killed  during  the  revolution. 
He  had  found  his  way  to  the  Barra,  had  married  a  pleasant  lady 
of  the  place,  and  now  practised  his  trade  as  a  blacksmith.  He 
was  a  man  of  tremendous  limb  and  with  a  soul  in  proportion,  and 
we  were  always  glad  to  see  him  at  our  house.  Another  German 
was  a  carpenter  ;  and  an  odd  genius  from  the  north  of  Europe, 
but  who  had  been  a  sailor  in  an  English  vessel  and  had  picked  up  a 
collection  of  English  phrases,  officiated  as  sail-maker  to  the  public. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Senhor  Henriquez  we  obtained  a 
great  variety  of  Indian  articles.  The  bows  and  lances  are  of  some 
dark  wood,  and  handsomely  formed  and  finished.  The  former  are 
about  seven  feet  in  length  and  deeply  grooved  upon  the  outer 
side.  The  bowstring  is  of  hammock-grass.  The  lances  are  ten 
feet  long,  ornamented  with  carvings  at  the  upper  extremities  and 
terminated  by  tassels  of  macaw's  feathers.  The  arrows  are  in 
light  sheaves,  six  to  each,  and  are  formed  of  cane,  the  points  being 
of  the  hardest  wood  and  poisoned.  These  are  used  in  war  and 
hunting,  and  differed  from  the  arrows  used  in  taking  fish,  in  that 
the  points  of  the  latter  are  of  strips  of  bamboo  or  bone.  Those 
for  wild  hogs  again  are  still  different,  being  terminated  by  a 


154  A  VOYAGE  UP  TflE  RIVER  AMAZOX.      [CHAP.  xvi. 

broad  strip  of  bamboo  fashioned  in  the  shape  of  a  pen.  This 
form  inflicts  a  more  effectual  wound.  In  the  same  way,  the 
javelins  are  pointed,  the  stems  being  of  hard  wood  and  much 
ornamented  with  feather-work. 

But  the  most  curious  and  the  most  formidable  weapon  is  the 
blowing  cane.  This  is  eight  or  ten  feet  in  length,  two  inches  in 
diameter  at  the  larger  end,  and  gradually  tapering  to  less  than  an 
inch  at  the  other  extremity.  It  is  usually  formed  by  two  grooved 
pieces  of  wood,  fastened  together  by  a  winding  of  rattan  and  care- 
fully pitched.  The  bore  is  less  than  half  an  inch  in  diameter. 
The  arrow  for  this  cane  is  a  splint  of  a  palm  one  foot  in  length, 
sharpened  at  one  end  to  a  delicate  point,  and  at  the  other  wound 
with  the  silky  tree-cotton  10  the  size  of  the  tube.  The  point  of 
this  is  dipped  in  poison  and  slightly  cut  around,  that,  when  striking 
an  object,  it  may  break  by  its  own  weight,  leaving  the  point  in 
the  wound. 

"With  this  instrument,  an  Indian  will  by  the  mere  force  of  his 
breath  shoot  with  the  precision  of  a  rifle,  hitting  an  object  at  a 
distance  of  several  rods.  Our  Gentio  Pedro  never  used  any 
other  weapon ;  and  we  saw  him  one  day  shoot  at  a  turkey- 
buzzard  upon  a  house-top  at  a  distance  of  about  eight  rods.  The 
arrow  struck  fairly  in  the  breast,  the  bird  flew  over  the  house  and 
fell  dead.  Senhor  Henriquez  assured  us  that  an  Indian  formerly 
in  his  employ,  at  one  time  and  another,  had  brought  in  seven 
harpy  eagles  thus  shot. 

The  accounts  we  received  of  the  composition  of  this  poison  were 
not  very  explicit,  and  amounted  principally  to  this  : — that  it  was 
made  by  the  Indians  at  the  head-waters  of  the  Rio  Branco  from  the 
sap  of  some  unknown  tree ;  that  it  was  used  universally  by  the 
tribes  of  Northern  Brazil  in  killing  game,  being  equally  efficacious 
against  small  birds  and  large  animals ;  that  the  antidotes  to  its 
effect  were  sugar  and  salt  applied  externally  and  internally.  It 
comes  in  small  earthen  pots,  each  holding  about  a  gill,  and  is  hard 
and  black,  resembling  pitch.  It  readily  dissolves  in  water  and  is 
then  of  a  reddish-brown  colour.  Taken  into  the  stomach  it  pro- 
duces no  ill  effects.  We  brought  home  several  pots  of  this  poison, 
and,  by  experiments  under  the  superintendence  of  Dr.  Trudeau, 
fully  satisfied  ourselves  of  its  efficacy.  The  subjects  were  a  sheep, 
a  rabbit,  and  chickens.  The  latter,  after  the  introduction  of  one 


CHAP,  xvi.]  POISON  USED  UPON  ARROWS.  153 

or  two  drops  of  the  liquid  poison  into  a  slight  wound  in  the  breast  or 
neck,  were  instantly  affected,  and  in  from  two  to  three  minutes  were 
wholly  paralyzed,  although  more  than  ten  minutes  elapsed  before 
they  were  dead.  The  rabbit  was  poisoned  in  the  fore-shoulder  and 
died  in  the  same  manner,  being  seized  with  spasms  and  wholly 
paralyzed  in  eight  minutes.  The  effect  upon  the  sheep  was  more 
speedy,  as  the  poison  was  applied  to  a  severed  vein  of  the  neck. 

As  M.  Humboldt  witnessed  the  preparation  of  the  poison,  and 
has  given  a  full  account  of  his  observations,  his  recital  will  here 
not  be  out  of  place.  The  Indian  name  is  Curare.  It  is  made 
from  the  juice  of  the  bark  and  the  contiguous  wood  of  a  creeping 
plant  called  the  mavacure,  which  is  found  upon  the  highlands  of 
Guiana.  The  wood  is  scraped  and  the  filaments  mashed.  The 
yellowish  mass  resulting  is  placed  in  a  funnel  of  palm-leaves ; 
cold  water  is  poured  upon  it,  and  the  poisonous  liquid  filters  drop 
by  drop.  It  is  now  evaporated  in  a  vessel  of  clay.  There  is 
nothing  noxious  in  its  vapour,  nor  until  concentrated  is  the 
liquid  considered  as  poisonous.  In  order  to  render  it  of  sufficient 
consistence  to  be  applied  to  the  arrows,  a  concentrated  glutinous 
infusion  of  another  plant,  called  kiracaguero,  is  mixed  with  it, 
being  poured  in  while  the  curare  is  in  a  state  of  ebullition.  The 
resulting  mixture  becomes  black  and  of  a  tarry  consistence. 
When  dry  it  resembles  opium,  but  upon  exposure  to  the  air 
absorbs  moisture.  Its  taste  is  not  disagreeable,  and  unless  there 
be  a  wound  upon  the  lips  it  may  be  swallowed  with  impunity. 
There  are  two  varieties,  one  prepared  from  the  roots,  the  other 
from  the  trunk  and  branches.  The  latter  is  the  stronger,  and  is 
the  kind  used  upon  the'  Amazon.  It  will  cause  the  death  of 
large  birds  in  from  two  to  three  minutes,  of  a  hog  in  from  ten  to 
twelve.  The  symptoms  in  wounded  men  are  the  same  as  those 
resulting  from  serpent-bites,  being  vertigo,  attended  with  nausea, 
vomitings,  and  numbness  in  the  parts  adjacent  to  the  wound. 
It  is  the  general  belief  that  salt  is  an  antidote,  but  upon  the 
Amazon  sugar  is  preferred. 

The  Indian  stools  were  curious  affairs,  legs  and  all  being  cut 
from  the  solid  block.  The  tops  were  hollowed  to  form  a  con- 
venient seat,  and  were  very  prettily  stained  with  some  dye. 

Beside  these  things  were  various  articles  woven  of  cotton,  and 
of  extreme  beauty;  sashes,  bags,  and  an  apoaratus  worn  when 


156  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  xvi. 

hunting,  being  a  girdle  to  which  were  suspended  little  pouches 
for  shot  and  flints. 

The  civilized  Indians  rarely  use  their  ancient  weapons,  except 
in  taking  fish.  Cheap  German  guns  are  abundant  throughout 
the  country,  and  it  is  wonderful  that  accidents  do  not  frequently 
occur  with  their  use.  Unless  a  gun  recoils  smartly,  an  Indian 
thinks  it  is  worth  nothing  to  shoot  with ;  and  we  knew  of  an  in- 
stance where  a  gun  was  taken  to  the  smith's  and  bored  in  the 
breech  to  produce  this  desirable  effect. 

Senhor  Henriquez  has  establishments  upon  several  of  the  upper 
rivers.  Coarse  German  and  English  dry  goods,  Lowell  shirtings, 
a  few  descriptions  of  hardware,  Salem  soap,  beads,  needles,  and 
a  few  other  fancy  articles,  constitute  a  trader's  stock.  In  return 
are  brought  down,  balsam,  gums,  wax,  drugs,  turtle-oil,  tobacco, 
fish,  and  hammocks. 

When  Senhor  H.  goes  to  Ega,  a  distance  of  less  than  four 
hundred  miles,  he  forwards  a  vessel  thirty  days  before  his  own 
departure,  intending  to  overtake  it  before  its  arrival.  So  tedious 
is  navigation. 

The  quantity  of  balsam  copaiva  brought  down  is  prodigious. 
There  were  lying  upon  the  beach  at  Barra  two  hollowed  logs  in 
which  balsam  had  been  floated  down  from  above.  One  had  con- 
tained twenty-five  hundred,  and  the  other  sixteen  hundred  gallons. 
They  had  been  filled  and  carefully  sealed  over ;  and  in  this  way 
had  arrived  without  loss,  whereas  in  jars  the  leakage  and  breakage 
would  have  been  considerable.  At  Barra  the  balsam  is  trans- 
ferred to  jars  ami  shipped  to  the  city.  There  much  of  it  is  bought 
up  by  the  Jews,  who  adulterate  it  with  other  gums  and  sell  it  to 
the  exporters.  It  is  then  put  up  in  barrels,  or  in  tin  or  earthen 
vessels,  according  to  the  market  for  which  it  is  intended. 

The  tree  grows  in  the  vicinity  of  Barra,  and  we  were  very 
desirous  of  obtaining  at  least  some  leaves,  but  delay  of  one  day 
after  another  at  last  made  it  impossible.  The  tree  is  of  large  size, 
and  is  tapped  by  a  deep  incision,  often  to  the  heart.  In  this  latter 
case  the  yield  is  greater,  but  the  tree  dies.  The  average  yield 
is  from  five  to  ten  gallons. 

Sarsaparilla  is  another  great  article  of  production.  It  is 
found  throughout  the  province ;  and  when  collected  arid  care- 
lessly preserved  is  packed  in  so  rascally  a  manner  as  to  destroy 


CHAP,  xvi.]  VEGETABLE  PRODUCTIONS.  157 

its  own  market.  We  saw  some  that  was  cultivated  in  a  garden, 
and  its  large  size  and  increased  strength  showed  clearly  enough 
that,  by  proper  care,  the  salsa  of  Para  might  compete  with  the 
best  in  any  market.  It  is  a  favourite  remedy  in  the  country  ; 
and  when  fresh,  an  infusion  of  it  sweetened  with  sugar  forms 
an  agreeable  drink. 

Quinia  grows  also  pretty  universally.  Happily  for  inter- 
mittent fevers,  opportunities  rarely  occur  of  testing  its  qualities. 
We  never  encountered  but  one  case  of  this  fever,  which  we  were 
enabled  to  relieve  by  a  single  dose  from  our  medicine-box. 

Vanilla  grows  everywhere,  and  might  by  cultivation  be  elevated 
into  a  valuable  product. 

Tonga  beans  are  brought  to  Barra  from  the  forest. 

Indigo  of  superior  quality  is  raised  in  sufficient  quantities  for 
home  consumption,  and  might  be  to  any  extent. 

Not  far  from  Barra  is  obtained  the  nut  of  which  guarana  is 
made,  which  article  is  extensively  consumed  throughout  the 
greater  part  of  Brazil  in  the  form  of  a  drink.  The  plant  is  said 
to  produce  a  nut  shaped  somewhat  like  a  cherry,  and  this  is  roasted, 
pounded  fine,  and  formed  into  balls.  A  teaspoonful  grated  into 
a  tumbler  of  water  forms  a  pleasant  beverage ;  but  when  drunk 
to  excess,  as  is  generally  the  case,  its  narcotic  effects  greatly 
injure  the  system.  The  grater,  used  for  this  and  other  purposes, 
is  the  rough  tongue-bone  of  one  of  the  large  river-fish. 

There  is  another  fruit,  called  pixiri,  considered  as  an  admirable 
substitute  for  nutmeg.  It  is  covered  with  a  slight  skin,  and 
when  this  is  removed  falls  into  two  hemispherical  pieces.  Its 
flavour  is  rather  more  like  sassafras  than  nutmeg. 

Seringa-trees  abound  upon  the  Amazon,  probably  to  its  head- 
waters. The  demand  for  the  gum  has  not  yet  been  felt  at  Barra, 
where  it  is  only  used  for  medicinal  purposes,  being  applied,  when 
fresh,  to  inflammations.  But  when  it  is  wanted,  enough  can  be 
forthcoming  to  coat  the  civilized  world. 

The  sumaumeira-tree,  which  yields  a  long-stapled,  silky, 
white  cotton,  grows  upon  the  banks  of  the  Rio  Negro  in  great 
abundance,  and  could  probably  be  made  of  service,  were  it  once 
known  to  the  cotton-weaving  communities.  It  is  excessively 
light,  flying  like  down ;  but  the  Indians  make  beautiful  fabrics  of  it. 

Another  article  which  might  be  made  of  inestimable  value  to 


158  A  VOYAGE  UP  f  HE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  X\T; 

the  country  is  salt.  Upon  the  Huallaca,  and  perhaps  other 
tributaries,  are  hills  of  this  mineral  in  the  rock,  and  so  favourably 
situated  as  to  fall,  when  chipped  off,  directly  upon  the  rafts  of 
the  Indians  who  collect  it,  and  bring  it  as  far  down  as  Ega.  It 
sometimes  finds  its  way  to  Barra,  and  we  were  fortunate  in 
obtaining  a  piece  weighing  nearly  one  hundred  pounds.  It  is  of 
a  pinkish  colour,  and  is  impregnated  with  some  foreign  substance 
that  needs  to  be  removed.  Some  enterprising  Yankee  will  make 
his  fortune  by  it  yet.  All  the  salt  now  used,  throughout  an  area 
of  one  million  square  miles,  is  imported  from  Lisbon,  and  at  an 
enormous  expense. 

Before  closing  this  chapter  a  brief  mention  of  the  principal 
towns  and  of  the  larger  rivers  above  the  Negro  may  not  be 
inappropriate.  At  a  distance  of  one  hundred  miles  from  Barra 
enters  the  river  Perus,  a  mighty  stream,  flowing  from  the 
mountains  of  Bolivia.  "We  were  informed  by  individuals  who 
had  voyaged  upon  this  river  that  its  course  was  more  winding 
than  any  other ;  that  it  was  entirely  unobstructed  by  rapids, 
and  therefore  preferable  to  the  Madeira  as  a  means  of  com- 
munication with  the  countries  upon  the  Pacific.  Its  banks 
abound  in  seringa- trees ;  and  cacao,  of  good  quality,  is  brought 
down  by  traders. 

Three  hundred  miles  above  Barra  is  the  town  of  Ega,  upon 
the  southern  side  of  the  Amazon.  It  stands  upon  a  river  of 
clear  water,  which  is  navigable  for  canoes  to  a  distance  of  several 
hundred  mile",  but  for  larger  vessels  but  a  few  days'  journey. 
The  town  contains  about  one  thousand  persons.  Upon  the 
northern  side  comes  in  the  Japura,  through  many  channels. 
This  river  rises  in  the  mountains  of  New  Grenada,  and  its  broad 
channel  is  sprinkled  with  a  thousand  islands.  During  the  wet 
season  it  is  one  of  the  greater  branches  of  the  Amazon,  and  flows 
with  a  furious  current ;  but  during  the  dry  season  it  is  so  filled 
with  sandy  shoals  that  navigation  is  impossible.  Here  the  turtles 
frequent,  and  dowrn  the  torrent  come  vast  numbers  of  cedars. 
The  Japura  is  said  to  have  communication  with  the  Negro  by 
some  of  its  upper  branches.  It  forms  the  line  of  boundary 
between  the  Spanish  and  Brazilian  territories.  Its  region  is 
considered  unhealthy;  and,  owing  to  this  reputation,  and  the 
obstructions  to  navigation,  is  little  settled  by  whites. 


CHAP,  xvi.]  THE  AMAZON— THE  NEGRO.  159 

Opposite  one  of  the  mouths  of  the  Japiira  is  the  little  town 
of  Fonteboa,  one  hundred  miles  above  Ega.  The  rivers  flowing 
into  the  Amazon  in  this  vicinity  are  numerous  and  large,  but 
their  courses  are  said  to  be  laid  down  upon  maps  with  the 
greatest  inaccuracy. 

The  most  remote  town  is  Tabatinga,  on  the  northern  bank, 
opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Javari.  This  town  contains  but  a  few 
hundred  inhabitants.  Its  distance  from  Para  is  from  sixteen  to 
eighteen  hundred  miles,  a  six  months'  journey  for  the  river 
craft.  The  country  between  Tabatinga  and  the  Madeira  was 
formerly  inhabited  by  a  tribe  called  Solimoens,  and  that  part  of 
the  river  between  the  Negro  and  the  Ucayali  is  called  by  their 
name. 

Beyond  the  Brazilian  frontiers  enter  many  great  branches, 
the  Napo,  the  Maranon  or  Tunguragua,  and  the  Ucayali.  The 
last  is  considered  the  main  stream,  and  down  its  western  branch, 
the  Huallaca,  Messrs.  Smythe  and  Lowe  came  in  1834,  starting 
from  Lima.  They  were  in  search  of  a  navigable  communication 
between  the  two  oceans,  but  were  unsuccessful.  Whether  such 
a  stream  exists  as,  by  a  few  miles'  portage,  would  answer  this 
purpose  is  problematical.  The  country  has  never  been  thoroughly 
explored.  The  depth  of  the  Amazon  fora  long  distance  up  the 
Ucayali  is  very  great ;  at  every  -season  navigable  for  steamboats, 
unobstructed  by  rapids,  snags,  or  sawyers. 

The  Negro  receives  in  its  course  about  forty  tributaries,  and, 
from  the  healthiness  of  the  region  through  which  it  flows,  has 
long  been  a  favourite  resort  of  settlers.  A  greater  number  of 
towns  are  upon  its  banks  than  upon  any  other  branch  of  the 
Amazon.  At  nine  days'  distance  from  Barra  is  the  town  of 
Barcellos,  formerly  the  capital  of  the  district  of 'the  Rio  Negro. 
Eight  days  beyond  this  are  rapids,  and  these  are  found  in 
succession  for  a  distance  of  twenty  days.  At  forty  days'  distance 
from  Barra  is  the  Casiquiari,  the  connecting  stream  with  the 
Orinoco.  Its  passage  is  frequently  made,  and  we  encountered 
several  persons  who  had  crossed  from  Angostura. 


160  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.     "CHAP.  xvn. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 

AFTER  twenty  days  had  passed  delightfully  we  prepared  to 
leave  the  Barra  upon  the  28th  of  July,  in  the  galliota,  which 
was  to  return  for  Dr.  Costa,  who  was  probably  awaiting  us  at 
Para.  Senhor  Pinto,  the  delegarde,  had  promised  us  some 
Indians,  and  another  official  had  assured  us  of  others ;  but  it  was 
discovered  when  upon  the  beach,  at  the  last  moment,  that  both 
had  counted  upon  the  same  men.  These  were  three  of  the  Villa 
-Nova  police,  who  happened  to  be  up,  and  with  our  Gentio, 
Pedro,  and  one  other  whom  Senhor  Henriquez  lent  us,  were  all 
we  could  muster.  They  were  less  than  half  our  complement, 
and  none  of  them  were  to  go  below  Villa  Nova.  We  had  letters 
to  the  commandante  of  that  place,  and  he  was  to  provide  men 
for  our  further  advance,  in  consideration  of  our  bein»  the  bearers  of 
his  majesty's  mail  and  of  despatches  from  Venezuela.  This  mail 
proved  a  great  acquisition,  and  I  would  advise  all  travellers 
upon  the  Amazon  to  secure  the  same  charge. 

It  was  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  when  our  friends  gathered 
upon  the  beach  to  bid  us  adieu.  From  all  of  them,  although 
our  acquaintance  had  been  so  very  brief,  we  were  sorry  to  part ; 
but  from  Senhor  Henriquez,  to  whom  we  had  been  under  a 
thousand  obligations,  and  from  Mr.  Bradley  and  Mr.  Williams. 
who  had  so  long  been  our  companions,  and  to  whom  we  were 
the  more  closely  drawn  from  our  being  strangers  together  in  a 
stransre  land,  the  last  embrace  was  peculiarly  painful.  Messrs. 
M'Culloch  and  Sawtelle  had  left  some  days  previously  for  the 
upper  waters  of  the  Rio  Negro.  We  had  said  adeos  to  the 
Senhora  Henriquez  an  hour  before,  and  her  husband  told  us 
that,  after  our  departure  from  the  house,  she  had  sat  down  to  a 
quiet  little  weep  on  our  account. 

The  kind  lady  had  sent  down  to  the  galliota  a  store  of  meat 
and  chickens  sufficient  for  some  days  to  come,  besides  a  large 
basket  of  cakes  made  of  tapioca,  and  a  turtle.  To  these  she 
had  added  half  a  dozen  parrots  and  paroquets,  as  companions  of 
our  voyage. 

Senhor  Pinto  had  had  a  large  basket  made,  and  in  it  were  a  pair 


CIIAI-.  xvii.]       RE-ENTER  THE  AMAZON— SERPA.  161 

of  the  beautiful  geese  of  the  country,  Chenalopix  jubatus  (Spix), 
called  marakongs,  and  a  Yacou  guan,  a  rare  species  from  the 
country  above.  With  these  was  also  a  red  and  yellow  macaw, 
which  was  unusually  tame,  and  promised  to  keep  the  parrots  in 
subjection.  Most  of  our  mutuns  we  were  obliged  to  leave 
behind  for  want  of  room ;  and  a  tiny  monkey,  which  we  had 
bought  for  a  lady  friend  at  home,  was  retained  by  his  rascally 
master  on  the  plea  that  he  was  in  a  tree  in  the  yard  and  that  he 
could  not  catch  him. 

Barra  quickly  disappeared  from  view,  and  before  dark  we 
were  floating  down  the  Amazon  at  the  rate  of  about  four  miles 
an-hour.  There  were  but  two  of  us,  and  we  were  just  enough 
to  fill  the  cabin  comfortably,  reserving  any  spare  corners  for  our 
collections  of  one  article  and  another,  and  for  any  of  the 
respectably  behaved  parrots.  The  geese  and  their  basket  were 
slung  by  the  side  of  the  cabin,  and  the  macaw  was  elevated  upon 
a  cross  in  front  of  the  tolda.  Below  were  several  logs  of 
beautiful  woods,  and  a  few  bags  of  coffee,  which  some  friend 
had  shipped  for  Santarem.  A  few  turtles  found  space  to  turn 
themselves  among  the  rest,  and  answered  well  as  ballast.  The 
sail  was  left  behind,  as  we  had  no  further  use  for  it,  the  wind 
generally  blowing  strongly  from  below. 

In  the  middle  of  the  stream  carapanas  did  not  molest  us, 
and  we  slept  through  the  night  as  quietly  as  if  at  home.  There 
was  no  danger  of  encountering  snags  or  floating  logs,  and  there- 
fore we  kept  no  watch,  but  let  the  boat  drift  down  stern  foremost. 

Early  upon  the  29th  we  passed  the  mouth  of  the  Madeira,  and, 
shortly  after,  the  village  of  our  old  tau9ha.  A  number  of  people 
were  upon  the  hill  and  seemed  beckoning  us  to  stop,  but  we  were 
not  desirous  of  further  intimacy  with  his  highness  or  any  of  his 
subjects.  When  upon  better  terms,  the  old  man  had  very 
politely  invited  us  to  stop  a  few  days  with  him  upon  our  descent, 
and  had  promised  us  great  assistance  in  collecting  birds  and  shells. 

Before  daybreak  upon  the  30th  we  were  moored  off  Serpa. 
Here  we  had  hoped  to  obtain  additional  men,  but  Senhor  Manoel 
Jochin  was  absent  upon  the  Madeira,  and,  excepting  one  petty 
officer  and  a  few  soldiers,  not  a  man  was  left  in  the  place. 
Senhora  Jochin  commiserated  our  situation,  and  offered  to  enlist 
a  complement  of  women,  but  this  was  too  terrible  to  think  of. 

M 


162  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON*.    [CHAP.  xvn. 

She  sent  us  some  roasted  chickens,  eggs,  and  pacovas  ;  and  as  we 
had  nothing  further  to  detain  us,  we  cast  loose  from  Serpa. 

Meanwhile  two  of  our  policemen  had  taken  their  montaria  and 
deserted,  leaving  us  with  but  three  men.  This  number  was 
hardly  sufficient  to  keep  the  boat  in  its  course,  but  fortunately 

there  was  little  wind.  A and  I  took  our  turns  at  the  helm, 

and  we  soon  discovered  that,  however  romantic  the  working  one's 
passage  down  the  Amazon  might  seem  at  a  distance,  as  a  hot 
reality  it  was  exceedingly  disagreeable. 

The  day  was  delightful,  arid  we  floated  with  such  rapidity  that 
the  quick  succession  of  turns  and  points  and  islands  made  time 
pass  most  pleasantly.  "We  could  readily  imagine  what  a  fairy 
scene  the  river  would  be  could  we  pass  with  steam-boat  speed. 

We  longed  to  know  what  sort  of  arrangements  Noah  made 
for  his  parrots.  Thus  far  ours  had  been  left  pretty  much  to 
their  own  discretion,  and  the  necessity  for  an  immediate  "  setting 
up  of  family  government"  was  hourly  more  urgent.  The 
macaw,  no  wise  contented  with  his  elevation,  had  climbed  down, 
and  was  perpetually  quarrelling  with  a  pair  of  green  parrots,  and 
all  the  time  so  hoarsely  screaming  that  we  were  tempted  to  twist 
his  neck.  The  parrots  had  to  have  a  pitched  battle  over  every 
ear  of  corn,  and  both  they  and  the  macaw  had  repeatedly  flown 
into  the  water,  where  they  but  narrowly  escaped  a  grave.  There 
were  two  green  paroquets,  and  one  odd  one  prettiest  of  all,  with 
a  yellow  top,  and  they  could  not  agree  any  better  than  their 
elders.  Yellow-top  prided  himself  on  his  strength  and  considered 
himself  as  good  as  a  dozen  green  ones,  while  they  resented  his 
impudence,  and  scolded  away  in  ear-piercing  tones  that  made  the 
cabin  an  inferno.  At  other  times  they  all  three  banded  together, 
and,  trotting  about  deck,  insulted  the  parrots  with  their  imperti- 
nences. When  a  flock  of  their  relations  passed  over,  the  whole 
family  set  up  a  scream  which  might  have  been  heard  by  all  the 
birds  within  a  league ;  and  if  a  duck  flew  by,  which  was  very 
often,  our  geese  would  call  in  tones  like  a  trumpet,  and  the  guan 
would  shrilly  whistle.  When  we  came  to  the  shore  we  were 
obliged  to  shut  up  our  proteges  in  the  tolda.  or  they  were  sure 
to  scramble  up  the  nearest  limb,  or  fly  into  the  water  and  swim 
for  the  bank.  Really  it  would  have  troubled  a  Job,  but  we  could 
see  no  relief. 


CHAP,  xvii.]          SNAKE-BIRD—GEESE—HERONS.  1G3 

In  the  afternoon,  instead  of  taking  a  smaller  passage  by  which 
we  had  ascended,  we  continued  with  the  main  current,  and  passed 
a  collection  of  houses  known  as  Tabocal.  Each  house  stood 
upon  a  little  point  overhanging  the  water,  and  the  general 
appearance  was  neat  and  pleasing.  The  people  were  all  fisher- 
men, and  the  river,  aided  by  a  little  patch  of  mandioca,  supplied 
all  their  wants.  There  were  also  a  great  many  orange-trees, 
which  indicated  rather  more  providence  than  usual  in  the  river 
settlers. 

We  shot  a  female  snake-bird,  Plotus  anhinga,  in  full  plumage. 
The  Indians  asserted  very  positively  that  this  was  a  different 
species  from  that  found  below,  calling  it,  by  way  of  distinction, 
the  Carara  de  Rio  Branco.  We  had  no  opportunity  afterwards 
of  verifying  their  account,  and  the  only  specimen  that  we  had 
shot  upon  our  ascent  was  a  young  male  of  this  same  species. 
But  whether  there  be  one  species  or  two,  the  darter  is  common 
everywhere  upon  the  river  and  upon  Marajo.  The  Surinam 
darter  is  probably  quite  as  abundant,  but  from  its  small  size  more 
easily  overlooked.  We  obtained  one  of  these  at  Barra,  and  after- 
wards saw  several  in  a  collection  at  Jungcal. 

Upon  the  31st,  as  we  were  stopping  in  the  forest  to  breakfast, 
our  geese  called  up  a  kindred  wild  one,  which  we  shot  and  pre- 
served. This  species  I  have  before  mentioned  as  the  Chenalopix 
jubatus  (Spix).  It  is  more  elegant  in  its  movements  than  any  of 
its  family  with  which  we  are  acquainted,  being  small,  with  long 
neck  and  legs,  and  extremely  active.  It  walks  with  stately  step, 
but  usually  its  motion  approaches  a  run,  with  outspread  wings 
and  proudly  arching  neck.  It  is  not  seen  at  Para,  but  is  common 
above,  and  is  much  prized  by  gentlemen  as  ornamental  to  their 
yards. 

At  about  ten  o'clock  we  reached  the  place  where  in  ascending 
we  had  seen  a  few  herons'  nests.  Now  the  trees  along  the  shore 
were  white  with  the  birds  ;  and  a  boat  moored  to  the  bank  in- 
dicated that  some  persons  were  collecting  eggs.  Taking  one  of 
the  men  with  the  montaria,  leaving  the  galliota  to  float  with  the 
current,  we  started  for  the  spot.  The  trees  were  of  the  loftiest 
height,  and  in  every  fork  qf  the  branches  where  a  nest  could  be 
formed  sat  the  female  birds,  some  with  their  long  plumes  hang- 
ing down  like  the  first  curving  of  a  tiny  cascade ;  others  in  the 

M2 


164  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.     [CHAP.  xvu. 

ragged  plumage  of  the  moulting  season.  The  male  birds  were 
scattered  over  the  tr^e-tops,  some  hoarsely  talking  to  their  mates, 
others  busily  engaged  in  dressing  their  snowy  robes,  and  others 
quietly  dozing.  The  loud  clamour  of  their  mingled  voices  so 
deafened  us,  that  we  were  obliged  to  speak  to  each  other  in 
screams.  The  report  of  the  gun  made  no  impression  upon  the 
thousands  around,  and  the  marked  bird  fell  unnoticed.  Many  of 
the  trees  were  half  denuded  of  their  bark  by  the  animals  who  had 
climbed  up,  and  the  tracks  of  tigers,  large  and  small,  exposed 
the  marauders.  We  shot  an  iguana  which  was  sucking  the  eggs 
from  a  nest,  and  the  Indians  whom  we  found  assured  us  that  they 
had  seen  large  snakes  in  the  trees  on  like  errands.  Dead  birds 
strewed  the  ground,  some  partly  devoured,  and  others  nothing  but 
skeletons  upon  which  the  swarms  of  ants  had  feasted.  Soiled 
plumes  were  in  profusion,  but  ruined  beyond  redemption,  and  we 
did  not  care  to  gather  them.  There  was  to  be  seen  but  one  pair 
of  the  great  blue  herons,  the  rest  were  all  the  great  white  herons, 
A.  alba.  We  shot  about  a  dozen  of  these  in  fullest  plumage,  and 
prepared  to  hasten  after  our  boat.  There  were  two  men  collect- 
ing eggs,  but,  owing  to  the  size  and  loftiness  of  the  trees  and  the 
multitudes  of  stinging  ants  which  infested  them,  they  had  made 
but  little  progress.  They  had  ascended  but  one  tree,  and  with  a 
bag  and  string  had  let  down  thirty-four  eggs,  which  we  bought 
for  twelve  cents.  They  were  blue,  and  the  size  of  small  hens' 

eggs- 
There  was  another  breeding-place  of  this  kind  opposite  Serpa, 
and  we  had  intended  spending  a  day  within  it  had  Senhor  Manoel 
Jochin  been  at  home. 

We  arrived  at  Villa  Nova  about  noon  of  August  1st,  having 
in  forty-eight  hours  made  a  distance  which  required  ei-rht  days  in 
ascending.  Senhor  Bentos  invited  us  to  make  his  house  our 
home  during  our  stay,  and  we  at  once  moved  into  it,  leaving  the 
galliota  in  charge  of  Pedro  and  his  comrade.  The  Commandante 
was  absent,  and  we  were  likely  to  be  detained  some  days,  as  no 
spare  men  were  in  the  place,  and  several  other  voyagers  were  in 
the  same  predicament  as  ourselves.  But  there  was  no  use  in 
complaining,  and,  come  what  might,  we  were  in  comfortable 
quarters. 

When  we  went  up  the  town  was  crowded  from  the  sitios  in 


CHAP,  xvii.]    VILLA  NOVA— VISIT  TO  THE  LAKE.  165 

the  vicinity,  on  account  of  the  festa  of  St.  Juan  ;  but  now  many 
of  the  houses  were  closed,  their  inmates  being  in  the  country  for 
the  summer,  and  everything  bore  an  aspect  of  dreariness. 

The  next  day  was  Sunday,  but  there  were  no  services  in  the 
church,  the  padre  being  absent  on  some  of  his  trading  expedi- 
tions ;  but  in  the  afternoon  there  was  a  procession  of  the  women 
and  children,  preceded  by  "  that  same  old  "  drum. 

The  Commandante  had  returned,  and  we  called  to  pay  him  our 
respects  and  make  known  our  wants.  He  was  a  very  young 
man,  and  appeared  anxious  to  oblige  us  by  every  means  in  his 
power.  He  promised  to  forward  us  with  twelve  men  and  a  pilot 
if  we  would  only  wait  a  few  days  until  he  could  obtain  them  from 
the  woods.  Of  course  we  could  but  choose  the  only  alternative, 
though  our  friend's  promise  enabled  us  to  bear  the  infliction 
with  a  tolerable  grace.  He  was  very  indignant  at  the  recital  of 
our  desertion  by  two  of  his  men,  and,  before  he  had  heard  the 
story  out,  had  ordered  them  to  the  calaboose  with  the  et  ceteras. 

This  day  was  memorable  in  that  we  then  for  the  first  time  since 
we  had  been  in  Brazil  saw  tomatoes.  They  were  little  and  few, 
for  the  climate  is  unfavourable  to  their  growth.  Ocra  is  much 
more  common,  arid  is  eaten  both  in  soups  and  with  boiled  dishes. 
It  seems  strange  that  directly  under  the  equator  the  Brazilians 
can  live  as  they  do  upon  turtle,  and  meat,  and  fish.  With  all 
this  they  consume  vast  quantities  of  casha^a,  which  is  as  bad  as 
New  England  rum,  and  sleep  in  the  interior  towns  about  sixteen 
hours  out  of  the  twenty-four.  And  yet  we  saw  very  many  old 
men  of  sixty  and  seventy  years,  and  scarcely  ever  knew  a  case  of 
sickness. 

Next  morning  a  large  party  of  us  went  to  the  lake.  A  well- 
beaten  road  led  to  its  side,  and  we  found  it  a  pretty  sheet  of  clear 
water  in  a  valley  of  considerable  depression.  Large  fields  of 
grass  were  floating  upon  the  surface  at  the  will  of  the  winds,  and 
from  them  were  startled  many  ducks,  Anas  autumnalis,  of  which 
we  shot  enough  for  a  dinner.  They  were  now  in  pairs,  just 
about  to  commence  their  breeding-season  ;  at  which  time  they 
resort  to  inland  lakes,  whither  every  one  who  can  raise  a  gun  and 
a  montaria  follows  them.  There  were  several  Indian  houses 
about  this  lake,  and  at  a  distance  were  two  men  in  montarias  en- 
gaged in  taking  periecu.  Every  man  of  consequence  in  Villa 


166  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.     [CHAP.  xvn. 

Nova  employs  an  Indian  or  black  in  fishing,  selling  the  surplus 
of  what  he  himself  wants. 

The  Indians  were  building  one  of  their  largest  vessels  upon  the 
beach  at  Villa  Nova,  and  it  was  a  matter  of  astonishment  to  us 
that  their  carpenters  could  cut  the  planks  and  timbers  with  so 
great  facility  and  fit  them  with  such  precision,  using  only  a  hand- 
saw and  the  little  adze  of  the  country ;  while  the  timber  was  of 
almost  iron  hardness,  and  impenetrable  to  worms  or  insects. 
The  shape  of  these  river  embarca<joens  is  calculated  for  anything 
but  speed,  they  being  broad,  round-bottomed,  and  nearly  square- 
bowed.  A  vessel  after  the  model  of  the  Hudson  river  sloops 
would  ascend  the  Amazon  in  half  the  time  now  required. 

The  little  montarias  are  constructed  in  a  different  manner  from 
Indian  canoes  in  other  countries.  A  log  is  selected,  not  more 
than  a  foot  in  diameter,  and  properly  hollowed,  through  as  narrow 
an  aperture  as  will  allow  of  working.  This  finished,  it  is  laid 
over  a  fire,  bottom  side  up,  and  the  aperture  is  thus  enlarged  as  is 
requisite.  The  outside  is  properly  modelled,  and  upon  either 
gunwale  is  fastened  a  strip  of  board  six  inches  in  width,  meeting 
at  each  end  of  the  boat.  They  are  usually  about  fifteen  feet  in 
length,  and  a  load  of  Indians  will  cross  the  river  when  the  edges 
of  their  tottleish  craft  are  scarcely  above  the  water,  and  when  white 
men  would  certainly  be  overturned.  In  such  labour  as  boat- 
building, timber-hewing,  paddling,  and  making  of  hammocks, 
the  Indians  enjoy  an  uncontested  superiority,  although  in  any 
other  they  are  worse  than  useless. 

Our  boatmen  were  to  have  arrived  on  Tuesday  night,  but  upon 
going  to  the  beach  the  next  morning  we  saw  the  Commandante 
just  pushing  off  with  eleven  men  in  two  boats.  His  sergeant,  he 
said,  had  returned  without  a  man,  and  he  had  ordered  him  to  the 
calaboose  for  disobeying  orders ;  now  he  was  going  upon  our 
errand  himself,  and  would  have  the  men  at  any  rate.  This 
Commandante  was  a  noble  fellow,  and,  although  he  was  acting 
under  orders,  yet  he  entered  into  our  plans  with  so  much  good- 
will as  to  make  us  personally  indebted  to  him.  He  had  taken  all 
the  workmen  from  the  boat,  and  the  beach  and  town  were  as  still 
as  a  New  England  village  on  a  Sunday. 

The  poor  sergeant  who  was  in  durance  for  his  misfortune  had 
the  best  reason  in  the  world  for  not  bringing  the  men,  the  first 


CHAP,  xvn.]      MILITARY  AUTHORITIES— SCHOOL.  167 


and  most  important  point  being  to  find  them.  This  was  no  easy 
matter  when  the  hunted  ones  were  unwilling  Indians  in  their  own 
woods. 

The  military  officers  in  these  inland  towns  are  despotic  for  evil 
or  good,  and  according  as  they  are  public-spirited  men  does  the 
town  prosper.  At  Serpa  everything  appeared  careless  and  dis- 
orderly ;  at  Villa  Nova,  on  the  contrary,  a  change  was  evidently 
taking  place  for  the  better,  and  even  since  we  had  passed  up  the 
river  the  vicinity  had  undergone  an  entire  transformation.  The 
soldiers  had  been  employed  in  cutting  down  the  bushes  that 
encroached  upon  the  town,  in  pulling  down  and  removing  the 
crazy  hovels,  in  building  handsome  fences  about  the  houses  of  the 
officers,  and  in  clearing  and  repairing  the  road  leading  to  the  lake. 

Near  our  house  a  school  was  in  daily  session,  and  as  the  path 
to  the  woods  ran  directly  by  it,  we  took  frequent  peeps  at  the 
little  fellows  within.  The  master  was  a  deputy,  a  boy  of  sixteen, 
and  a  flock  of  children  of  all  colours  were  gathered  around  him, 
all  talking  or  studying  at  the  top  of  their  voices.  Here  these 
future  statesmen  learned  reading  and  writing,  and  a  little  arith- 
metic. The  Brazilians  generally  are  very  neat  in  their  chiro- 
graph)1. The  government  pays  the  salary  of  the  head  teacher,  or 
professor  as  he  is  styled.  In  Villa  Nova  his  salary  was  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  milrees  annually,  from  which  he  deputized  as 
cheaply  as  possible.  This  professor,  Senhor  Amarelles,  who  by 
the  way  was  one  of  the  dignitaries  of  the  place,  concentrating  in 
himself  some  half  a  dozen  offices,  chanced  to  be  in  possession  of 
a  counterfeit  note ;  and  this  he  desired  the  shopkeeper  of  the 
place  to  palm  off  upon  us,  as  we,  being  strangers,  he  said,  would 
not  kjiow  the  difference.  Very  dubious  morality  for  a  school- 
master. 

A  propos,  there  -were  an  unusual  number  of  vultures  about 
Villa  Nova,  the  Cathartes  atratus .  of  Wilson  ;  and  indeed  this 
species  is  seen  more  or  less  everywhere  upon  the  river.  At  Para 
particularly  they  are  seen  by  hundreds  about  the  slaughter-yard, 
and  with  them  may  occasionally  be  seen  a  red-headed  species, 
which  we  supposed  to  be  the  common  turkey -buzzard  of  the 
north,  C.  aura,  but  which  it  has  been  suggested  may  more 
probably  be  the  Cathartes  burrovianus  of  Cassin.  Unfortunately 
we  did  not  preserve  specimens  of  this  bird.  .  There  is  a  third 


168  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.     [CHAP.  xvu. 

species,  the  King  of  the  Vultures,  Sarcoramphus  papa,  or,  as  it  is 
called  in  Brazil,  Urubu-tinga.  The  termination  tinga  in  the 
lingoa  geral  means  king,  and  this  bird  well  deserves  the  name 
from  its  beauty  and  superior  strength.  If  a  king  vulture  makes 
its  appearance  where  a  number  of  the  other  species  are  collected 
about  carrion,  the  latter  instinctively  give  way  and  stand  meekly 
around  while  their  sovereign  leisurely  gorges  himself.  These 
birds  are  not  very  common  upon  the  Amazon,  and  we  never  had 
an  opportunity  of  shooting  them,  but  several  times  we  observed 
them  circling  in  pairs  over  the  forest.  Senhor  Henriquez 
informed  us  at  the  Barra  that  they  were  not  unfrequently  taken 
alive,  particularly  if  a  putrid  snake,  of  which  they  are  fond,  be 
exposed  to  them.  A  noose  is  arranged  to  fall  over  their  heads, 
and  the  caught  bird  is  transformed  from  a  wild  marauder  into  a 
peaceable  citizen.  At  Pard.  they  are  highly  valued.  "\Ve  saw  a 
pair  in  perfect  plumage  which  were  presented  to  Mr.  Norris.  and 
felt  nothing  of  the  disgust  inspired  by  the  other  common  species. 
Their  bare  necks  were  beautifully  marked  with  red  and  black, 
orange  and  yellow,  and  were  surrounded  near  the  base  by  a 
ruffle  of  feathers.  Their  breasts  were  white,  and  the  general 
colour  of  the  upper  parts  was  a  light  ashy  gray.  These  birds 
were  very  active,  moving  about  the  yard  with  a  leap  rather  than 
a  step. 

At  last,  upon  Saturday  the  8th,  the  Commandante  returned  suc- 
cessful, and  by  five  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  we  were  ready  to 
bid  a  glad  adieu  to  Villa  Nova.  During  our  stay  Senhor  Bentos 
had  been  perpetually  studying  ways  of  obliging  us,  and  at  last  he 
overwhelmed  us  with  all  kinds  of  gift*,  even  to  a  hammock  and 
towels.  He  killed  a  cow  for  us,  packed  up  two  baskets  of 
chickens,  sent  down  a  pair  of  his  pet  land-turtles,  a  supply 
of  fkrinha  and  oranges,  bought  or  begged  a  curious  parrot  from 
the  Rio  Tapajos,  and  added  to  it  all  the  parrots  which  he  had 
about  the  house,  and  even  a  basket  of  half-fledged  doves.  More- 
over, after  we  had  pushed  from  the  shore  and  descended  several 
miles,  a  montaria  overtook  us  with  one  of  the  Senhor's  house- 
servants,  whom  he  had  sent  with  orders  to  accompany  us  as  far 
as  we  wished,  and  to  attend  to  our  cooking.  When  the  hour 
for  parting  came  we  found  the  good  old  man  in  his  hammock,  the 
tears  coursing  down  his  cheeks,  and  apparently  in  great  distress. 


CHAP,  xvir]         DESERTION  OF  PEDRO— OBIDOS.  169 

He  threw  his  arms  about  our  necks  and  sobbed  like  a  child,  and 
it  was  only  after  an  interval  of  several  minutes  that  he  let  us  go, 
loaded  with  a  hundred  blessings. 

Our  men  were  nearly  all  of  the  tribe  of  Gentios,  the  best 
upon  the  river.  Among  them  were  two  free  negroes  who  had 
been  admitted  to  the  rights  of  tribeship.  To  look  after  them 
the  Commandante  sent  also  a  corporal  and  a  sergeant ;  the 
former  of  whom  was  to  be  pilot,  and  the  latter  a  gentleman  of 
leisure. 

During  the  preceding  night  Pedro  had  been  seduced  away  by 
a  white  man  who  was  engaged  in  fishing  in  some  of  the  lakes. 
Pedro  had  seen  quite  enough  of  civilization,  and  longed  for  his 
woods  and  freedom  again.  We  had  found  him  one  of  the  best- 
natured  fellows  in  the  world,  and  there  was  no  fault  in  him 
except  his  inquisitiveness,  which  was  natural  enough.  He  was 
always  for  trying  on  our  hats,  or  using  our  brushes  and  combs, 
or  some  similar  liberty,  and  there  was  no  use  in  attempting  to 
explain  the  impropriety  of  the  thing. 

Our  load  was  now  considerably  increased.  The  few  turtle  with 
which  we  had  started  from  Barra  were  reinforced  to  the  number 
of  fifteen,  and  filled  all  the  space  beneath  the  cabin-floor  and  a 
good  share  of  the  tolda.  In  the  bow  some  trader  had  stowed 
several  pots  of  balsam,  and  had  had  the  assurance  to  further 
impose  upon  our  good  will  by  demanding  a  receipt  for  the  same, 
which  he  did  not  get. 

Early  in  the  morning  of  the  10th  we  passed  Obidos.  Sailing 
as  we  did  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  the  shores  appeared  to 
fine  advantage,  and  yet  we  could  obtain  but  a  very  indifferent 
idea  of  the  country  or  of  its  productions  at  such  a  distance.  We 
had  hoped  to  collect  a  number  of  birds  and  plants  whose 
localities  we  had  marked  in  ascending,  but  we  found  it  impossible 
to  stop,  even  could  we  have  recognised  the  proper  places.  We 
could  only  take  counsel  for  the  future,  and  resolve  that,  if  ever 
we  enjoyed  another  similar  opportunity,  we  would  not  thus  defer 
Increasing  our  collection  to  a  more  convenient  season. *- 

Towards  night  we  stopped  at  the  same  high  point  at  which  we 
had  breakfasted  the  second  morning  from  Santarem.  Now  we 
were  distant  but  six  hours  from  that  place.  Here,  by  the  deserted 
house,  we  found  an  abundance  of  oranges  and  limes.  We  shot  a 


170  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.   [CHAP.  rvm. 

caracara  eagle,  Polyborus  Braziliensis,  a  bird  interesting  to  us 
from  its  beinsr  also  a  resident  of  the  United  States.  The  Indians 

_ 

called  it  the  caracara  gavion.  It  is  one  of  the  smaller  eagles,  and 
somewhat  allied  to  the  vultures.  We  had  often  seen  them  sitting 
upon  trees  not  far  from  the  water,  and  they  seemed  little  shy  at 
our  advance.  We  afterwards  saw  them  on  Marajo,  and,  un- 
doubtedly, they  are  common  throughout  the  whole  country. 
The  hawk  tribe  of  birds  was  always  exceedingly  numerous,  many 
being  beautifully  marked,  and  of  all  sizes,  down  to  a  species 
smaller  than  our  sparrow-hawk.  We  had  shot  many  varieties, 
and  shot  at  as  many  more. 

Our  men  required  no  urging,  and  we  found  a  vast  change 
from  the  lazy  Muras.  The  sergeant  regulated  their  hours  of 
labour,  and  we  were  unconcerned  passengers.  They  were  all 
young,  and  more  inclined  to  frolic  than  other  Indians  that  we 
had  seen. 

The  sergeant  had  with  him  a  curious  musical  instrument.  It 
consisted  of  a  hollow  reed  six  feet  in  length,  in  one  end  of  which 
was  fitted  a  smaller  joint  extending  a  few  inches.  In  this  was  a 
blowing  hole ;  and  from  the  whole  afiair  our  amateur  produced 
sounds  much  like  those  of  a  bugle,  playing  a  number  of  simple 
tunes.  The  men  passed  half  their  time  in  singing,  and  two  of 
them,  who  seemed  to  be  leaders,  often  composed  a  burden  of 
their  own  of  the  wonders  they  expected  to  see  in  the  city,  to 
which  the  others  joined  in  chorus. 

We  inquired  of  them  the  name  of  the  Amazon  in  the  Indian 
tongue.  It  was  Para-na-tinga,  King  of  Waters. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

WE  arrived  at  Santarem  about  midnight,  and  anchored  off  the 
house  of  Captain  Hislop,  waiting  for  the  morning.  The  Captain 
was  absent,  but  had  left  orders  to  place  his  house  at  our  disposal ; 
therefore,  without  further  ceremony,  we  took  possession,  and 
breakfasted  once  more  upon  the  delightful  Santarem  beef.  We 
called  upon  our  friend  Senhor  Louis,  and  were  gratified  to  find 
that  he  had  not  forgotten  us  in  our  absence,  but  had  made  for  us 


CHAP,  xvm.]        SANTAREM— NEGRO-STEALING.  171 

a  good  collection  of  insects,  and  other  matters  in  which  we  \vere 
interested.  He  pressed  us  much  to  protract  our  stay,  as  did  Mr. 
William  Golding,  an  English  resident,  who  called  upon  us ;  but 
our  loss  of  time  at  Villa  Nova  obliged  us  to  make  all  speed  to  Para. 

The  large  black  monkey  which  had  been  given  us  two 
months  before,  and  whose  society  we  had  anticipated  with  mingled 
emotions,  had  gone  by  the  board  about  a  week  previous,  "  lying 
down  and  dying  like  a  man,"  as  the  old  lady  said.  To  console 
our  bereavement  somewhat,  she  sent  down  to  the  galliota  a  pair 
of  young,  noisy,  half-fledged  parrots,  and  a  pavon  or  sun- bird. 
Senhor  Louis  added  a  basket  of  young  paroquets  and  a  pair  of 
land-turtles,  and  Mr.  Golding  a  pretty  maraca  duck.  Thus  we 
were  to  have  no  lack  of  objects  for  sympathy  or  entertainment 
for  the  remainder  of  our  voyage. 

We  do  not  know  how  near  we  came  to  getting  into  difficulty 
with  some  of  Santarem's  officials,  although  innocent  of  all  inten- 
tion of  offending.  Senhor  Bentos'  servant  had  gone  ashore,  and 
called  upon  the  sister  of  the  Senhor ;  and,  probably,  not  exactly 
understanding,  herself,  why  she  had  been  forwarded  in  our  boat, 
had  made  an  unintelligible  story  of  the  whole  matter.  The 
Senhora  sent  us  a  polite  request  to  visit  her,  which  we  did  ;  and 
to  her  inquiries  we  answered  as  we  could.  She  was  anxious  that 
we  should  see  her  brother-in-law,  who  could  not  call  upon  us, 
she  observed,  "  because  his  neck  was  so  short  and  his  belly  so 
big,"  and  offered  to  send  a  servant  with  us  to  the  gentleman's 
house.  We  could  not  refuse,  and  went  accordingly.  The  Senhor 
was  in  his  hammock,  and  it  was  evident  enough  that  his  sister's 
expression  was  truthful  at  least,  for  he  was  sorely  afflicted  with 
dropsy.  He  was  a  lawyer,  and,  after  thanking  us  for  our  attention, 
commenced  a  legal  cross-examination  of  the  whys  and  where- 
fores of  the  wench's  case.  It  was  no  joke  to  be  suspected  of 
negro-stealing ;  but  we  replied,  according  to  our  ability,  that  we 
had  received  no  instructions  from  Senhor  Bentos,  that  the  woman 
had  come  on  board  without  our  wishing  it,  that  she  had  stayed 
on  board  without  our  needing  her  services,  and  that  we  had 
brought  her  to  Santarem  because  we  had  not  stopped  elsewhere. 
Just  at  this  time  came  in  a  gentleman  whom  we  had  known  at 
Para,  and  after  a  few  words  of  explanation  we  were  bowed  out  of 
the  house  with  the  profoundest  civility.  And  we  would  advise 


172  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.  [CHAP.  rmi. 

no  Amazon  voyager  to  receive  in  charge  negro  cooks,  unless 
their  master  comes  w;th  them. 

We  left  Santarem  as  the  sun  was  setting,  and,  the  men  being 
favourably  inclined,  we  made  rapid  speed  during  the  night. 

We  passed  Monte  Alegre  upon  the  afternoon  of  the  next  day, 
the  12th.  It  had  been  our  intention  to  stop  for  a  few  hours  at 
this  town,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  specimens  of  the  beautiful 
cuyas  there  made,  and  for  a  ramble  upon  the  mountain  in  the 
vicinity  ;  but  a  strong  breeze  drove  us  into  the  remoter  channel, 
at  least  fifteen  miles  from  the  town,  and  we  could  not  cross. 

During  the  night  a  furious  wind,  accompanied  by  rain,  pre- 
vented our  advance.  Early  upon  the  13th  we  stopped  in  a  small 
bay  for  a  few  hours  until  the  sea  should  abate.  The  men  slung 
their  hammocks  under  the  trees,  or  stretched  themselves  on  logs, 
as  they  could  find  opportunity.  For  ourselves,  we  got  out  the 
lines,  and  fished  with  decided  success.  We  also  shot  a  pair  of 
geese,  which  were  called  up  by  our  decoys. 

At  this  spot  our  cabin  was  filled  with  a  large  fly,  the  mutiica, 
which,  in  the  dry  season,  is  almost  as  great  a  pest  by  day  as  the 
carapana  by  night.  But  here  our  pavon  showed  himself  useful, 
walking  stealthily  about  the  floor,  and  picking  off  fly  after  fly 
with  inevitable  aim.  Not  many  days  after  we  discovered  that  he 
was  as  fond  of  cockroaches  as  of  flies ;  and  it  was  then  a  regular 
pastime  to  put  him  in  one  of  the  lockers  and  stir  up  the  game, 
which  we  had  no  difficulty  in  finding,  nor  he  in  catching. 

Our  noisy  additions  from  Santarem  made  longer  endurance 
out  of  the  question,  and,  after  long  threatening,  at  last  we  suc- 
ceeded in  "  setting  up  the  family  government."  As  the  first  over- 
ture thereto,  a  rope  was  crossed  a  few  times  in  the  tolda.  Upon 
this  the  arara  and  the  parrots  were  placed,  with  the  under- 
standing that  they  might  look  out  of  the  door  as  much  as  they 
pleased,  and  be  invited  thence,  at  regular  hours,  to  their  meals ; 
but  that  further  liberties  were  inadmissible  and  unattainable : 
so  there  thev  sat,  scarcely  knowing  whether  to  laugh  or  cry. 
The  paroquets  were  stationed  at  the  afterpart  of  the  cabin,  and 
the  change  which  had  come  over  one  of  the  green  ones  from 
Barra  was  amusing.  She  had  been  the  wildest  and  crossest 
little  body  on  board,  always  resenting  favours  and  biting  kindly 
hands.  But  since  the  lately  received  young  ones  had  been 


CHAP,  xviii.]    FAMILY  GOVERNMENT— A  CONGRESS.  173 

put  with  her,  she  had  assumed  all  the  watchfulness  of  a 
mother,  feeding  them,  taking  hold  of  their  bills  and  shaking 
them  up  to  promote  digestion,  and  generally  keeping  them  in 
decent  order.  She  had  no  more  time  to  gad  about  deck,  but, 
soberly  inclined,  with  the  feathers  of  her  head  erect  and  ma- 
tronly, she  stuck  to  her  corner  and  minded  her  own  business. 
Meanwhile,  Yellow-top  looked  on  with  the  calm  dignity  of  a 
gentleman  of  family. 

When  opposite  Pryinha  we  took  an  igaripe,  to  avoid  the 
long  circuit  and  the  rough  channel,  and  sailed  many  miles 
upon  water  still  as  a  lake.  Here  were  vast  numbers  of  ducks 
and  ciganas,  Opisthocomus  cristatus.  These  latter  had  lately 
nested,  and  the  young  birds  were  in  half  plumage.  They 
seemed  to  be  feeding  upon  pacovas,  which  grow  in  abundance 
upon  the  grounds  of  a  deserted  sitio ;  and  as  we  startled  them 
they  flew  with  a  loud  rustling  of  their  wings  like  a  commotion  of 
leaves,  hoarsely  crying  era,  era.  The  nests  of  these  birds  are 
built  in  low  bushes,  and  are  compactly  formed  of  sticks,  with  a 
lining  of  leaves.  The  eggs  are  three  or  four,  almost  oblong,  and 
of  a  cream-colour  marked  with  blotches  of  red  and  faint  brown. 

During  the  night  the  wind  blew  with  such  strength  as  to  drive 
us  towards  shore ;  and  several  times  we  were  among  the  cara- 
panas,  or  running  up-stream  in  the  romances,  almost  equally  dis- 
agreeable. 

Where  we  stopped  next  morning,  the  14th,  the  whole  region 
had  been  overflowed  upon  our  ascent.  Now  the  waters  had 
fallen  three  feet,  and  the  land  was  high  and  dry,  and  covered  by 
a  beautiful  forest.  While  at  this  place  extraordinary  noises  from 
a  flock  of  parrots  at  a  little  distance  attracted  our  attention.  At 
one  instant  all  was  hushed,  then  broke  forth  a  perfect  Babel 
of  screams,  suggestive  of  the  clamour  of  a  flock  of  crows  and 
jays  about  a  helpless  owl.  It  might  be  that  the  parrots  had  be- 
leaguered one  of  these  sun-blinded  enemies ;  or  perhaps  the 
assembly  had  met  to  canvass  some  momentous  point — the  over- 
bearing conduct  of  the  araras,  or  the  growing  insolence  of  the 
paroquets.  Guns  in  hand  we  crept  silently  towards  them,  and 
soon  discovered  the  cause  of  the  excitement.  Conspicuously 
mounted  upon  a  tree-top  stood  a  large  green  parrot,  while  around 
him  upon  adjacent  branches  were  collected  a  host  of  his  coin- 


174  A  VOYAGE  UP  TE  RIVER  AMAZON.    [CHAP.  xvni. 

peers.     There  was  a  pause.     "  O  Jesu  u  ! "    came   down 

from  the  tree-top,  and  a  burst  of  imitative  shrieks  and  vociferous 

applause  followed.     "  Ha,  ha,  ha  a !  "  and  Poll  rolled  his 

head  and  doubled  up  his  body,  quite  beside  himself  with  laughter. 
Tumultuous  applause  and  encores.  "  Ha,  ha,  ha,  Papaguyri 

a  !"  and  he  spread  his  Mings  and  began  to  dance  on  his 

perch  with  mphasis.  The  effect  upon  the  auditory  was  pro- 
digious, .id  all  sorts  of  rapturous  contortions  were  testifying 
their  intelligence,  when  some  suspicious  eye  spied  our  hiding- 
place,  and  the  affrighted  birds  hurried  off,  their  borrowed  notes 
of  joy  ludicrously  changed  to  natural  cries  of  alarm.  Complacent 
Poll !  he  had  escaped  from  confinement ;  and  with  his  stock  of 
Portuguese  was  founding  a  new  school  among  the  parrots. 

In  the  afternoon  we  entered  the  igaripe  through  which  we  had 
sailed  upon  the  llth  of  June,  occupying  then  the  entire  day,  but 
which  now  required  but  two  hours.  Here  we  saw  a  number  of 
otters.  The  men  called  them  by  some  wild  note  ;  and  immedi- 
ately the  animals  raised  their  heads  and  shoulders  above  the 
surface  of  the  water,  and  listened  without  the  least  apparent  fear. 
It  was  almost  too  bad  to  spoil  their  sport  ;  but  the  opportunity 
was  too  tempting,  and  straightway  amongst  the^m  whizzed  a  ball. 
They  dived  below  and  we  saw  them  no  more. 

When  ascending  we  had  seen  the  mountains  upon  the  northern 
side  of  the  river  for  several  days  ;  but  as  we  left  this  igaripe* 
they  broke  upon  us  in  one  full  view,  seemingly  of  t\vice  the 
height  and  tenfold  the  beauty  of  the  mountains  we  had  seen  before. 

Next  morning  the  shore  was  very  low  ;  scarcely  dry  from  the 
receding  waters.  A  mud  flat  extended  for  more  than  a  mile  into 
the  river,  and  the  top  of  the  water  was  spotted  by  roots  and 
stumps  of  trees. 

Towards  night  we  left  the  Amazon  for  a  narrow  passage  which 
led  into  the  River  Xingu  ;  and  for  several  hours  our  course  was 
in  the  clear  waters  of  that  river,  among  islands  of  small  size  and 
surpassing  beauty,  fust  at  sunset,  as  we  were  proceeding  silently, 
there  came  floating  over  the  water  the  rich  flute-like  notes  of 
some  evening-bird.  It  was  exactly  the  song  of  the  wood-thrush, 
so  favourite  a  bird  at  the  North  ;  and  every  intonation  came 
freighted  with  memories  of  home,  of  dear  ones,  far,  far  away. 
Even  the  Indians  seemed  struck  with  an  unusual  interest,  and 


CHAP,  xviii.]      GURUPA'— LEAVK  THE  AMAZON.  175 

rested  upon  their  paddles  to  listen.  We  never  had  heard  it 
before ;  and  so  strangely  in  unison  was  the  melody  with  the  hour 
and  the  scene,  that  it  might  well  have  seemed  to  them  the  voice 
of  the  "  spirit-bird."  We  passed  the  small  town  of  Boa  Vista. 
At  first  there  seemed  to  be  but  one  house  from  the  light ;  but 
the  noise  of  our  singing  attracted  attention,  and  a  dozen  torches 
welcomed  us  to  shore  if  we  would. 

Here  we  had  first  made  the  acquaintance  of  the  carapanas,  and 
here  we  left  them  for  ever.  They  had  clustered  around  us  in 
prosperity  and  adversity  with  a  constancy  that  might  have  won 
the  hearts  of  those  who  were  stronger  nerved,  or  whose  sympathies 
were  more  expanded  than  ours ;  but  we  parted  from  them  in  un- 
grateful exultation. 

We  reached  Gurupa  about  noon  of  the  16th.  Here  we  first 
received  tidings  of  the  war  between  the  United  States  and 
Mexico.  Seventy  thousand  volunteers,  our  informant  said,  had 
passed  over  the  Mexican  frontiers,  and  were  advancing  by  rapid 
marches  to  the  borders  of  Guatemala  ! 

It  was  three  o'clock  the  next  afternoon  when  we  stood  upon 
the  cabin-top  for  a  last  look  at  the  main  Amazon ;  and  as  a  turn 
of  the  Tajipuru,  into  which  we  had  now  entered,  shut  it  suddenly 
from  our  view,  we  could  not  but  feel  a  sadness  as  when  one  parts 
from  a  loved  friend  whom  he  may  never  see  more.  The  months 
that  we  had  passed  upon  its  waters  were  bright  spots  in  our  lives. 
Familiarity  with  the  vastness  of  its  size,  the  majesty  and  the 
beauty  of  its  borders,  the  loveliness  of  its  islands,  had  not  weak- 
ened our  first  impressions.  He  was  always  the  king  of  rivers, — 
stretching  his  dominions  over  remotest  territories,  and  receiving 
tribute  from  countless  streams  ;  moving  onward  with  solemn  and 
awful  slowness,  and  going  forth  to  battle  with  the  sea  in  a  manner 
befitting  the  loftiness  of  his  designation  and  the  dignity  of  his 
claims. 

We  were  now  sailing  in  narrow  channels  towards  Braves,  but 
by  a  different  route  from  that  of  our  ascent.  A  great  number  of 
channels  from  the  Amazon  intersected  our  course,  through  which 
the  water  poured  furiously.  The  shores  again  bristled  with 
palm-trees ;  or  forests  of  seringa  and  the  huts  of  the  gum- 
collectors  skirted  the  stream. 

We  gathered  great  quantities  of  assai,  and,  ourselves  turning 


176  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.   [CHAP.  xvin. 

artists,  we  could  have  it  in  Para  perfection,  and  could  bid  adieu 
without  a  thought  to  our  stores  of  coffee  and  other  former  indis- 
pensables  which  were  disappearing  one  after  another — a  sure 
token  that  by  this  time  our  voyage  should  have  ended. 

Our  motherly  paroquet  came  upon  deck  for  an  airina\  and  em- 
braced the  opportunity  of  a  high  starting-point  and  a  near  shore 
to  give  us  French  leave  ;  but  a  few  hours  after,  as  if  to  supply 
her  loss,  we  picked  up  a  little  musk-duck  not  more  than  a  day  or 
two  from  the  shell.  The  little  fellow  was  all  alone,  his  mother 
having  taken  flight  at  our  approach,  and  his  brothers  and  sisters, 
very  likely,  having  fallen  prey  to  some  water  enemy.  He  was 
wild  enough  at  first,  but  soon  became  extremely  familiar,  and 
was  the  pet  of  the  cabin.  Now  he  swims  in  matured  and  beau- 
tiful plumage  in  one  of  our  New  York  ponds,  and  we  trust  that, 
when  his  flesh  returns  its  dust  to  dust,  it  will  be  when  his  head 
is  gray  and  his  years  honoured,  and  without  the  intervention  of 
thanksgiving  epicure  or  Christinas  knife. 

Late  in  the  evening  of  the  18th  we  reached  Braves,  the  same 
little  old  town  that  we  had  left  it.  We  went  on  shore  for  our 
much-desired  water-jars,  and  found  that  the  old  woman  had  ful- 
filled her  promise,  for  there  they  stood  glazed  and  finished 
amongst  a  row  of  gaudy  brothers  that  quite  looked  them  out  of 
countenance.  We  offered  to  pay  for  them  in  two  milree  notes, 
which,  being  at  a  slight  discount,  were  not  received.  Then  we 
offered  Spanish  dollars,  but  the  jackass  of  a  storekeeper  did  not 
exactly  like  the  appearance  of  those  bright-looking  tilings,  and 
refused  to  receive  anything  but  copper.  We  had  no  copper,  and 
came  away,  with  a  hearty  and  heartily  expressed  wish  that  the 
jars  might  stand  upon  his  shelves  till  his  head  was  gray. 

Leaving  Braves  with  the  morning  tide,  in  a  few  hours  we  had 
passed  out  of  the  narrow  channels,  and  were  fairly  crossing  the 
Bay  of  Limoeiro,  taking  what  is  called  the  Carneta  route,  the 
usual  one  for  vessels  bound  down.  For  three  days  we  were 
crossing  from  one  island  to  another,  often  twelve  and  fifteen  miles 
apart,  and  in  what  looked  more  like  a  sea  than  the  mouth  of  a 
river.  The  channel  was  not  very  distinct,  and  our  pilot  knew 
little  of  his  business.  Even-where  were  shoal  banks  exposed  at 
]uw  tide,  and  many  times  we  struck  upon  the  bottom,  which,  for- 
tunately, was  no  harder  than  mud. 


CHAP,  xvui.]  SERINGA-TREES.  177 


The  men  were  growing  eager  for  the  city,  and  sonn  after  mid- 
night, upon  the  morning  of  the  22nd,  they  started  of  their  own 
accord,  and  for  a  couple  of  hours  we  went  on  swimmingly.  But 
a  strong  wind  arose,  and  the  rising  waves  tossed  our  frail  boat 
somewhat  uncomfortably.  For  some  hours  we  coasted  along  a 
sand-bank,  in  vain  endeavouring  to  attain  a  passage  to  the  island 
a  hundred  yards  within,  frequently  striking  with  such  violence 
as  to  make  us  fearful  that  the  bottom  of  the  boat  would  be  stove 
in.  At  last,  about  daybreak,  we  contrived  to  set  two  poles 
firmly  in  the  mud,  and,  tying  our  boat  to  them,  we  were  pitched 
and  rolled  about  as  if  in  an  ocean  storm.  The  men  swam  to 
shore  and  caught  a  breakfast  of  shrimps  in  pools  left  by  the  tide. 
Towards  noon  as  the  flood  came  in  we  were  able  to  moor  nearer 
the  trees  and  beyond  reach  of  the  wind. 

This  island  was  covered  by  a  fine  forest,  in  which  were  abund- 
ance of  seringa-trees  all  scarred  with  wounds.  We  made  some 
incisions  with  our  tresados,  and  the  milk  at  once  oozed  out  and 
dripped  in  little  streams.  Its  taste  was  agreeable,  much  like 
sweetened  cream,  which  it  resembled  in  colour.  These  trees  were 
often  of  great  height  and  from  two  to  three  feet  in  diameter.  The 
trunks  were  round  and  straight,  and  the  bark  of  a  light  colour, 
and  not  very  smooth.  The  wood  was  soft,  and  we  easily  cut  off 
a  large  root,  which  we  brought  away  with  us.  The  top  of  the 
seringa  is  not  very  wide-spreading,  but  beautiful  from  its  long 
leaves,  which  grow  in  clusters  of  three  together,  and  are  of  an 
oblong-ovate  shape,  the  centre  one  rather  more  than  a  foot  in 
length,  the  others  a  little  shorter.  These  leaves  are  thin,  and 
resemble  in  no  respect  the  leaves  of  an  East-Indian  plant,  often 
seen  in  our  greenhouses,  and  called  the  caoutchouc.  There  is 
not,  probably,  a  true  seringa  in  the  United  States.  Around 
these  trees  were  many  of  the  shells  (Ampullarias)  used  in  dip- 
ping the  gum,  and  also  some  of  the  mud  cups,  holding  about  half 
a  gill  each,  which  are  fastened  to  the  tree  for  the  purpose  of 
catching  the  gum  as  it  oozes  from  the  wound.  We  found  also 
the  fruit  of  the  seringa.  It  is  ligneous,  the  size  of  a  large  peach, 
divided  into  three  lobes,  each  of  which  contains  a  small  black 
nut.  These  are  eagerly  sought  by  animals,  and  although  the 
ground  was  strewed  with  fragments  it  was  with  great  difficulty 
that  we  found  a  pair  in  good  preservation.  Specimens  of  all  these 


178  A  VOYAGE  UP  TlfE  RIVER  AMAZON.    [CHAP.  xvm. 

thing*,  wood,  leaves,  shells,  cups,  and  seeds,  we  secured.  The 
manufacture  of  the  gum  we  had  not  yet  seen,  but  shall  describe 
shortly. 

The  waves  somewhat  subsiding,  and  the  wind  being  more 
favourable,  we  started  again  at  two  in  the  afternoon,  this  bein<r 
our  last  crossing.  The  point  at  which  we  aimed  was  about  fifteen 
miles  distant,  and  we  arrived  near  the  shore  soon  after  sundown. 
But  here  we  were  again  entangled  in  shoals,  and  for  a  long  time 
were  obliged  to  beat  backwards  and  forwards  endeavouring  to  find 
the  channel,  with  the  comfortable  feeling  to  incite  us  that  the 
tide  was  rapidly  running  out  and  that  we  bade  fair  to  be  left  high 
and  dry  in  the  mud.  At  last  we  found  the  right  course,  and  were 
soon  stopping  at  a  house  at  the  entrance  of  an  igaripe.  Here  we 
were  told  that  our  passage  had  been  very  perilous,  and  that  only 
the  day  before  a  vessel  loaded  with  cacao  had  gone  to  pieces  upon 
these  same  shoals.  We  engaged  a  man  to  go  with  us  to  pilot  our 
pilot,  and,  starting  once  more,  pulled  all  night. 

The  morning  of  the  23rd  found  us  in  a  narrow  stream,  and 
soon  after  sunrise  we  stopped  at  a  deserted  sitio  to  breakfast. 
Here  our  guide  left  us,  returning  in  his  montaria,  as  our  pilot 
declared  that  now  he  perfectly  remembered  the  way.  We  sailed 
on,  the  streams  winding  about  in  every  direction,  and  passed 
many  sitios  and  sugar  engenlios  upon  the  banks.  At  eleven  o'clock 
we  came  to  a  very  large  house,  which  our  pilot  said  was  that  of 
the  Delegarde  of  Santa  Anna,  and  that  now  that  town  was  but  two 
turns  ahead.  We  continued  on  two  turns,  and  twenty-two  turns, 
but  without  seeing  the  lost  town,  although  our  necks  were  strained 
and  eyes  weak  with  the  search.  As  fortune  would  have  it, 
a  montaria  came  down  the  stream,  and  we  learned  to  our  dismay 
that  we  were  in  the  river  Murue,  altogether  the  wrong  stream, 
and  that  we  had  deviated  from  the  main  and  evident  course  soon 
after  breakfast ;  moreover,  that,  had  we  not  chanced  to  meet  this 
montaria,  we  might  have  gone  on  all  night  through  the  forest 
without  seeing  a  house  or  a  man.  Here  was  the  time  for  all  our 
philosophy.  Turning  back,  after  a  few  hours  we  struck  into  a 
cross  stream,  and  at  last  were  in  the  Kixi,  the  river  upon  which 
Santa  Anna  stands.  It  was  midnight  when  we  arrived  at  th's 
town.  It  is  an  excise-port,  and  every  vessel  passing  pays  a  tol 
of  ten  vintens.  We  were  hailed  by  a  guard  and  ordered  to  stop. 


CHAP,  xviii.]  SANTA  ANNA— RUBBER  SHOES.  179 


Our  sergeant  had  put  on  his  uniform,  and  now  went  on  shore  to 
adjust  matters,  while  we  remained  viewing  the  town  as  we  could 
by  starlight.  Starlight  undoubtedly  flatters  ;  still  Santa  Anna 
is  considered  the  prettiest  little  town  in  the  province.  A  large 
church  of  fine  proportions  stands  directly  by  the  shore ;  the 
houses  are  well  proportioned  and  good-looking ;  and  fronting  the 
stores  are  wharves  built  out  into  the  water.  The  town  derives 
much  of  its  importance  from  its  being  a  port  of  excise  ;  but  all 
the  surrounding  country  is  thickly  settled  by  sugar-planters  and 
growers  of  cotton. 

The  sergeant,  returning,  reported  no  duties,  as  he  had  told  the 
officer  that  we  were  upon  public  business,  bearing  his  majesty's 
mail. 

Between  Santa  Anna  and  the  river  Moju  is  the  igaripe  Merim, 
a  short  canal  cut  through  by  government  for  the  purpose  of  ena- 
bling vessels  to  reach  Para  more  readily,  and  to  avoid  a  tedious 
circuit.  Striking  into  this,  we  continued  down  with  the  tide,  and 
daybreak  of  the  24th  found  us  far  advanced  upon  the  Moju. 
This  is  a  small  stream,  and  its  banks  are  covered  with  flourishing 
plantations.  We  passed  what  appeared  to  be  the  ruins  of  a  vil- 
lage, consisting  of  a  large  cjiurch  and  a  few  houses. 

At  ten  o'clock  we  stopped  at  an  anatto-plantation,  awaiting 
the  tide,  and  here  we  saw  the  manufacture  of  rubber.  The  man 
of  the  house  returned  from  the  forest  about  noon,  bringing  in 
nearly  two  gallons  of  milk,  which  he  had  been  engaged  since  day- 
light in  collecting  from  one  hundred  and  twenty  trees  that  had 
been  tapped  upon  the  previous  morning.  This  quantity  of  rnilk 
he  said  would  suffice  for  ten  pairs  of  shoes,  and  when  he  himself 
attended  to  the  trees  he  could  collect  the  same  quantity  every 
morning  for  several  months.  But  his  girls  could  only  collect  from 
seventy  trees.  The  seringa-trees  do  not  usually  grow  thickly, 
and  such  a  number  may  require  a  circuit  of  several  miles.  In 
making  the  shoes  two  girls  were  the  artistes,  in  a  little  thatched 
hut  which  had  no  opening  but  the  door.  From  an  inverted 
water-jar,  the  bottom  of  which  had  been  broken  out  for  the  purpose, 
issued  a  column  of  dense  white  smoke,  from  the  burning  of  a 
species  of  palm-nut,  and  which  so  filled  the  hut  that  we  could 
scarcely  see  the  inmates.  The  lasts  used  were  of  wood  exported 
from  the  United  States,  and  were  smeared  with  clay  to  prevent 

N2 


ISO  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.   [CHAP,  xviir. 

adhesion.  In  the  leg-  of  each  was  a  lon^  stick  serving  as  a  handle. 
The  last  was  dipped  irto  the  milk  and  immediately  held  over  the 
smoke,  which,  without  much  discolouring,  dried  the  surface  at 
once.  It  was  then  re-dipped,  and  the  process  was  repeated  a 
dozen  times  until  the  shoe  was  of  sufficient  thickness,  care  being 
taken  to  give  a  greater  number  of  coatings  to  the  bottom.  The 
whole  operation,  from  the  smearing  of  the  last  to  placing  the 
finished  shoe  in  the  sun,  required  less  than  five  minutes.  The 
shoe  was  now  of  a  slightly  more  yellowish  hue  than  the  liquid 
milk,  but  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours  it  became  of  a  reddish- 
brown.  After  an  exposure  of  twenty-four  hours,  it  is  figured  as 
we  see  upon  the  imported  shoes.  This  is  done  by  the  girls  with 
small  sticks  of  hard  wood,  or  the  needle-like  spines  of  some  of 
the  palms.  Stamping  has  been  tried,  but  without  success.  The 
shoe  is  now  cut  from  the  last  and  is  readv  for  sale,  brino-in"-  a 

* 

price  of  from  ten  to  twelve  vintens  or  cents  per  pair.  It  is  a 
long  time  before  they  assume  the  black  hue.  Brought  to  the 
city,  they  are  assorted,  the  best  being  laid  aside  for  exportation 
as  shoes,  the  others  as  waste  rubber.  The  proper  designation  for 
this  latter,  in  which  are  included  bottles,  sheets,  and  any  other 
form  excepting  selected  shoes,  is  borafha,  and  this  is  shipped  in 
bulk.  There  are  a  number  of  persons  in  the  city  who  make 
a  business  of  filling  shoes  with  rice-chaff  and  hay  previous  to 
their  being  packed  in  boxes.  They  are  generally  fashioned  into 
better  shape  by  being  stretched  upon  lasts  after  they  arrive  at 
their  final  destination.  By  far  the  greater  part  of  the  rubber 
exported  from  Pard  goes  to  the  United  States,  the  European 
consumption  being  comparatively  very  small. 

At  this  place  we  found  the  largest  and  finest  oranges  that  we 
had  ever  seen,  and  for  about  twelve  cents  purchased  a  bushel. 

Anatto  is  a  common  product  in  the  vicinity  of  Para,  but  in  no 
place  is  it  cultivated  to  much  extent.  The  plant  is  the  Bixaorel- 
lana.  It  is  a  shrub  growing  much  like  the  lilac,  and  bears  a 
dark  leif  similarly  shaped,  but  much  larger.  The  clusters  of 
fruit-pods  contain  numerous  small  red  seeds,  which  yield  the 
substance  known  as  the  anatto  of  commerce,  and  which  is  used 
extensively  in  colouring  cheese.  It  is  difficult  to  obtain  the 
anatto  in  a  pure  state ;  its  colour  so  much  resembles  that  of  red 
clay  as  to  render  adulteration  easy  and  profitable. 


CHAP,  xix.]  ARRIVAL  AT  PARA.  181 

Late  in  the  evening  we  arrived  at  Jaguary,  the  place  of  the 
late  Baron  Pombo,  who  was  the  greatest  proprietor  in  the  pro- 
vince, owning  more  than  one  thousand  slaves,  and  cultivating  an 
immense  territory.  The  village  consists  almost  entirely  of  the 
residences  of  those  dependent  upon  the  estate ;  and  the  bright 
light  of  torches  and  the  noise  of  various  factories  and  mills  indi- 
cated that  labour  was  exerting  itself  by  night  as  well  as  by  day. 
We  moored  close  under  the  Baron's  house,  a  large  palace-like 
edifice. 

Starting  once  more  at  two  in  the  morning  of  the  25th,  by 
three  we  had  crossed  the  Acara,  and  by  daybreak  were  within 
sight  of  the  city.  The  music  of  the  band,  the  ringing  of  the 
bells,  and  the  distant  hum,  came  towards  us  like  water  to  thirsty 
souls.  The  men  broke  out  into  a  joyous  song,  and  with  a  lively 
striking  of  their  paddles,  beating  time  to  their  quick  music,  they 
sped  us  past  canoe  after  canoe  that  in  easy  indolence  was  coursing 
like  ourselves. 

At  eight  o'clock  we  were  once  more  upon  the  Punto  da  Pe- 
dras,  the  spot  we  had  left  one  hundred  days  before,  receiving  the 
warm  congratulations  of  friends  and  the  curious  attentions  of  a 
mofley  crowd  who  had  collected  to  gaze  at  the  strangers  from  the 
Sertoen. 


CHAPTER  XIX. 

SHORTLY  after  our  return  commenced  the  festival  of  Nazare. 

This  is  the  grand  holiday  of  Para,  when  business  is  suspended 
and  citizens  have  no  care  but  pleasure.  Our  Lady  of  Nazareth 
seems  to  have  received  proper  honours  of  old  in  the  mother 
country,  and  the  faithful  colonists  still  acknowledged  her  maternal 
kindness  by  enshrining  her  as  their  most  popular  tutelary.  Did 
trouble  afflict,  or  sorrow  bow  down  :  did  danger  menace,  or  were 
dangers  escaped,  our  blessed  Lady  was  ever  considered  the 
friend  and  benefactress.  Many  are  the  traditions  of  her  mira- 
culous interpositions  and  wonderful  cures,  all  tending  to  prove 
how  well  she  deserves  the  exalted  place  she  holds  in  the  hearts  of 
all  good  citizens. 

Befitting  so  beneficent  a  saint  is  the  beautiful  spot  devoted  to 


182  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xix. 

her  worship  ;  a  neat  chapel  within  an  ever- verdant  forest- 
embowered  meadow.  Quite  lately  a  number  of  graceful  cottages 
have  been  erected  about  the  area,  mostly  by  wealthy  persons  in 
the  city,  who  prefer  to  live  here  during  the  festa.  At  this  time 
numerous  temporary  constructions  also  line  the  adjacent  road  on 
either  side,  or  find  room  about  the  square.  The  time  usually 
chosen  by  long  custom  is  the  last  of  September,  or  early  in 
October,  when  the  increasing  moon  throws  her  splendours  over 
the  scene,  and  the  dry  season  has  fairly  ushered  in  the  unclouded 
brilliant  nights ;  when  the  air  is  redolent  of  perfume,  and  deli- 
cious coolness  invites  from  the  closeness  of  the  city. 

Associated  with  the  kind  offices  of  our  Lady  is  an  ancient 
legend  deemed  worthy  an  annual  recollection.  It  is  of  a  knight 
who,  when  rushing  over  an  unnoticed  precipice  in  pursuit  of  a 
'leer,  was  saved  from  destruction  by  the  timely  apparition  of  our 
T^ady,  which  caused  the  deflection  of  his  affrighted  horse. 

It  was  about  four  in  the  afternoon,  when  the  fierce  sun's  heat 
began  to  lose  its  power,  that  the  procession  which  was  to  com- 
mence the  festa  by  escorting  our  Lady  to  her  chapel  formed  in 
the  Largo  da  Palacio.  Amid  the  din  of  music,  the  discharge  of 
rockets,  and  the  vociferous  applause  of  a  vast  crowd  of  blacks,  it 
set  forth.  AVe  had  accepted  the  kind  offer  of  a  friend,  and  were 
watching  from  a  balcony  in  the  Rua  da  Cadeira.  As  the  line 
approached,  first  and  most  conspicuous  was  a  car  drawn  by  oxen, 
in  which  were  stationed  boys  having  a  supply  of  rockets,  which 
at  little  intervals  they  discharged.  Nothing  so  pleases  a  Bra- 
zilian as  noise,  especially  the  noise  of  gunpowder  ;  and  not  only 
are  rockets  crackling  night  and  day  upon  every  public  occasion, 
but  the  citizens  are  wont  to  celebrate  their  own  private  rejoicings 
by  the  same  token. 

Directly  behind  this  car  came  another  similarly  drawn,  upon 
which  was  a  rude  representation  of  the  before-mentioned  legend 
— a  monster  of  a  man  upon  a  caricature  of  a  horse  being;  about 
to  leap  into  space,  while  a  canvass  virgin  upon  the  edge  of  the 
rock,  or  rather  in  the  middle  of  the  cart,  prevented  the  cata- 
strophe. Behind  her  was  an  exquisite  little  deer,  no  canvass 
abomination,  but  a  darling  of  a  thing,  just  from  the  forest,  wild 
and  startled.  The  poor  thing  could  not  comprehend  the  confu- 
sion, and  would  gladly  have  escaped,  but  the  cord  in  its  collar 


CHAP,  xix.]  PROCESSION— THE  FESTA.  183 

forced  it  back,  and  at  last,  seeming  resigned  to  its  fate,  it  lay  mo- 
tionless upon  its  bed  of  hay. 

Next  followed  the  carriages,  and  therein,  the  pictures  of  com- 
placence, sat  the  civic  dignitaries  and  civic  worthies.  As  loco- 
motion is  the  sole  object,  everything  that  can  contribute  thereto, 
from  the  crazy  old  tumble-down  vehicle  of  the  conquest,  through 
every  description  of  improvement  until  the  year  '46,  is  pressed 
into  the  service.  Most  noticeable  -in  this  part  of  the  procession 
is  the  President,  a  fine-looking  man,  whose  attention  is  constantly 
occupied  by  his  fair  friends  in  the  balconies.  Here  and  there  is 
a  foreign  consul,  conspicuous  among  whom  is  the  official  of  her 
Majesty  of  England,  a  venerable  soldierly  figure,  one  of  Wel- 
lington's campaigners  and  countrymen,  and  occupying  decidedly 
the  most  dashing  turn-out  of  the  day.  Last  of  the  carriages 
comes  a  queer-looking  vehicle,  known  by  no  conventional  name, 
but  four-wheeled,  and  resembling  the  after-part  of  an  antique 
hackney-coach  cut  in  two  vertically  and  crosswise.  In  this  sits 
a  grave  personage,  holding  in  his  hand  the  symbol  of  our  Lady, 
to  all  appearance  a  goodly  sized  wax-doll  in  full-dress,  magnili- 
cent  in  gaudy  ribbons,  and  glowing  with  tinsel.  Nos.-a  Senhora 
is  the  darling  of  the  crowd,  and  her  attractions  have  lost  none  of 
their  freshness  during  her  year's  seclusion. 

•/ 

Now  come  the  equestrians,  whose  chargers  do  credit  to  their 
research,  if  not  to  the  country  which  produced  them ;  now  and 
then  one  being  a  graceful  animal,  but  the  greater  number  raw- 
boned,  broken-winded,  down-hearted,  and  bat-bitten.  After 
these  come  black-robed  priests,  students  in  uniform,  and  genteel 
pedestrians,  and,  last  of  all,  the  military  in  force,  preceded  by 
their  fine  band. 

Passing  through  the  more  important  streets,  the  long  line  turns 
its  course  towards  Nazare,  and  here  our  Lady  is  deposited  upon 
the  altar  of  her  chapel,  and  the  festa  has  fairly  begun. 

The  festa  is  of  nine  days'  duration,  and  service  is  performed  in 
the  chapel  every  evening.  For  the  first  two  or  three  days  the 
people  are  scarcely  in  the  spirit  of  the  thing,  but  before  the 
novena  is  ended  the  city  is  deserted  and  its  crowds  are  at  home 
in  Nazare.  Let  us  take  a  sunset  walk  and  see  what  is  curious  in 
a  Para  festival.  The  brightness  of  day  has  passed,  with  scarcely 
an  interval,  into  the  little  inferior  brilliance  of  the  full  moon. 


184  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xix. 

The  trades,  that  blow  more  freshly  at  night,  unite  with  the  im- 
perceptibly falling  dew  in  exhilarating  after  the  day's  fatigues. 
Lofty  trees  and  dense  shrubs  throw  over  us  their  rapidly  varying 
shadows,  and  from  their  flower  homes  the  cicadas  and  other  night 
insects  chant  their  homage  to  the  blessed  Lady  in  a  vesper-hymn. 
Grave  matrons  are  passing  along  attended  by  servants  bearing 
prayer-books  ;  and  comfortable-looking  old  gentlemen,  who  have 
forgotten  age  in  the  universal  gaiety,  are  rivalling  young  beaux 
in  the  favours  of  laughing  girls  whose  uncovered  tresses  are  flash- 
ing in  the  moonlight,  and  from  whose  lips  the  sweet  tones  of  their 
beautiful  language  fall  on  the  ear  like  music.  Indians  move 
silently  about  in  strong  contrast  to  the  groups  of  blacks,  the  same 
noisy  careless  beings  as  elsewhere.  ^Numbers  of  wenches  pictu- 
resquely attired  are  bearing  tiaysof  do^es  upon  their  heads,  and 
children  of  every  age  add  their  share  of  life  and  glee  to  the  scene. 
Suddenly  we  leave  the  road  and  the  square  is  before  us.  The 
air  is  brilliant  with  torchlights ;  crowds  of  indistinct  moving 
figures  are  crossing  in  every  direction,  and  the  noisy  rattle  of  a 
hundred  gambling-tables  drowns  all  other  sounds.  These  tables 
are  as  remote  from  the  chapel  as  possible,  and  are  licensed  by  the 
authorities.  Upon  each  table  are  marked  three  colours — black, 
red,  and  yellow.  The  proprietor  holds  in  his  hand  a  large  box, 
in  which  are  a  number  of  corresponding  coloured  balls.  Who- 
ever is  inclined  stakes  his  money  upon  either  colour ;  a  little 
door  opens  in  the  side  of  the  box,  a  ball  comes  forth,  and  he  has 
lost  or  won  ;  probably  the  former,  for  the  chances  are  two  to 
one  against  him.  But  adverse  chances  make  no  difference,  and 
crowds  are  constantly  collected  about  the  tables,  mostly  of  little 
boys  who  have  staked  their  last  vinten,  and  who  watch  the  exit 
of  the  ball  with  outstretched  necks,  starting  eyes,  and  all  the 
excitement  of  inveterate  gamblers.  It  is  amusing  to  watch  these 
scenes.  The  complacent  proprietor,  very  likely  a  black  boy, 
grinning  so  knowingly  at  the  increasing  pile  before  him  and  at 
the  eagerness  of  his  dupes,  is  evidently  in  sunshine.  The  poor 
little  fellow  who  has  lost  his  all  turns  away  silently  with  dejected 
look  and  tearful  eyes.  But  let  him  win !  A  proud  satisfaction 
brightens  up  his  face,  he  looks  around  upon  his  unsuccessful 
mates  with  an  air  of  most  provoking  triumph,  and  slowly  rakes 
the  coppers  towards  him,  as  though  they  could  not  be  long  enough 


CHAP,  xix.]  THE  FESTA.  185 

in  coming.  Sometimes  a  pretty  Indian  girl  hesitatingly  stakes 
her  treasure,  timidly  hoping  that  she  may  yet  be  the  fortunate 
possessor  of  some  coveted  trinket :  but,  alas,  the  divinities  here 
are  heedless  of  black  eyes  and  raven  hair,  and  she  turns  away 
disappointed.  At  another  stand  nothing  less  than  paper  is  the 
etiquette,  and  some  of  Para's  bucks  seem  inclined  to  break  the 
bank  or  lose  their  last  milree. 

Scattered  everywhere  over  the  square  are  the  stands  of  the 
doce-girls,  who  are  doing  a  profitable  business.  Some  of  the 
cottages  round  about  are  fitted  up  with  a  tempting  display  of 
fancy  wares ;  others  are  used  as  cafes,  or  as  exhibition-rooms  for 
various  shows ;  and  from  others  come  the  sounds  of  music  and 
dancing.  Ladies  and  gentlemen  are  promenading  about,  waiting 
the  commencement  of  the  ceremonies  in  the  chapel. 

In  all  this  crowd  there  is  perfect  order,  and  no  drunken  brawl 
or  noisy  tumult  demands  the  police. 

At  eight  o'clock  service  is  notified  by  the  ascent  of  rockets, 
and  those  who  care  attend  the  chapel.  Within  are  the  more 
fashionable  ladies  and  a  few  gentlemen ;  without,  in  the  large 
open  portico,  are  seated  upon  the  floor  the  black  and  Indian 
women,  dressed  in  white,  with  flowers  in  their  hair,  and  profusely 
scented  with  vanilla.  The  congiegation  is  still,  the  ceremonies 
proceed.  Suddenly  a  sweet  chant  is  commenced  by  the  choir, 
one  of  the  beautiful  Portuguese  hymns.  The  chorus  is  caught 
by  the  crowd  in  the  portico.  An  old  negre>s  rises  upon  her 
knees,  and  acts  the  part  of  chorister  and  guide  in  a  voice  almost 
drowning  the  sweet  tones  about  her,  calling  successively  upon  all 
the  saints  of  the  calendar.  "  Hail  to  tliee,  Sunto  Tomasio  !  Hail 
to  thee,  Santo  Ignacio !"  Certainly  she  has  a  good  memory. 
There  is  something  indescribably  beautiful  in  the  tones  of  these 
singers.  Men,  women,  and  children  all  join  in  the  same  high 
key,  and  the  effect  is  wild  and  startling. 

The  service  is  over,  and  the  amusements  succeeding  encroach 
far  into  the  small  hours  of  morning.  Balls  and  parties  are  given 
in  the  cottages  or  beneath  the  broad  spreading  trees,  and  the 
light-hearted  and  happy  dance  until  they  are  weary  to  the  music 
of  the  guitar  or  their  own  songs. 

While  we  were  in  Para  an  interesting  incident  occurred  to 
diversify  the  festival.  A  few  weeks  before,  a  Portuguese  bark 


18C  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  xx. 

had  left  Para  for  Lisbon.  One  day  out  of  the  river,  in  the 
early  morning,  a  squall  struck  her,  threw  her  upon  her  beam's 
end.  and  she  was  capsized  before  a  single  passenger  could  escape 
from  the  cabin.  The  mate  and  seven  seamen  were  thrown  unhurt 
into  the  water.  The  small  boat  was  likewise  cast  loose,  and  this 
they  succeeded  in  attaining.  They  were  in  the  ocean  without 
one  morsel  to  eat  or  one  drop  of  water.  For  several  weary 
days  they  pulled,  and,  worn  out  by  hunger  and  thirst,  they  laid 
them  down  to  die.  They  had  implored  the  aid  of  our  Lady  of 
Nazareth,  had  made  her  a  thousand  vows,  but  she  would  not  save 
them.  One  rises  for  one  more  last  look  ;  land  is  in  view  ;  hope 
rouses  their  wasted  frames,  and  they  reach  Cayenne  in  safety. 
The  inhabitants  succour  them  and  send  them  to  Para  with  the 
boat,  whither  they  arrive  during  the  festa,  bringing  the  first 
accounts  of  the  disaster.  The  enthusiasm  of  the  people  was 
extreme.  An  immense  procession  was  formed.  The  boat  was 
borne  upon  the  shoulders  of  the  saved  men.  and  deposited  with 
rejoicings  in  the  portico  of  our  Lady's  chapel,  another  memorial 
of  her  kindly  aid. 


CHAPTER  XX. 

THE  far-famed  island  of  Marajo.  a  little  world  of  itself,  differing 
from  aught  else  in  its  appearance,  its  productions,  its  birds,  and 
its  animals,  had  long  been  to  us  an  object  of  the  most  intense 
curiosity.  Did  we  inquire  the  whereabouts  of  any  curious  animal 
of  the  dealer  in  the  Rua.  almost  invariably  the  answer  was  Mai  ajo ; 
or  the  locum  teneus  of  some  equally  curious  bird  of  the  wenches 
on  the  Punto  da  Pedras,  of  cour>e  it  was  Marajo.  Could  not 
we  catch  a  glimpse  of  an  alligator?  Yes.  thousands  on  Marajo. 
And  monster  snakes  and  tigers?  Always  on  Marajo.  One 
would  have  thought  this  island  a  general  depot,  a  sort  of 
Pantological  Institute,  where  any  curiosity  might  be  satisfied  by 
the  going.  Ever  since  we  had  been  in  the  country  we  had  heard 
of  it.  had  seen  occasionally  the  distant  tree-tops,  and  had  even 
coasted  along  its  upper  side  in  the  galliota;  but  our  longings  for 
a  face-to-face  acquaintance  and  an  exploration  of  its  wonders 


CHAP.  xx.J  CAPE  MAGOARY  167 

seemed  likely  to  remain  ungratified.  And  yet  we  had  been  upon 
the  eve  of  seeing  Marajo  for  the  last  thirty  days,  thanks  to  Mr. 
Campbell's  kindness  ;  but  the  festa  of  our  Lady  of  Nazareth  and 
the  slow  and  easy  habits  of  the  people  had  kept  us  waiting  from 
day  to  day,  until  the  Undine's  arrival,  and  expected  speedy 
return,  bade  us  bend  our  thoughts  homeward. 

But  our  intention  was  fulfilled  after  all.  At  an  hour's  notice 
we  left  Para,  about  nine  o'clock  one  pleasant  evening  in  Sep- 
tember, dropping  down  with  the  ebbing  tide.  Our  destination 
was  Jungcal,  upon  the  remote  north-west  corner  of  the  island. 
The  distance  is  not  very  great ;  a  clipper  schooner  would  call  it 
a  holiday  excursion,  and  a  little  steamer  which  could  mock  at  the 
trades  and  the  flood-tides  would  run  it  off  in  a  pleasant  morning. 
As  it  is, — and  alas  that  it  should  be  so  ! — the  Jungcal  passengers 
think  themselves  fortunate  if  the  winds  and  ^des  of  a  week  speed 
them  to  the  destined  point.  Our  craft  was  a  cattle-boat,  a  little 
schooner  without  a  keel,  with  the  least  possible  quarter-deck,  and 
scanty  turnings-in  for  two  below.  A  year  before  we  should  have 
quarrelled  with  the  rats  and  cockroaches,  but  our  recent  expe- 
rience had  endued  us  with  a  most  comfortable  coolness  in  our 
manner  of  taking  such  small  inconveniences.  The  crew  were  half- 
breeds,  about  a  dozen  in  all,  men  and  boys.  The  captain  was  a 
mulatto,  not.  over  twenty  years  of  age,  intelligent  and  sufficiently 
attentive.  Had  it  not  been  for  these  attractive  qualities,  we 
should  have  grumbled  unconscionably  at  a  speculation  of  his, 
whereby,  to  deposit  an  Indian  woman  who  had  ventured  on 
board  as  passenger  in  the  steerage,  he  had  lost  an  entire  day  in 
crossing  to  the  Marajo  side  and  back  again.  One  would  naturally 
suppose  that,  once  upon  the  island  shore,  we  could  have  coasted 
around  Cape  Magoary  without,  re-crossing ;  but  the  river  is  beset 
with  shoals,  and  no  careful  survey  has  yet  sufficed  to  put  these 
mariners  at  their  ease. 

Early  upon  the  fourth  morning  we  struck  across  from  Point 
Taipii,  sixty  rniles  only  below  Para,  and  soon  were  running 
towards  Cape  Magoary  with  no  guide  but  the  stars,  beyond  view 
of  land  on  either  side.  Our  careful  captain  himself  took  the 
helm,  and  as  we  neared  the  shoals  a  man  was  constantly  heaving 
the  lead.  The  channel  now  was  usually  but  one  and  two  fathoms 
deep,  and  the  brackish  taste  of  the  water  was  soon  lost  in  the 


188  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.       [CHAP.  xx. 

overpowering  current  which  set  in  from  the  main  Amazon. 
Beyond  Cape  Magoary  are  a  number  of  small  islands,  the  names 
of  three  of  which  are  the  Ship,  the  Bow,  and  the  Flycatcher,  or 
Navio,  Arco,  and  Bentivee  ;  all  uninhabited  by  man,  and  affording 
secure  homes  to  countless  water-birds.  The  isle  of  the  Bow  is 
overrun  with  wild  hogs,  the  increase  of  a  tame  herd  once  wrecked 
upon  a  shoal  near  by.  Here  the  captain  offered  to  land  us  for  an 
afternoon's  sport,  but  the  wind  was  fresh,  and  we  were  too  near 
Jungcal  for  any  such  enticements.  Late  in  the  evening  we 
crossed  the  bar,  passing  into  a  small  igaripe,  and  in  a  few 
minutes  were  moored  off  the  cattle-pen.  Once  more  we  slept 
quietly,  undisturbed  by  surfs  and  tossings. 

The  morning  dawned  in  all  the  splendour  of  a  tropical  summer, 
and  long  before  the  sun's  rays  had  gilded  the  tree-tops  we 
were  luxuriating  in,  the  fresh  invigorating  breeze,  and  admiring 
the  beautiful  vicinity  that  wanted  not  even  the  sunlight  to 
enchant  us.  The  ebbing  tide  had  left  exposed  a  large  flat, 
extending  an  eighth  of  a  mile  opposite  the  cattle-pen,  and  lost, 
at  perhaps  twice  that  distance,  in  the  woods  above.  Here  and 
there  a  tiny  stream  crept  slowly  down,  as  if  loth  to  leave  the 
beautiful  quiet  island  for  the  rough  waters  beyond.  Directly  at 
our  side  an  impervious  cane-brake  shot  up  its  tasselled  spires, 
rustling  in  the  wind  ;  while  in  every  other  direction  was  piled 
the  dark  massive  foliage  of  tropical  shrubs  and  trees.  Above, 
and  bevond  reach  of  harm,  a  number  of  great  blue  herons  were 
stalking  solemnly  about,  and  near  them  a  company  of  spoon- 
bills and  white  egrets  displayed  to  us  their  delicate  tints  in  the 
increasing  light.  Opposite,  a  constantly  gathering  flock  of  large 
white  herons  were  intently  watching  our  movements,  as  though 
balancing  in  their  own  minds  the  chances  of  danger  with  the 
prospect  of  no  breakfast  and  a  hungry  family  at  home. 

But  the  loveliest  views  will  tire  in  time,  and,  despite  the 
interest  we  felt  in  the  position  of  things  about  us,  when  hour  after 
hour  passed  away,  and  the  gentle  twilight  became  the  fierce 
morning  heat,  while  the  scarcely  perceptible  ebbing  tide  would 
in  no  wise  speed  its  movements  in  our  behalf,  we  began  to  feel 
somewhat  like  prisoners  in  durance.  So,  to  vary  the  scene,  we 
ventured  by  the  kindly  aid  of  some  tottering  poles  to  gain  the 
shore,  and  started  to  explore  a  little  landward.  But  the  country 


CHAP,  xx.]          JUNGCAL-A  BREAKFAST— BirxDS.  189 

soon  opened  out  into  a  campo,  and  the  baked  clay,  uncovered 
with  verdure  and  deeply  indented  by  the  hoofs  of  cattle,  made 
walking  out  of  the  question  ;  therefore  we  were  fain  to  turn  back 
again,  and,  perched  upon  a  fence-top,  attempted  resignation. 

When  the  tide  did  turn  it  made  amends  for  all  sluggishness, 
dashing  furiously  in  with  a  seven-mile  velocity,  instantly  flooding 
the  shoals  and  filling  the  channel.  Quickly  we  were  in  the  boat 
and  hurrying  towards  Jungcal,  unaided  by  the  paddle,  save  in 
keeping  the  course.  The  birds  which  had  been  feeding  had 
gathered  themselves  hastily  up,  and  now  sat  perched  upon  the 
overhanging  trees,  gazing  down  as  if  they  did  not  half  com- 
prehend the  mystery  of  such  a  sudden  wateriness,  although  daily, 
for  their  lives  long,  they  had  thus  been  shortened  of  their 
morning's  meal.  A  pair  of  king  vultures,  urubutingas,  were 
sailing  overhead,  conspicuous  for  their  white  shoulders  and  glossy 
plumage.  Two  miles  quickly  sped  brought  us  to  Jungcal,  a 
small  settlement  of  some  half-dozen  houses,  residences  of  the 
overseers  and  cattle-drivers.  We  were  greeted  as  old  friends, 
and,  being  just  in  time  for  breakfast,  sat  down — be  not  startled, 
companions  of  our  heretofore  wanderings,  who  have  heard  us 
discourse  upon  the  virtues  of  aboriginal  diet,  and  partaken 
with  us  of  monkey  and  sloth,  parrots,  cow-fishes,  and  land 
turtles — sat  down  to  a  steak,  not  of  the  exquisitely  flavoured 
victim  of  the  Fulton  market,  nor  of  the  delicious  colt-flesh  of 
the  Patagonian  gourmand ;  but  to  one  more  exquisite,  more 
delicious.  Ah  !  ye  young  alligators,  now  comprehended  we  wliy 
chary  nature  had  encased  ye  in  triple  mail. 

One  of  our  objects  in  visiting  Jungcal  was  too  see  a  rookery 
of  ibises  and  spoonbills  in  the  neighbourhood ;  but  as  the  day 
had  so  far  advanced,  we  determined  to  postpone  an  excursion 
thither  until  the  morning.  Meanwhile  we  amused  ourselves  in 
exploring  the  vicinity,  and  in  looking  over  the  beautiful  collection 
of  bird-skins  belonging  to  Mr.  Hauxwell,  an  English  collector, 
whom  we  were  agreeably  surprised  to  meet  here.  It  was  inte- 
resting to  find  so  many  of  the  water  birds  of  the  United  States 
common  here  also,  and  to  recognise  in  the  herons,  the  7'ails,  the 
gallinules,  the  ibises,  the  shore -birds,  et  -multi  alii,  so  many  old 
acquaintances,  in  whose  society  we  had,  long  ago,  whiled  away 
many  a  delightful  hoar. 


190  A  VOYAGE  UP  T&E  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xxi. 

Upon  one  side  of  the  houses  the  bamboos  formed  a  dense 
hedge,  but  elsewhere  in  every  direction  stretched  a  vast  campo, 
unmarked  by  tree  or  bush,  save  where  the  fringed  stream  but 
partially  redeemed  the  general  character.  A  few  horses  were 
feeding  about,  the  last  remnant  of  vast  herds  that  once  roamed 
the  island,  but  which  have  disappeared  of  late  years  by  a  conta- 
gious pestilence  ;  and  which,  judging  from  the  specimens  \ve  saw, 
were  anything  but  the  fiery  coursers  described  as  herding  on  the 
perhaps  more  congenial  plains  to  the  north  and  south. 

Upon  the  margin  of  a  small  pond  close  by  a  number  of  scar- 
let ibises  were  feeding,  so  tame,  from  all  absence  of  molestation, 
as  to  allow  of  near  approach.  Terra-terras  were  screaming 
about,  and  at  a  distance  stalked  a  pair  of  huge  white  birds,  known 
in  the  island  as  tuyuyus,  Mycteria  Americana.  We  were  ex- 
ceedingly desirous  to  obtain  one  of  these  birds,  but  they  were 
wary,  and  kept  far  beyond  even  rifle-shot.  They  are  not  uncom- 
mon upon  the  campos,  and  are  occasionally  seen  domesticated  in 
the  city.  A  young  one  which  we  had  previously  seen  in  the 
garden  of  the  palace  stood  between  four  and  five  feet  from  the 
ground.  "When  full-grown  the  tuyuyu  is  upwards  of  six  feet  in 
height.  Its  neck  is  bare  of  feathers,  and,  for  two-thirds  of  its 
length  from  above,  black  ;  the  remainder  is  of  a  dark  red.  Its 
bill  is  about  fifteen  inches  long,  and  by  its  habit  of  striking  the 
mandibles  together  a  loud  clattering  noise  is  produced.  About 
every  house  were  pens  in  which  were  scores  of  young  ibises  and 
spoonbills,  which  had  been  brought  from  the  rookery  for  the  pur- 
pose of  selling  in  Para.  They  readily  became  tame  and  well  re- 
paid the  care  of  the  negroes.  Brought  up  for  the  same  purpose 
were  parrots,  paroquets,  blackbirds,  larks,  and  egrets ;  besides  a 
mischievous  coati,  who  was  everywhere  but  where  he  should 
have  been.  Towards  nisrht  vast  flocks  of  various  water-birds 
came  flying  inland,  attracting  attention  by  their  gaudy  colouring 
and  noisy  flight. 


CHAFfER  XXI. 

THE  length  of  the  island  of  Marajo  is  about  one  hundred  and 
twenty  miles ;  its  breadth  averages  from  sixty  to  eighty.     Much 


CHAP,  xxi.]  MARA  JO— CATTLE— TIGERS.  191 

of  it  is  well  wooded,  but  far  the  larger  part  is  campo,  covered 
during  the  wet  season  with  coarse  tall  grass.  At  that  time  the 
whole  island  is  little  more  than  a  labyrinth  of  lakes.  In  summer 
the  superabundant  waters  are  drained  by  numerous  igaripes,  and, 
rain  rarely  falling,  this  watery  surface  is  exchanged  for  a  garden 
of  beauty  in  some  parts,  and  into  a  desert  upon  the  campos.  The 
population  of  the  island  is  large,  consisting  mostly  of  Indians  and 
half-breeds.  Some  of  the  towns,  however,  are  of  considerable 
size,  but  most  of  the  inhabitants  are  scattered  along  the  coast  and 
upon  the  igaripes.  Four  hundred  thousand  cattle  roam  over  the 
campos,  belonging  to  various  proprietors,  the  different  herds  being 
distinguishable  by  peculiar  marks  or  brands.  The  estate  of  which 
Jungcal  forms  part  numbers  thirty  thousand  cattle,  and  a  great 
number  of  Indians  and  blacks  are  employed  in  their  care,  keeping 
them  together,  driving  them  up  at  proper  seasons  to  be  marked, 
and  collecting  such  as  are  wanted  for  exportation  to  the  city. 
These  men  become  extremely  attached  to  this  wild  life,  and  are 
a  fearless,  hardy  race,  admirable  horsemen,  and  expert  with  the 
lasso.  When  horses  abounded,  it  was  customary  to  drive  the 
marketable  cattle  towards  the  Para  side  of  the  island,  whence 
transmission  to  the  city  was  easy  ;  but  at  present  they  are  shipped 
from  Jungcal,  or  other  places  still  more  remote,  thus  causing 
great  waste  of  time,  and  ruining  the  quality  of  the  beef.  The 
cattle  are  of  good  size,  but  not  equal  to  those  of  the  south. 
Great  numbers  of  young  cattle,  and  old  ones  unable  to  keep  up 
with  the  herd,  are  destroyed  by  the  "  tigres"  which  name  is  ap- 
plied without  much  precision  to  different  species.  The  black 
tiger  is  seen  occasionally  ;  the  Felis  on^a  is  most  common  of  all. 
Neither  of  these  is  known  to  attack  man  ;  and  in  their  pursuit 
the  islanders  exhibit  great  fearlessness  and  address,  never  hesitat- 
ing to  attack  them  when  driven  to  a  tree,  armed  with  a  tresado 
fastened  to  a  pole.  At  other  times  they  overtake  them  upon  the 
campos,  running  them  down  with  horses  and  lassoing  them. 
Once  thus  caught,  the  tiger  has  no  escape.  He  is  quickly  stran- 
gled, his  legs  are  tied,  and,  thrown  over  the  horse's  back  like  a 
sack  of  meal,  he  arrives  at  the  hut  of  his  captor.  Here  a  dash  of 
water  revives  him,  but  his  efforts  to  escape  are  futile.  An  onca 
taken  in  this  manner  was  brought  to  Para  for  Mr.  Campbell. 
He  was  strangled  both  on  being  taken  on  and  oiT  the  canoe,  and, 


132  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xxr. 

after  beinj;  revived,  was  marched  upon  his  fore  legs  through  the 
streets,  two  men  holding  each  a  hind  leg,  and  others  guiding-  him 
by  the  collar  upon  his  neck.  This  animal  was  afterwards  brought 
to  New  York  by  Captain  Appleton.  Frequently  young  tigers  are 
exposed  for  sale  in  the  market,  and  one  of  these  was  our  fellow- 
passenger  in  the  "  Undine"  upon  our  return.  We  read  in  works 
of  natural  history  most  alarming  accounts  of  the  fierceness  of  the 
Brazilian  felines,  but,  as  a  Spanish  gentleman  remarked  to  us  of 
the  jaguar,  "  those  were  ancient  jaguars — they  are  not  so  bad 
now-a-days." 

The  cattle  have  another  enemy  in  the  alligators,  which  seem  to 
have  concentrated  in  Marajo  from  the  whole  region  of  the  Ama- 
zon, swarming  in  the  lagoons  and  i»aripes.  There  are  two  spe- 
cies of  these  animals,  one  having  a  sharp  mouth,  the  other  a  round 
one.  The  former  grow  to  the  length  of  about  seven  feet  only, 
and  are  called  jacare-tingas  or  king  jacares.  This  is  the  kind 
eaten.  The  other  species  is  much  larger,  often  beiny  se^n  twenty 
feet  in  length,  and  we  were  assured  by  Mr.  Campbell  that  skele- 
tons of  individuals  upwards  of  twenty-five  feet  in  length  are 
sometimes  encountered. 

In  the  inner  lakes  towards  the  close  of  the  rainy  season  my- 
riads of  ducks  breed  in  the  rushes,  and  here  the  alligators  swarm 
to  the  banquet  of  young  birds.  Should  an  adventurous  sports- 
man succeed  in  arriving  at  one  of  these  places,  he  has  but  a  poor 
chance  of  bagging  many  from  the  flocks  around  him,  for  the 
alligators  are  upon  the  alert,  and  the  instant  a  wounded  bird 
strikes  the  water  they  rush  en  masse  for  tlie  poor  victim,  clam- 
bering over  one  another  and  crashing  their  huge  jaws  upon  each 
others'  heads  in  their  hasty  seizure.  Late  in  the  wet  season  they 
lay  their  eggs,  and  soon  after,  instead  of  becoming  torpid,  as  would 
be  the  case  in  a  colder  climate,  bury  themselves  in  the  mud, 
which,  hardening  about  them,  effectually  restrains  their  locomo- 
tion until  the  next  rains  allow  their  dislodgment.  The  inhabit- 
ants universally  believe  that  the  alligator  is  paralyzed  with  fear 
at  the  sight  of  a  tiger,  and  will  suffer  that  animal  to  eat  off  its 
tail  without  making  resistance.  The  story  is  complimentary  to 
the  tiger  at  all  events,  for  the  tail  of  the  alligator  is  the  only  part 
in  esteem  by  epicures. 

JSnakes  spend  their  summers  in  the  same  confinement  as  alii- 


CHAP,  xxi.]  SNAKES— A  NT  AS.  193 


gators,  and,  upon  their  issuing  forth,  are  said  to  be  very  numerous 
and  often  of  great  size.  It  was  from  Marajo  that  the  anaconda, 
now  or  lately  exhibited  at  the  American  Museum,  was  brought, 
and  this  fellow,  as  well  as  the  "  Twin  Caffres,"  we  frequently 
saw  at  Para  before  their  transportation  to  New  York.  The 
largest  snake  known  of  late  years  at  Para  was  twenty-two  feet  in 
length.  He  was  captured  upon  Fernando's  Island,  near  the  city, 
by  the  negroes  with  a  lasso,  as  he  lay  upon  the  shore  basking  in 
the  sun.  He  had  long  infested  the  estate,  carrying  off,  one  time 
with  another,  about  forty  pigs.  Even  after  being  captured  and 
dragged  a  long  way  to  the  house,  he  coiled  his  tail  around  a  too 
curious  pig,  that  we  may  suppose  was  gloating  over  his  fallen 
enemy,  and  would  have  made  a  forty-one  of  him,  had  not  the  ex- 
ertions of  the  blacks  forced  him  to  let  go  his  hold. 

We  never  heard  an  instance  of  snakes  attacking  man,  and  the 
negroes  do  not  fear  an  encounter  with  the  largest.  Snake-hunts, 
doubtless,  have  exciting  interest  as  well  as  others  less  ignoble. 
As  elsewhere  remarked,  these  reptiles  are  very  frequently  kept 
about  houses  in  the  city,  and  may  be  often  purchased  in  the 
market  nicely  coiled  in  earthen  jars.  Southey  records  an  old  story 
to  this  effect :  "  that  when  the  anaconda  has  swallowed  an  anta,  or 
any  of  the  larger  animals,  it  is  unable  to  digest  it,  arid  lies  down 
in  the  sun  till  the  carcass  putrifies,  and  the  urubus,  or  vultures, 
come  and  devour  both  it  and  the  snake,  picking  the  flesh  of  the 
snake  to  the  back-bone,  till  only  back-bone,  head,  and  tail  are  left ; 
then  the  flesh  grows  again  over  this  living  skeleton,  and  the  snake 
becomes  as  active  as  before."  The  march  of  knowledge  in  this 
department  is  certainly  onward;  now,  gentlemen  in  Para  believe 
no  more,  than  that  the  whole  belly  and  stomach  fall  out  trap- 
door-like, soon  to  heal  again,  and  ready  for  a  repetition.  In 
either  case  the  poor  snake  is  much  to  be  pitied. 

The  antas,  or  tapirs,  ai*e  animals  not  often  found  upon  the 
mainland,  but  occasionally  observed  on  Marajo  along  the 
igaripes.  They  are  by  many  considered  as  amphibious,  but  they 
live  upon  the  land,  merely  resorting  to  the  water  for  bathing. 
In  size  they  resemble  a  calf  of  a  few  months,  and  when  old  are 
of  a  brown  colour.  They  are  remarkable  for  a  proboscis-like 
nose.  When  tamed,  they  are  extremely  docile,  and  are  allowed 
to  roam  freely,  being  taught  to  return  home  regularly.  One 

o 


194  A  VOYAGE  UP  THfe  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  rsi. 

which  we  saw  in  this  state  was  small,  and  marked  with  lonoitu- 
dinal  spots  of  a  light  colour. 

The  large  ant-eater  is  also  a  dweller  on  Marajo. 

The  ducks  breeding  upon  this  island  are  of  two  kinds,  the  common 
musk-duck  and  the  maracas  (Anas  autumnalis).  The  latter  are 
most  numerous.  By  the  month  of  September  the  young  are  well 
grown,  and  the  old  birds  are  debilitated  from  loss  of  their 
wing-quills.  Then,  particularly  upon  Igaripe  Grande,  on  the 
Para  side,  people  collect  the  ducks  in  great  flocks,  driving  them 
to  a  convenient  place,  and,  catching  them,  salt  them  down  by  the 
canoe- load. 

Of  the  water-birds  frequenting  Marajo,  the  scarlet  ibis  and 
the  roseate  spoonbill  excel  all  in  gorgeousness  and  delicate 
colouring.  The  ibises  are  of  the  brightest  scarlet,  excepting  the 
black  tips  of  the  wings,  and  their  appearance  when,  in  serried 
ranks  the  length  of  a  mile,  they  first  come  to  their  breeding-place, 
is  described,  as  one  might  well  imagine  it,  as  wonderfully  magni- 
ficent. They  appear  in  this  manner  in  the  month  of  June,  and  at 
once  set  about  the  forming  of  their  nests.  At  this  time  they  are 
in  perfect  plumage,  but,  soon  commencing  to  moult,  they  lose 
somewhat  of  their  beauty.  The  young  birds  are  ready  to  depart 
in  December,  and  then  the  whole  family  disappear  from  the 
vicinity,  excepting  a  few  individuals  here  and  there.  In  Maran- 
ham  the  breeding-season  is  in  February,  and,  in  that  month, 
Captain  Appleton  found  them  there  in  vast  numbers.  Sometimes, 
but  rarely,  they  are  observed  in  the  gulf  districts  of  the  United 
States,  but  they  have  never  been  known  to  breed  there.  The 
nests  are  made  of  small  sticks,  loosely  formed.  From  two  to 
three  eggs  are  laid,  greenish  in  colour,  and  spotted  with  light 
brown. 

The  roseate  spoonbills  do  not  migrate  as  do  the  ibises,  being 
quite  common  upon  the  whole  coast,  and  sometimes  being  seen 
far  up  the  Amazon  in  summer.  The  delicate  roseate  of  their 
general  colouring,  with  the  rich  lustrous  carmine  of  their  shoul- 
ders and  breast-tufts,  as  well  as  the  singular  formation  of  their 
bills,  render  them  objects  of  great  interest  as  well  as  beauty. 
They  are  seen  fishing  for  shrimps  and  other  small  matters  along 
the  edges  of  the  water,  or  in  the  mud  left  exposed  by  the  ebbing 
tide,  and,  as  they  eat,  grind  the  food  in  their  mandibles  moved 


CHAP,  xxi.]      MIXI ANA— INDIAN  BURIAL-PLACES.  195 

laterally.  As  well  as  the  ibis,  they  are  exceedingly  shy  at  every 
season  except  when  breeding.  They  breed  in  the  same  places 
with  the  scarlet  ibises  and  the  wood  ibises,  and  the  nests  of  the 
three  resemble  each  other  in  every  respect  but  in  size.  The  eggs 
of  the  spoonbill  are  from  three  to  four,  large,  white,  and  much 
spotted  with  brown.  The  birds  are  called  by  the  Brazilians 
colhereiros,  meaning  spoonbill.  The  name  of  the  ibis  is  guerra, 
signifying  warrior. 

Another  of  the  northern  birds  here  breeding  is  the  wood  ibis, 
Tantalus  loculator,  much  larger  than  either  of  the  above.  Its 
general  plumage  is  white,  the  tips  of  the  wings  and  the  tail  being 
a  purplish-black.  By  the  natives  it  is  called  the  jabiru,  which 
name  in  Ornithologies  is  more  generally  applied  to  the  tuyuyu. 
It  lays  two  or  three  eggs  of  a  dirty-white  colour. 

We  found  here  also  one  of  the  rarer  land-birds  of  Audubon, 
the  fork- tailed  fly-catcher,  Muscicapa  forficatus,and  were  fortunate 
enough  to  discover  its  nest.  This  was  near  the  water,  in  a  low 
tree,  and  was  composed  of  grass  and  the  down  of  some  plant. 
The  eggs  were  two  in  number,  white,  and  spotted  with  brown, 
at  the  larger  end  more  particularly,  resembling,  except  in  size, 
those  of  our  king-bird. 

Opposite  Jungcal,  and  in  view  from  the  shore,  is  the  island  of 
Mixiana,  twenty- five  miles  in  length,  and  resembling  Marajo  in 
its  characteristics.  This  is  entirely  the  property  of  Senhors 
Campbell  and  Pombo,  the  proprietors  of  the  Jungcal  estate,  and 
here  they  have  many  thousand  cattle. 

Upon  Mixiana  are  Indian  burial-places,  and  from  these  are 
disinterred  urns  of  great  size,  containing  bones  and  various 
trinkets.  Unfortunately  our  time  would  not  allow  us  to  visit 
that  island,  or  we  should  have  been  at  the  pains  of  exploring  these 
interesting  remains.  "VVe  saw,  however,  one  of  the  jars  at 
Jungcal.  Similar  burying-places  are  found  in  various  parts  of 
Brazil  and  Paraguay,  and  the  ancient  method  of  interment  in 
most  of  the  tribes  was  the  same. 

Beyond  Mixiana  is  the  much  larger  island  of  Caviana,  and 
many  other  islands  of  considerable  size  are  strewn  over  the  mouth 
of  the  river. 

Upon  the  opposite  shore  is  the  town  of  Macapa,  said  to  con- 
tain the  finest  fort  in  Brazil.  The  situation  is  considered 

o  2 


196  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xn. 

unhealthy,  and  foreigners  rarely  visit  there.  Sailing  from  Para 
to  Macapa,  one  passes  more  than  forty  islands.  Between  Macapa 
and  Marajo  is  seen  in  its  perfection  the  singular  phenomenon 
known  as  the  Bore,  or  Pororoca,  when  the  flood-tide  at  the 
instant  of  its  turning  rolls  back  the  waters  of  the  river  in  an 
almost  perpendicular  wall.  Condamine,  many  years  ago,  described 
the  sea  as  "  coming  in,  in  a  promontory  from  twelve  to  fifteen 
feet  high,  with  prodigious  rapidity,  and  sweeping  away  everything 
in  its  course."  No  one  knows  of  such  terrible  phenomena  now- 
a-days.  We  inquired  of  several  persons  accustomed  to  piloting 
in  the  main  channel,  and  of  others  long  resident  in  the  city  and 
familiar  with  the  wonders  of  the  province,  but  none  of  them  had 
known  the  water  to  rise  above  the  height  of  five  feet,  even  at  the 
spring-tides.  A  canoe  of  any  size  is  in  no  danger,  her  bow  being 
turned  to  the  flood. 

Early  in  the  morning  we  accompanied  Mr.  Hauxwell  to  a 
tree  upon  which  a  pair  of  tuyuyus  were  building  their  nest.  A 
nimble  Indian  climbed  the  tree,  but  the  nest  was  unfinished.  It  was 
thirty  feet  from  the  ground,  composed  of  large  sticks,  and  looked 
from  below  big  enough  for  the  man  to  have  curled  himself  in. 

We  left  Jungcal  for  the  rookery  about  nine  o'clock,  with  the 
flood-tide,  in  a  moritaria  with  a  couple  of  guides.  They  were 
men  of  the  estate,  and  looked  upon  the  adventure  as  most  lucky 
for  them.  Making  pleasure  subservient  to  business,  they  carried 
their  harpoons  for  fish  or  alligators,  and  baskets  for  young  birds. 
Immediately  after  leaving  the  landing  we  startled  a  cigana  from 
her  nest  in  the  low  bushes  by  the  water.  The  stream  grew  more 
and  more  narrow,  winding  in  every  direction.  Tops  of  tall 
trees  met  over  our  heads,  countless  flowers  filled  the  air  with 
perfume,  and  the  light  and  shade  played  beautifully  among  the 
green  masses  of  foliage. 

Upon  the  trees  were  perched  birds  of  every  variety,  which  flew 
before  our  advance  at  short  distances  in  constantly  increasing 
numbers,  or,  curving,  passed  directly  over  us ;  in  either  case 
affording  marks  too  tempting  to  be  neglected.  Upon  some  top- 
most limb  the  great  blue  heron,  elsewhere  shyest  of  the  shy,  sat 
curiously  gazing  at  our  approach.  Near  him,  but  lower  down, 
herons  white  as  driven  snow — some  tall  and  majestic  as  river 
naiads,  others  small  and  the  pictures  of  gracu— were  quietly  dozing 


CHAP,  xxi.]  ALLIGATORS— THE  ROOKERY.  197 

after  their  morning's  meal.  Multitudes  of  night  herons,  or  tacares, 
with  a  loud  quack,  flew  startled  by ;  and  now  and  then,  but 
rarely,  a  boatbill  with  his  long-plumed  crest  would  scud  before  us. 
The  snakebird  peered  out  his  long  neck  to  discover  the  cause  of 
the  general  commotion  ;  the  cormorant  dove,  from  the  dry  stick 
where  he  had  slept  away  the  last  hour,  into  the  water  below, 
swimming  with  head  scarcely  visible  above  the  surface,  and  a 
ready  eye  to  a  treacherous  shot,  Ducks  rose  hurriedly,  and  whistled 
away ;  curassows  flew  timidly  to  the  deeper  wood ;  and  fearless 
hawks,  of  many  varieties,  looked  boldly  on  the  danger. 

With  a  noise  like  a  falling  log  an  alligator  would  splash  into 
the  water  from  the  bank  where  she  had  been  sunning  herself  or 
looking  after  her  nest ;  and  often  at  once  half  a  dozen  huge,  un- 
sightly heads  were  lifted  above  the  surface,  offering  a  fair  but 
not  always  practicable  mark  for  a  half-ounce  ball.  Occasion- 
ally a  whole  family  of  little  alligators,  varying  in  length  from 
six  to  eighteen  inches,  would  start  out  of  the  leaves  instinctively, 
some  plumping  themselves  in,  as  the  examples  of  their  respected 
mammas  had  taught  them ;  others,  in  their  youthful  innocence, 
standing  gazing  at  us  from  the  top  of  the  bank,  but  with  more 
than  youthful  cunning  ready  also  to  plump  in  at  the  least  motion 
towards  raising  a  gun.  At  frequent  intervals  the  beaten  track 
from  the  water  disclosed  the  path  of  some  of  these  monsters  ;  and 
a  pile  of  leaves  just  seen  through  the  trees  showed  clearly  the 
object  of  their  terrestrial  excursions. 

As  we  neared  the  rookery,  after  a  two  hours'  pull,  the  birds 
were  more  and  more  abundant,  and  the  alligators  more  and  more 
bold,  scarcely  minding  our  approach,  and  only  learning  caution 
by  repeated  applications  of  leaden  balls.  The  frequent  proximity 
of  the  king  jacares  offered  many  opportunities  to  the  harpooner 
in  the  bow ;  but  we  learned,  by  his  ill  success,  that  these  autocrats 
cared  very  little  for  punches  in  the  ribs. 

Turning  suddenly  we  left  the  bordering  forest  for  a  cane-brake, 
and  instantly  broke  full  upon  the  rookery.  In  this  part  the 
scarlet  ibises  particularly  had  nested  ;  and  the  bended  tops  of  the 
canes  were  covered  by  half-grown  birds  in  their  black  plumage, 
interspersed  with  many  in  all  the  brilliance  of  age.  They  seemed 
little  troubled  at  our  approach,  merely  flying  a  few  steps  forward 
or  crossing  the  stream.  Continuing  on,  the  flocks  increased  in 


198  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.      [CHAP.  xxi. 

size ;  the  red  birds  became  more  frequent,  the  canes  bent  beneath 
their  weight  like  reeds.  Wood  ibises  and  spoonbills  began  to  be 
numerous.  The  nest«  of  all  these  filled  every  place  where  a  nest 
could  be  placed ;  and  the  young  ibises,  covered  with  down,  and 
standing  like  so  many  storks,  their  heavy  bills  resting  upon  their 
breasts  and  uttering  no  cry,  were  in  strong  contrast  to  the  well- 
feathered  spoonbills,  beautiful  in  their  slightly  roseate  dress,  and 
noisily  loquacious.  Passing  still  onward,  we  emerged  from  the 
canes  into  trees;  and  here  the  white  herons  had  made  their 
homes,  clouding  the  leaves  with  white.  Interspersed  with  these 
were  all  the  varieties  mentioned  before,  having  finished  their 
nesting,  and  being  actively  engaged  in  rearing  their  young.  "We 
had  sailed  above  a  mile,  and  at  last,  seeming  to  have  approached 
the  terminus,  we  turned  and  went  below  a  short  distance  to  a  con- 
venient landing  where  we  could  pursue  our  objects  at  leisure. 
The  boatmen  at  once  made  their  dispositions  for  basketing  the 
young  birds ;  and  soon,  by  shaking  them  down  from  the  nests  and 
following  them  up,  had  collected  as  many  as  they  desired.  We 
wandered  a  long  distance  back,  but  the  nests  seemed,  if  anything, 
more  plentiful,  and  the  swarms  of  young  more  dense.  At  the 
sound  of  the  gun  the  birds  in  the  immediate  vicinity  rose  in  a 
tumultuous  flock ;  and  the  old  ones  circled  round  and  round,  as 
though  puzzled  to  understand  the  danger  they  instinctively  feared. 
In  this  way  they  offered  beautiful  marks  to  our  skill ;  and  the 
shore  near  the  canoe  was  soon  strewed  with  fine  specimens.  Evi- 
dently this  place  had  been  for  many  years  the  haunt  of  these 
birds.  Not  a  blade  of  grass  could  be  seen ;  the  ground  was  smooth 
and  hard,  and  covered  with  excrement. 

Occasionally,  and  not  very  rarely,  a  young  heedless  would 
topple  into  the  water,  from  which  the  noses  of  alligators  con- 
stantly protruded.  Buzzards  also  upon  the  bank  sunned  them- 
selves and  seemed  at  home ;  and  not  unfrequently  a  hungry 
hawk  would  swoop  down  and  away  with  his  prey  almost  un- 
heeded. 

We  were  amused  by  the  manner  of  feeding  the  young  scarlet 
ibises.  In  the  throat  of  the  old  female  bird,  directly  at  the  base 
of  the  lower  mandible,  is  an  enlargement  of  the  skin,  forming  a 
pouch,  which  is  capable  of  containing  about  the  bulk  of  a  small 
hen's  egg.  She  would  return  from  fishing  on  the  shallows,  with 


CHAP,  xxi.]  ALLIGATOR'S  NEST.  199 

this  pouch  distended  by  tiny  fish,  and  allowed  her  young  to  pick 
them  out  with  their  bills. 

It  was  late  when  the  tide  turned,  and  we  hastened  away  with 
the  canoe  loaded  to  overflowing.  The  birds  seemed  now  col- 
lecting for  the  night.  Squads  of  bright-coloured  ones  were 
returning  from  the  shore,  and  old  and  young  were  settling  on  the 
canes  over  the  water  like  swallows  in  August.  An  alligator  gave 
us  an  opportunity  for  a  last  shot,  and  the  air  was  black  with  the 
clouds  of  birds  that  arose,  shrieking  and  crying.  I  never  con- 
ceived the  idea  of  a  cloud  of  birds  before. 

On  our  way  down  we  discovered  the  nest  of  a  socco,  the  tiger 
bittern,  close  by  the  water.  The  old  bird  observed  our  motions 
for  an  ascent  with  indifference,  when,  up  through  the  feathers  of 
her  wing,  peered  the  long  neck  of  a  little  fellow,  intimating  that 
we  might  as  well  be  off  if  it  was  of  eggs  we  were  greedy. 

Soon  after  we  arrived  at  the  spot  which  we  had  marked  in  the 
morning,  where  an  alligator  had  made  her  nest,  and,  sa?is  ceremonie, 
proceeded  to  rifle  it  of  its  riches.  The  nest  was  a  pile  of  leaves 
and  rubbish,  nearly  three  feet  in  height,  and  about  four  in  dia- 
meter, resembling  a  cock  of  hay.  We  could  not  imagine  how  or 
where  the  animal  had  collected  such  a  heap,  but  so  it  was;  and 
deep  down,  very  near  the  surface  of  the  ground,  from  an  even 
bed,  came  forth  egg  after  egg,  until  forty -five  had  tolerably  filled 
our  basket.  We  kept  a  good  look-out  that  the  old  one  did  not 
surprise  us  in  our  burglary,  having  read  divers  authentic  tales  of 
the  watchful  assiduity  of  the  mother.  But  nothing  appeared  to 
alarm  us,  and  we  concluded  that,  like  others  of  the  lizard  family, 
alligators  are  merely  anxious  to  make  their  nests  and  trust  to  the 
fermenting  heat  and  to  Providence  for  hatching  and  providing 
for  their  brood  of  monsters.  These  eggs  are  four  inches  in  length, 
and  oblong ;  being  covered  with  a  crust  rather  than  a  shell.  They 
are  eaten,  and  our  friends  at  the  house  would  have  persuaded  us 
to  test  the  virtues  of  an  alligator  omelette,  but  we  respectfully 
declined,  deeming  our  reputations  sufficiently  secured  by  a  break- 
fast on  the  beast  itself. 

Ave  Maria  had  sounded  when  we  reached  Jungcal,  and  the 
satisfaction  we  felt  at  the  close  of  this,  the  greatest  day's  sporting 
we  had  ever  known,  amply  compensated  for  all  our  fatigue.  The 
boat  in  which  we  came  being  obliged  to  return  immediately,  we 


200  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.    [CHAP.  xxn. 

were  under  the  necessity  of  leaving  this  delightful  spot,  where 
\ve  could  have  been  content  to  while  away  a  month.  But  one 
such  day  as  we  had  passed  repaid  us  for  the  inconveniences  of  a 
week  upon  the  water. 

"\Ve  bade  adieu  to  our  good  friends  in  the  morning,  taking  the 
last  of  the  ebb  to  arrive  at  the  vessel.  But,  when  quite  near,  the 
tide  turned,  the  flood  rushed  in,  and  we  were  very  likely  to  re- 
visit Jungcal.  However,  by  running  in-shore,  and  claiming  assist- 
ance of  the  overhanging  canes,  after  a  weary  pull  we  readied 
our  goal,  almost  inclined  to  credit  M.  Condamine. 

The  crew  were  loading  with  the  cattle,  which  had  been  driven 
down  the  day  before,  and  were  uow  confined  in  the  pen.  This  was 
enclosed  on  every  side  but  that  towards  the  water.  A  dozen  men 
stood  inside  and  out,  some  holding  the  lasso,  others  ready  to  pull 
the  instant  the  animal  was  caught,  and  others  still  were  armed 
with  sharp  goads  with  which  to  force  him  onward.  Some  of  the 
cattle  showed  good  Castilian  spirit,  and  their  rage  was  several 
times  with  difficulty  eluded  by  a  leap  to  the  friendly  fence. 
Once  in  the  water,  their  struggles  were  over.  A  rope  was  fast- 
ened about  their  horns,  and  thus  they  were  hoisted  up  until  they 
were  above  the  hole  in  the  deck  made  to  receive  them.  Below 
they  were  secured  to  side  beams,  and  were  scarcely  allowed  room 
to  move. 

Putting  out  of  the  igaripe,  for  two  days  we  were  beating  to 
windward,  anchoring  half  the  time,  and  being  tossed  about  in  a 
way  to  make  us  curse  all  cattle-boats.  The  poor  victims  in  the 
hold  fared  worse  than  we,  deprived  of  food  and  drink,  pitched 
back  and  forth  with  every  motion,  and  bruised  all  over  by  re- 
peated falls  upon  the  rough  floor.  We  lost  all  gusto  for  Para 
beef.  From  Cape  Magoary  we  had  a  fine  run,  reaching  Para 
upon  the  third  night. 


CHAPTER  XXII. 

THE  want  of  emigrants  from  other  countries,  and  of  an  efficient 
labouring  class  among  its  population,  are  the  great  obstacles  to 
the  permament  welfare  <.  f  .Northern  Brazil.  It  never  was  the 


CHAP,  xxii.]  WANT  OF  EMIGRANTS.  201 

policy  of  Portugal  to  encourage  emigration  excepting  from  her 
o\vn  territory,  and,  although  by  the  indomitable  enterprise  of  her 
sons  she  secured  to  herself  the  finest  empire  in  the  world,  yet,  for 
want  of  other  assistance,  this  empire  is  impoverished,  and  the 
millions  of  square  miles  that  should  now  be  teeming  with  wealth 
are  entirely  unproductive.  With  the  nobler  qualities  of  the  old 
Portuguese,  to  which  popular  history  has  never  done  justice,  was 
mingled  a  narrowness  of  mind  that  was  natural  enough  in  the 
subjects  of  an  old  and  priest-ridden  monarchy.  The  Brazilians 
have  not  entirely  thrown  off  this  prejudice  of  their  ancestors,  and 
still  entertain  somewhat  of  the  old  jealousy  of  foreigners,  but, 
very  naturally  in  a  newly  liberated  government,  they  dislike  the 
Portuguese  above  all  others.  Much  of  the  wealth  of  the  country 
is  in  the  hands  of  the  Portuguese,  who,  coming  over  when  young 
with  habits  of  shrewdness  and  economy,  almost  always  accumulate 
fortunes.  The  Brazilians  are  no  match  for  them  in  these  quali- 
ties, and  therefore  hate  them  most  cordially.  For  the  same 
reason,  this  feeling  is  continually  excited,  although  in  a  lesser  de- 
gree, against  other  foreigners,  but  more  in  some  parts  of  the 
empire  than  others,  and  probably  as  little  in  Para  as  anywhere. 

The  Brazilian  government  offers  great  inducements  to  emi- 
grants, and  yet  these  are  more  than  neutralized  by  disabilities 
and  present  disadvantages.  Land  is  free  of  cost,  and  upon  any 
vacant  section  a  man  may  settle,  with  the  proprietorship  of  at 
least  a  square  league,  and  as  much  more  as  he  really  requires. 
Moreover,  any  new  improvement  in  tools  or  machinery  may  be 
introduced  free  of  duties. 

The  ground  is  easily  cleared,  as  the  roots  of  the  trees  do  not 
extend  far  beneath  the  surface,  and  the  efforts  of  man  are  further 
aided  by  causes  attendant  upon  the  clime.  The  soil  is  of  the 
greatest  fertility,  and  sugar-cane,  rice,  coffee,  anatto,  cotton,  ca- 
cao, and  a  hundred  other  products,  richly  repay  the  labour  be- 
stowed upon  their  cultivation  ;  while  from  the  forests  are  obtained 
gums  and  drugs — all  yielding  a  revenue.  Almost  everything 
grows  to  hand  that  man  requires  ;  living  is  cheap  and  the  climate 
delightful. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  counteracting  obstacles  are  very  great. 
Although  the  government  professes  every  desire  for  the  accession 
of  foreigners,  it  denies  them  the  rights  of  citizenship,  excepting 


202  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.    [CHAP.  xxn. 

under  peculiar  circumstances,  which  of  course  obliges  them  to  la- 
bour under  legal  disabilities. 

Again,  import-duties  are  extravagantly  high,  and  articles  of 
furniture,  tools,  or  machinery,  which  cannot  be  manufactured  in 
the  country  without  great  expense,  if  at  all,  are  taxed  so  highly 
as  to  be  really  prohibited ;  although,  as  before  stated,  new  in- 
ventions and  improvements  are  introduced  from  abroad  without 
charge. 

But  a  greater  drawback  by  far  is  the  export -duty,  the  most 
stupid,  indefensible  measure  that  could  be  conceived  ;  a  withering 
curse  to  all  enterprise,  and  a  more  effectual  hinderance  to  the 
prosperity  of  Brazil  than  a  weak  government,  dishonest  officials, 
a  debased  currency,  and  all  other  influences  together.  Brazilian 
statesmen  (?)  imagine  that  the  export-tax  comes  directly  from  the 
pocket  of  the  foreign  purchaser,  whereas  it  recoils  upon  the  pro- 
ducer, and  its  effect  is  to  make  the  price  paid  for  labour  so  low 
as  to  prohibit  cultivation.  There  is  scarcely  a  product  raised  in 
the  two  countries  in  which  Brazil  could  not  undersell  the  United 
States  in  every  market  of  the  world  were  it  not  for  this  tax.  Its 
cotton  and  rice,  even  during  the  past  year,  have  been  shipped  from 
Para  to  New  York ;  its  tobacco  is  preferable  to  the  best  Vir- 
ginian, and  can  be  raised  in  inexhaustible  quantities. 

The  imposition  upon  the  producer  is  also  increased  by  the  tithe 
required  for  the  church ;  and,  between  the  two,  the  lower  classes 
are  under  a  burden  which  occasionally  becomes  insupportable, 
and  which  is  the  undoubted  cause  of  the  general  and  increasing 
disaffection  toward  the  government,  and  of  the  revolutions  which 
have  heretofore  broken  out,  and  which  are  always  feared.  Rub- 
ber shoes,  which  are  principally  made  by  the  low  whites  and 
Indians,  pay  three  taxes  to  the  treasury  before  they  leave  the 
country,  until  the  first  price  is  nearly  doubled.  Not  a  basket  of 
oranges  or  of  assai  comes  to  market  untaxed. 

Not  only  do  products  exported  to  foreign  countries  pay  duties, 
but  even  from  one  Brazilian  port  to  another,  and  from  one  inland 
town  to  another.  A  few  bags  of  coffee  which  were  sent  by  us 
from  the  Barra  of  the  Rio  Negro  to  Santarem  paid  duties  at  the 
latter  place.  Chili  hats  coming  from  Peru  pay  duties  at  the 
frontier,  again  at  Para,  and  again  at  Rio  Janeiro.  No  country 
in  the  world  could  bear  up  under  such  intolerable  exactions,  and 


CHAP,  xxii.]      WANT  OF  CIRCULATING  MEDIUM.  203 

Brazilian  statesmen  may  thank  their  own  folly  if  the  empire  be 
dismembered. 

Another  obstacle  severely  felt  is  the  want  of  a  circulating  me- 
dium. The  Brazilian  currency  consists  almost  entirely  of  copper, 
arid  paper  issued  by  the  government.  The  smallest  value  is  one 
ree,  corresponding  to  one  half-mill  in  our  currency ;  and  the 
smallest  coin  is  of  ten  rees — the  largest  of  eighty,  or  four  vintens. 
One  thousand  rees  make  a  milree,  the  smallest  paper  note,  about 
equal  in  value  to  a  half-dollar.  There  are  various  issues,  from  one 
milree  to  one  thousand.  Excepting  in  the  city  and  upon  the  re- 
mote frontiers,  gold  and  silver  will  not  circulate.  The  amount  of 
bills  in  the  province  of  Para  is  never  adequate  to  the  wants  of  the 
people,  and  their  tendency  is  always  to  the  city.  Furthermore, 
by  the  operations  of  government,  even  the  little  currency  that  is 
floating  is  constantly  fluctuating  in  value.  Upon  one  pretext  or 
another,  tiiey  call  in  notes  of  a  certain  denomination  at  short  no- 
tice and  under  a  heavy  discount.  Such  was  the  case  with  the 
two-mil  ree  notes  when  we  were  upon  the  river.  Not  long  since 
it  was  discovered  that  the  Treasurer  at  Rio  Janeiro  had  sent  to 
the  provinces  a  vast  amount  of  money  for  the  payment  of  the 
troops  which  was  certainly  struck  off  the  original  plate,  but  dif- 
fered from  the  true  emission  by  the  absence  of  a  letter  or  word. 
It  was  a  fraud  of  the  Treasurer,  unless,  as  many  believed,  sanc- 
tioned by  the  government.  These  bills  were  scattered  to  the  re- 
motest corners  of  the  empire,  when  suddenly  appeared  an  order 
recalling  the  whole  within  a  certain  limited  time.  If  this  were 
a  speculation  of  the  government,  it  was  probably  a  profitable  one, 
though  the  country  may  not  have  received  the  benefit  of  it.  But 
a  few  years  since,  one  milree  was  nearly  or  quite  equivalent  in 
value  to  one  dollar  in  silver.  B^r^\fr  (JbfW 

The  truth  is  that  the  Brazilian  government  is  a  weak  govern- 
ment. It  is  too  republican  to  be  a  monarchy,  and  too  monarchical 
to  be  a  republic.  If  it  were  decidedly  one  or  the  other,  there 
would  be  greater  strength  and  greater  freedom ;  but  now  it  has 
neither  the  bulwark  of  an  aristocracy  nor  the  affection  of  the 
people.  It  is  forced  to  depend  entirely  upon  a  regular  army  for 
its  existence,  and  is  kept  in  a  state  of  constant  alarm  by  dis- 
turbances in  its  provinces  or  invasions  of  its  frontiers ;  it  is 


a  4  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.     [CHAP.  xxri. 

bowed  beiieath  a  heavy  foreign  debt,  and  obliged  to  use  all  kinds 
of  expedients,  not  to  make  advance,  but  to  retain  its  position. 

Were  Para  a  free  and  independent  state,  its  vast  wilds  would 
in  a  few  years  be  peopled  by  millions,  and  its  products  would 
flood  the  world.  It  contains  an  area  of  950,000  square  miles, 
nearly  half  the  area  of  the  United  States  and  all  its  territories. 
Its  soil  is  everywhere  of  exhaustless  fertility,  and  but  an  exceed- 
ingly small  portion  of  it  is  unfitted  for  cultivation.  The  noblest 
rivers  of  the  world  open  communication  with  its  remotest  parts, 
and  lie  spread  like  net-work  over  its  surface.  It  is  estimated 
that  the  Amazon  and  its  tributaries  present  an  aggregate  navigable 
length  of  from  40,000  to  50.000  miles.  The  whole  territory  is 
as  much  superior  in  every  respect  to  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi, 
as  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi  is  to  that  of  the  Hudson. 

But,  besides  the  hinderances  to  prosperity  on  the  part  of  the 
government,  the  settler  has  other  disadvantages  to  strug-gle  against, 
one  of  which,  being  the  deficiency  of  means  of  transportation 
throughout  the  interior,  may  be  but  temporary ;  the  other  is  the 
effect  of  the  climate.  It  is  not  to  be  denied  that,  although  the 
climate  is  singularly  healthy,  its  constant  heat  is  enervating,  and 
that  natives  of  colder  regions  after  a  few  years'  residence  have 
not  that  bodily  strength  requisite  to  daily  and  protracted  toil. 
It  is  only  in  the  early  morning  and  late  in  the  afternoon  that 
white  men  can  labour  in  the  open  air  ;  but,  where  a  white  would 
inevitably  receive  a  sun-stroke,  a  negro  labours  with  uncovered 
head  without  injury  or  exhaustion.  The  one  has  capacity  to 
direct  and  the  other  the  ability  to  perform,  and  it  is  difficult  to 
conceive  how  the  resources  of  Brazil  can  ever  be  successfully 
developed  without  a  co-operation  of  the  two  races.  The  blacks 
need  not  be  slaves ;  they  would  answer  every  purpose  in  being 
apprentices  after  the  British  West  India  system. 

Brazilian  slavery,  as  it  is,  is  little  more  than  slavery  in  name. 
Prejudice  against  colour  is  scarcely  known,  and  no  white  thinks 
less  of  his  wife  because  her  ancestors  came  from  over  the  water. 
Half  the  officers  of  the  government  and  of  the  army  are  of 
mingled  blood  ;  and  padres,  and  lawyers,  and  doctors  of  the 
intensest  hue  are  none  the  less  esteemed.  The  educated  blacks 
are  just  as  talented  and  just  as  gentlemanly  as  the  whites,  and  in 


CHAP,  xxn.j  WANT  OF  STEAM-BOATS.  205 

repeated  instances  we  received  favours  from  them  which  we  were 
happy  to  acknowledge. 

Efforts  have  been  made  for  the  establishment  of  steam-boats 
upon  the  Amazon,  but  from  causes  unforeseen  and  not  inherent 
in  the  enterprise  they  have  failed.  A.  few  years  since  the  govern- 
ment granted  a  monopoly  of  the  river  for  a  term  of  years  to  a 
citizen  of  Para.  A  company  was  formed  and  a  small  steam- 
boat brought  out,  but,  from  lack  of  confidence  in  the  individual 
referred  to,  the  enterprise  progressed  no  further.  It  is  said  the 
government  are  ready  to  renew  their  offers,  and  there  can  be  no 
question  but  that  an  efficient  company  would  meet  success.  Such 
a  company  should  have  sufficient  capital  to  enable  it  to  purchase 
its  own  freight  in  the  interior  at  least  in  the  beginning  of  the 
enterprise  ;  for  at  first  the  novelty  of  the  thing  and  the  general 
dislike  to  innovation  would  prevent  the  co-operation  of  the  people 
at  large.  Time  and  success  would  soon  wear  away  their  pre- 
judices. The  present  method  of  transportation  is  so  tedious  and 
expensive,  that  a  steam-boat  would  destroy  all  opposition  from  the 
river-craft,  and,  by  appointing  proper  agents  in  the  several  towns 
and  making  the  upper  depot  at  the  Barra  of  the  Rio  Negro, 
constant  and  profitable  freights  would  always  be  secured. 

A  boat  built  of  the  wood  of  the  country  would  be  preferable 
on  account  of  its  not  being  affected  by  boring  worms  in  the  water, 
or  by  insects  ;  but  perhaps  the  former  might  be  avoided  by  copper. 

The  navigation  of  the  river  is  perfectly  clear,  excepting  in  the 
bays  of  Marajo  and  Limoeiro,  and  surveys  in  these  would  no 
doubt  discover  convenient  channels.  There  are  neither  snags 
nor  sawyers ;  the  only  thing  of  the  kind  being  floating  cedars, 
easily  guarded  against. 

If  a  company  were  formed,  much  of  the  stock  would  be  taken 
in  Para,  and  the  enterprise  would  receive  every  encouragement 
from  the  citizens.  Sooner  or  later,  the  Amazon  must  be  the 
channel  of  a  vast  commerce,  and  Pard  must  be,  from  the  advan- 
tages of  its  situation,  one  of  the  largest  cities  of  the  world. 

It  remains  further  to  speak  of  the  climate  of  Para,  and  of 
the  extraordinary  advantages  which  it  presents  to  invalids  and 
travellers. 

The  seasons  are,  properly  speaking,  but  two — the  rainy  and 


206  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.    [CHAP,  xxn 

the  dry.  The  former  commences  about  the  1st  of  January  and 
continues  until  July.  During  the  first  part  of  this  time  rain 
pours  unremittingly ;  then,  for  a  season,  the  greater  part  of  the 
afternoon  and  night ;  and,  at  last,  perhaps  only  in  a  daily  shower. 
At  this  time  also  the  trade-winds  blow  with  less  regularity  than 
in  summer. 

Throughout  the  dry  season  more  or  less  rain  falls  weekly,  but 
strong  trades  blow,  heavy  dews  distil,  and  the  climate  is  perfectly 
delightful.  This  season  commences  in  the  interior  one  or  two 
months  earlier  than  at  Para,  and  during  its  continuance  rain 
falls  more  rarely.  At  this  time  a  passage  up  the  river  is  speedy, 
and  a  descent  exceedingly  tedious.  Senhor  Henriquez  told  us 
that  he  was  once  sixty  days  in  coming  from  the  Rio  Negro  to 
Para  in  a  small  boat,  on  account  of  the  winds.  Thunder 
and  lightning  rarely  accompany  the  rains,  and  anything  approach- 
ing a  tornado  is  almost  unknown. 

It  seems  singular  that  directly  under  the  equator,  where, 
through  a  clear  atmosphere,  the  sun  strikes  vertically  upon  the 
earth,  the  heat  should  be  less  oppressive  than  in  the  latitude  of 
New  York.  This  is  owing  to  several  causes.  The  days  are  but 
twelve  hours'  long,  and  the  earth  does  not  become  so  intensely 
heated  as  where  they  are  sixteen.  The  vast  surface  of  water 
constantly  cools  the  air  by  its  evaporation,  and  removes  the 
irksome  dryness  that  in  temperate  regions  renders  a  less  degree 
of  heat  insupportable.  And,  finally,  the  constant  winds  blowing 
from  the  sea  refresh  and  invigorate  the  system. 

According  to  observations  made  by  Mr.  Norris  during  the 
months  of  June,  July,  and  August,  at  the  hours  of  6  A.M., 
3  P.M.,  and  8  P.M.,  the  mean  temperature  for  June  was  79°  98' 
Far. ;  the  highest  86%  lowest  77° :  for  July  the  mean  was  80° 
54' ;  highest  86°,  lowest  77° :  for  August  the  mean  was  80° 
92' ;  highest  86°,  lowest  77°.  The  mean  for  the  three  months 
was  80°  48*,  and  the  variation  but  9°.  I  do  not  believe  that 
another  spot  upon  the  face  of  the  earth  can  show  a  like  result. 
This  heat  we  never  felt  to  be  oppressive,  except  when  dining  in 
state  in  black  cloth  coats.  Moreover,  we  were  never  incom- 
moded by  beat  at  night,  and  invariably  slept  under  a  blanket. 
The  reason  for  this,  and  also  for  wearing  flannel  next  the  skin 


CHAP,  xxii.]  TEMPERATURE— HEALTH.  207 

at  all  times,  is,  that  in  a  very  few  weeks  a  person  becomes  so  ac- 
climated as  to  be  sensitive  to  a  very  slight  degree  of  variation  in 
the  temperature. 

This  equality  of  temperature  renders  the  climate  of  Para  pe- 
culiarly favourable  to  health.  There  is  no  kind  of  epidemic 
disease ;  people  live  to  a  good  old  age,  and  probably  the  average 
of  life  is  as  high  as  in  the  city  of  New  York. 

Such  a  climate  is  invaluable  to  invalids,  particularly  those  suf- 
fering from  pulmonary  complaints.  Two  hundred  years  ago  Sir 
William  Temple  wrote  after  this  manner  upon  the  Brazilian 
climate  generally : — "  I  know  not  whether  there  may  be  any- 
thing in  the  climate  of  Brazil  more  propitious  to  health  than  in 
other  countries  ;  for,  besides  what  was  observed  among  the 
natives  upon  the  first  European  discoveries,  I  remember  Don 
Francisco  de  Mello,  a  Portugal  embassador  in  England,  told  me 
it  was  frequent  in  his  country  for  men  spent  with  age  or  other 
decays,  so  as  they  could  not  hope  for  above  a  year  or  two  of 
life,  to  ship  themselves  away  in  a  Brazil  fleet,  and  upon  their 
arrival  there  to  go  on  to  a  great  length,  sometimes  of  twenty  or 
thirty  years  or  more,  by  the  force  of  that  vigour  they  received 
with  that  remove.  Whether  such  an  effect  might  grow  from  the 
air  or  the  fruits  of  that  climate,  or  by  approaching  nearer  the 
sun,  which  is  the  fountain  of  life  and  heat,  when  their  natural 
heat  was  so  far  decayed,  or  whether  the  piecing  out  of  an  old 
man's  life  were  worth  the  pains,  I  cannot  say."  This  is  more 
true  of  the  climate  of  Para  than  of  any  other  part  of  Brazil. 

Multitudes  of  persons  from  the  Northern  States  now  visit  the 
south  in  search  of  health,  or  spend  their  winters  in  the  West 
India  islands,  at  great  expense  and  little  gain,  who  in  Para  could 
reside  for  comparatively  nothing,  with  a  certainty  of  recovery. 
The  passage  out  is  low,  from  fifty  to  seventy-five  dollars,  and 
living  in  the  city  is  cheap.  At  present  there  are  no  houses  for 
public  accommodation,  but,  until  the  influx  of  strangers  impera- 
tively required  one,  the  citizens  and  the  foreign  residents  would 
receive  the  comers  with  open  arms.  And  Brazilian  hospitality  is 
not  hospitality  only  in  name  ;  it  is  the  outflowing  of  a  noble  and 
generous  warmheartedness  that  would  redeem  a  thousand  failings. 
But  if  individuals  prefer,  houses  are  always  to  be  obtained  and 
servants  always  to  be  hired,  and  they  may  live  as  they  please. 


208  A  VOYAGE  UP  'THE  RIVER  AMAZON.    [CHAP.  xxn. 

The  novelty  and  beauty  of  the  country,  as  well  as  the  luxury 
of  the  climate,  afford  sufficient  inducements  to  the  invalid  for 
seeking  both  health  and  pleasure  in  Para,  while  its  trees  and 
flowers,  birds,  sheik,  and  insects,  offer  exhaustless  resources  for 
diverting  the  mind  and  promoting  the  bodily  exercise  necessary 
to  a  recovery  of  health. 

Good  medical  care  is  always  present,  the  physicians  of  the 
city  being  graduates  from  European  universities.  Moreover,  the 
medicines  peculiar  to  the  country  are  of  great  number  and  efficacy, 
and  there  is  scarcely  a  form  of  disease  for  which  nature  has  not 
a  remedy  at  hand.  An  instance  in  point  came  directly  under 
our  observation,  the  gentleman  who  was  the  patient  being  for 
several  weeks  with  us  at  the  house  of  Mr.  Jsorris.  He  had  gone 
out  from  the  United  States  with  his  system  so  filled  with  mercury 
that  his  mouth  was  ulcerated,  his  teeth  dropping  out,  and  his 
joints  so  affected  that  every  motion  produced  agony.  He  was 
recommended  at  Pard  to  try  a  remedy  called  by  the  Indians  mu- 
lu-re,  which  is  the  juice  of  a  creeping-plant  found  plentifully 
throughout  the  country.  In  three  weeks  our  friend  was  per- 
fectly cured,  and  is  now  in  the  United  States  a  well  man.  We 
heard  of  similar  astonishing  cures  from  other  individuals  who  had 
been  the  subjects,  and  every  one  in  Para  is  acquainted  with  the 
virtues  of  the  medicine.  Why  it  has  not  been  known  abroad  it 
b  difficult  to  say. 

There  is  a  wide  field  for  medical  inquiry  yet  left  in  the  Bra- 
lian  forests,  and  one  that  demands  to  be  explored. 

It  may  be  that  some  naturalist  or  sportsman  may  be  incited 
by  the  recent  accounts  of  adventures  on  the  Amazon  to  undertake 
an  expedition  thither  for  research  or  pastime  ;  and,  as  we  ourselves 
were  unable  to  gain  proper  information  with  regard  to  the 
articles  necessary  to  an  outfit,  a  few  words  upon  that  subject 
will  perhaps  not  be  useless.  In  the  way  of  clothes,  half  a 
dozen  suits  of  light  material,  some  of  which  are  calculated  for 
forest-wear,  are  necessary,  and  may  be  obtained  ready-made,  and 
at  low  prices,  at  any  of  our  southern  clothing  stores  ;  as  well  as 
check  and  flannel  shirts.  A  black  dress  suit  is  required  by  Para 
etiquette.  A  naturalist's  implements  must  also  be  taken  out,  as 
well  as  powder,  fine  shot,  arsenic,  flower-presses,  and  paper  and 
wooden  boxes  for  insects  and  other  objects.  Many  of  these 


CHAP,  xxii.]    OUTFIT-LANGUAGE—VOYAGE  HOME.  209 

things  cannot  be  obtained  at  all,   or  only  at  extravagant  prices 
and  of  poor  quality,  at  Para. 

As  for  medicines,  we  took  out  a  well-filled  chest,  and,  excepting 
for  one  or  two  doses  of  calomel,  never  opened  it  on  our  own 
account.  Hartshorn  is  more  valuable  than  aught  else,  being 
effectual  against  the  stings  of  all  insects. 

Hammocks  are  always  to  be  had,  but  blankets  are  not,  and,  if 
a  man  intends  to  stretch  himself  upon  hard  boards,  a  rubbei 
pillow  is  rat-her  softer  than  a  gun-case.  We  also  took  out  a 
variety  of  rubber  articles.  The  clothes-bags  were  useful,  and 
the  light  cloaks  answered  in  the  absence  of  something  better,  but, 
as  a  general  thing,  the  articles  were  all  humbugs.  And  most 
especially  are  rubber  boots,  which  ought  to  have  been  known  to 
the  Inquisition.  A  far  better  article  for  a  cloak  is  the  Spanish 
poncho,  a  square  cloth  with  a  hole  in  the  middle  for  the  neck. 
Made  of  heavy  cloth  and  lined  with  baize,  no  rain  since  the 
deluge  could  wet  it  through,  and  it  always  answers  for  bed  or 
pillow. 

As  to  ignorance  of  the  language,  that  is  a  matter  of  no  con- 
sequence. The  Portuguese  is  intimately  allied  to  the  Spanish, 
and  is  one  of  the  most  easily  acquired  languages  in  the  world. 
A  stranger  readily  learns  the  necessary  phrases  when  he  is  com- 
pelled to  do  so,  and  a  few  weeks'  attention  renders  him  sufficiently 
an  adept  for  all  practical  purposes.  Not  only  are  there  many 
foreigners  in  Para  who  speak  English,  but  it  is  very  generally 
understood  by  the  Brazilian  and  Portuguese  merchants  of  the 
city.- 

It  was  a  delightful  morning  in  the  latter  part  of  October  when 
in  the  good  bark  Undine  we  bade  adieu  to  Para.  We  had  come 
from  winter  into  summer,  and  were  now  returning  to  winter 
again  ;  and  although  the  thoughts  of  home  were  pleasant,  it  was 
very  hard  to  part  with  kind  friends,  and  to  say  a  farewell  that 
was  to  be  perpetual  to  this  land  of  sunshine,  of  birds,  and  flowers. 

Our  passage  was  long  and  tedious.  For  days  we  lay  becalmed 
beneath  torrid  burnings,  and  when  winds  did  come  they  blew  in 
furious  gales.  But  we  had  wherewithal  to  amuse  ourselves,  and 
upon  sundry  occasions  enlivened  the  mornings  by  spearing  a 
dolphin  or  by  hooking  a  shark.  The  parrots  and  monkeys  too 
exerted  themselves  in  our  behalf.  Some  of  the  parrots  died,  and 

F 


210  A  VOYAGE  UP  THE  RIVER  AMAZON.    [CHAP.  xxn. 


(he  prized  gift  of  Senhor  Bentos  deliberately  dived  from  one  of 
the  upper  yards  in'o  the  deep,  deep  sea.  The  paroquets  bore  the 
voyage  bravely,  housed  in  a  flannel-covered  basket,  and  Yellow- 
top  now  chatters  as  merrily  as  in  his  far  distant  home  by  the 
Rio  Negro.  The  little  duck  that  we  picked  up  from  the  water, 
under  the  Christian  designation  of  Paddy,  swims  proudly  in  an 
Ulster  lake,  and  discourses  to  the  marakong  geese  who  keep  him 
company  of  the  sudden  changes  of  life  and  the  virtue  of  content- 
ment ;  but  the  poor  macaw  who  had  been  our  faithful  companion 
from  the  remotest  point  of  our  travels,  and  who  had  made  a 
triumphant  entry  into  New  York  streets,  covered  in  a  blanket 
and  declaiming  lustily  to  passers-by,  ventured  one  cold  night  to 
the  outer  yard,  and  perished  the  victim  of  his  imprudence, 


THE  END. 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 

University  of  California  Library 

or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

S 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 
2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 

(510)642-6753 
1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books 

to  NRLF 
Renewals    and    recharges    may    be    made    4    days 

prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


JUN  1  2  1995 

Santa  Cruz  Jitney 

1 


JF 


S>      'Go 


^j_    XJ=J=*LX 

U.C.BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


^ 


/